Queensland Herbarium
// v \
^Queenslan d Government
Environmental Protection Agency
Volume 6
Number 3 2003
A Journal of Plant Systematics
Queensland Herbarium
181
Queensland Government
Environmental Protection Agency
Editorial Committee
L.W. Jessup (editor)
R.J.F. Henderson (technical advisor)
B.K. Simon (technical advisor)
Desktop Publishing
A.E. Sinclair
S. Pupavac
Yvonne Smith
Austrobaileya
Vol. 1, No. 1 was published on 1 December 1977
Vol. 6, No. 2 was published on 30 September 2002
Vol. 6, No. 3 was published on 3 December 2003
Austrobaileya is published once per year.
Exchange: This Journal will be distributed on the basis of exchange.
Australian subscribers: Orders for single issues and subscriptions may be placed. The price is
(2002 GST included): A$31.62 per issue for individuals, A$50.60 for institutions, including
postage.
Overseas subscribers: Order for single issues and subscriptions may be placed. The price is
(2002): A$28.75 per issue for individuals, A$46.00 for institutions, including postage.
All correspondence relating to exchange, subscriptions or contributions to this journal should
be addressed to: The Editor, Austrobaileya, Queensland Herbarium, Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA), Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha, Mt. Coot-tha Road, Toowong Qld 4066,
Australia.
ISSN0155-4131
© Queensland Herbarium 2003
Austrobaileya is the journal of the Queensland Herbarium and is devoted to publication of
results of sound research and of informed discussion on plant systematics, with special empha¬
sis on Queensland plants.
Opinions expressed by authors are their own and do not necessarily represent the policies or
views of the Queensland Herbarium.
Contents
A taxonomic revision of Croton F. (Euphorbiaceae) in Australia
Paul I. Forster.349
Phebalium distans P.I.Forst. (Rutaceae), a new and endangered species from
south-eastern Queensland, and reinstatement of P. longifolium S.T.Blake
Paul I. Forster.437
A synopsis of Racosperma C. Mart. (Feguminosae: Mimosoideae)
Fes Pedley.445
Studies in Euphorbiaceae A.F.Juss. sens. lat. 5
A revision of Pseudanthus Sieber ex Spreng. and Stachystemon Planch.
(Oldfieldioideae Kohler & Webster, Caletieae Mull. Arg.)
David A. Halford and Rodney J.F. Henderson.497
Backhousia oligantha (Myrtaceae), a new species from Queensland
A.R. Bean.533
Six new species of Hydrocotyle F. (Apiaceae) from Queensland
A.R. Bean & M. J. Henwood.537
Anew species of Mimulus F. (Scrophulariaceae) from Queensland, Australia
A.R. Bean.549
Polycarpelly in Idiospermum australiense (Calycanthaceae)
Stuart J. Worboys.553
Notes
Jasminum longipetalum King & Gamble (Oleaceae), and its occurrence in
Queensland, Australia
Paul I. Forster.557
Lepisanthes senegalensis (Juss. ex Poir.) Feenh. (Sapindaceae), anew
generic and specific record for Queensland
Paul I. Forster.559
Steinchisma laxa (Sw.) Zuloaga, the correct name for Clijfordiochloa
parvispiculata B.K.Simon
Bryan K. Simon.561
The puzzle of Eucalyptus hemilampra F.Muell. (Myrtaceae)
A.R. Bean.563
New combinations in Lycianthes (Dunal) Hassl. (Solanaceae) for
New Guinea and Australia
A.R. Bean.567
Megathyrsus , a new generic name for Panicum subgenus Megathyrsus
Bryan K. Simon & Surrey W.F. Jacobs.571
Obituary, John W. Parham, 1929-2002 .575
A taxonomic revision of Croton L. (Euphorbiaceae) in Australia
Paul I. Forster
Summary
Forster, Paul I. (2003). A taxonomic revision of Croton L. (Euphorbiaceae) in Australia.
Austrobaileya 6(3): 349-436. The genus Croton L. is revised for Australia. Twenty-seven native
species (all shrubs, trees or lianes) are recognised: C. acronychioides F.Muell., C. arnhemicus
Muell.Arg., C. aridus P.I.Forst. sp. nov., C. brachypus Airy Shaw, C. byrnesii Airy Shaw,
C. capitis-york Airy Shaw, C. caudatus Geisel., C. choristadenius K.Schum., C. densivestitus
C.T.White & W.D.Francis, C. dockrillii Airy Shaw, C. habrophyllus Airy Shaw, C. insularis Baill.,
C. magneticus Airy Shaw, C. mamillatus P.I.Forst. sp. nov., C. minimus P.I.Forst. sp. nov.,
C. multicaulis P.LForst. sp. nov., C. multicaulis subsp. velutinus P.I.Forst. subsp. nov., C. mutabilis
P.I.Forst. sp. nov., C. phebalioides Muell.Arg., C. rarus P.I.Forst. sp. nov., C. schultzii Benth.,
C. simulans P.I.Forst. sp. nov., C. stigmatosus F.Muell., C. stocked (Airy Shaw) Airy Shaw,
C. tomentellus Airy Shaw, C. triacros F.Muell., C. verreauxii Muell.Arg. and C. waterhouseae
P.I.Forst. sp. nov. All apart from C. caudatus, C. choristadenius and C. insularis are endemic.
Three naturalised species are recorded: C. capitatus Hook., C. glandulosus F. and C. setigerus
Hook., all being small herbaceous weeds. One species (C. armstrongii S.Moore) is of dubious origin
with the type from Australia but no subsequent collections. An identification key is provided to all
thirty-one species. All taxa are described and all native species and subspecies illustrated. Notes are
provided on distribution, habitat, typification, affinities and conservation status for each taxon.
Fectotypes are selected for the names C. acronychioides F.Muell., C. affinis Maiden & R.T.Baker,
C. arnhemicus Muell.Arg., C. stigmatosus F.Muell. and C. triacros F.Muell. The new combination
Adriana urticoides (A.Cunn.) Guymer is made for Croton urticoides A.Cunn.
Keywords: Croton - Australia; Croton aridus, Croton caudatus, Croton choristadenius, Croton
mamillatus, Croton minimus, Croton multicaulis, Croton multicaulis subsp. velutinus, Croton
mutabilis, Croton rarus, Croton schultzii, Croton simulans, Croton waterhouseae, Adriana urticoides
Paul I. Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Environmental Protection Agency, Brisbane Botanic
Gardens Mt Coot-tha, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia
Introduction
The genus Croton L. was described by
Linnaeus (1753) and thirteen species were
named at that time. Since then many species
have been included in Croton, and although
some have since been transferred to other
genera, it is estimated that there are between
800 (Webster 1993) and 1200 (Berry 1999)
species in the genus. Croton is second only to
Euphorbia L. in number of species within the
family.
Croton is included in Euphorbiaceae
subfamily Crotonoideae, tribe Crotoneae with
the Old World genera Mildbraedia Pax,
Moacroton Croizat and Paracroton Miq.
(sometimes listed as the invalid Fahrenheitia
Reichb.f. & Zoll.) (Webster 1994). Occasionally
the genera Crotonopsis Michx., Eremocarpus
Benth. and Julocroton Mart, are also
recognised in this tribe (Radcliffe-Smith 2001),
although all three genera were reduced to
sections of Croton by Webster (1992). Croton
Accepted for publication 11 February 2003
is distinguished from the other genera in the
Crotoneae mainly by the filaments inflexed in
the bud and the pistillate petals being reduced
or absent (Webster 1994). The Crotoneae is
probably derived within the Crotonoideae
(Tokuoka & Tobe 1998); however, a
comprehensive phylogeny for the group is yet
to be proposed.
Species of Croton are found throughout
the tropics and subtropics in both the Old and
New Worlds, or as Hooker (1890) stated “in all
hot countries”. There are major concentrations
of species in the Neotropics (J.Mueller 1873;
Webster 1992; Berry 1999), Mexico (Webster
2001), Madagascar (Govaerts et al. 2000) and
parts of Malesia (Airy Shaw 1980a), but lesser
numbers in Africa (Radcliffe-Smith 1996,1997),
continental Asia (Hooker 1890; Chakrabarty &
Balakrishnan 1997; Philcox 1997) and Australia
(this paper). The last overall monograph of
Croton was by J.Mueller (1866), and the sheer
number of species makes the task of a modern
monograph daunting.
350
Australia is relatively “depauperate” with
twenty-seven native species, three naturalised
species and one species of doubtful origin. One
species, Croton armstrongii S.Moore, is
tentatively included, as only the type (there are
no subsequent collections) is reputedly of
Australian origin, hence it is excluded from most
discussion below. The first recording of species
for Australia that were referred to the genus
“ Croton ” was by Labillardiere (1806) who
described C. quadripartitus from Tasmania and
C. viscosus from Western Australia. These taxa
are now included in Adriana Gaudich. and
Beyeria Miq. respectively. The first Australian
species currently included in Croton was
C. verreauxii described by Baillon (1858), soon
followed by additional species in the 1860’s
(F.Mueller 1864, 1868; J.Mueller 1864, 1865,
1866). Bentham (1873) included nine species in
Croton, and some additional species and
infraspecific taxa were recognised before the
revision and conspectus by Airy Shaw (1976,
1980b,c, 1981).
Airy Shaw (1981) recognised nineteen
species of Croton for Australia, provided a
species key, bibliographic details, and notes on
distribution and habit. He did not resolve the
typification of many species, provide detailed
comparative descriptions, or adequately deal
with variation in some taxa. In the present
account several new taxa are described. Five of
these ( Croton mamillatus, C. minimus,
C. rarus, C. simulans and C. waterhouseae ) are
narrow endemics and have been discovered
subsequent to Airy Shaw’s work or were not
seen by him, whereas C. aridus, C. mutabilis
and C. multicaulis were included by Airy Shaw
within other species. Croton caudatus and
C. choristadenius are newly recorded for
Australia and occur also in Malesia. The
presence of three species in Australia, notably
Croton argyratus, C. cocchymelophyllus and
C. storckii is refuted. The three naturalised
herbaceous species Croton capitatus,
C. glandulosus and C. setigerus are also
included in this account.
The Australian species of Croton are
largely tropical and subtropical in their
distribution. The majority of species (twenty-
two) occur in rainforest communities (sensu
Webb & Tracey 1981, ranging from evergreen
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 349-436
notophyll vineforests to deciduous
vinethickets), although several taxa grow in
woodland communities and one occurs in the
arid zone on red sand-hills. Of the twenty-seven
native species, all but three are endemic. The
non-endemic native species occur elsewhere in
Malesia or Melanesia, with two of them ( Croton
caudatus and C. choristadenius ) known from
single localities in far north Queensland. Several
species are very widespread (e.g. Croton
arnhemicus, C. insularis and C. phebalioides)
and occur over 44-55 1° grid squares (Map 1).
Six endemic species ( Croton brachypus,
C. byrnesii, C. mamillatus, C. simulans,
C. stockeri and C. waterhouseae are very
restricted in occurrence with distributions in
only one or two 1° grid squares. The remaining
species fall between these two extremes, with
some such as Croton acronychioides,
C. habrophyllus and C. verreauxii being also
widely distributed (15-24 1° grid squares).
In Australia the Mcllwraith Range (grid
square 13°S, 142°E) has ten species present
(Map 1). Lesser centres of diversity (six or seven
species present) occur at Iron Range (grid
square 12°S, 142°E), the southern part of the
‘Wet Tropics’ (grid square 17°S, 145°E) and
south of Brisbane in, or adjacent to the
McPherson Range (grid square 28°S, 152°E)
(Map 1). These higher species densities are a
reflection of diverse habitats (due to rainfall and
altitude gradients, and diverse geology) being
present in these grid squares, and this pattern
is repeated in many other plant groups in eastern
Australia.
At least one of the narrow endemics
( Croton mamillatus ) can be considered as
Critically Endangered using the criteria of the
IUCN (2001). This category would also apply
to the Australian populations of Croton
caudatus and C. choristadenius. Apart from
several species that are listed as Vulnerable
{Croton magneticus ) or Rare (C. brachypus, C.
densivestitus and C. stockeri), under
Queensland Government legislation, the
majority of species are not considered
threatened.
Plant habit of Australian Crotons includes
small, wiry herbs, (the three naturalised species)
shmbs, lianes and small trees. Most of the native
Australian species are shrubs, four are trees
Forster, Croton in Australia
351
115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155
Map 1 . Distribution of Croton (native taxa) in Australia indicating the number of species in
each 1° degree grid square.
and one a canopy liane. Some species may be
common components in the habitats where they
occur, forming dense thickets. A useful field
indicator for species of Croton (at least in
Australia, but also in South Africa, New Guinea
and Thailand where I have encountered species)
is the colour of the fallen leaves, which are
orange. Some of the Australian species are
seasonally deciduous (e.g. Croton mutabilis,
C. rarus, C. simulans ) with the mature foliage
often being quite dissimilar to the young leaves
that are present at flowering. This process of
shedding of the old foliage just prior to
flowering, followed by a flush of new foliage at
the same time as the flowers, seems to be
widespread in some groups or species of
Euphorbiaceae (e.g. Drypetes deplanchei
(Brongn. & Gris) Merr. (Forster \991),Mallotus
surculosus P.I.Forst. (Forster 1999), Claoxylon
spp. (Forster unpubl.). Conversely, many
Australian Crotons will hold inflorescences in
an arrested state of development for months
(e.g. Croton insularis, C. magneticus,
C. phebalioides ) until sufficient moisture is
available for flower production.
All of the Australian species of Croton
appear to be monoecious with the flowers in
glomerules of one to many flowers. True dioecy
is however, relatively widespread in non-
Australian taxa (e.g. Decker & Pilson 2000). The
Australian species usually have inflorescences
with both male and female flowers, the females
usually being few and single in the glomerules
towards the base, and the males being many
and in groups of 1 to many in the glomerules
towards the apex. There are generally many more
male flowers than female flowers in any
inflorescence. It is also not unusual to observe
inflorescences where the flowers are all of one
sex. In these instances the flowers are usually
all male and are being produced during drought.
Occasionally both male and female flowers may
be present in the same glomerule.
As yet we have little information on the
reproductive biology of Australian Crotons.
Casual observations of the flowers would tend
to indicate that the female flowers towards the
base of the inflorescence open first, followed
by the males towards the top. In non-Australian
352
species the ratio between male and female may
be related to the age of the plant (Shaanker &
Ganeshaiah 1984). This pattern of non-
synchronous floral development (or temporal
dioecy) seems to be widespread in monoecious
Euphorbiaceae and would tend to favour
outcrossing (Bawa et al. 1982; Freitas et al.
2001). In many instances, however, there are
both male and female flowers open at the same
time in the one inflorescence, and certainly on
the one individual. Croton flowers seem to be
most suitable for bee pollination (Endress 1994)
and I have seen hordes of native bees (viz.
Trigona spp.) working the inflorescences of
flowering individuals. Other insects such as
various Coleoptera, Hymenoptera and
Lepidoptera have also been recorded as
pollinators of the Argentinian Croton
sarcopetalus (Freitas et al. 2001), and it is not
unreasonable to predict that such broad guilds
of insects would also visit the flowers of
Australian Crotons. The major reward for such
attention is probably both pollen and nectar,
and the small male flowers of Crotons perfectly
fit what Endress (1994) termed as ‘bowl’ flowers
that are mainly visited by diverse insects with
short proboscises. Small ants are also common
visitors to the flowers, and although they
probably mainly act as pollen and nectar
robbers, it is possible that they are more than
incidental in pollination efficiency. Interestingly
enough, for the herbaceous Croton suberosus
H.B.K. from Mexico, it has been found that floral
nectar seems mainly to attract ants that act as
herbivore predators, rather than as pollinators
(Dominguez etal. 1989).
Nearly all of the Australian Crotons have
noticeable extrafloral nectaries at the base of
the leaf lamina or distant end of the petiole and
their role as sources of attraction to ants or other
insects is unknown, although they do secrete
small amounts of nectar (Jose & Inamdar 1989;
Freitas etal. 2000,2001). Certainly the position
and gross morphological form of these organs
have proved useful as taxonomic characters in
the current account.
As with many Euphorbiaceae, in Croton
the fruit are capsular and dehiscent. The
presence of a fleshy caruncle on the seeds
undoubtedly make them attractive to ants that
may subsequently aid in dispersal. In the
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 349-436
Indian Croton bonplandianus Baill. the female
flowers bear nectar glands that only become
active during fruit maturation and attract ants
that may subsequently disperse the seeds
(Ganeshaiah & Shaanker 1988). Whether this
phenomenon is widespread in the genus is
unknown. Likewise the presence and form of
these nectaries in most species of Croton is
unknown, but it is likely that further useful
taxonomic characters could be found from their
study.
Groupings of taxa
Webster (1993a) has proposed a new
classification of Croton with forty sections. In
the present account I have not followed his
classification that is based mainly on New World
taxa. Instead the Australian species are listed
alphabetically. Some Australian species (e.g.
Croton stocked, C. arnhemicus ) appear to have
combinations of characters that transgress
Webster’s sections, many of which appear to
be artificial and do not correlate with some of
the New World taxa included. Nevertheless a
number of groups in native Australian Croton
can be inferred on the basis of morphology.
Group 1.
Lianes. Included species: C. caudatus.
Group 2.
Shrubs or trees. Foliage penninerved, not silver-
white below, indumentum generally of scattered
trichomes. Included species: Croton
acronychioides, C. brachypus, C. byrnesii,
C. choristadenius, C. dockrillii, C. habrophyllus,
C. mutabilis, C. rarus, C. triacros, C. verreauxii.
Group 3.
Shrubs or trees. Foliage palminerved, not silver-
white below, indumentum of dense trichomes
(pubescent to velutinous). Included species:
Croton aridus, C. armstrongii, C. arnhemicus,
C. minimus, C. multicaulis, C. waterhouseae.
Group 4.
Shrubs. Foliage penninerved, not silver-white
below, indumentum of dense trichomes
(pubescent to velutinous). Included species:
Croton densivestitus, C. magneticus,
C. stocked.
Forster, Croton in Australia
Group 5.
Shrubs or trees. Foliage penninerved, silver-white
below, indumentum of dense adpressed
trichomes. Included species: Croton capitis-york,
C. insularis, C. mamillatus, C. phebalioides,
C. simulans, C. stigmatosus.
Group 6 .
Shrubs or trees. Foliage palminerved, silver-
white below, indumentum of dense adpressed
trichomes. Included species: Croton schultzii,
C. tomentellus.
Materials and Methods
This revision is based on herbarium holdings
at AD, BRI, CANB (including CBG), DNA, MEL,
NSW, PERTH and QRS, selected type material
at BM and BO, photographs or microfiche of
types at BM, G-DC, K and P, and field collections
and observations by the author. In some
instances, where there is a paucity of Australian
collections for a particular taxon (e.g. Croton
capitatus, C. caudatus, C. choristadenius,
C. glandulosus and C. setigerus ), selected
non-Australian collections have also been cited
and used in formulating the descriptions.
Species are defined as groups of
populations (1-many) with discontinuities in two
or more independent character states of
morphology. Where a single character state
difference is present and the discontinuity is
geographically based, the rank of subspecies
is used. This is a species definition that is
widely used and understood (Stebbins 1950;
Cronquist 1988) but would equate to the
‘diagnostic species concept’ of Judd et al.
(2002). Characters most commonly used in the
identification key are those of habit,
indumentum type (Fig. 1), leaf lamina venation
and marginal teeth number, extrafloral nectaries
(position and form), stem stipules, flowers
(particularly stamen number) and fruit shape.
Collectors should ensure that at least both male
and female flowers are collected when making
specimens of Crotons.
Invariably my species concept is closely
tied to habitat preferences and geographic
distribution and has been largely arrived at from
extensive fieldwork in northern Australia,
particularly Queensland where twenty-four
species are found. I have been fortunate to
353
study twenty-four of the twenty-seven native
species in the field.
Floral descriptions were prepared from
material preserved in spirit (FAA or 70% alcohol
and glycerol) or reconstituted by boiling in water
and detergent. Fruit descriptions were prepared
from spirit and dried material. Foliage,
inflorescence and seed descriptions were
prepared from dried material.
Indumentum cover is described using the
terminology of Hewson (1988), except that
‘scattered’ is used instead of ‘isolated’.
Indumentum in Australian Croton species
comprises multicellular, simple trichomes or
compound trichomes (Fig. 1). The compound
trichomes include sessile stellate trichomes,
stalked stellate trichomes, peltate trichomes and
peltate scales (lepidote). Peltate scales and
stellate or peltate trichomes are usually sessile
rather than stalked. Where no indication is
given in the descriptions, it may be assumed
that they are sessile. A system for trichome
morphology in Croton has been proposed by
Webster et al. (1996), but this has not been
followed here, mainly because the trichome
types in Australian crotons are not as diverse
as the 120 species that they studied. The fruit
of Croton species commonly have sessile and/
or stalked trichomes, or rarely on a fleshy
mamillate protuberance (C. capitis-york,
C. mamillatus, C. stigmatosus ), hence it is
always specified as to the condition present.
The term ‘foliar glands’ is included in the
descriptions and this refers to the small glands
that are present at the apices of any teeth on
the leaf lamina margins. If these foliar glands
are stated to be ‘prominent’ this means that they
are discernible with the naked eye.
‘Inconspicuous’ means that they are only
discernible with a microscope. Most of the
native Australian Crotons have extrafloral
nectaries (Jose & Inamdar 1989; Freitas et al.
2000, 2001) at, or near to the base of the leaf
lamina; these may be referred to as ‘glands’ in
other works or keys.
Common abbreviations in the specimen
citations are N.P. or N.P.R. (National Park), L. A.
(Logging Area), S.F. or S.F.R. (State Forest or
State Forest Reserve) and T.R. (Timber Reserve).
Rainforest terminology follows Webb (1978).
354
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 349-436
Fig. 1. Trichome types in Australian Croton. A. simple multicellular trichome. B. sessile stellate trichome.
C. stalked stellate trichome. D. peltate trichome. E. peltate scale. Del. W. Smith.
The ‘Wet Tropics’ is defined as that area of
north-eastern Queensland which encompasses
the ‘hot, humid vine forests’ from near
Cooktown in the north to Paluma in the south
(Webb & Tracey 1981; Barlow & Hyland 1988).
Conservation codings follow those that are
listed in Queensland legislation, and are derived
from those proposed by the IUCN (Anonymous
2001 ).
The taxa are mapped in 1° grid squares.
This has enabled information to be gathered
about centres of species richness and the
restriction or otherwise of the individual taxa.
Taxonomy
Croton L., Sp. PI. 1004 (1753). Type: Croton
tiglium L. (lectotype chosen by Small
1913).
Derivation of name: From the Greek kroton
(a tick), apparently a fanciful allusion to
the ‘tick-like’ seeds.
Generic synonymy is listed in Webster (1994)
and Radcliffe-Smith (2001); however, none of
these names have been applied to Australian
taxa so they are not repeated here. The following
generic description is meant to be
comprehensive for the taxa in Australia, but
will also be largely applicable for the genus
elsewhere.
Herbs, lianes, shrubs or small trees, annual
or perennial, monoecious or dioecious,
evergreen or deciduous; stems and foliage
without latex. Indumentum of simple or
compound trichomes and scales in various
combinations, glandular trichomes absent,
Forster, Croton in Australia
stinging trichomes absent. Stipules entire or
lobed, generally inconspicuous, deciduous.
Leaves alternate to subopposite, sessile to
petiolate, simple and usually elobate, palmi- or
penninerved, entire or denticulate to crenate,
often with sessile or stipitate glands at lamina
base or on petiole. Inflorescences terminal or
axillary, racemose or spicate, solitary, uni- or
bisexual and androgynous, with flowers in
bracteate glomerules. Male flowers sessile to
pedicellate; calyx lobes 4-6, imbricate or valvate,
± equal; petals 4-6, free, usually shorter than
sepals; stamens 5-50 (-100 plus), filaments free
and attached to a slightly raised pilose
receptacle, inflexed in bud, filiform or flattened;
anthers dorsifixed, bilobate, thecae oblong and
longitudinally dehiscent; pistillodes absent.
Female flowers sessile to pedicellate; calyx lobes
(0—) 4-6 (-8), imbricate or valvate; petals usually
absent; disk annular, or of separate glands or
absent; ovary l-3(4)-locular, locules
355
uniovulate; styles shortly connate at base, bifid
to multifid. Fruits capsular, uni-, bi- or trilobate,
surface smooth and variously pubescent,
dehiscing septicidally into bivalved cocci, or
rarely indehiscent. Seeds ovoid, obloid, ellipsoid
or subglobose; testa crustaceous to woody;
albumen fleshy; caruncles entire, non-arilloid;
cotyledons broad, flat.
Over 800 species in the tropics and
subtropics. Thirty-one species in Australia, with
three naturalised and twenty-seven native
species with twenty-two being endemic. One
species is of dubious origin.
Webster (1967) chose to retypify Croton
with C. aromaticus L. as the lectotype species,
but this does not supersede the
lectotypification of Small (1913) with C. tiglium
L. and the status quo is maintained by Radcliffe-
Smith (2001) and here.
Key to the Australian species of Croton
1. Herbs.2
Lianes, shrubs or trees.4
2. Styles 1; fruits unilobate. 24. C. setigerus
Styles 3; fruits trilobate.3
3. Extrafloral nectaries 2 at top of petiole . 13. C. glandulosus
Extrafloral nectaries absent from leaf.7. C. capitatus
4. Lianes. 9. C.caudatus
Shrubs or trees.5
5. Leaf lamina palminerved.6
Leaf lamina penninerved.13
6. Leaf lamina silver-white below .7
Leaf lamina green below (not silver-white).8
7. Stipules linear-lanceolate, 3-6 mm long; leaf lamina below with dense
overlapping peltate scales. 23. C. schultzii
Stipules lanceolate, 1.2-1.8 mm long; leaf lamina below with dense stellate
trichomes. 28. C. tomentellus
8. Leaf lamina denticulate to crenate with 60-100 teeth. 4. C. arnhemicus
Leaf lamina denticulate to crenate with 30-52 teeth.9
9. Stipules lanceolate, 0.3-1 mm long. 3. C. armstrongii
Stipules linear to linear-lanceolate, 1.2-6 mm long.10
356 Austrobaileya 6 (3): 349-436
10. Leaf lamina with interlateral tertiary venation obscure below. 18. C. minimus
Leaf lamina with interlateral tertiary venation well developed below.11
11. Leaf lamina with 32-40 teeth; male flowers with pedicels 10-12 mm
long; stamens 32-38 . 31. C. waterhouseae
Leaf lamina with 10-28 teeth; male flowers with pedicels 1.5-7 mm long;
stamens 10-24.12
12. Male flower petals 4-4.5 mm long, 0.8-1 mm wide; fruit oblong-ovoid,
3-17 mm long; seed 8.5-10.5 mm long. 2. C. aridus
Male flower petals 1.5-3.2 mm long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide; fruit
depressed-globose, 5-8 mm long; seed 4-5 mm long. 19. C. multicaulis
13. Foliage silver-white to silver-green below due to presence of dense
adpressed silver scales and trichomes. 14
Foliage green to ferruginous below due to the absence of indumentum or
the presence of uncoloured or ferruginous indumentum.19
14. Leaf lamina with obscure lateral venation.15. C. insularis
Leaf lamina with discernible lateral venation.15
15. Branchlets with peltate scales only. 8. C. capitis-york
Branchlets with stellate trichomes, or with admixture of stellate trichomes
and peltate scales. 16
16. Branchlets with stellate trichomes only.17
Branchlets with either peltate trichomes, or an admixture of peltate scales
and stellate trichomes. 18
17. Leaf lamina with the lateral veins not prominently raised below; extrafloral
nectaries sessile, visible above only . 21. C. phebalioides
Leaf lamina with the lateral veins prominently raised below; extrafloral
nectaries stipitate to 1.8 mm long, visible above & below. 26. C. stigmatosus
18. Branchlets and leaf petioles with peltate trichomes only; extrafloral
nectaries absent or circular. 17. C. mamillatus
Branchlets and leaf petioles with admixture of peltate scales and stellate
trichomes; extrafloral nectaries ellipsoid.25. C. simulans
19. Leaf lamina below with indumentum of peltate scales or peltate trichomes .20
Leaf lamina below with indumentum of stellate trichomes .23
20. Leaf petioles 2-5 mm long; lamina narrow-ovate, oblanceolate or obovate,
margins entire to sinuate. 5. C. brachypus
Leaf petioles 4-36 mm long; lamina elliptic, lanceolate or ovate, margins
denticulate to weakly crenate with 4-34 teeth per side of midrib.21
21. Extrafloral nectaries stipitate.30. C. verreauxii
Extrafloral nectaries sessile.22
22. Stipules 0.5-1 mm long; extrafloral nectaries 0.8-1.2 mm long; leaf lamina
below with scattered peltate trichomes. 10. C. choristadenius
Stipules 1-4 mm long; extrafloral nectaries 0.4-0.6 mm long; leaf lamina
below with scattered peltate scales. 1. C. acronychioides
Forster, Croton in Australia 357
23. Leaf lamina with dense velutinous indumentum below.24
Leaf lamina with scattered to sparse indumentum below.26
24. Leaf indumentum yellow; extrafloral nectaries stipitate.11. C. densivestitus
Leaf indumentum orange-brown or ferruginous-silver; extrafloral nectaries
sessile.25
25. Leaf indumentum orange-brown; stipules lanceolate, 3-6 mm long;
inflorescence bracts linear-lanceolate.27. C. stockeri
Leaf indumentum ferruginous-silver; stipules subulate, 0.3-0.9 mm long;
inflorescence bracts lanceolate to oblanceolate.16. C. magneticus
26. Leaf lamina with 70-112 teeth.14. C. habrophyllus
Leaf lamina with 18-64 teeth.27
27. Leaf indumentum uncoloured to silver.28
Leaf indumentum ferruginous to yellow.29
28. Leaf lamina with 40-56 teeth, extrafloral nectaries stipitate; fruits globose,
c. 4 mm long and 4 mm diameter.12. C. dockrillii
Leaf lamina with 18-34 teeth, extrafloral nectaries sessile; fruits
depressed-globose, 4-5 mm long, 6-7 mm diameter.20. C. mutabilis
29. Stipules lanceolate, 4-4.5 mm long; male flower sepals 1.6-2 mm long.29. C. triacros
Stipules linear to linear-lanceolate, 0.7-3.9 mm long; male flower sepals
2-2.5 mm long.30
30. Male flower pedicels 1-2 mm long, sepals obovate; styles bifid; fruits
globose, 4-5 mm long, 4^1.5 mm diameter. 22. C. rarus
Male flower pedicels 2.5-7 mm long, sepals ovate; styles multifid, divided
twice; fruits depressed-globose, 4.5-5 mm long, 6-7 mm diameter. 6. C. byrnesii
1. Croton acronychioides F.Muell., Fragm. 4:142
(1864) (‘acronychoides’). Type:
Queensland. Port Curtis District: [label 1
in unidentified hand] “A handsome shrub
14 or 15 feet high growing in the scrub nr
Rockhampton” [label 2 in F.Mueller hand]
“Rockhampton Bowman ” (lecto [here
chosen]: MEL231235).
Croton affinis Maiden & R.T.Baker, Proc.
Linn. Soc. New South Wales, II, 9: 160, t.
12 (1894). Type: New South Wales, near
Tintenbar, August 1893, W. Baeuerlen s.n.
(lecto [herechosen]: NSW273894).
Illustrations : Floyd (1989: 141); James &
Harden (1990:419); Hauser (1992:180).
Shrub to 5 m high, monoecious, evergreen,
perennial. Indumentum ferruginous-yellow.
Branchlets rounded, with scattered to sparse
peltate trichomes and scales when young,
glabrescent. Stipules lanceolate, 1-4 mm long,
0.3-0.8 mm wide, entire and with dense peltate
scales. Leaves alternate, petiolate, discolorous;
petioles 4-13 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide, with
dense peltate scales when young, glabrescent;
lamina elliptic to ovate, 20-140 mm long, 10-60
mm wide, penninerved with 8-14 lateral veins
each side of midrib, tertiary reticulate veins
obscure; upper surface glossy green, lateral
veins weakly visible, with scattered peltate
scales when young, glabrescent; lower surface
matt green, lateral veins prominent, with
scattered and ± persistent peltate scales, neither
scabrous or velutinous; margins denticulate to
weakly crenate with 12-26 teeth up to 0.3 mm
long, foliar glands prominent; tip acute,
obcordate or retuse; base cuneate; extrafloral
nectaries 2 at base, sessile, circular to elliptic,
0.4—0.6 mm long, 0.3-0.4 mm wide, visible above
and below. Inflorescence up to 40 mm long,
358
unbranched, often unisexual but occasionally
bisexual and androgynous, pedunculate up to
10 mm; axis with sparse to dense peltate scales;
bracts lanceolate, 0.5-1 mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm
wide, with sparse to dense peltate trichomes.
Male flowers 2.8-3 mm long, 3.5-5 mm diameter,
held singly on inflorescence, spaced up to 2
mm apart; pedicels 2-3.7 mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm
wide, with scattered peltate trichomes at base
or glabrous; sepals valvate, 5, lanceolate-ovate,
1.8-2.3 mm long, 1.2-1.6 mm wide, glabrous or
lanate in upper half; petals 5, lanceolate to
lanceolate-ovate, 2-2.8 mm long, 0.9-1.3 mm
wide, lanate in upper half; stamens 6, filaments
± flattened, 1.8-2 mm long, 0.4-0.6 mm wide,
with dense simple trichomes at base, anthers
oblong, 0.7-1.1 mm long, 0.7-0.9 mm wide.
Female flowers 3-3.5 mm long, 3-5 mm diameter,
held singly and spaced up to 5 mm apart;
pedicels 1.5^1 mm long, c. 1 mm diameter, with
sparse peltate trichomes; sepals valvate, 5,
lanceolate, 2-3 mm long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide,
glabrous or with scattered marginal cilia; petals
absent; styles 3, linear to obloid, up to 2 mm
long, bifid once for up to 1.5 mm long, connate
at base for c. 0.4 mm, glabrous; ovary 3-locular,
2.3-2.5 mm long, 2.3-2.5 mm diameter, with
dense, sessile peltate scales. Fruits trilobate,
globose, 7-9 mm long, 6-8 mm diameter, with
sparse, sessile peltate scales. Seeds ± obloid,
6-6.8 mm long, 3.5—4.5 mm wide, 2.7-3 mm thick,
pale brown to glossy dark brown, adaxial surface
bifacial, abaxial surface rounded, micropylar
ridge 3.5-5 mm long; caruncle crescent shaped,
1-1.5 mmlong, 1.5-1.8 mm wide, cream-yellow.
Fig. 2.
Selected additional specimens: Queensland. North
Kennedy District: Cromarty, ridge above Bruce Highway
in Bowling Green Bay N.P., 19°28’S, 147°53’E, Jan
1993, Forster PIF12748 & Bean (BRI). South Kennedy
District: S.F. 658 Carawatha, 20°47’S, 148°34’E, Apr
1991, Forster PIF8190 & McDonald (BRI, K, F, MEF,
QRS). Feichhardt District: Melaleuca Creek Scrub,
“Rookwood”, 23°12’S, 149°46’E, Apr 1991, Forster
PIF7953 & McDonald (BRI, K, F, MEF, QRS). Port
Curtis District: Yaparabah, 10 km SSE of Mardale,
24°39’S, 150°42’E, Dec 1982, Forster PIF1481 &
Marshall (BRI); S.F. 53, Dan Dan Scrub, Dec 1987,
Gibson 1006 (BRI, NSW); Mt Archer road, 23°21’S,
150°35’E, Nov 1986, Hoy 129 (BRI); Mt Etna,
23°10’S, 150°27’E, May 1990, Vavryn 101 (BRI).
Burnett District: Scientific Area 33, Coominglah S.F.
28, 24°54’S, 151°00’E, Apr 1990, Forster PIF6696
(BRI, MEF, QRS); Sanderson’s Scrub, Mt Blandy, 4 km
W of Mingo Crossing, 25°24’S, 151°44’E, Mar 1999,
Forster PIF24148 & Booth (BRI, QRS); S.F. 695
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 349-436
Kalpowar, Burnett Range road, 24°40’S, 151°2rE, Mar
2000, Forster PIF25415 & Booth (BRI, K, F, MEF,
QRS). Wide Bay District: 1 km SW of Booyal, 25°13’S,
152°02’E, Nov 1987, Forster PIF3287 (BRI); Oakview
S.F. 220 Malmaison, 12 km ESE of Kilkivan, 26°08’S,
152°20’E, Dec 2002, Forster PIF29213 (A, BRI, F,
MEF, NSW, WIS); Black Gin Creek, T.R. 580, 25°29’S,
151°55’E, Apr 1990, Forster PIF6601 (BRI, CBG,
MEF, QRS); Fairlies Knob N.P., 25°30’S, 152°17’E,
Dec 1992, Forster PIF12593 & Smyrell (BRI, MEF,
QRS). Darling Downs District: S.F. 197 Diamondy, Craig
Range, 32 km NE of Jandowae, 26°35’S, 151°20’E,
Mar 1999, Forster PIF24094 & Booth (BRI, QRS).
Moreton District: Pullen Creek, Moggill S.F., Feb 1980,
Bird [AQ331172] (BRI); Commissioner’s View,
Blackbutt Range, 26°52’S, 152°13’E, Nov 1987,
Forster PIF3251 & Bird (BRI, NSW, SAN, SAR). New
South Wales. Wiangaree S.F., Jan 1981, Bird
[AQ345019] (BRI); Oxley River (Middle Arm Creek),
just beyond end of Butler’s Road, NW of Tyalgum,
29°19’S, 153°09’E, Jul 1981, Guymer 1585 & Jessup
(BRI); 23 km NW of Kyogle, Toonumbar Forest Road,
Toonumbar S.F., 28°29’S, 152°48’E, Dec 1991, Halford
Q823 (BRI, MEF, NSW).
Distribution and habitat : Croton
acronychioides is widespread in south-eastern
Queensland and north-eastern New South Wales,
but is present in only a few populations in the
South Kennedy and North Kennedy districts
(Map 3). The species has been recorded from a
total of seventeen 1° squares. Plants grow in
microphyll to notophyll vineforests on a variety
of volcanic substrates and may be sympatric with
C. insularis and C. phebalioides.
Phenology: Flowering occurs from November
to May and commences after storm rain. Fmiting
occurs from November to August.
Notes: F.Mueller (1864) cited two elements in
the protologue of Croton acronychioides, one
collected at Fitzroy River by Thozet and the
other collected at Broad Sound by Bowman.
There are three sheets at MEL (MEL231221,
231235, 231233) that are possible syntypes.
MEL231221 is sterile and MEL231233 has two
conflicting dates (“155/62” and “166/62”)
indicating a mixed collection. MEL231235 is
fertile, but lacks a date and the locality of Broad
Sound or Fitzroy River. The labels do indicate
that MEL231235 was collected by Bowman near
Rockhampton. Mueller (1864) definitely
described a fertile plant, hence a lectotype is
chosen from MEL231235 as it fulfills more criteria
to qualify as a syntype of the name than do the
other contenders.
u ^
Forster, Croton in Australia
359
Fig. 2. Croton acronychioides. A. flowering branchlet. x 0.8. B. base of leaf lamina showing extrafloral nectaries,
x 16. C. node with stipule, x 4. D. inflorescence with male flowers, x 2. E. undersurface of leaf, x 1. F. male flower
(lacking one stamen), x 8. G. female flower, x 8. H & I. fruits, x 4. J. seed, x 6. A, B, D from Forster PIF3251 (BRI);
& G. from Forster PIF12616 (BRI); E, H-J from Forster PIF3287 (BRI); F from Forster PIF12593 (BRI). Del.
Smith.
360
There are three specimens that may be
considered as candidates for a type of Croton
affinis because they were all collected at
Tintenbar by Baeuerlen. There are two at NSW,
NSW273959 and NSW273894, only the latter
has a date - Feb 1894. There is also one
specimen at MEL dated Aug 1893. A lectotype
is selected from the Feb 1894 specimen at NSW
as this would appear to predate the publication
of the name.
Conservation status : Widespread and common,
but infrequent and usually disjunct in the
northern parts of its range. Present in at least 20
conservation reserves in south-eastern
Queensland alone (Forster etal. 1991).
Etymology : The specific epithet probably refers
to a resemblance of the foliage of this plant to
that of some species of Acronychia (Rutaceae).
2. Croton aridus P.I.Forst., sp. nov. affinis
C. arnhemico Muell. Arg. a qua foliis 20-
36-dentatis, fructibus oblongis
majoribusque (13-17 x 10-13 mm), et
seminibus oblongiovoideis majoribusque
(8.5-10.5 mm longis) differt. Typus:
Northern Territory, c. 130 km S of Tennant
Creek on Stuart Highway, 20 July 1968,
J.Z. Weber 1084A(holo: AD [1 sheet]; iso:
BRI, DNA, MEL).
Croton sp. (Barkly Downs S.L.Everist 3379)
(Forster & Henderson 1997:72; Forster &
Halford 2002:70)
Subshrub to 1.5 m high, multistemmed,
monoecious, evergreen, perennial. Indumentum
silver. Branchlets rounded, with dense stellate
trichomes when young, glabrescent. Stipules
linear-lanceolate, 3-5 mm long, 0.4-0.6 mm wide,
entire and with dense stellate trichomes. Leaves
alternate, discolorous, petiolate; petioles 5-15
mm long, c. 1 mm wide, with dense stellate
trichomes when young, rarely glabrescent;
lamina ovate to broadly ovate, 15-80 mm long,
10-80 mm wide, palminerved with 3-5 veins from
base and 6-8 lateral veins per side of midrib
further up lamina, tertiary reticulate veins
present; upper surface silver-green, venation
weakly visible, with dense stellate trichomes
when young, becoming sparse with age; lower
surface pale silver-green, lateral and reticulate
venation prominent, with dense and ± persistent
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 349-436
stellate trichomes, velutinous; margins crenate
with 10-18 teeth up to 3 mm long, foliar glands
prominent; tip obtuse to acute; base cordate to
truncate; extrafloral nectaries at lamina base
often absent or obscure, if present then 1 or 2
at lamina base, sessile, elliptic, c. 0.3 mm long
and 0.2 mm wide, visible below only.
Inflorescence up to 40 mm long, unbranched,
usually androgynous, often reduced to single
female flower, pedunculate up to 5 mm; axis with
dense stellate trichomes; bracts
linear-lanceolate to lanceolate, 1-2.5 mm long,
0.3-1 mm wide, with dense stellate trichomes.
Male flowers 3-4 mm long, 5-6 mm diameter,
densely clustered in upper portion of
inflorescence; pedicels 6-7 mm long, c. 0.5 mm
wide, with dense stellate trichomes; sepals
valvate, 5, lanceolate-ovate, 3-4 mm long, 1.5-
2.5 mm wide, with dense stellate hairs; petals 5,
oblanceolate, 4-4.5 mm long, 0.8-1 mm wide,
lanate in upper half; stamens 20, filaments +
filiform, 2.2-3 mm long, c. 0.1 mm wide, glabrous;
anthers oblong, 0.7-0.8 mm long, 0.6-0.7 mm
wide. Female flowers 5-6 mm long, 4-5 mm
diameter, held singly and spaced 6 mm apart;
pedicels 3-8 mm long, c. 1 mm diameter, with
dense stellate trichomes; sepals valvate, 5,
lanceolate, 3-3.5 mm long, 1.7-2 mm wide, with
dense stellate trichomes; petals absent; styles
3, linear-obloid, up to 3 mm long, bifid once for
up to 2.8 mm long, + free at base, glabrous;
ovary 3-locular, c. 3 mm long and 3 mm diameter,
with dense, + sessile stellate trichomes. Fruits
trilobate, oblong-ovoid, 13-17 mm long, 10-13
mm diameter, with dense, + sessile stellate
trichomes. Seeds ± obloid, 8.5-10.5 mm long,
7-9 mm wide, 4-6 mm thick, matt brown, ventral
surface bifacial or + rounded, dorsal surface
rounded, micropylar ridge 8-8.8 mm long;
caruncle ovate, 1.5-mm long, c. 1.8 mm wide,
cream. Fig. 3.
Additional specimens : Western Australia. Near Edgar
Range, SE of Broome, 18°28’S, 123°03’E, Aug 1976,
Kenneally 5733 (CANB); c. 40 km NE of Callawa
Station HSD, E of Shay Gap, 20°26’S, 120°47’E, Aug
1997, Mitchell PRP1823 (BRI); 79 km SE of Broome
on Dampier Downs road, NW of Edgar Ranges, 18°15’S,
122°45’E, Jul 1989, White 150 (PERTH); 9 miles [15
km] N of Bonney Well, Aug 1963, Winkworth 1579
(DNA). Northern Territory. Barkly Tablelands,
Barkly Stock route, 19°52’S, 137°07’E, Mar 1988,
Brock 375 (DNA); 16 km WSW Soudan, 20°05’S,
136°48’E, Jun 1960, Chippendale NT7284 (AD, BRI,
CANB, MEL); Barkly Tableland, 40 km WNW
Forster, Croton in Australia
361
Fig. 3. Croton aridus. A. branchlet. x 1. B. undersurface of leaf, x 1.5. C. node showing stipule, x 6. D. base of leaf
lamina showing extrafloral nectaries, x 12. E. node with inflorescence, x 3. F. male flower, x 6. G. female flower,
x 6. H. seed, x 3. A-D, H from Everist 4243 (BRI); E from Chippendale 7284 (BRI); G & F from Weber 1084
(BRI). Del. W. Smith.
362
Frewena, 19°18’S, 135°02’E, Jun 1960, Chippendale
NT7349 (BRI, CANB, DNA); Singleton, 240 miles
[400 km] N of Alice Springs, Jan 1950, Everist 4243
(BRI); 98 km N of Annitowa, 20°24’S, 136°50’E, Mar
1981, Henshall 3454 (DNA); 10 km S of Wauchope,
20°45’S, 134°15’E, Jul 1977, Latz 7511 (AD, DNA);
2 km W of Lake Surprise, 20°13’S, 131°46’E, May
1984, Latz 9908 (DNA, PERTH); 2 km W of Lake
Surprise, Tanami Desert, 20°12’S, 131°45’E, Jun 1985,
Latz 10073 (AD, DNA); c. 35 km W of Green Swamp
Well No. 4 on road to Lajamanu, 19°14’S, 132°19’E,
Sep 1985, Leach 815 (DNA); c. 55 km NE of Green
Swamp Well No. 4, 18°49’S, 132°54’E, Sep 1986,
Leach 868 (DNA); 102.5 km W of the Stuart Highway
on track to Lajamanu, 19°22’S, 133°20’E, Mar 1988,
Leach 1708 (DNA); 82 miles [131 km] S of Tennant
Creek Jul 1968, Must 282 (AD, DNA). Queensland.
Burke District: Red Sand hills NE of Barkly Downs
Homestead, Jul 2002, Bailey & Kelman 1 (BRI); Barkly
Downs, c. 50 miles [83.3 km] SW of Camooweal, Dec
1947, Everist 3379 (BRI, CANB).
Distribution and habitat: Croton aridus is
widespread in arid central Australia in Western
Australia, the Northern Territory and Burke
district in Queensland (Map 2). The Western
Australian populations are markedly disjunct
from those in central Australia. Although the
species has only been recorded from fourteen
1° squares, it is likely that many further
populations will be found. Plants grow on red
sand plains or ridges in Triodia hummock
grasslands, mulga shrublands or open
woodland dominated by Ventilago viminalis.
Phenology: Flowering occurs sporadically
throughout the year following storm rain. Fruits
mature two or three months after flowering.
Notes: Croton aridus is allied to C. arnhemicus
and may be a sister-taxon that has adapted to
the arid-zone. Croton aridus differs most
markedly from C. arnhemicus in the leaves with
20-36 marginal teeth, the larger (13-17 mm long,
10-13 mm diameter) oblong fruit with larger
(8.5-10.5 mm long) oblong-ovoid seed. Croton
arnhemicus has leaves with 60-100 marginal
teeth, globose fruit (6-11 mm long, 7-11 mm
diameter) and smaller, obloid to ovoid seeds
(4-7 mm long).
Conservation status: Croton aridus is
widespread and common in its known range.
Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the
distribution of this species in arid parts of
Australia.
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 349-436
3. Croton armstrongii S.Moore, J. Linn. Soc.,
Bot. 45: 219 (1920). Type: Northern
Territory. Port Essington, Armstrong s.n.
(holo: BM).
Shrub, height unknown, monoecious,
?evergreen or deciduous, perennial.
Indumentum uncoloured. Branchlets ± rounded,
with scattered stellate trichomes, glabrescent.
Stipules lanceolate, 0.3-1 mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm
wide, entire and with scattered stellate
trichomes. Leaves alternate, discolorous,
petiolate; petioles 1-5 mm long, 0.5-0.8 mm
wide, with sparse stellate trichomes; lamina
ovate, 15-55 mm long, 5-25 mm wide,
palminerved with 3-5 lateral veins from base
and 5 or 6 lateral veins per side of midrib further
up lamina, tertiary reticulate veins poorly
developed; upper surface dark green, lateral
veins not visible, with scattered stellate
trichomes; lower surface pale green, venation
weakly developed, with scattered to sparse
stellate hairs, neither scabrous nor velutinous;
margins crenate with 15-20 teeth 0.5-1.5 mm
long, foliar glands prominent; tip acute; base
truncate; extrafloral nectaries 1 or 2 at lamina
base, subulate, c. 0.6 mm long and 0.2 mm wide,
visible above only. Inflorescence up to 50 mm
long, unbranched, usually androgynous,
pedunculate for up to 2 mm; axis with sparse
stellate trichomes; bracts lanceolate, 0.9-1.2 mm
long, 0.4-0.5 mm wide, with scattered stellate
trichomes. Male flowers c. 2.5 mm long, 3.5-
4 mm diameter, densely clustered towards the
inflorescence tip; pedicels 1-1.5 mm long, c.
0.2 mm wide, with sparse stellate trichomes;
sepals valvate, 5, lanceolate-ovate, 1.8-2 mm
long, 1.2-1.3 mm wide, with sparse stellate
trichomes; petals 5, oblanceolate, c. 1.6 mm long
and 1 mm wide, lanate in upper half and with
scattered stellate hairs on backs; stamens 12,
filaments + flattened, 1.4-1.7 mm long and c. 0.1
mm wide, glabrous; anthers oblong, c. 0.8 mm
long and 0.6 mm wide. Female flowers c. 3.5 mm
long and 5 mm diameter, held singly 1-5 mm
apart; pedicels 1.5-2 mm long, 0.7-0.8 mm
diameter, with dense stellate trichomes; sepals
valvate, 5, lanceolate-obovate, c. 4 mm long and
2 mm wide, with sparse stellate trichomes; petals
absent; styles 3, linear, 1.8-2 mm long, multifid,
twice divided over 1.4-1.8 mm, connate at base
for c. 0.3 mm long, with scattered simple and
stellate trichomes; ovary 3-locular, c. 2 mm long
Forster, Croton in Australia
and 2.5 mm diameter, with dense stellate
trichomes. Fruits and seeds not seen.
Specimens examined : Known only from the
type.
Distribution and habitat : Apparently at Port
Essington, Northern Territory (Map 6).
Phenology : Unknown.
Notes: Croton armstrongii remains an enigma.
Airy Shaw (1980) reduced his own Croton
habrophyllus to synonymy with the earlier
name, but did not consult the type specimen of
C. armstrongii at BM. Wilmot-Dear (1987)
subsequently reinstated Croton habrophyllus
demonstrating that the type of C. armstrongii
is not conspecific with that of the later name.
The type collection of Croton
armstrongii was supposedly made at Port
Essington. No further collections that are
conspecific with the type have been made in
the Northern Territory, despite an intensive
survey of closed forests by staff of the Northern
Territory Conservation Commission in the late
1980s. This may indicate that the taxon is not
present in Australia and that the type specimen
is incorrectly labelled. There is circumstantial
evidence for the BM specimen being incorrectly
labelled. An Armstrong collection at NSW
(NSW270599) that is labelled as Croton
armstrongii , is conspecific with the type of
C. habrophyllus. Armstrong also collected in
Vanuatu and the Banks Islands (Lanjouw &
Stafleau 1954), hence it is possible that the type
of Croton armstrongii originates from one of
these regions. Nevertheless the BM type is of a
distinct taxon warranting recognition. Whether
the taxon is native to Australia remains to be
determined. Until this is resolved there seems
little choice but to include the taxon as
Australian.
Conservation status: Unknown.
Etymology: Named for Sir Alexander Armstrong
(1818-1899) who made plant collections in
Melanesia and at Port Essington.
4. Croton arnhemicus Muell.Arg., Linnaea 34:
112 (1865); Oxydectes arnhemicus
(Muell.Arg.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. PI. 2: 611
(1891). Type: Queensland. Cape York,
MacGillivray 514 (lecto [here
designated]: K n.v., photo at BRI!);
363
Northern Territory, ‘in Arnhemsland
Novae-Hollandiae septentrionalis’,
F. Mueller (lectopara: G-DC n.v., fiche at
BRI!); Sea Range, towards the
Fitzmaurice, October 1855, F. Mueller
(lectopara: MEL231274 & MEL231258).
Croton arnhemicus var. urenifolius Baill.,
Adansonia 6: 300 (1866). Type:
Queensland. Port Denison, E. Fitzalan
(syn: MEL231243, MEL231249 &
MEL231251); Edgecombe Height, Aug
1863, Dallachy (syn: MEL231246).
Croton arnhemicus var. typicus Domin,
Biblioth. Bot. 89: 329 (1827), nom. inval.
Type: same as C. arnhemicus Baill.
Illustrations: Brock (1988: 129); Dunlop
(1995:214, fig. 71).
Shrub to 5 m high, monoecious, evergreen,
perennial. Indumentum ferruginous-silver.
Branchlets rounded, with dense overlapping,
stellate trichomes when young, glabrescent.
Stipules linear to linear-lanceolate, 1.7-11 mm
long, 0.2-0.8 mm wide, entire and with dense
stellate trichomes. Leaves alternate,
discolorous, petiolate; petioles 3-75 mm long,
0.9-2 mm wide, with dense stellate trichomes
when young, rarely glabrescent; lamina elliptic,
orbicular, ovate, obovate, 20-240 mm long, 10-
200 mm wide, palminerved with 3-5 veins from
base and 5-7 lateral veins per side of midrib
further up lamina, tertiary reticulate veins
present; upper surface grey-green, venation
weakly visible, with scattered to sparse stellate
trichomes; lower surface ferruginous-silver,
lateral and reticulate venation prominent, with
sparse to dense, overlapping stellate trichomes,
scabrid or velutinous; margins denticulate to
weakly crenate with 30-50 teeth up to 2 mm
long, foliar glands prominent; tip acute to
rounded; base cordate, cuneate, rounded or
truncate; extrafloral nectaries 2 at lamina base,
sessile or stipitate to 1 mm long, ellipsoid, 0.5-
2 mm long, 0.5-1.2 mm wide, visible above
and below. Inflorescence up to 200 mm
long, unbranched, usually androgynous,
pedunculate up to 24 mm; axis with dense
stellate trichomes; bracts linear to lanceolate,
0.5-2 mm long, 0.2-0.7 mm wide, with dense
stellate trichomes. Male flowers 3.5-6 mm long,
3-7 mm diameter, held singly or rarely in groups
364
of 2-5 in upper portions of inflorescence;
pedicels 1.5-10 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide, with
dense stellate trichomes; sepals valvate, 5,
lanceolate-ovate to ovate, 2-4.5 mm long, 1-2
mm wide, with sparse to dense stellate hairs;
petals 5, oblanceolate to obovate, 2-4.2 mm
long, 0.6-2.5 mm wide, lanate in upper half;
stamens 20-44, filaments ± filiform, 1.5-4.5 mm
long, 0.1-0.2 mm wide, glabrous; anthers
oblong, 0.6-1.1 mm long, 0.4-1 mm wide. Female
flowers 3-6 mm long, 3.5-6 mm diameter, held
singly and spaced up to 20 mm apart; pedicels
1-7 mm long, 0.4-2 mm diameter, with dense
stellate trichomes; sepals valvate, 5,
lanceolate-ovate to ovate, 2.2-3.5 mm long, 1-
2.2 mm wide, with dense stellate trichomes;
petals absent; styles 3, linear, 1.8-5.5 mm long,
bifid for 1.7-5.3 mm, connate at base for c. 0.1
mm, with sparse stellate trichomes; ovary 3-
locular, 2-4 mm long, 2-4 mm diameter, with
dense, sessile and stalked stellate trichomes.
Fruits trilobate, globose, 6-11 mm long, 7-11
mm diameter, with dense, sessile and stalked
stellate trichomes. Seeds obloid to ovoid, 4-7
mm long, 3-5 mm wide, 2.2-4 mm thick,
brown-black, ventral surface bifacial, dorsal
surface rounded, micropylar ridge 3-5 mm long;
caruncle ellipsoid-ovate, 0.8-1.5 mm long, 1.3-
2.2 mm wide, cream. Fig. 4.
Selected additional specimens : Northern Territory.
Humpty Doo, 12°32’S, 130°50’E, Sep 1984, Brock 19
(DNA); c. 12 miles [20 km] S of Katherine, Jan 1973,
Byrnes 2875 (BRI, CANB, DNA); Stuart Highway, Edith
Falls turnoff, 14°15’S, 132°01’E, Dec 1990, Evans
3476 (BRI, CANB, DNA); Vicinity of El Sharana, Jan
1973, Martensz & Schodde AE400 (BRI, CANB);
Upper East Alligator River, 13°01’S, 133°25’E, Nov
1987, Russell-Smith 4151 & Lucas (DNA); 9 km S
Koolpinyah Homestead, 12°28’S, 131°10’E,
Russell-Smith 8126 & Lucas (BRI, CANB, DNA).
Queensland. Cook District: Mt Scatterbrain, Butchers
Hill Station near Lakeland, 15°52’S, 144°53’E, Jan
1992, Forster PIF9523 (BRI, K, L, MEL, QRS); 13 km
past Chillagoe on Mungana road, 17°06’S, 144°24’E,
Jan 1992, Forster PIF9578 (BRI, DNA, L, MET,, QRS);
Mt Eliza, 8 km NW of Mt Surprise, 18°06’S, 144°15’E,
Jan 1993, Forster PIF12799 (BRI, MEL, QRS); Agate
Creek, Robinhood Station, 18°50’S, 143°25’E, Apr
1996, Forster PIF19076 et al. (BRI); Badu Island,
Torres Strait, 10°07’S, 142°07’E, Dec 1979, Garnett
253 (BRI); Archer River Crossing on Peninsula
Development road, 13°26’S, 142°55’E, Nov 1986,
Jessup 768 (BRI). North Kennedy District: Harold Island,
20°14’S, 149°09’E, Nov 1985, Batianoff 3456 &
Dalliston (BRI); Turkey Scrub, Whitewater, 18°10’S,
144°38’E, Jan 1993, Fensham 343 (BRI); Mingela
Bluff, 19°53’S, 146°45’E, Jan 1992, Forster PIF9414
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 349-436
& Bean (A, B, BRI, DNA, K, L, MEL, MO, NY, QRS);
Swamp Bay, Conway Range N.P., 20°16’S, 148°46’E,
Jan 1993, Forster PIF12738 (BRI, MEL, QRS); Nellie
Bay, Dingo Beach, 20°05’S, 148°30’E, Dec 1999,
Forster PIF25263 & Booth (BRI, JE, MEL, QRS); 23
km NNE of Proserpine, 11 km from Bruce Highway
on road to Dingo Beach, Box Creek crossing, 20°14’S,
148°31’E, Nov 1991, Halford Q671 (BRI, K, MEL,
QRS); Mt Inkerman, 12 km S of Home Hill, 19° 46’S,
147°30’E, Mar 1992, Halford Q877 (BRI, MEL).
SOUTH KENNEDY DISTRICT: on hill above Lake
Elphinstone, 21°33’S, 148°14’E, Jan 1978, Anderson
271 (BRI); Havilah, 20°58’S, 147°52’E, Dec 1992,
Fensham 542 (BRI).
Distribution and habitat : Croton arnhemicus
is widespread in northern Australia in the “Top
end” of the Northern Territory and northern
Queensland (Map 2). This species has been
recorded from forty-six 1° grid squares and is
undoubtedly the most widespread of the
Australian Croton taxa. Plants grow in
deciduous vinethickets or in open eucalypt
woodland on a variety of soil types but
predominantly hard laterites or limestone.
Phenology: Flowering and fruiting occurs
throughout the year following storm rain. Most
flowering records are from the October to
February period.
Notes: J. Mueller (1865) listed several syntypes
in the protologue of Croton arnhemicus. All of
these have been located and a lectotype is
selected from the best available specimen.
Croton arnhemicus is an extremely variable
species in terms of its habit and vegetative
morphology. Some variation seen in specimens
may be explained by its deciduous habit,
resulting in the early flowers of the season often
being collected with young foliage. Later
flowers and fruit are always collected with older
and more mature foliage. Plants in deciduous
vinethickets grow into quite large shrubs or small
trees up to 6 m in height, whereas those that
occur in the eucalypt woodlands in the Northern
Territory are often multistemmed due to regular
burning back of the above ground parts. These
Northern Territory plants develop into small
trees if fire is excluded, whereas the allied
Croton multicaulis P.I.Forst. in Queensland
always retains the multistemmed subshrub
habit. Croton arnhemicus and C. multicaulis
are superficially similar, and apart from the
difference in habit, C. arnhemicus has leaves
Forster, Croton in Australia
365
Fig. 4. Croton arnhemicus. A. flowering branchlet. x 0.5. B. undersurface of leaf, x 1. C. base of leaf lamina
showing extrafloral nectaries, x 6. D. node showing stipules, x 2. E. inflorescence with female flowers in lower half
and male flower buds in upper half, x 1. F. female flower, x 6. G. male flower, x 6. H & I. fruits, x 3. J. seed, x 4.
A, C, D from Champion 319 (BRI); B, E, F, G from Forster PIF9414 (BRI); H-J from Forster PIF9523 (BRI). Del.
W. Smith.
366
with 60-100 marginal teeth and male flowers with
20-44 stamens, whereas C. multicaulis has
leaves with 32-56 marginal teeth and male
flowers with 11-24 stamens.
Croton arnhemicus was included in
C. section Cascarilla Griseb. by Webster
(1993a), but transgresses the character states
for this section in the palmate venation (versus
pinnate) and the stamen number.
Conservation status : Very common.
Etymology : The specific epithet alludes to one
of the original syntypes being collected in
Arnhem Land.
5. Croton brachypus Airy Shaw, Muelleria 4:
224 (1980). Type: Queensland. Cook
District: Tozer Range, 0.5 mile [0.8 km] east
of Mt Tozer, 6 July 1948, L.J. Brass 19462
(holo: Krc.v.;iso: BRI, CANB).
Shrub to 3 m high, monoecious, evergreen,
perennial. Indumentum ferruginous. Branchlets
rounded, with scattered to sparse peltate
scales when young, glabrescent. Stipules
linear-lanceolate, c. 1.7 mm long, c. 0.7 mm wide,
entire and with sparse peltate scales. Leaves
alternate, discolorous, petiolate; petioles 2-5
mm long, 1-1.4 mm wide, with sparse peltate
scales; lamina narrow-ovate, oblanceolate or
obovate, 18-180 mm long, 12-70 mm wide,
penninerved with 7-11 lateral veins per side of
midrib, tertiary reticulate veins weakly
developed; upper surface matt dark green,
venation not visible, glabrous; lower surface
pale green, lateral and tertiary reticulate veins
weakly developed, glabrous or with scattered
peltate scales when young, neither scabrid nor
velutinous; margins entire or weakly sinuate,
foliar glands prominent; tip acute to shortly
acuminate; base cordate to truncate; extrafloral
nectaries 2 at lamina base, shortly stipitate to
0.5 mm long, circular, 0.4-0.5 mm long, 0.4-0.5
mm wide, visible below only. Inflorescence up
to 65 mm long, unbranched, usually
androgynous, pedunculate up to 12 mm; axis
with scattered peltate scales; bracts lanceolate,
0.5-0.8 mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm wide, with scattered
to sparse peltate scales. Male flowers 2-2.5 mm
long, 3.5-4 mm diameter, sparsely to densely
clustered on inflorescence; pedicels 2-2.5 mm
long, c. 0.4 mm wide, with sparse peltate scales;
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 349-436
sepals valvate, 5, lanceolate, 1.5-2 mm long, c.
1 mm wide, lanate in upper half; petals 5,
lanceolate, 1.8-2.4 mm long, 0.8-1 mm wide,
lanate in upper half; stamens 10-11, filaments
filiform, 2.3-2.5 mm long, c. 0.1 mm wide,
glabrous or with scattered simple trichomes at
base, anthers oblong, c. 0.8 mm long and 0.4
mm wide. Female flowers 3-3.5 mm long, 5-6
mm diameter, held singly and spaced 2-6 mm
apart; pedicels 0.8-1 mm long, c. 0.5 mm diameter,
with sparse peltate scales; sepals valvate, 5,
lanceolate, 1.8-2 mm long, 0.5-0.8 mm wide, with
sparse peltate scales; petals absent; styles 3,
linear, 2.3-2.5 mm long, bifid for 1.8-2 mm,
connate at base for c. 0.6 mm, glabrous; ovary
3- locular, 1-1.3 mm long, 1-1.3 mm diameter, with
dense, + sessile peltate scales. Fruits trilobate,
globose, 5-6 mm long, 5-6 mm diameter, with
sparse, + sessile peltate scales. Seeds ovoid,
4- 5 mm long, 3-4 mm wide, c. 3.5 mm thick,
brown and white blotched, ventral surface
bifacial, dorsal surface rounded, micropylar
ridge 2.8-3.8 mm long; caruncle obloid, 1.2-1.5
mm long, c. 0.4 mm wide, cream. Fig. 5.
Additional specimens: Queensland. Cook District:
Tozer Range, north end, Jun 1948, Brass 19355
(CANB); Lower northern slopes of Mt Tozer, 12°45’S,
143°15’E, Jun 1972, Dockrill 441 (BRI, QRS); Iron
Range N.R, 1.3 km NE of Mt Tozer, 12°44’S,
143°13’E, May 1994, Fell DGF4083 et al. (BRI); at
base of Paps, Tozer Gap, 12°43’S, 14°3°12’E, Jul 1991,
Forster PIF9093 (BRI, K, L, MEL, QRS); Garraway
Creek area, 12°43’S, 143°08’E, Jul 1993, Forster
PIF13552 & Tucker (BRI, K, L, MEL, QRS); ditto, Jul
1994, Forster PIF15441 (BRI); Puffdelooney Ridge,
12°45’S, 143°13’E, Jul 1972, Irvine 249 (BRI, QRS);
8.3 km E of Garraway Creek on road to Portland
Roads, 12°45’S, 143°14’E, Jul 1991, Neldner 3538 &
Clarkson (BRI, DNA, MBA, QRS); Hill E of Mt Tozer,
Iron Range area, 12°45’S, 143°13’E, Nov 1977, Tracey
14211 (BRI); Mt Tozer near Iron Range, 12°45’S,
143°12’E, Nov 1977, Tracey 14849 (BRI).
Distribution and habitat : Croton brachypus
appears to be endemic to the Iron Range area of
northern Cape York Peninsula in Queensland
(Map 3) and is known from only a single degree
square. Plants grow on creek banks or on ridges
in notophyll to mesophyll semi-deciduous
vineforest on volcanic substrates.
Phenology: Flowering occurs sporadically
throughout the year with records in October,
November, December, June and July. Fruiting
probably occurs two or three months later.
Forster, Croton in Australia
367
Fig. 5. Croton brachypus. A. flowering branchlet. x 0.6. B. undersurface of leaf, x 0.6. C. base of leaf lamina
showing extrafloral nectaries, x 4. D. node showing stipules, x 8. E. inflorescence with female flowers towards base
and male flowers towards tip. x 2. F. female flower, x 8. G. male flower, x 8. H & I. Fruit, x 4. J. seed, x 6. A-G from
Forster PIF13552 (BRI); H-J from Sankowsky 1445 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.
368
Notes: Croton brachypus is distinctive
amongst Australian taxa of Croton most notably
in the leaves with short petioles.
Conservation status : This species is apparently
endemic to a small area of Cape York Peninsula
but is locally common. The species is quite
common in Iron Range National Park. No
conservation coding is thought necessary.
Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from
the Greek brachy (short) and -pus (footed) and
presumably alludes to the leaves of this species.
6. Croton byrnesii Airy Shaw, Muelleria 4:225
(1980). Type: Northern Territory. Cannon
Hill, 18 December 1972, N. Byrnes 2833
(holo: DNA; iso: BRI, CANB; K n.v.).
Shrub to 4 m high, monoecious, deciduous,
perennial. Indumentum ferruginous to yellow.
Branchlets ± rounded, with scattered stellate
trichomes when young, glabrescent. Stipules
linear, 0.7-2.5 mm long, c. 0.2 mm wide, entire
and with scattered stellate trichomes. Leaves
alternate, discolorous, petiolate; petioles 10-45
mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide, with sparse stellate
trichomes; lamina elliptic, ovate, lanceolate-
ovate, 40-170 mm long, 15-90 mm wide,
penninerved with 11-13 lateral veins per side of
midrib and indistinct tertiary reticulate veins;
upper surface dark matt-green, lateral veins
weakly visible, glabrous; lower surface pale
green, venation weakly developed, with
scattered stellate trichomes, neither scabrid nor
velutinous; margins crenate with 20-29 short
teeth up to 0.5 mm long, foliar glands prominent;
tip acute, acuminate; base cuneate, rounded;
extrafloral nectaries 2 on petiole 0.4-1 mm below
lamina base, sessile or stipitate up to 0.5 mm,
ellipsoid, 0.7-1 mm long, 0.5-0.8 mm wide, visible
above and below. Inflorescence up to 150 mm
long, unbranched, androgynous or with mixed
glomerules, pedunculate up to 30 mm; axis with
scattered stellate trichomes; bracts lanceolate,
0.8-1.2 mm long, 0.3-0.4 mm wide, with scattered
stellate trichomes. Male flowers 2.2-2.5 mm long,
3-4 mm diameter, in dense glomerules of many
flowers clustered towards top of inflorescence;
pedicels 2.2-4 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm wide,
glabrous or with scattered stellate trichomes;
sepals valvate, 5, ovate, 2-2.5 mm long, 1.3-1.5
mm wide, with lanate tip; petals 5, oblanceolate,
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 349-436
2-3 mm long, 0.7-0.8 mm wide, with lanate tip;
stamens 9-11, filaments flattened, 1.5-2 mm
long, c. 0.2 mm wide, glabrous, anthers oblong,
0.8-1 mm long, c. 0.7 mm wide. Female flowers
3.8-4 mm long, 3.5-3.8 mm diameter, densely
clustered with males, sometimes single and up
to 15 mm apart; pedicels 2.5-7 mm long, 0.5-0.9
mm diameter, with scattered stellate trichomes;
sepals valvate, 5, lanceolate to lanceolate-ovate,
2-3 mm long, 1-2.5 mm wide, with lanate tip;
petals absent; styles 3, linear, 1.8-2.7 mm long,
multifid, twice divided for 1-1.5 mm, connate at
base for 0.2-0.3 mm, glabrous; ovary 3-locular,
1.5-2.3 mm long, 2-2.3 mm diameter, with dense,
sessile stellate trichomes. Fruits trilobate,
depressed-globose, 4.5-5 mm long, 6-7 mm
diameter, with scattered, sessile stellate
trichomes. Seeds ± obloid, 3.5-4.5 mm long, 3.2-
4 mm wide, 2.5-2.8 mm thick, tan-brown, ventral
surface rounded to weakly bifacial, dorsal
surface rounded, micropylar ridge 2.3-2.5 mm
long; caruncle crescent-shaped, 1-1.5 mm long,
1.7-2.5 mm wide, cream. Fig. 6.
Additional specimens : Northern Territory. Cannon
Hill, 12°22’S, 132°56’E, Nov 1976, Airy Shaw
(DNA1079); East Alligator River, 12°29’S, 133°03’E,
Feb 1973, Dunlop 3235 (DNA); East Alligator River,
12°50’S, 133°22’E, Dec 1989, Dunlop 7628 (AD, BRI,
CANB, DNA, MEL, NSW) 1 mile [1.7 km] SW Cannon
Hill, Feb 1973, Martensz & Schodde AE648 (BRI,
CANB, DNA); 2.5 miles [4.2 km] N Cannon Hill
airstrip, Feb 1973, Martensz AE812 (BRI, DNA);
10 km S Cannon Hill, 12°28’S, 132°55’E, Nov 1983,
Russell-Smith 845 (BRI, CANB, DNA); Upper East
Alligator River, 12°49’S, 133°22’E, Oct 1987, Russell-
Smith 3860 & Lucas (BRI, DNA); Upper East Alligator
River, Arnhem Land, 12°50’S, 133°20’E, Apr 1988,
Russell-Smith 5283 & Lucas (DNA); 12 km E of
Mudginberri Homestead, Kakadu N.R, 12°35’S,
132°59’E, Jan 1991, Russell-Smith 8402 & Brock
(BRI, DNA, MEL).
Distribution and habitat: Croton byrnesii is
restricted to the headwaters of the Alligator
River in Arnhem Land (Map 4) where it has been
collected from two 1 degree grid squares.
Plants grow in fragmented vinethickets,
often dominated by Allosyncarpia ternata
S.T.Blake and Lophostemon lactifluus
(F.Muell.) Peter G. Wilson & Waterhouse, along
streams in sandstone gorges.
Phenology: Flowering occurs from November
to April, following storm or wet season rain.
Fruiting occurs two or three months later.
Forster, Croton in Australia 369
Fig. 6. Croton byrnesii. A. fruiting branchlet. x 0.8. B. undersurface of leaf, x 1. C. node showing stipule, x 8.
D. base of leaf lamina showing extrafloral nectaries, x 8. E. male flower, x 12. F. female flower, x 8. G & H. fruit,
x 4. I. seed, x 8. A,B,I from Brock 8402 (BRI); C-F from Russell-Smith 845 (BRI); G & H from Dunlop 7628
(BRI). Del. W. Smith.
370
Notes : Croton bymesii is a distinctive species
that has been confused at times by collectors
with C. habrophyllus . As noted by Airy Shaw
(1981), Croton bymesii differs from that species
in the near glabrescence of the foliage (the
trichomes ferruginous to yellow) and the long
stipitate foliar glands that are on the petiole 0.4-
1 mm below the lamina base.
Conservation status'. Croton bymesii is
restricted in its distribution but appears relatively
common in its known range. The species is
present in Kakadu N.P. No conservation coding
is thought necessary.
Etymology: The epithet honours the late Norm
Byrnes (1922-1998), former botanist at DNA and
BRI, and first collector of the species. Norm made
many pioneering collections of plants in eastern
Arnhem Land while resident botanist at DNA,
including the type of this species.
7. Croton capitatus Michx., FI. Bor.-Amer. 2:214
(1803); Pilinophytum capitatum (Michx.)
Klotzsch in Wiegmann, Arch. Naturges.
7: 255 (1841). Type: United States of
America. Illinois, Michaux (holo: P-
Michaux n.v., fiche at BRI!; iso: P-JU n.v.,
ficheatBRI!).
Illustrations: Small (1913: 454, fig. 2714);
James & Harden (1990:420).
Erect herb to 80 cm high, monoecious, annual.
Indumentum silver. Stems rounded, with dense
sessile and stalked stellate trichomes. Stipules
linear, 2-3 mm long, c. 0.1 mm wide, entire and
with dense stellate trichomes. Leaves alternate,
discolorous, petiolate; petioles 5-48 mm long,
0.7-0.8 mm wide, with dense sessile and stalked
stellate trichomes; lamina lanceolate-ovate,
oblong to ovate, 18-55 mm long, 9-25 mm wide,
palminerved with 3 veins at base and 3-5 lateral
veins per side of midrib further up the lamina,
tertiary reticulate veins obscure; upper surface
dark silver-green, venation obscure, with sparse
to dense stellate trichomes; lower surface silver,
venation weakly visible, with dense stellate
trichomes; margins entire to weakly sinuate,
foliar glands inconspicuous; tip acute to
rounded; base cuneate to truncate; extrafloral
nectaries absent at leaf lamina base.
Inflorescence up to 20 mm long, androgynous,
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 349-436
+ sessile; axis with dense sessile and stalked
stellate trichomes; bracts linear, 3^1 mm long, c.
0.1 mm wide, with dense stalked stellate
trichomes. Male flowers 2-3 mm long, 2^1 mm
diameter, held singly or in glomerules of 2-3
flowers on inflorescence, spaced up to 2 mm
apart; pedicels 1.8-2.5 mm long, c. 0.2 mm wide,
with dense stalked stellate trichomes; sepals
valvate, 5, obovate, c. 1.6 mm long and 1.2 mm
wide, with dense stalked stellate trichomes;
petals 5, oblanceolate, 1.6-2.2 mm long, 0.4-0.5
mm wide, lanate; stamens 10-12, filaments
flattened, 1.8-2 mm long, c. 0.2 mm wide,
glabrous, anthers oblong, 0.7-0.8 mm long, 0.4-
0.5 mm wide. Female flowers c. 11 mm long and
12 mm diameter, held singly and spaced up to 3
mm apart, ± sessile; sepals valvate, 6-8,
oblanceolate to obovate, 4-4.8 mm long, 0.5-2
mm wide, with dense stalked stellate trichomes;
petals absent; styles 3, linear, 3-3.5 mm long,
multifid, thrice divided, connate at base for c.
0.2 mm, with sparse sessile stellate trichomes;
ovary 3-locular, c. 2.5 mm long and 4 mm
diameter, with dense stalked and sessile stellate
trichomes. Fruits trilobate, globose, 7-9 mm long,
7-9 mm diameter, with dense, sessile and
stalked stellate trichomes. Seeds orbicular, c. 5
mm long, 4-4.5 mm wide, 2.5 mm thick, orange-
brown, ventral surface bifacial, dorsal surface
rounded, micropylar ridge 4.5-5 mm long;
caruncle crescent shaped, c. 0.7 mm long and
0.7 mm wide, brown-red.
Additional specimens: United States of America.
OHIO: near Cincinnati, Sep 1880, Lloyd [AQ206109]
(BRI). MISSOURI: St Louis, Aug 1878, Martindale
[AQ206110] (BRI). Australia. New South Wales.
Dubbo to Collie road, 35 miles NW of Dubbo & 15
miles S of Collie, Feb 1955, Wheeler (NSW293822).
Distribution and habitat: Croton capitatus is
native to the United States of America where it
is known from New Jersey, Illinois, Kentucky,
Missouri, Arkansas, Louisiana, Tennessee,
Texas, Oklahoma, Kansas, Iowa, Alabama and
North Carolina (Ferguson 1901; Small 1913;
Johnston 1959). It is reported as being sparingly
naturalised in agricultural land in southern New
South Wales south of Collie (Map 9) (James &
Harden 1990). I have seen only the cited
specimen and it needs to be determined if this
plant is still naturalised in Australia.
Phenology: Unknown in Australia.
Forster, Croton in Australia
Notes: Michaux (1803) did not specify a
herbarium location for the single cited collection
from Illinois and no mention of type material for
Croton capitatus was made by Ferguson
(1901). J ohnston (1959)sawa photo at GH of a
specimen in P but was not specific as to the
location within that herbarium. There is a
Michaux collection of Croton capitatus from
Illinois that is present in P-Michaux and P-JU.
This collection is presumed to be the type with
the P-Michaux sheet considered as the
holotype.
Webster (1993a) placed C. capitatus in Croton
section Pilinophyton (Klotzsch) A.Gray.
8. Croton capitis-york Airy Shaw, Muelleria 4:
226 (1980). Type: Queensland. Cook
District: Silver Plains Holding between
Rocky River and Massey Creek, 13
September 1973, GC. Stocker 1077 (holo:
QRS; iso: BRI, CANB).
Croton capitis-york var. pilosus Airy Shaw,
Muelleria 4:226 (1980). Type: Queensland.
Cook District: 2 km south of Temple Bay
Outstation, 12°22’S, 143°05’E, Sep 1976,
B. Hyland 8995 (holo: QRS).
Illustrations: Airy Shaw (1981:619, fig. 2A);
Forster (1991:571).
Shrub to 5 m high, monoecious, evergreen,
perennial. Indumentum silver. Branchlets
rounded, with dense peltate scales. Stipules
minute, triangular, < 0.3 mm long and 0.3 mm
wide, entire. Leaves alternate, discolorous,
petiolate; petioles 3-27 mm long, c. 1 mm wide,
with dense stellate trichomes when young,
glabrescent; lamina elliptic-ovate, chartaceous,
30-160 mm long, 12-60 mm wide, penninerved
with 7-11 lateral veins per side of midrib, tertiary
reticulate veins absent; upper surface grey-
green, lateral veins indistinct, with scattered to
sparse peltate scales; lower surface pale grey-
green to silver, lateral veins strongly developed,
with sparse to dense peltate scales, neither
scabrid nor velutinous; margins entire or weakly
sinuate, foliar glands inconspicuous; tip acute,
acuminate; base cuneate, truncate; extrafloral
nectaries 2, just below leaf lamina base, stipitate
to 0.6 mm long, ellipsoid, c. 0.9 mm long and 0.5
mm wide, visible above and below. Inflorescence
up to 70 mm long, unbranched, mainly unisexual
371
but occasionally androgynous, pedunculate up
to 20 mm; axis with dense peltate scales; bracts
lanceolate, c. 0.8 mm long and 0.3 mm wide, with
dense peltate trichomes. Male flowers 1.8-2.3 mm
long, 3.5^1 mm diameter, densely clustered on
inflorescence in glomerules of 3-5 flowers, or
spaced to 5 mm apart; pedicels 1.4-1.5 mm long,
c. 0.5 mm wide, with dense peltate scales; sepals
valvate, 5, lanceolate-ovate, 1.9-2 mm long, 1.3-
1.4 mm wide, lanate in upper half; petals 5,
lanceolate-ovate, 1.4-1.5 mm long, c. 0.6 mm
wide, lanate in upper half; stamens 10-12,
filaments filiform, 1.5-2.2 mm long, c. 0.1 mm
wide, glabrous, anthers oblong, 0.8-0.9 mm
long, 0.4—0.5 mm wide. Female flowers not seen;
styles 3, obloid, up to 1.3 mm long and 0.2 mm
wide, bifid for up to 0.8 mm long, glabrous. Fmits
trilobate, subglobose, 6-7 mm long, 7-8 mm
diameter, with dense, stellate trichomes on
mamillate protuberances. Seeds ± obloid, 4.9-5
mm long, 3.2-3.3 mm wide, c. 3 mm thick, pale
glossy brown, ventral surface bifacial, dorsal
surface rounded, micropylar ridge c. 3.4 mm
long; caruncle weakly crescent shaped, c. 1.4
mm long and 1 mm wide, tan-yellow. Fig. 7.
Selected additional specimens: Queensland. Cook
District: 4 km SW of Cape Weymouth - Scrubby Creek,
12°38’S, 143°24’E, May 1990, Fell DGF2118 (BRI,
QRS); Scrubby Creek, between the Rocky and Chester
Rivers, Silver Plains, 13°46’S, 143°30’E, Dec 1990,
Fell DGF2286 (BRI); Kalpowar Pastoral Holding, 10
km ESE of the Normanby River mouth, 14°26’S,
144°13’E, Nov 1992, Fell DGF2750 & Stanton (BRI,
QRS); 4.5 km WSW of the Nesbit River mouth, 57 km
NE of Coen, 13°33’S, 143°22’E, Aug 1993, Fell
DGF3451 et al. (BRI); Carron Valley road, 44 km from
Moreton Telegraph Station, 12°29’S, 142°57’E, Jun
1988, Forster PIF4547 & Tucker (BRI); Maloneys
Springs, 40 km E by road of Moreton Telegraph Station,
12°28’S, 142°55’E, Jun 1989, Forster PIF5468 (BRI,
DNA, LAE); 2 km NW of Bolt Head, Temple Bay,
12°15’S, 143°04’E, Jul 1991, Forster PIF8957 (BRI,
DNA, K, MEL, QRS); 27 km along road to Leo Creek
mine, Mcllwraith Range, 13°42’S, 143°17’E, Forster
PIF10050 et al. (BRI, K, L, MEL, QRS); 31 km along
road to Leo Creek mine, Mcllwraith Range, 13°42’S,
143°18’E, Jun 1992, Forster PIF10262 et al. (BRI,
QRS); T.R. 9, Lankelly Creek, 13°53’S, 143°14’E, Jun
1992, Forster PIF10331 et al. (BRI, MEL, QRS); 3
km N of Massy Creek Crossing, Silver Plains Station,
13°53’S, 143°31’E, Jun 1992, Forster PIF10579 et al.
(BRI, QRS); 3 km SSW of Rocky River Crossing, Silver
Plains, 13°49’S, 143°27’E, Jul 1993, Forster PIF13668
et al. (BRI); Captain Billy Landing turnoff, on Coen
to Bamaga road, 11°41’S, 142°41’E, Jun 1994, Forster
PIF15360 (BRI, MEL, NSW, QRS); West Claudie River,
12°45’S, 143°15’E, Jun 1972, Hyland 6170 (BRI, QRS);
Olive River, 12°10’S, 143°05’E, Sep 1974, Hyland
372
7449 (BRI, QRS); 0.5 km from main Peninsula road,
on Captain Billy road, 11°41’S, 142°42’E, Feb 1992,
Johnson 4945 (BRI, DNA); Nesbit River, 13°26’S,
143°10’E, Sep 1974, Tracey 14103 (BRI); North bank
of Olive River near mouth, 12°07’S, 143°05’E, Sep
1974, Tracey 14488 (BRI); Bamaga Mission, 11.2 km
SW of Cape York, Jan 1965, Smith 12393 (BRI); Mt
Tozer, Iron Range area, 12°45’S, 143°15’E, Oct 1968,
Webb & Tracey 8702 (BRI).
Distribution and habitat: Croton capitis-york
is restricted to northern Cape York Peninsula in
Queensland (Map 5) where it has been collected
from five 1° grid squares. Plants grow in semi-
deciduous or evergreen microphyll to notophyll
vinethickets and vineforest on sandy soils
derived from sandstone.
Phenology: Flowering records are few and have
been made in April and June. Fruiting probably
occurs two or three months later. This species
generally has buds present for most of the year
and probably flowers after storm or wet season
rain.
Notes: The recognition of varieties in Croton
capitis-york has been previously refuted
(Forster 1991). A putative hybrid individual
between this species and Croton dockrillii was
found at the Rocky River, Silver Plains ( Forster
13669 et al. : BRI, QRS).
At Bolt Head there appears to exist a mixed
population of typical C. capitis-york and
atypical plants that are more densely silver
pubescent below. These atypical plants
[Forster PIF19391 (BRI, MEL) & PIF19406 (A,
BRI, K, MEL, QRS)] also have leaf lamina glands
that are visible only from below due to their
position at the base of the leaf lamina. In typical
Croton capitis-york these glands are at the
junction of the petiole and lamina and are visible
from both above and below the leaf. These
atypical plants have not been collected in a
fertile state so their status cannot be adequately
resolved at this stage, although it is likely that
they may represent an undescribed taxon.
Croton capitis-york shares the unusual
character of fruit with stellate trichomes on
mamillate protuberances, as found also in
C. mamillatus and C. stigmatosus from southern
Queensland.
Conservation status: Croton capitis-york is
not rare or threatened. It is present in
conservation reserves at Iron Range and
Heathlands National Parks.
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 349-436
Etymology: The specific epithet alludes to the
occurrence of this plant on Cape York Peninsula.
9. Croton caudatus Geisel., Croton. Monograph.
73 (1807). Type: ex India orient., Dr. Rottler
(holo: C n.v., fiche at BRI!).
Woody scrambler or liane, monoecious,
deciduous, perennial. Indumentum uncoloured.
Branchlets somewhat angular, with dense
stellate trichomes when young, glabrescent.
Stipules linear-subulate, 2.6-8 mm long, 0.3-0.58
mm wide, entire or divided and with dense
stellate trichomes. Leaves alternate, discolorous,
petiolate; petioles 2-3 mm long, c. 1 mm diameter,
with dense stellate trichomes; lamina elliptic to
ovate, 12-140 mm long, 5-100 mm wide,
palminerved with 5 veins at base and 3-6 lateral
veins per side of midrib further up the lamina,
tertiary reticulate veins obscure; upper surface
dark matt-green, lateral veins weakly visible, with
scattered to sparse, stellate trichomes; lower
surface pale silver-green, venation weakly
visible, with dense stellate trichomes,
glabrescent, neither scabrid nor velutinous;
margins crenate with 25-30 short teeth up to 2
mm long, foliar glands prominent; tip acute,
acuminate; base cuneate, cordate, lobate;
extrafloral nectaries 2 at lamina base, sessile or
stipitate up to 1 mm, circular, c. 0.6 mm diameter,
visible above and below. Inflorescence up to
250 mm long, unbranched, usually unisexual but
occasionally androgynous, pedunculate up to
50 mm; axis with dense stellate trichomes; bracts
linear-lanceolate, 1.2-6 mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm
wide, with sparse to dense stellate trichomes.
Male flowers 5-7 mm long, 6-8 mm diameter,
held singly or in glomerules of 1-6 flowers on
inflorescence, spaced up to 2 mm apart; pedicels
3-9 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide, with dense stellate
trichomes; sepals valvate, 5, lanceolate-ovate,
2-3 mm long, 1.2-1.8 mm wide, with dense
stellate trichomes; petals 5, obovate, 2.5-3.5 mm
long, 1.2-1.7 mm wide, lanate; stamens 23-36,
filaments filif orm, 3-5.5 mm long, c. 0.1 mm wide,
glabrous, anthers oblong, 0.8-0.9 mm long, 0.6-
0.7 mm wide. Lemale flowers 3.5^1 mm long, 5-
7 mm diameter, held singly and spaced up to 10
mm apart; pedicels 1-3.5 mm long, 1-1.2 mm
diameter, with sparse stellate trichomes; sepals
valvate, 5, lanceolate to lanceolate-ovate, 2.8-6
mm long, 1.5-2.5 mm wide, with stellate
trichomes; petals absent; styles 3, linear, 3-5.5
mm long, bifid for 2.5-5 mm, connate at base for
Forster, Croton in Australia
373
Fig. 7. Croton capitis-york. A. habit, x 0.75. B. leaf base showing extrafloral nectaries, x 0.75. C. detail of leaf
surface showing stellate trichomes. x 12. D. stalked stellate trichome from leaf, x 25. E. male flower, x 6. F & G.
fruit, x 3. H. dehisced coccus, x 3. J. seed, x 3. A-E. from Clarkson 3641 (BRI); F-J from Morton 905 (BRI). Del.
M. Saul. Plate reproduced with permission from Forster (1991: 571).
374
0.2-0.6 mm, with scattered stellate trichomes in
lower half; ovary 3-locular, 2.8-3.5 mm long, 2.8-
3.5 mm diameter, with dense, sessile and stalked
stellate trichomes. Fruits ± globose, 14-22 mm
long, 14-24 mm diameter, with dense, sessile
and stalked stellate trichomes. Seeds ± ovoid,
c. 9 mm long, 7 mm wide, 5 mm thick, brown,
ventral surface rounded to weakly bifacial,
dorsal surface rounded, micropylar ridge c. 7
mm long; caruncle flattened-ovate, 1-1.5 mm
long, c. 2.5 mm wide, pale-brown. Fig. 8.
Selected additional specimens'. Malaysia. S. Pahang,
Fort Iskandar, Mar 1959, Woods 1716 (L); Sumatra,
Palembang, forest N of G. Roepit, Forbes 2572 (L);
Sarawak, G. Berloban, 10 km from Tebakang, Tebedu
road, Jul 1982, Yii & Othman S46180 (L); Sabah,
Limbuah darat Banggi Island, Aug 1964, Ampuria
SAN40384 (L); Hap Seng Plantation road to Sg.
Tangkulap, Karamuak, Jun 1982, Sundaling SAN90427
(L). Singapore. Bukit Timah Nature Reserve, Nov
1982, Maxwell 82-286 (L). Indonesia, Kalimantan,
East Kutai Resrve, vicinity of Sengata & Mentoko
rivers, 0°30’N, 117°20’E, Dec 1978, Leighton 354
(L); Java, Prov. Besuki, 1895, Koorders 20572(L);
Sulawesi, northern central part, near Palu, 0°53’S,
119°53’E, Apr 1975, Meijer 9200 (L). Philippines.
Palawan, May 1913, Merrill 1243 (BRI, L). Australia.
Christmas Island. Bordering settlement, Poon San
road, 10°26’S, 105°42’E, Sep 1984, Mitchell 167
(CANB). Queensland. Cook District: Chili Creek,
12°39’S, 143°23’E, Jul 1993, Forster PIF13570 et al.
(BRI, MEL); ditto, Jan 1982, Hyland 11568 (QRS);
ditto, Mar 1982, Hyland 11742 (QRS); ditto, Dec 1982,
Hyland 12432 (QRS).
Distribution and habitat : Croton caudatus is
widespread in western parts of Malesia and Asia
(Bangledesh, Bhutan, China, India, Myanmar,
Nepal, Pakistan, Sri Lanka, Thailand)
(Chakrabarty & Balakrishnan 1997), but is
known in mainland Australia only from one
population at Chili Creek on Cape York Peninsula
(Map 7). It is also recorded from Christmas
Island in the Indian Ocean, an Australian
territory (Du Puy & Telford 1993). Plants grow
as canopy lianes in semi-deciduous notophyll
vineforest.
Phenology : In Australia flowering occurs from
December to January and fruiting from March
to April.
Notes : Geiseler (1807) based his taxa on
specimens in the Vahl herbarium. This
herbarium is now deposited at C and sheet 15
appears to represent type material of Croton
caudatus. A long list of synonyms is given for
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 349-436
this species by Chakrabarty & Balakrishnan
(1997) and is not repeated here.
Croton caudatus is the only climbing Croton
in Australia and this lifeform is very rare in the
genus throughout its range (Chakrabarty &
Balakrishnan 1997; Secco & Rosa 1992).
Conservation status: Croton caudatus is very
restricted in its Australian occurrence and has
perhaps arrived in Australia by accidental
human intervention at some time. The only
known population is within the Iron Range
National Park. No conservation coding is
thought necessary at this stage, however, the
population could be construed as being
endangered due to its proximity to a road.
Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from
Latin and probably refers to the shape of the
leaf base in this species.
10. Croton choristadenius K.Schum., Nachtr.
295 (1905). Type: Papua New Guinea.
Augusta-Station, September 1887,
M. Hollrung 705 (syn: K n.v., photo at
BRI!; L n.v.); Ramufluss, 15 July 1898,
Tappenbeck 116 (syn: n.v.).
Crotonphilombros Croizat, J. Arnold Arb. 23:
371 (1942). Type: Papua New Guinea.
Western Province: Penzara, between the
Morehead & the Wassi Kussa Rivers,
December 1936, L.J. Brass 8455A(holo: A
n.v.; iso: BRI; L n.v).
Croton pusilliflorus Croizat, J. Arnold Arb.
23: 374 (1942). Type: Papua New Guinea.
Western Province: Palmer River, below
the junction with the Black River, July
1936, L.J. Brass 7226 (holo: An.v.; iso: BRI;
Ln.v).
Croton semunculus Croizat, J. Arnold Arb.
23:374 (1942). Type: Papua New Guinea.
Central Province: Nakeo district, Baroka,
10 April 1933, L.J. Brass 3770 (holo: An.v.;
iso: BRI).
Shrub or tree to 10 m high, monoecious,
evergreen, perennial. Bark nondescript,
somewhat tessellated; blaze reddish-pink; wood
straw. Indumentum silver or silver-ferruginous.
Branchlets ± rounded, with admixture of dense
stellate trichomes, peltate trichomes and peltate
Forster, Croton in Australia
375
Fig. 8. Croton caudatus. A. fruiting branchlet. x 0.5. B. base of leaf lamina showing extrafloral nectaries, x 8. C.
node showing stipule, x 4. D. inflorescence with male flower buds, x 2. E. male flower, x 6. F. female flower, x 8.
G & H. fruits, x 1.5. I. seed, x 3. A, B, G, H from Hyland 11568 (BRI); C from Forster PIF13570 (BRI); D-F from
Hyland 12432 (QRS); I from Hyland 11742 (QRS). Del. W. Smith.
376
scales, glabrescent. Stipules linear, 0.5-1 mm
long, 0.1-0.2 mm wide, entire and with sparse to
dense peltate scales. Leaves alternate,
discolorous, petiolate; petioles 10-40 mm long,
0.7-1 mm wide, with scattered peltate trichomes
and peltate scales; lamina elliptic to ovate, 30-
110 mm long, 15-40 mm wide, penninerved with
10-12 lateral veins per side of midrib, tertiary
reticulate veins indistinct; upper surface dark
green, venation weakly visible, glabrous; lower
surface pale green, lateral veins weakly
prominent, with widely scattered, peltate
trichomes, neither scabrid nor velutinous;
margins crenate to denticulate with 20-36 teeth
up to 0.2 mm long, foliar glands prominent; tip
acute, short to long acuminate; base rounded;
extrafloral nectaries 2 at base of lamina, sessile,
ellipsoid, 0.8-1.2 mm long, 0.7-0.8 mm wide,
visible below only. Inflorescence up to 120 mm
long, androgynous, pedunculate up to 20 mm;
axis with sparse peltate trichomes; bracts linear-
lanceolate, 0.8-1.3 mm long, 0.2-0.5 mm wide,
with sparse, peltate trichomes. Male flowers 2.5-
3 mm long, 2.5-3 mm diameter, evenly
distributed in upper 3/4 of inflorescence;
pedicels 1.5-2 mm long, c. 0.4 mm wide, with
sparse peltate trichomes; sepals valvate, 5,
lanceolate-triangular, 1.3-1.5 mm long, 0.7-0.8
mm wide, with scattered peltate trichomes,
lanate at tip; petals 5, oblanceolate, 1.8-2 mm
long, c. 0.5 mm wide, lanate near tip and near
base; stamens 11 or 12, filaments filiform, 1.2-
1.5 mm long, c. 0.1 mm wide, glabrous, anthers
oblong, 0.5-0.6 mm long, 0.5-0.8 mm wide.
Female flowers 2.5-3 mm long, 2.5-3 mm
diameter, held singly and spaced up to 7 mm
apart; pedicels 1-1.5 mm long, c. 1 mm diameter,
with sparse to dense, peltate trichomes; sepals
valvate, 5, lanceolate, 1.5-1.8 mm long, 1.2-1.3
mm wide, with scattered peltate trichomes and
stellate trichomes; petals absent; styles 3, linear-
flabellate, 1-1.2 mm long, bifid for 0.7-0.9 mm,
with scattered peltate trichomes near base;
ovary 3-locular, 1.8-2 mm long, 1.4-1.5 mm
diameter, with dense, peltate trichomes and
occasional stellate trichomes. Fruits trilobate,
depressed-globose, 4-5 mm long, 5-6 mm
diameter, with sparse, sessile stellate trichomes.
Seeds ± obloid, 3-3.5 mm long, 2.5-2.8 mm wide,
2-2.2 mm thick, glossy brown, ventral surface
bifacial, dorsal surface rounded, micropylar
ridge 1.8-2 mm long; caruncle ellipsoidal, c. 1.8
mm long and 1 mm wide, yellowish. Fig. 9.
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 349-436
Additional specimens : Papua New Guinea. Morobe
Province: Lower Inokanda L.A., Bulolo, 7°10’S,
146°40’E, Jun 1962, Havel NGF9168 (BRI); Crooked
Creek L.A., Bulolo, Jul 1964, Havel NGF25550 (BRI);
Bulolo Valley, 7°10’S, 146°40’E, Oct 1955, McVeigh
& Ridgwell NGF7368 (BRI); Busu River, 7°25’S,
147°10’E, Aug 1970, Streimann NGF45101 (BRI).
Central Province: c. 2 miles W of Kanosia Plantation,
Jul 1962, Darby shire 602 (BRI); Cape Rodney, TP 107,
near P.I.T. Sawmill, Jun 1968, Henty NGF38618 (BRI).
Northern Province: near Davatutu Village, Jul 1953,
Hoogland 3396 (BRI); Oive Ridge, Jul 1964, Millar
NGF23521 (BRI). Australia, Queensland. Cook
District: Macrossan Range, Turrel Hill, Silver Plains,
13°30’S, 143°30’E, Jul 1997, Forster PIF21326 et al.
(A, AD, BRI, DNA, L, MEL, MO, NSW, QRS); ditto,
Forster PIF21327 et al. (A, AD, BRI, DNA, MEL,
NSW, QRS).
Distribution and habitat: Croton
choristadenius occurs in Papua New Guinea in
the Morobe, Central and Northern Provinces
and is here newly recorded from a single locality
on Cape York Peninsula in Queensland (Map 3)
in the most speciose grid square in Australia
for Croton taxa. At Turrel Hill Croton
choristadenius forms a canopy tree in low semi-
deciduous complex notophyll vineforest on
metamorphic derived substrate.
Phenology: Flowers were recorded in July in
Queensland. Specimens from Papua New
Guinea have had flowers in the months of June-
August and fruit in the months of July and
October.
Notes: Croton choristadenius was renamed
several times by Croizat (1942) based on a series
of collections by Brass in southern New Guinea.
These names were subsequently reduced to the
synonymy of C. choristadenius by Airy Shaw
(1980a).
This species was included in Croton
section Tiglium (Klotzch) Baill. by Webster
(1993a), but transgresses the characters given
for that section in the admixture of peltate scales
and stellate trichomes (versus stellate trichomes
only).
Croton choristadenius is one of four
Australian species of Croton that form small trees,
the others being C. insularis, C. phebalioides
and C. stigmatosus. Consequently I have
included brief descriptors on bark, blaze and wood
in the descriptions for these taxa.
Forster, Croton in Australia
377
Fig. 9. Croton choristadenius. A. flowering branchlet. x 0.6. B. undersurface of leaf, x 1. C. base of leaf lamina
showing extrafloral nectaries, x 6. D. inflorescence with female flowers in lower half and male flower buds in upper
half, x 2. E. male flower, x 10. F. female flower, x 10. A-D, F from Forster PIF21326 (BRI); E from Forster
PIF21327 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.
378
Conservation status : In Queensland Croton
choristadenius is a very rare tree and has only
been seen on one ridge of Turrel Hill where it
was locally common over about a hectare.
Further investigation of other parts of Turrel
Hill and the adjacent Xena Hill in 1998 did not
reveal further individuals of this species.
Further unexplored hills in the Macrossan Range
require examination for additional populations
of this species. Croton choristadenius has not
been found in Iron Range and surrounds or near
Bamaga, so it may be reasonable to assume that
it is truly restricted in its Queensland
occurrence. Turrel Hill is now included in
Aboriginal controlled land and the future of land
management in favour of rare plants in this area
remains uncertain.
Etymology : From the latin chorisis (to split into
parts) and adenius, and probably referring to
the leaf lamina glands.
11. Croton densivestitus C.T.White &
W.D.Francis, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland
35: 80-83, fig. 9 (1923) (‘densivestitum’).
Type: Queensland. Cook District:
Harvey’s Creek, 1889, F.M. Bailey (holo:
BRI; iso: MEL).
Crotonpubens Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 882,
t. 31, fig. 11-19 (1928). Type: Queensland.
Cook District: Harvey’s Creek and near
estuary of Russell River, 1909-10, Domin
(holo: ?PRn.v.).
Shrub to 3 m high, monoecious, evergreen,
perennial. Indumentum yellow. Branchlets
rounded, with dense stellate trichomes. Stipules
linear-lanceolate, 3.5-4 mm long, 0.3-1 mm wide,
entire and with dense stellate trichomes. Leaves
alternate, discolorous, petiolate; petioles 3-30
mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide, with dense stellate
trichomes; lamina elliptic to ovate, 40-180 mm
long, 20-80 mm wide, penninerved with 12-14
lateral veins per side of midrib, tertiary reticulate
veins obscure; upper surface dark green,
venation not visible, glabrous or with scattered
stellate trichomes; lower surface pale green,
lateral veins weakly prominent, with dense,
stellate trichomes, markedly velutinous; margins
denticulate with 20-23 teeth up to 0.2 mm long,
foliar glands prominent; tip acute, short to long
acuminate; base rounded, weakly cordate;
extrafloral nectaries 2 at base of lamina, stipitate
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 349-436
to 1.5 mm, circular, 0.7-0.9 mm long, 0.7-0.9 mm
wide, visible below only. Inflorescence up to 70
mm long, androgynous, pedunculate up to 20
mm; axis with dense stellate trichomes; bracts
lanceolate, 0.8-1.3 mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm wide,
with sparse to dense stellate trichomes. Male
flowers c. 2.5 mm long and 3.5 mm diameter,
densely clustered towards top of inflorescence;
pedicels 1.8-2 mm long, 0.1-0.3 mm wide, with
dense stellate trichomes; sepals valvate, 5,
lanceolate to lanceolate-ovate, 1.3-1.6 mm long,
c. 0.8 mm wide, with dense stellate trichomes,
lanate at tip; petals 5, oblanceolate, c. 1.5 mm
long and 0.4 mm wide, lanate in upper half;
stamens 11 or 12, filaments filif orm, 1.5-1.8 mm
long, c. 0.1 mm wide, glabrous, anthers oblong,
0.4-0.5 mm long, c. 0.3 mm wide. Female flowers
2.5- 3.5 mm long, 3—4.5 mm diameter, held singly
and spaced up to 10 mm apart; pedicels 1.2-2
mm long, 0.5-0.6 mm diameter, with dense
stellate trichomes; sepals valvate, 5, lanceolate,
1.3-1.8 mm long, 0.4-0.8 mm wide, with dense
stellate trichomes; petals absent; styles 3, linear,
2.5- 3 mm long, bifid for 1.5-2.2 mm, with sparse
stellate trichomes in lower half; ovary 3-locular,
1-2 mm long, 1.2-2 mm diameter, with dense, +
sessile stellate trichomes. Fruits trilobate,
depressed-globose, 4.5-6 mm long, 6-8 mm
diameter, with scattered, + sessile stellate
trichomes. Seeds ± ovoid, 4.5^4.8 mm long, 3.8-
4.5 mm wide, 2.5-3 mm thick, brown and white
blotched, ventral surface ± rounded, dorsal
surface rounded, micropylar ridge 3-3.5 mm
long; caruncle truncate-ovate, c. 0.5 mm long
and 1.2 mm wide, cream. Fig. 10.
Additional specimens examined : Queensland. Cook
District: Harvey’s Creek, s.dat., Bailey [AQ202099]
(BRI); Mt Bellenden Ker, 17°16’S, 145°54’E, Sep 1992,
Christensen 792 (AD, BRI); Carrington road,
Carrington, S of Atherton, 17°18’S, 145°27’E, Jun
1999, Ford 2236 (BRI, QRS); Base of Bellenden Ker,
17°15’S, 145°53’E, Jul 1993, Forster PIF13740 &
Lyons (BRI, MEL, QRS); Harvey’s Creek headwaters,
17°15’S, 145°53’E, Jul 1994, Forster PIF15499 et al.
(BRI); Bellenden Ker Cable Car Station, 17°16’S,
145°54’E, Jan 2002, Forster PIF28215 et al. (A, BRI,
K, L, MEL, WIS); Cooroo Lands, W of Innisfail,
17°31’S, 145°53’E, Jul 1971, Hyland 5259 (BRI, QRS);
S.F.R. 607, Parish of Cairns, Shoteel L.A., 16°56’S,
145°36’E, Oct 1991, Hyland 14258 (QRS); N.P.R.
226, Bellenden Ker, 17°16’S, 145°53’E, Aug 1992,
Hyland 14517 (QRS); Y.C.L. Parish of Glady, 17°31’S,
145°56’E, Sep 1992, Hyland 14583 (QRS); Harvey
Creek, c. 1.3 km upstream from Bruce Highway,
17°15’S, 145°54’E, Jan 1994, Jago 3061 (BRI);
Warramami Hill, c. 11 km by road W of Bruce Highway
Forster, Croton in Australia
379
Fig. 10. Croton densivestitus. A. flowering branchlet. x 0.4. B. undersurface of leaf, x 0.6. C. base of leaf lamina
showing extrafloral nectaries, x 4. D. node showing stipules, x 4. E. inflorescence with female flowers towards base
and male flower buds towards apex, x 2. F. male flower, x 12. G. female flower, x 8. H & I. fruit, x 4. J. seed, x 6.
A & F from Jago 3068 (BRI); B-E, G-J from Forster PIF13740 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.
380
bridge over North Johnstone River, 17°32’S, 145°55’E,
Nov 1982, Jessup 509 (BRI, QRS); Russell River, 1892,
Johnson s.n. (MEL); North Johnstone River, Jun 1985,
Sankowsky 401 & Sankowsky (BRI); Harvey’s Creek,
Russell River, 1887, Sayer s.n. (MEL); Bellenden Ker,
Mar 1922, White 1291 (BRI); Russell River, 1886, Sayer
s.n. (MEL); Warramami Hill, Jun 1992, Tucker
[AQ625430] (BRI, DNA, L, MEL, QRS).
Distribution and habitat : Croton densivestitus
is restricted to the ‘Wet Tropics’ of north¬
eastern Queensland (Map 5) where it has been
found in two 1° grid squares. Plants generally
grow along creeks in lowland notophyll to
mesophyll vineforest on alluvium, although
there is one disjunct occurrence at 800 m in
vineforest on a seasonal watercourse.
Phenology: Flowers have been collected from
June to January and fruits in March and July,
but it is probable that flowering and fruiting
can occur sporadically throughout the year.
Notes: Croton pubens was included in the
synonymy of C. densivestitus by Airy Shaw
(1981). No material under this name was received
in a loan to BRI from PR, but this does not
preclude the existence of type material at that
institution. From Domin’s original description,
there seems little doubt as to the placement of
his name here.
Croton densivestitus is distinctive
amongst Australian taxa of Croton in the dense
yellow indumentum of the foliage.
Conservation status: This is a poorly collected
plant, although it may be reasonably common
in the extant localities. The species is present in
Wooroonooran National Park.
Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from
the Latin densus (dense) and vestitus (clothed)
and refers to the dense indumentum on the
foliage of this species.
12. Croton dockrillii Airy Shaw, Muelleria 4:
227 (1980). Type: Queensland. Cook
District: Alligator Creek, 12°35’S, 143°24’E,
14 October 1972, A. Dockrill 589 (holo:
QRS; iso: BRI).
Illustration: Airy Shaw (1981:619, fig. 2D).
Shrub to 3 m high, monoecious, evergreen,
perennial. Indumentum uncoloured. Branchlets
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 349-436
rounded, with dense stellate trichomes when
young, glabrescent. Stipules linear-lanceolate,
1.5-5 mm long, 0.2-0.8 mm wide, entire and with
dense stellate trichomes. Leaves alternate,
discolorous, petiolate; petioles 3-26 mm long,
c. 1.5 mm wide, with sparse stellate trichomes;
lamina elliptic, 30-100 mm long, 20-50 mm wide,
penninerved with 10 or 11 lateral veins per side
of midrib and reticulate tertiary veins; upper
surface dark glossy green, venation not visible,
glabrous; lower surface pale green, venation
weakly prominent, with scattered stellate
trichomes, neither scabrid nor velutinous;
margins sinuate to denticulate with 20-28 teeth
up to 0.2 mm long, foliar glands prominent; tip
acute, short to long acuminate; base cuneate;
extrafloral nectaries 2 at base of lamina, stipitate
to 1.5 mm, circular, 0.4—0.5 mm long, 0.4—0.5 mm
wide, visible above and below. Inflorescence
up to 50 mm long, androgynous, pedunculate
up to 8 mm; axis with sparse stellate trichomes;
bracts lanceolate, 0.7-1.5 mm long, 0.3-0.4 mm
wide, with sparse to dense stellate trichomes.
Male flowers 3-3.5 mm long, 3.5-4.5 mm
diameter, sparsely clustered or held singly
towards top of inflorescence; pedicels 2-3 mm
long, 0.3-0.4 mm wide, with sparse stellate
trichomes; sepals valvate, 5, lanceolate-ovate,
2-2.3 mm long, c. 1.6 mm wide, glabrous, weakly
lanate at tip; petals 5, oblanceolate, 2.5-2.8 mm
long, 0.7-0.8 mm wide, lanate in upper half;
stamens 9-11, filaments filiform, 2.2-2.5 mm
long, c. 0.2 mm wide, glabrous, anthers oblong,
0.5-0.6 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm wide. Female
flowers c. 3 mm long, 3-5 mm diameter, held
singly and spaced up to 7 mm apart; pedicels
0.5-2 mm long, c. 1 mm diameter, with dense
stellate trichomes; sepals valvate, 5, lanceolate
to lanceolate-ovate, 2.6-3 mm long, 1-1.5 mm
wide, with sparse to dense stellate trichomes;
petals absent; styles 3, linear, 2.5-3 mm long,
bifid for 1.8-2.6 mm, with scattered stellate
trichomes in lower half; ovary 3-locular, 1.7-
2 mm long, 1.7-2 mm diameter, with dense, +
sessile stellate trichomes. Fruits trilobate,
globose, c. 5 mm long and 5 mm diameter, with
sparse, ± sessile stellate trichomes. Seeds ovoid,
c. 4 mm long, 4 mm wide, 3.5 mm thick, glossy
tan-brown, ventral surface bifacial, dorsal
surface rounded, micropylar ridge c. 4 mm long;
caruncle truncate-ovate, c. 1-1.2 mm long, 2.3-
2.5 mm wide, cream. Fig. 11.
Forster, Croton in Australia
381
Fig. 11. Croton dockrillii. A. flowering branchlet. x 0.6. B. undersurface of leaf, x 1. C. node with arrangement of
stipules, x 3. D & E. base of leaf lamina showing extrafloral nectaries, x 4. F. inflorescence with male flowers, x 2.
G. male flower, x 8. H. female flower, x 8. I. fruit on inflorescence, x 4. J. face view of fruit, x 4. K. seed, x 6. A,
I-J from Sankowsky 1444 (BRI); B & D from Sankowsky 1050 (BRI); C, E-H from Forster PIF13588 (BRI); K
from Fell DGF2138 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.
382
Additional specimens: Queensland. Cook District:
King Park, Claudie River, 12°36’S, 143°17’E, Jul 1990,
Fell DGF2136 (QRS); ditto, Fell DGF2137 (QRS);
ditto, Fell DGF2138 (BRI, QRS); 9 km SW of King
Park Ranger Station, Claudie River, 12°46’S, 143°17’E,
Apr 1992, Fell DGF2495 (BRI, MEE, QRS); Portland
Roads, Apr 1944, Flecker N.Q.N.C. 8507 (QRS); Rocky
River Scrub, eastern fall Mcllwraith Range, 13°49’S,
143°27’E, Jun 1992, Forster PIF10627 et al. (BRI,
DNA, K, L, MEL, NSW, QRS); Ham Hill, 12°43’S,
143°18’E, Jul 1993, Forster PIF13588 et al. (BRI,
MEL, QRS); 3 km SSW of Rocky River Crossing, Silver
Plains, 13°49’S, 143°27’E, Jul 1993, Forster PIF13665
et al. (BRI, CANB, MEL, QRS); Rocky River, 13°50’S,
143°25’E, Sep 1973, Hyland 6814 (BRI, CANB, QRS);
N.P.R. 8, Parish of Weymouth, 12°40’S, 143°21’E,
Jan 1982, Hyland 11588 (QRS); cult. Forestry &
Timber Bureau, Atherton (ex Claudie River), Jan 1975,
Irvine 1115 (BRI, QRS); cult. Tolga (ex Ham Hill,
12°43’S, 143°19’E), Dec 1989, Sankowsky 1050 (BRI,
CANB); Iron Range, Sep 1962, Volck 2418 (BRI);
Galloways Creek, Bamaga, May 1962, Webb & Tracey
6083 (BRI).
Distribution and habitat : Croton dockrillii is
endemic to Cape York Peninsula, Queensland
and has been found in the rainforest areas at
Cape York, Iron Range and the Mcllwraith Range
(Map 4) over a total of three 1° grid squares.
Plants grow in evergreen notophyll to mesophyll
vineforest on volcanic substrates or alluvium.
Croton dockrillii occurs in association with
C. capitis-york at some sites and occasional
hybrids have been recorded.
Phenology : Flowers have been collected
sporadically throughout the year. Fruiting
probably occurs two or three months later.
Notes: Croton dockrillii is distinctive in the
narrow leaves with markedly stipitate glands.
Conservation status: Croton dockrillii is
uncommon in its known range, but not
endangered or threatened at this stage.
Etymology: Named for Alick Dockrill of
Atherton, who collected the type specimen.
13. Croton glandulosus L., Syst. Nat. ed. 10,
1275 (1759). Decarinium glandulosum (L.)
Raf., Neogenyton 1 (1825).Type: [Jamaica]
P. Browne, jam. 346. n. 1 (lecto: LINN
1140.7 n.v. ; BRI fiche n.v. ;fide Johnston
(1959:182).
Illustrations: Ferguson (1901: plate 16); Small
(1913:454, fig. 2713).
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 349-436
Erect herb to 40 cm high, monoecious, annual.
Indumentum uncoloured. Stems rounded, with
sparse, sessile and stalked stellate trichomes.
Stipules linear-lanceolate, 0.8-1 mm long, c.
0.3 mm wide, entire and with sparse stellate
trichomes. Leaves alternate, discolorous,
petiolate; petioles 3-25 mm long, 0.7-1 mm wide,
with sparse, sessile and stalked stellate
trichomes; lamina elliptic to oblanceolate, 5-
22 mm long, 4-18 mm wide, palminerved with 5
veins at base and 2 or 3 lateral veins per side of
midrib further up the lamina, tertiary reticulate
veins obscure; upper surface dark green,
venation + obscure, with scattered stellate
trichomes; lower surface pale green, venation
weakly visible, with sparse, sessile and stalked
stellate trichomes; margins crenate, with 4-7
teeth up to 3.5 mm long, foliar glands
inconspicuous; tip acute to obtuse; base
cordate to truncate; extrafloral nectaries 2 at top
of petiole, sessile, ellipsoid, 0.5-0.8 mm long,
0.4-0.5 mm wide, visible above and below.
Inflorescence up to 10 mm long, androgynous,
+ sessile; axis with dense, sessile and stalked
stellate trichomes; bracts linear, 0.8-1 mm long,
0.1-0.2 mm wide, with dense stellate trichomes.
Male flowers c. 1.5 mm long and 1.5 mm diameter,
held singly, spaced < 0.5 mm apart; pedicels c.
0.3 mm long and 0.1 mm wide, with dense, sessile
and stalked stellate trichomes; sepals valvate,
5, lanceolate-ovate, 0.9-1 mm long and c. 0.5
mm wide, lanate at tip and with sparse, stalked
stellate trichomes; petals 5, obovate, c. 0.8 mm
long and 0.4 mm wide, lanate; stamens 9-12,
filaments flattened, c. 1 mm long and 0.1 mm
wide, glabrous, anthers oblong, 0.3-0.4 mm
long, 0.3-0.4 mm wide. Female flowers c. 4 mm
long and 3 mm diameter, held singly and densely
crowded at base of inflorescence, + sessile;
sepals valvate, 5, lanceolate-ovate to obovate,
1.5-4 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide, with sparse to
dense, sessile and stalked stellate trichomes;
petals absent; styles 3, linear, 1-1.5 mm long,
bifid for c. 1 mm, with sparse sessile stellate
trichomes; ovary 3-locular, c. 1 mm long and 1
mm diameter, with dense stellate trichomes.
Fruits trilobate, globose, 4-5 mm long, 4-5 mm
diameter, with sparse, sessile and stalked stellate
trichomes. Seeds oblong, c. 3.5 mm long, 2.8mm
wide, 2 mm thick, grey, ventral surface bifacial,
dorsal surface rounded, micropylar ridge 2.5-
2.8 mm long; caruncle crescent shaped, c. 0.5
mm long and 1.2 mm wide, yellowish. Fig. 12.
Forster, Croton in Australia
383
Fig. 12. Croton glandulosus. A. flowering and fruiting branchlets. x 0.6. B. undersurface of leaf, x 2. C. base of leaf
lamina showing extrafloral nectaries, x 12. D. node showing stipule, x 8. E. node with inflorescence, x 4. F. male
flower, x 12. G. female flower, x 12. H & I. fruit enclosed by calyx, x 4. J. seed, x 8. All from Forster PIF28046.
Del. W. Smith.
384
Additional specimens examined : U.S.A. New Jersey:
Camden, Aug 1878, Martindale AQ206128 (BRI).
GEORGIA: College Park, Fulton Co., Apr 1964,
Schallert 842 (BRI). Australia, Queensland.
Moreton District: Jacobs Well road, Woongoolba, Dec
1994, Blatch 1813 (BRI); Jacobs Well, A.Brumm
property, 27°47’S, 153 0 21’E, Dec 2001, Forster
PIF28046 & Leiper (A, AD, BRI, DNA, K, L, MEL,
MO, NSW, WIS); Jacobs Well, Apr 2000, Leiper
[AQ667881] (BRI).
Distribution and habitat : Croton glandulosus
is native to the U.S.A. where it occurs in the
south-eastern and eastern states, through
Central America to Brasil (Ferguson 1901;
Johnston 1959, 1962). It has been recorded
several times from south-eastern Queensland
near Jacobs Well (Map 9) as a weed in sugar¬
cane paddocks. Between April 2000 and
December 2001, this species had experienced a
population explosion at the Jacobs Well locality,
with thousands of plants growing in dense
swards below a sugar-cane crop.
Phenology: The Australian collection had both
flowers and fruits in December.
Notes: Linnaeus (1759) lists “Croton
glandulofum Br. jam. 1.” in the protologue for
C. glandulosus. P. Browne donated his
Jamaican collections to Linnaeus (Stafleu &
Cowan 1981) and the Linnean herbarium (as
on the fiche at BRI) has the specimen “Brown,
jam. 346. n. 1” which I am equating with being
the lectotype of this name as informally
designated by Johnston (1959). Several
varieties have been recognised for this species
based mainly on the density of foliage
indumentum (Ferguson 1901; Johnston 1959,
1962).
Webster (1993a) included C. glandulosus
in Croton section Geiseleria (Klotzsch) Baill.
Etymology: The specific epithet probably refers
to the conspicuous glands on the leaf lamina.
14. Croton habrophyllus Airy Shaw, Kew Bull.
31: 386 (1976). Type: Northern Territory.
Port Darwin, June 1870, Schultz 680 (holo:
K n.v., photo at B RI!).
Illustrations: Dunlop etal. (1995: 214, Fig.
71); Wheeler (1992: 598, Fig. 182B);
Kenneally etal (1996:100-101).
Small tree or shrub to 4 m high, monoecious,
deciduous, perennial. Indumentum silver.
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 349-436
Branchlets ± rounded, with dense overlapping
stellate trichomes when young, sparse with age.
Stipules linear-lanceolate, 0.4-2.2 mm long, 0.1-
0.2 mm wide, entire and with scattered stellate
trichomes. Leaves alternate, discolorous,
petiolate; petioles 3-120 mm long, 0.6-2 mm
wide, with scattered to dense stellate trichomes;
lamina elliptic, elliptic-ovate or obovate, 15-200
mm long, 7-135 mm wide, with + penninerved or
somewhat palminerved, 9-11 lateral veins per
side of midrib and reticulate tertiary veins; upper
surface glossy green, lateral venation just
visible, with dense stellate trichomes becoming
scattered with age; lower surface pale green,
venation weakly prominent, with dense stellate
trichomes becoming scattered with age, neither
scabrid nor velutinous; margins sinuate to
denticulate with 35-56 teeth up to 0.5 mm long,
foliar glands conspicuous; tip acuminate, acute
or rounded; base cordate, rounded or truncate;
extrafloral nectaries 2 at lamina base, stipitate to
1 mm, ellipsoid, 0.4—1 mm long, 0.3-0.7 mm wide,
visible only below. Inflorescence up to 170 mm
long, androgynous or sometimes with glomerules
of mixed male and female flowers, pedunculate
up to 25 mm; axis with sparse to dense stellate
trichomes; bracts linear-lanceolate to lanceolate,
0.7-1.2 mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm wide, with scattered
stellate trichomes. Male flowers 2.5^4 mm long,
3-5 mm diameter, held singly or sparsely
clustered towards top of inflorescence; pedicels
1.5-6 mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide, glabrous or
with scattered stellate trichomes; sepals valvate,
5, lanceolate-ovate, 1.8-2.5 mm long, 0.8-1.8 mm
wide, glabrous, weakly lanate at tip; petals 5,
oblanceolate, 2-3 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide, lanate
at top; stamens 8-12, filaments filiform, 2-2.5
mm long, 0.1-0.2 mm wide, glabrous, anthers
oblong, 0.6-0.8 mm long, 0.5-0.7 mm wide.
Female flowers 2-4 mm long, 2.2-3 mm diameter,
held singly and spaced up to 13 mm apart, or
mixed with male flowers; pedicels 1-4 mm long,
0.5-1 mm diameter, glabrous or with sparse
stellate trichomes; sepals valvate, 5, lanceolate-
ovate, 1.8-2.3 mm long, 1-1.3 mm wide, with
scattered stellate trichomes and lanate tip; petals
absent; styles 3, obloid-flabellate to linear, 1-
2.8 mm long, bifid for 0.5-1.8 mm, connate at
base for c. 0.2 mm, glabrous; ovary 3-locular,
1.3-2 mm long, 1.3-2 mm diameter, with dense,
sessile stellate trichomes. Fruits trilobate,
depressed-globose, 5-6 mm long, 6-7 mm
diameter, with sparse, sessile stellate trichomes.
Forster, Croton in Australia
385
Fig. 13. Croton habrophyllus. A. flowering branchlet. x 0.6. B. undersurface of leaf, x 0.8. C. base of leaf lamina
showing extrafloral nectaries, x 8. D. node showing stipule, x 8. E. male flower, x 8. F. female flower, x 8. G & H
fruit, x 4. I. seed, x 8. A, D, F from O’Keefe 5 (BRI); B, C from Lucas 4635 (BRI); E from Innis 205 (BRI); G-I from
O’Keefe AQ454826 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.
386
Seeds ± obloid, 3.5-4 mm long, 2.6-3.5 mm wide,
2.2-2.5 mm thick, mottled cream and tan-brown,
ventral surface bifacial, dorsal surface rounded,
micropylar ridge 2-2.8 mm long; caruncle
reniform, 0.5-1 mm long, 1-2 mm wide, cream-
yellow. Fig. 13.
Selected additional specimens: Western Australia.
One Arm Point, N. Dampierland, 16°26’S, 123°05’E,
Nov 1987, Carter 139 (DNA); Cape Leveque,
Gnamagun Well, 16°27’S, 122°55’E, Apr 1988, Dunlop
7811 (BRI, DNA, MEL); Galen, Dampierland, W of
Skeleton Point, 16°32’S, 122°58’E, Jan 1988, Martin
207 (BRI, CANB, PERTH). Northern Territory.
1 km past Adelaide River on Daly River road, 13°30’S,
131°05’E, Nov 1990, Cowie 1405 & Dunlop (DNA);
Melville Island, Snake Bay, Sand Spear Jungle, Nov
1983, Dunlop 6510 & Wightman (BRI, DNA, MEL);
East Alligator River, 12°50’S, 133°22’E, Dec 1989,
Dunlop 7628 (BRI, CANB, DNA, MEL); Middle Arm,
near Palmerston, 12°34’S, 130°34’E, Nov 1989,
Forster PIF5942 et al. (BRI, DNA, MEL); 3 km W of
Nhulunbuy, 12°11’S, 136°45’E, Nov 1989, Forster
PIF6048 (BRI, DNA); Wessell Islands, lTll’S,
136°44’E, Sep 1972, Latz 3289 (BRI, DNA); North
Point, Kapalga, 12°23’S, 132°21’E, Nov 1983, Russell-
Smith 885 (BRI, DNA); Bennett Bay, Eastern Arnhem
Land, 13°42’S, 135°42’E, Nov 1987, Russell-Smith
4222 & Lucas (BRI, DNA); Mt Ranken, Walker River,
13°35’S, 135°32’E, Oct 1987, Russell-Smith 4322 &
Lucas (BRI, DNA); Cape Wirawawo, Gove, 12°10’S,
136°47’E, Feb 1988, Russell-Smith 4635 & Lucas (BRI,
DNA); Nhulunbuy, East Woody Island, 12°10’S,
136°45’E, Feb 1988, Wightman 4128 (BRI, DNA,
MEL); Glasswater Creek, Litchfield, 13°18’S,
130°30’E, Oct 1988, Russell-Smith 5977 & Lucas
(BRI, DNA); High Black Range, Moroak, 14°39’S,
133°37’E, Jan 1989, Russell-Smith 6614 & Lucas (BRI,
DNA); Redbank Mine, Wollogorang Station, 17°10’S,
137°46’E, Nov 1984, Thomson 763 (BRI, DNA); SW
corner Centre Island, Sir Edward Pellew Group, 15°06’S,
136°44’E, Jan 1989, Thomson 2946 (BRI, DNA).
Queensland. Burke District: Louie Creek, 18°48’S,
138°32’E, Dec 1989, Innis 205 (BRI); Lawn Hill N.P.,
18°45’S, 138°30’E, Dec 1989, O’Keefe 10 (BRI).
Distribution and habitat : Croton
habrophyllus is widespread (twenty-four 1° grid
squares) in northern Australia, particularly in
the “Top End” of the Northern Territory. There
are disjunct populations in the Kimberley region
of Western Australia and at Lawn Hill National
Park in Burke district in Queensland (Map 5).
Plants grow in deciduous vinethickets on a
variety of substrates, including granite, laterite,
sandstone and limestone.
Phenology: Flowering occurs from August to
January, especially after storm rains. The plant
becomes deciduous for a short period and
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 349-436
flowers as the new leaves are expanding.
Fruiting occurs from October to April, by which
time the leaves are fully expanded.
Notes: This species was placed in the synonymy
of Croton armstrongii by Airy Shaw (1980c,
1981) and later reinstated by Wilmot-Dear
(1987). It is easily distinguished from related
species such as Croton byrnesii , C. mutabilis
and C. rarus in the silver indumentum and
leaves with more marginal teeth (70-112).
Conservation status : Croton habrophyllus is
common and widespread.
Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from
the Greek habros (shaggy) and phyllus (leaf)
and refers to the dense indumentum on the
young foliage.
15. Croton insularis Baill., Adansonia 2: 217
(1862), (‘insulare’); Oxydectes insularis
(Baill.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. PL 2:612 (1891).
Type: New Caledonia, Pancher 360 (lecto:
P ,fide McPherson & Tirel 1987).
Illustrations: Willi ams (1979:78); McPherson
& Tirel (1987, pi. 15: 1-6); Floyd (1989:
142); James & Harden (1990:420); Hauser
(1992: 88); Logan River Branch S.G.A.P.
(Qld Region) Inc. (2002:221).
Tree or shrub to 15 m high, monoecious,
evergreen, perennial; bark lenticellate, cream;
blaze pale pink-red; wood straw. Indumentum
silver. Branchlets rounded, with dense
overlapping peltate scales. Stipules apparently
obsolete. Leaves alternate, discolorous,
petiolate; petioles 8-18 mm long, c. 1 mm wide,
with sparse peltate scales; lamina elliptic,
lanceolate-ovate to ovate, 12-100 mm long, 8-
45 mm wide, venation obscure; upper surface
dark matt green, with sparse peltate scales;
lower surface silver, with dense, overlapping
peltate scales, neither scabrid nor velutinous;
margins entire or somewhat sinuate, foliar
glands inconspicuous; tip acute to acuminate;
base cuneate to obtuse; extrafloral nectaries 2
at top of petiole, sessile, circular, 0.2-0.5 mm
long, 0.2-0.5 mm wide, visible above only.
Inflorescence up to 120 mm long, unisexual or
androgynous, pedunculate up to 20 mm; axis
with dense, overlapping peltate scales; bracts
lanceolate-triangular, 0.6-1 mm long, 0.3-1 mm
Forster, Croton in Australia
wide, with dense peltate scales. Male flowers
4- 5 mm long, 3-4 mm diameter, held singly or
densely clustered towards top inflorescence,
spaced up to 3 mm apart; pedicels 2.3-5 mm
long, 0.5-1 mm wide, with dense peltate scales;
sepals valvate, 4 or 5, lanceolate-triangular, 1.5-
2.5 mm long, 1.2-1.6 mm wide, with sparse
peltate scales; petals 5, oblanceolate, 1.7-2.6
mm long, 0.6-1 mm wide, lanate; stamens 14-
18, filaments filif orm, 1.8-4 mm long, c. 0.1 mm
wide, glabrous, anthers oblong, 0.8-1.1 mm
long, 0.6-1 mm wide. Female flowers 2.5-3 mm
long, 3.5-5 mm diameter, held singly and spaced
up to 5 mm apart; pedicels 3-8 mm long, 0.6-1
mm diameter, with dense peltate scales; sepals
valvate, 5, lanceolate, 1.8-2.6 mm long, 1-1.6
mm wide, with dense peltate scales; petals
absent; styles 3, obloid, 0.8-2 mm long, bifid
for 0.5-1.2 mm, connate at base for c. 0.2 mm,
glabrous; ovary 3-locular, 1.5-2 mm long, 1.5-
2.2 mm diameter, with dense, sessile peltate
scales. Fruits trilobate, globose, 7-9 mm long,
5- 8 mm diameter, with dense, sessile peltate
scales. Seeds ovoid, 3.6-6.5 mm long, 2-3.2
mm wide, 2-2.5 mm thick, brown, ventral surface
bifacial, dorsal surface rounded, micropylar
ridge 2.3-5.7 mm long; caruncle crescent
shaped, 0.5-0.8 mm long, 0.7-1.5 mm wide,
cream-yellow. Fig. 14.
Selected additional specimens’. Queensland. Cook
District: S.F. 185 Danbulla, 7 km SW of Hoop Pine
Triangle, 17°09’S, 145°35’E, Jan 1993, Forster
PIF13082 & Bean (BRI, L, MEL, QRS); Possum Scrub,
Weipa to Stones Crossing road, 12°27’S, 142°09’E, Jul
1993, Forster PIF13512 et al. (BRI, MEL); Mt
Windsor Tableland, S.F 144, 9 km past Spencer Creek
Crossing, 16°18’S, 145°05’E, Jul 1993, Forster
PIF13703 et al. (BRI, MEL, QRS). North Kennedy
District: Fern Creek Spring, catchment of Burdekin
River, St Pauls Scrub, Mt Cooper Station, 42 km S of
Ravenswood, Aug 1989, Fell DGF1964 (BRI). South
Kennedy District: 26.5 km W of St Anns Homestead,
21°13’S, 146°39’E, Jun 1992, Thompson BUC582 &
Sharpe (BRI). Leichhardt District: Coxens Peak,
22°12’S, 148°27’E, Aug 1990, Forster PIF7310 (BRI,
MEL, QRS); 17 km from Cracow on Nathan Gorge
road, 25°26’S, 150°19’E, Sep 1992, Forster PIF 11207
& Sharpe (BRI, L, MEL, QRS); Palmgrove N.P., Bigge
Range, 25°01’S, 149°16’E, Nov 1998, Forster
PIF23653 & Booth (BRI, MEL, QRS). Maranoa
District: Chesterton Range, Mt Moffat, NW of Marlong
Plain & SW of Mt Sugarloaf, Nov 1990, Henderson
3504 & Robins (BRI, NSW). Port Curtis District: c.
17 km ESE of Duaringa, 23°46’S, 149°50’E, Sep 1988,
Anderson 4520 (BRI); Barren Island, SE of Great
Keppel Is, 23°10’S, 151°05’E, Batianoff 9691 &
387
Dillewaard (BRI, NSW). Burnett District: Mt
Wooroolin, 26°32’S, 151°48’E, Apr 1990, Forster
PIF6662 (BRI, L, MEL, QRS); Coominglah Range,
S.F.28 Coominglah, 24°5LS, 150°56’E, Nov 1994,
Forster PIF 15908 (BRI, MEL, QRS). WideBay District:
5 km SW of Mt Walsh, Coongara Rock road, 25°36’S,
152°00’E, Oct 1990, Forster PIF7549 (BRI, K, L,
MEL, QRS); Fairlies Knob, 10 km NNE of Brooweena,
25°30’S, 152°17’E, Dec 1990, Forster PIF7672 (BRI,
MEL, QRS). Darling Downs District: Chinchilla, May
1912, Beasley 4 (BRI). Moreton District: end of
Steinharts road, Lark Hill, 4 km N of Marburg, 27°32’S,
152°36’E, May 1983, Forster PIF1586 (BRI); Splityard
Creek, Wivenhoe Dam, 27°23’S, 152°38’E, Nov 1990,
Forster PIF7612 & Sharpe (BRI, DNA, K, L, MEL,
MO, QRS); Welk Remnant, Mt Berryman, 27°43’S,
152°18’E, Sep 1999, Forster PIF24931 (BRI, QRS).
New South Wales. 36 miles [60 km] W of Wauchope
on Oxley Highway, Aug 1967, Telford 58 (CANB).
Distribution and habitat: Croton insularis is
found in Australia in eastern Queensland from
near Weipa in the north, to north-eastern New
South Wales in the south (Map 6) over a total
of forty-four 1° grid squares. As a result it is the
third most widespread Croton, after
C. amhemicus and C. phebalioides, in mainland
Australia. It also occurs in New Caledonia and
Vanuatu (McPherson & Tirel 1987). Plants grow
in vinethickets or vineforests on a variety of
volcanic substrates.
Phenology: Flowering and fruiting occurs
througout the year following rain. The peak
flowering period is from October to December.
Notes: Croton insularis is easily distinguished
from all other taxa of Australian Croton by the
foliage silver below with totally obscure lateral
and interlateral venation. Usually this species
is encountered as a shrub up to 5 m tall but at
some localities (e.g. Cathu, Windsor Tableland
and Bridle Creek State Forests) it may grow up
to 15 m tall as a canopy tree.
There is a variant population at Eight Mile
Mountain, Emu Creek Station, 9 km NNE of
Petford C Ford 3668 (BRI); Forster PIF28192 et
al. (BRI, MEL, NSW, WIS)) that appears to be
intermediate in vegetative morphology between
C. insularis and C. phebalioides.
Conservation status: Croton insularis is very
common. It is present in 23 conservation
reserves in south-eastern Queensland alone
(Forster et al. 1991) and four in New South Wales
(Floyd 1989).
388
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 349-436
Fig. 14. Croton insularis. A. flowering branchlet. x 0.8. B & C undersurface of leaf, x 0.5. D. base of leaf lamina
showing extrafloral nectaries, x 8. E. inflorescence with female flowers in lower half and male flowers in upper
half, x 2. F. male flower, x 8. G. female flower, x 8. H & I. fruit, x 4. J. seed, x 8. A, B & G from Forster PIF25193
(BRI); C from Forster PIF6662 (BRI); D-F from Forster PIF7549 (BRI); H-J from Ryan 1416 (BRI). Del.
W. Smith.
Forster, Croton in Australia
Etymology : The specific epithet refers to the
island origin of the type collection.
16. Croton magneticus Airy Shaw, Muelleria 4:
227 (1980). Type: Queensland. North
Kennedy District: Magnetic Island, 24
July 1938, DA. Goy 329 (holo: BRI).
Small tree or shrub to 5 m high, monoecious,
deciduous, perennial. Indumentum ginger to
silver. Branchlets ± rounded, with dense stellate
trichomes when young, glabrescent. Stipules
subulate, 0.3-0.9 mm long, c. 0.2 mm wide, entire
and with sparse to dense stellate trichomes.
Leaves alternate, petiolate, discolorous; petioles
5-25 mm long, c. 1 mm wide, with dense stellate
trichomes; lamina cuneate-obovate, elliptic,
elliptic-ovate, 20-115 mm long, 12-60 mm wide,
penninerved with 7-9 lateral veins per side of
midrib, tertiary reticulate veins obscure; upper
surface matt green, venation obscure, glabrous
or with scattered stellate trichomes; lower
surface silver, lateral veins weakly developed,
with sparse to dense, stellate trichomes, scabrid
to weakly velutinous; margins denticulate to
weakly crenate with 8-24 short teeth up to 2
mm long, foliar glands prominent; tip obtuse to
rounded; base weakly cordate, cuneate or
truncate; extrafloral nectaries 2 at lamina base,
sessile, ellipsoid, 0.6-0.7 mm long, 0.3-0.4 mm
wide, visible only below. Inflorescence up to 80
mm long but often reduced to a single flower,
often unisexual but occasionally bisexual and
androgynous, pedunculate up to 10 mm; axis
with dense stellate trichomes; bracts lanceolate
to oblanceolate, 1.8-4 mm long, 0.4-1.5 mm
wide, with dense stellate trichomes. Male
flowers 3-5 mm long, 4.5-5 mm diameter, held
singly on inflorescence, spaced up to 2 mm
apart; pedicels 2.5-7 mm long, 0.2-1 mm wide,
with sparse to dense stellate trichomes; sepals
valvate, 5, lanceolate-ovate to obovate, 3-3.5
mm long, 1.8-2.2 mm wide, with dense stellate
trichomes; petals 5, obovate, 3-4 mm long, c.
1.5 mm wide, lanate; stamens 15, filaments
filiform, 2.2-3 mm long, 0.2-0.5 mm wide,
glabrous; anthers oblong, 0.8-1.2 mm long, 1-
1.3 mm wide. Female flowers 4-4.5 mm long,
3.5-5 mm diameter, held singly and spaced up
to 2 mm apart; pedicels 3-8 mm long, 1-1.2 mm
diameter, with dense stellate trichomes; sepals
valvate, 5, lanceolate to lanceolate-ovate, 2.3-3
mm long, 1.2-1.8 mm wide, with dense stellate
389
trichomes; petals absent; styles 3, obloid, 1.8-
3 mm long, bifid for 1.6-2.8 mm long, connate at
base for 0.2 mm, glabrous; ovary 3-locular, 3-4
mm long, 3-4 mm diameter, with dense, stalked
stellate trichomes. Fruits trilobate, globose, c. 8
mm long and 8 mm diameter, with dense, stalked
stellate trichomes. Seeds obloid-ovoid, 5-5.5
mm long, 4.2^1.5 mm wide, c. 3 mm thick, pale
brown, ventral surface bifacial, dorsal surface
rounded, micropylar line 4-4.5 mm long; caruncle
crescent shaped, 1.5-1.7 mm long, 0.7-1 mm
wide, cream. Fig. 15.
Additional specimens : Queensland. North Kf.nnf.dy
District: Georges Point, 20°04’S, 148°35’E, Sep 1992,
Batianoff 9209286 & Carter (BRI, MEL); Montes
Resort, Cape Gloucester, 20°04’S, 148°27’E, Mar 1994,
Batianoff 9403250 & Dillewaard (BRI); Gloucester
Island, E. side, 19°59’S, 148°27’E, Apr 1994, Batianoff
94037 & Figg (BRI); Gloucester Island, S. end, 20°02’S,
148°26’E, Apr 1994, Batianoff 940415G & Figg (BRI);
Gloucester Island, E. side, 20°01’S, 148°28’E, Apr 1994,
Batianoff 9 A0 A A3 & Figg (BRI); Mt Abbot, 50 km W
of Bowen, 20°06’S, 147°43’E, Jul 1992, Bean 4734
(BRI); Mt Blackjack, ‘Wietalaba’, 21°01’S, 147°56’E,
Jan 1993, Fensham 490 (BRI); ‘Havilah’, 20°58’S,
147°52’E, Dec 1992, Fensham 601 (BRI); ‘Fanning
River’, 19°44’S, 146°27’E, Jan 1993, Fensham 731
(BRI); Turtle Creek, SW of Greenvale, 19°18’S,
144°50’E, Fensham 914 (BRI); Leichhardt Range,
20°03’S, 147°03’E, Jul 1993, Fensham 997 (BRI); West
Point, Magnetic Island, 19°07’S, 146°46’E, Jan 1993,
Forster PIF12761 & Bean (BRI, MEL, QRS);
‘Wietalaba’, 21°01’S, 147°56’E, Jul 1993, Forster
PIF13408 & Tucker (BRI, QRS); ditto, Feb 1994,
Forster PIF14863 & Bean (A, BISH, BRI, CANB, DNA,
K, L, MEL, NSW, QRS); Mt Blackjack, Wietalaba
Station, 21°00’S, 147°55’E, Jun 1996, Forster
PIF19197 & Tucker (BRI, QRS); Magnetic Island, Jun
1922, Helms 1125 (BRI); Balding Bay, Magnetic Island,
Aug 1982, Sandercoe 751 (BRI); Magnetic Island, Aug
1982, Sandercoe 860 (BRI); Magnetic Island, Jun 1983,
Tracey 14101 (BRI).
Distribution and habitat : Croton magneticus
is restricted to an area between Greenvale in
the north to near Collinsville in the south in
north-eastern Queensland (Map 5) over seven
1° grid squares. Plants grow in deciduous
vinethicket on soils derived from sandstone,
granite or acid agglomerate, often in association
with Croton arnhemicus and C. phebalioides.
Phenology: Flowering occurs from December
to February following storm or seasonal rains,
fruiting occurs from January to March. Dormant
buds are held on the plants for much of the
year.
390
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 349-436
Fig. 15. Croton magneticus. A. flowering branchlet. x 1. B & C. undersurface of leaves, x 0.5. D. base of leaf lamina
showing extrafloral nectaries, x 6. E. node showing stipules, x 4. F. inflorescence with female flowers towards base
and male flowers towards apex, x 2. G. female flower, x 6. H. male flower, x 6. I & J. dehiscing fruit, x 3. K. seed,
x 4. A, C, F-H from Forster PIF14863 (BRI); B from Forster PIF12761 (BRI); I-K from Fensham 490 (BRI). Del.
W. Smith.
Forster, Croton in Australia
Notes: Croton magneticus is often sympatric
with C. amhemicus and sterile collections could
possibly be confused with small-leaved forms
of that species. Croton magneticus is easily
distinguished by its penninerved leaves, as
opposed to the palminerved leaves of
C. amhemicus.
Conservation status : Croton magneticus is
now known to be much more widespread than
was previously thought (Airy Shaw 1981). It is
relatively common at the listed localities, but
these are disjunct and several may be subject
to land clearing. The species is present in the
National Park at Magnetic Island and is
currently listed as Vulnerable under Queensland
Government legislation.
Etymology: The specific epithet refers to the
plant’s occurrence on Magnetic Island, where
it was once thought to be endemic.
17. Croton mamillatus P.I.Forst., sp. nov. affinis
C. insulari autem venatione foliorum ex
12-14 venis lateralibus constanti (vice
venatione obscura), pedicellis trichomatis
peltatis (vice squamis peltatis) vestitis,
floribus masculinis staminibus 9 vel 10
(vice 14-18), fructibus processis
mamillatis praeditis trichomatis stellatis
vestitis (vice processis emamillatis
squamis sessilibus peltatis vestitis) differt.
Typus: Queensland. Moreton District:
Bahr’s Scrub, 5 km SSW of Beenleigh,
27°45’S, 153 °10’E, 19 December 2001,
P.l. Forster PIF28049 & GLeiper (holo: BRI
[2 sheets + spirit]; iso: A, L, MEL, NE,
NSW).
Shrub to 4 m high, monoecious, evergreen,
perennial. Indumentum uncoloured to silver.
Branchlets + rounded, with dense peltate
trichomes, glabrescent. Stipules shortly
lanceolate, c. 0.5 mm long and 0.3 mm wide, entire
and with dense peltate trichomes. Leaves
alternate, petiolate, discolorous; petioles 3-10
mm long, 1.2-1.5 mm wide, with dense peltate
trichomes; lamina elliptic to oblanceolate, 30-
70 mm long, 10-32 mm wide, venation
penninerved with 12-14 lateral veins per side
of midrib, very indistinct, tertiary reticulate veins
obscure; upper surface matt dark-green, more
glossy when fresh, venation weakly visible,
glabrous; lower surface silver-white, lateral
veins indistinct, with dense peltate trichomes
391
and peltate scales, neither scabrid nor
velutinous; margins ± entire, or very weakly
denticulate with barely discernible foliar glands;
tip acute to acuminate; base rounded to retuse;
extrafloral nectaries absent or if present, then 2,
circular, ± sessile, c. 0.3 mm long and 0.2 mm
wide, visible above and below. Inflorescence
up to 35 mm long, unbranched, androgynous
(rarely with male and female flowers mixed in
same glomerule), pedunculate up to 12 mm; axis
with dense peltate trichomes; bracts shortly
lanceolate, 0.5-0.7 mm long, c. 0.3 mm wide, with
dense peltate trichomes. Male flowers c. 2 mm
long and 3 mm diameter, held singly, spaced up
to 1 mm apart, usually towards top of
inflorescence; pedicels 2.5-3 mm long, 0.4-0.5
mm wide, with dense peltate trichomes; sepals
valvate, 5, lanceolate-ovate to ovate, 1.8-2.2 mm
long, 1.4-1.5 mm wide, with dense peltate
trichomes; petals 5, obovate, 1.5-2 mm long,
0.6-0.7 mm wide, lanate in upper half; stamens
9 or 10, filaments filiform, 2-2.2 mm long, c. 0.1
mm wide, with dense simple trichomes at base,
anthers oblong, 0.6-0.8 mm long, 0.3-0.4 mm
wide. Female flowers 3-3.2 mm long, 2.8-3.5 mm
diameter, usually held singly and spaced up to
3 mm apart; pedicels 3-4 mm long, 0.8-1 mm
diameter, with dense peltate trichomes; sepals
valvate, 5, ovate to obovate, 2.5-3 mm long,
1.8-2 mm wide, with dense peltate trichomes,
lanate; petals absent; styles 3, linear, 1.2-1.5
mm long, multifid, twice divided for 1-1.2 mm
long, connate at base for c. 0.2 mm, glabrous;
ovary 3-locular, 1.8-2 mm long, 2.5-2.7 mm
diameter, with dense stalked stellate trichomes.
Fruits trilobate, weakly depressed-globose, 9-
10 mm long, 10-10.5 mm diameter, with dense
stellate trichomes on fleshy mamillate
protuberances to 1 mm long and 0.5 mm diameter
that are topped by a stellate trichome. Seeds
oblong, 6-7 mm long, c. 3.5 mm wide, 2.5-3 mm
thick, grey-brown, ventral surface bifacial, dorsal
surface rounded, micropylar ridge 4.5-5 mm
long; caruncle oblong-rectangular, 1.4-1.5 mm
long, 0.8-1 mm wide, cream. Fig. 16.
Additional specimens : Queensland. Moreton District:
Bahr’s Scrub, 5 km SW of Beenleigh, 27°45’S, 153°09’E,
Feb 2001, Bean 17373 (BRI, MEL); slopes of Mt
French, SW of Boonah, 28°00’S, 152°37’E, Jan 2002,
Bean 18336 (BRI); Wolfdene area, 6 km SW of
Beenleigh, 27°46’S, 153°10’E, Sep 2002, Forster
PIF28882 et al. (A, BRI, L, MEL, NE, NSW, NY);
Bahr’s Scrub, Beenleigh, 27°45’S 153°10’E, Jan 2000,
Leiper [AQ667034] (BRI, QRS); French’s Creek road,
near Boonah, Jun 1984, Williams 84050 (BRI).
392
Distribution and habitat: This new species is
known from only four localities, two near
Beenleigh and two near Boonah, all southwest
of Brisbane in south-eastern Queensland (Map
5) on two 1° grid squares. All populations occur
in the understorey of dry rainforest (araucarian
microphyll vineforest or notophyll vineforest)
amongst rocks, on red soil derived from chert.
Notes: Recognition of this taxon as a new and
critically endangered species, is very much due
to the keen eye of Glen Leiper who first brought
the Bahr’s Scrub population to my attention.
Croton mamillatus appears to have affinities
with both C. insularis and C. stigmatosus, but
is immediately distinctive in its spindly habit
and the highly mamillate fruit, with the fleshy
processes topped by a stellate hair. This feature
of mamillate fruit is also present in Croton
capitis-york and C. stigmatosus but is less well
developed in those species.
Conservation status: Croton mamillatus is
known from only four localities, all on private
land. The populations at the four localities
comprise less than 100 individuals in total. It is
likely that the species was once more
widespread in the region but that other
populations have been destroyed in land
clearing over the last 150 years. Plants of Croton
mamillatus are also rather insignificant, and
superficially similar to species such as
C. insularis or C. stigmatosus, so may well have
been overlooked by collectors. On present
evidence the species should be regarded as
critically endangered using the IUCN (2001)
categories of A. 1(c), B. 2(a, b (ii, iii), C. 2a(i).
Etymology: The specific epithet mamillatus is
from the Latin word mamillatus, meaning
mamillate or having small nipple-like projections,
and refers directly to the distinctive fruit of this
species.
18. Croton minimus P.I.Forst., sp. nov. affinis
C. arnhemico Muell.Arg. a qua habitu
suffrutice usque 30 cm alto, foliis dentibus
paucioribus (22-28) et venatione
secundaria obscura, et staminibus florum
marium paucioribus (16-18) differt. Typus:
Queensland. Cook District: 11 km from
Petford towards Dimbulah, 2.5 km E of
Eight Mile Mountain, 17°15’S, 144°58’E,
30 January 1994, P.I. Forster PIF14708
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 349-436
(holo: BRI [1 sheet + spirit]; iso: MEL,
NSW).
Croton sp. (Mt Mulligan H.Flecker
NQNC6457) (Forster & Henderson 1997:
72; Forster & Halford 2002:70).
Multistemmed subshrub to 30 cm high,
monoecious, evergreen, perennial. Indumentum
ferruginous-silver. Branchlets rounded, with
dense stellate trichomes when young,
glabrescent. Stipules linear-lanceolate, 2-5 mm
long, 0.4-0.5 mm wide, entire and with dense
stellate trichomes. Leaves alternate, discolorous,
petiolate; petioles 3-8 mm long, 1-1.2 mm wide,
with dense stellate trichomes; lamina broadly
ovate to lanceolate-ovate, 10- 40 mm long, 8-
25 mm wide, palminerved with 3-5 veins from
the base and 3 or 4 lateral veins per side of
midrib further up lamina, tertiary reticulate veins
obscure; upper surface green-grey, venation
obscure, with sparse stellate trichomes; lower
surface ferruginous-silver, lateral veins weakly
prominent, with dense, stellate trichomes,
velutinous; margins irregularly crenate with 11-
14 teeth up to 1.5 mm long, foliar glands
prominent; tip acute; base cordate to rounded;
extrafloral nectaries absent at base of leaf lamina.
Inflorescence up to 20 mm long, androgynous,
pedunculate up to 6 mm; axis with dense stellate
trichomes; bracts linear-lanceolate, 0.8-2 mm
long, 0.2-0.3 mm wide, with sparse stellate
trichomes. Male flowers 2.5-6 mm long, 2.5-6
mm diameter, densely clustered on
inflorescences in glomerules of 1-3 flowers;
pedicels 1.4-2.5 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide, with
dense stellate trichomes; sepals valvate, 5,
lanceolate-ovate to ovate, 1.5-2.5 mm long, 0.9-
2 mm wide, with dense stellate trichomes; petals
5, oblanceolate, 2-2.2 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide,
lanate in upper half; stamens 16-18, filaments
filiform, 1-3.5 mm long, c. 0.1 mm wide, glabrous;
anthers oblong, 0.7-0.8 mm long, 0.4-0.6 mm
wide. Female flowers 2.5-3 mm long, 2-2.5 mm
diameter, held singly and spaced up to 3 mm
apart; pedicels 0.5-0.8 mm long, 0.5-0.6 mm
diameter, with dense stellate trichomes; sepals
valvate, 5, lanceolate-ovate, 1.8-3 mm long, 1-
1.8 mm wide, with dense stellate trichomes;
petals absent; styles 3, linear 1.8-2 mm long,
bifid for 0.8-1 mm, with scattered stellate
trichomes in lower half; ovary 3-locular, 1.8-2.6
mm long, 1.5-2.6 mm diameter, with dense,
Forster, Croton in Australia
393
Fig. 16. Croton mamillatus. A. flowering branchlet. x 0.6. B. undersurface of leaf, x 2. C. base of leaf lamina
showing extrafloral nectaries, x 12. D. node showing stipule, x 8. E. node with inflorescence with female flower
near base and male flowers near apex, x 1.5. F. male flower, x 8. G. female flower, x 8. H & I fruit, x 3. J. mamillate
process on fruit with stellate hairs, x 20. K. seed, x 6. All from Forster PIF28049 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.
394
sessile and stalked stellate trichomes. Fruits
trilobate, globose, 6-6.5 mm long, 5-6.5 mm
diameter, with dense, sessile and stalked stellate
trichomes. Seeds ± ovoid to obloid, 4-4.5 mm
long, c. 4 mm wide, 3-3.2 mm thick; dorsal surface
rounded, ventral surface bifacial; micropylar line
3.8-4 mm long; caruncle + reniform, 0.8-1 mm
long, 1.2-1.5 mm wide, cream. Fig. 17.
Additional specimens : Queensland. Cook District:
bank of Hodgkinson River, Mineham’s, Flecker
N.Q.N.C.1165 (BRI); between Mt Mulligan &
Thornborough, Dec 1937, Flecker N.Q.N.C.6459
(BRI); Chillagoe - Mungana road, c. 200 m SE of Red
Dome turnoff, 17°07’S, 144°26’E, Nov 2000, Ford
AF2484 & Tucker (BRI, CANB, K, L, MEL, NE, NSW);
N.RR. 98, near Belgravia Creek, off Burke
Development road, Mungana, 17°06’S, 144°24’E, Apr
2002, Ford AF3330 et al. (BRI, DNA, MEL, NSW);
between Eureka Creek & Mt Pinnacle, NNE of Summit,
SW of Dimbulah, 17°13’S, 145°03’E, Apr 2002, Ford
AF3338 & Sankowsky (BRI); Mt Pinnacle, SSW of
Dimbulah, 17°14’S, 145°03’E, Jan 1993, Forster
PIF12950 & Bean (BRI, MEL); Near Spring Creek
Crossing, Mt Carbine to Lakeland Downs road, 16°27’S,
144°50’E, Forster PIF18128 & Spokes (BRI, MEL);
Mungana, near Red Dome Mine turnoff, 17°06’S,
144°25’E, Jan 2002, Forster PIF28145 et al (BRI);
Eight Mile Mountain, 10.5 km NE of Petford, 17°15’S,
144°59’E, Jan 2002, Forster PIF28146 et al. (BRI,
MEL, NSW, WIS); Eight Mile Mountain, Emu Creek
Station, 9.5 km NNE of Petford, 17°15’S, 144°57’E,
Jan 2002, Forster PIF28196 et al. (A, BRI, DNA, L,
MEL, NSW, WIS); Richards Creek, Mt Mulligan,
16°52’S, 144°53’E, Nov 1999, Holmes 131 (BRI); 3 km
from Dimbulah on the Mareeba road, 17°10’S,
145°10’E, Oct 1975, Hyland 8472 (BRI, QRS).
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 349-436
Distribution and habitat : Croton minimus is
known only from west of Dimbulah, around
Chillagoe and north of Mt Carbine in north-east
Queensland, over three 1° squares (Map 4).
Plants grow in open forest with Corymbia
clarksoniana (D.J.Carr & S.GM.Carr) K.D.Hill
& L.A.S.Johnson on skeletal soils derived from
granite on steep ridges.
Phenology: Flowering occurs from December
to April with fruiting from December to May.
Notes: Croton minimus appears to be a
miniature derivative of C. arnhemicus or
C. multicaulis that has evolved in response
to the xeric environment where it has been
found. A comparison of these three species is
given in Table 1. Both Croton minimus and
C. multicaulis subsp. velutinus come into close
proximity to one another in the Spring Creek
area north of Mt Carbine (vouchers: Forster
PIF12928 & Bean', Forster PIF18128 & Spokes )
and further field work is required to see if the
two taxa intergrade.
Conservation status : This species has been
rarely collected, but is an inconspicuous plant
and vast areas of suitable habitat exist in the
known range. Hence it is probable that many
more populations can be found once this area
is properly explored. No conservation coding
is considered necessary.
Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from
the Latin minimus and refers to the small stature
of this plant.
Table 1. Comparison of morphological characters for Croton arnhemicus , C. minimus and
C. multicaulis
Character
C. arnhemicus
C. minimus
C. multicaulis
Habit
shrub or tree to 5 m high
subshrub 30cm high
subshrub 1.5m high
no. of marginal
teeth on leaf
60-100
22-28
32-56
leaf lamina
lateral veins
prominent
weak
prominent
leaf lamina
prominent
obscure
prominent
interlateral veins
no. of stamens/
flower
20-44
16-18
11-24
Forster, Croton in Australia
395
Fig. 17. Croton minimus. A. flowering branchlet. x 1. B. undersurface of leaf, x 1. C. leaf lamina base demonstrating
absence of extrafloral nectaries, x 6. D. inflorescence, x 2. E. male flower, x 8. F. female flower, x 8. G & H. fruit,
x 4. I. seed, x 6. All from Forster PIF 14708 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.
396
19. Croton multicaulis P.I.Forst., sp. nov. affinis
C. arnhemico Muell.Arg. a qua habitu
suffrutice multicauli semper, foliis
dentibus minus quam 60, et staminibus
11-24 (plerumque minus quam 20) differt.
Typus: Queensland. Cook District: 20.5
km along Weipa road, off Peninsula
Development road, 13°03’S, 142°36’E, 7
December 1993, P.I. Forster PIF14367
(holo: BRI [2 sheets + spirit]; iso: DNA, L,
MEL).
Croton sp. (Myall Creek P.I.Forster PIF14368)
(Forster & Henderson 1997:72; Forster &
Halford 2002:71).
Multistemmed shrub to 1.5 m high, monoecious,
deciduous, perennial. Indumentum ferruginous-
silver. Branchlets rounded, with dense stellate
trichomes. Stipules linear to linear-lanceolate,
1.2-6 mm long, 0.2-0.6 mm wide, entire and with
dense stellate trichomes. Leaves alternate,
discolorous, petiolate; petioles 2-40 mm long,
1-1.7 mm wide, with dense stellate trichomes;
lamina broadly ovate elliptic, lanceolate-ovate,
or ovate, 15-140 mm long, 11-115 mm wide,
palminerved with 3-5 veins at base, 4-6 lateral
veins per side of midrib further up lamina and
tertiary reticulate veins; upper surface matt
green, lateral veins weakly visible, with
scattered to sparse stellate trichomes; lower
surface pale matt green, lateral and tertiary veins
prominent, with sparse to dense stellate
trichomes and sometimes with stalked yellow
glandular trichomes, scabrid to velutinous;
margins crenate with 16-28 teeth up to 4 mm
long, foliar glands prominent; tip acute to
rounded; base cordate, rounded or truncate;
extrafloral nectaries absent or 2 at lamina base,
sessile or stipitate to 0.8 mm long, circular to
ellipsoid, 0.3-2 mm long, 0.2-1 mm wide, visible
above and below. Inflorescence up to 150 mm
long, usually androgynous, pedunculate up to
45 mm; axis with sparse to dense stellate
trichomes; bracts linear to linear-lanceolate, 0.5-
4 mm long, 0.2-0.5 mm wide, with dense stellate
trichomes. Male flowers 1.8-4 mm long, 2.5-5
mm diameter, held singly on inflorescence or in
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 349-436
dense clusters of 1-5 flowers, spaced up to 4
mm apart; pedicels 1.5-7 mm long, 0.3-1 mm
wide, with dense stellate trichomes; sepals
valvate, 5, lanceolate-ovate to ovate, 1.8-3 mm
long, 1-2.2 mm wide, with sparse to dense
stellate trichomes; petals 5, oblanceolate to
obovate, 1.5-3.2 mm long, 0.5-1.5 mm wide,
lanate; stamens 11-24, filaments filiform, 1-3.1
mm long, 0.1-0.2 mm wide, with dense simple
trichomes at base; anthers oblong, 0.5-1 mm
long, 0.4-0.6 mm wide. Female flowers 3^4.5 mm
long, 2.5-5 mm diameter, held singly and spaced
up to 15 mm apart; pedicels 0.8-6 mm long, 0.8-
1.2 mm diameter, with dense stellate trichomes;
sepals valvate, 5, lanceolate-ovate, 1.7-3 mm
long, 0.9-1.8 mm wide, with dense stellate
trichomes; petals absent; styles 3, linear, 1.2-
3.2 mm long, bifid for 1.1-3 mm long, connate at
base for c. 0.2 mm, with scattered stellate
trichomes in lower parts; ovary 3-locular, 2-3.5
mm long, 2-3.5 mm diameter, with dense, stalked,
stellate trichomes. Fruits trilobate, depressed-
globose, 5-8 mm long, 7-8 mm diameter, with
dense, stalked, stellate trichomes. Seeds obloid
to ovoid, 4-5 mm long, 2.5^1.5 mm wide, 2-3.5
mm thick, black-brown to grey, ventral surface
bifacial, dorsal surface ± rounded, micropylar
ridge 3-4 mm long; caruncle crescent shaped,
0.6-1.5 mm long, 0.8-3.5 mm wide, cream.
Distribution : Croton multicaulis is endemic to
north Queensland from the islands of Torres
Strait in the north, south to Porcupine Gorge
near Hughenden, covering a total of thirteen
1° grid squares.
Notes: Croton multicaulis is superficially very
similar to C. arnhemicus but differs in several
ways. Croton multicaulis is always a
multistemmed subshrub with less than 60 teeth
on the margins of the leaf lamina and with 11-
24 (mostly less than 20) stamens per flower.
Croton arnhemicus may persist as a
multistemmed subshrub for an indefinite period,
but ultimately grows into a small tree, has 60 or
more teeth on the margins of the leaf lamina and
has 20-44 (mostly more than 28) stamens per
flower.
Key to subspecies of Croton multicaulis
Foliage scabrid below.
Foliage soft velutinous below
subsp. multicaulis
. subsp. velutinus
Forster, Croton in Australia
19a. Croton multicaulis subsp. multicaulis
Foliage scabrid below with sparse stellate
trichomes. Fig. 18.
Selected additional specimens : Queensland. Cook
District: Thursday Island, Jun 1897, Bailey [AQ202076]
(BRI); c. 18 km NW of Silver Plain s Station, 13°52’S,
143°24’E, Nov 1980, Clarkson 3614 (BRI); 0.5 km S
of Watson River Crossing on the Aurukun to Merluna
road, c. 40 km NE of Aurukun, 13°08’S, 142°01’E,
Dec 1981, Clarkson 4043 (BRI, QRS); Chester River
Scrub, eastern fall of Mcllwraith Range, 13°40’S,
143°29’E, Jun 1992, Forster PIF10400 et al. (BRI);
Granny Scrub, Weipa to Stones Crossing road, 42 km
from Weipa, Jul 1993, Forster PIF13500 et al. (BRI);
Scrubby Creek Scrub, Silver Plains, 13°44’S, 143°28’E,
Jul 1993, Forster PIF13626 et al (BRI, MEL, NSW);
Northern end of Bamboo Range, 14°36’S, 143°27’E,
Dec 1993, Forster PIF14364 (BRI); Myall Creek
Crossing, Weipa road, 12°39’S, 142°16’E, Dec 1993,
Forster PIF14368 (BRI); Cowal Creek floodplain, Cape
York, 10°55’S, 142°18’E, Jun 1994, Forster PIF15336
(BRI, QRS); Tragia Scrub, 3.5 km ESE of Mutee Head,
Cape York, 10°55’S, 142°16’E, Jun 1994, Forster
PIF15337 (BRI, QRS); 6.5 km from Captain Billy
Landing, 11°37’S, 142°48’E, Jun 1994, Forster
PIF15361 (BRI, MEL); 27 km SE of Heathlands,
11°52’S, 142°38’E, Feb 1992, Johnson 4993 (BRI,
DNA, MEL, NSW); Weipa, 3 km E of Lorim Point,
12°41’S, 141°53’E, Jan 1981, Morton 1050 (BRI);
Herring Oil Slot, Weipa, 12°39’S, 141°50’E, Dec 1989,
O’Reilly 500 (BRI); Bamaga Mission, 11.2 km SW of
Cape York, Oct 1965, Smith 12364 (BRI); 5 km ENE
of Weipa Mission, 12°38’S, 141°56’E, Jul 1974, Specht
347 & Salt (BRI); ditto, Dec 1974, Specht W43 & Salt
(BRI); 23.5 km ENE of Weipa Mission, Dec 1974,
Specht W190 & Salt (BRI); Laradeenya Creek, Cape
York, Jun 1963, Stephens [AQ202078] (BRI); New
Mapoon, Northern Peninsula area, 10°52’S, 142°23’E,
Jan 1998, Waterhouse BMW4785 (BRI).
Distribution and habitat: Croton multicaulis
subsp. multicaulis is endemic to Torres Strait
and the northern parts of Cape York Peninsula
north of Musgrave (Map 8). Plants often grow
on the margins of vineforest, but are more
common in adjacent Eucalyptus tetrodonta
F.Muell. woodland on white sandy or red lateritic
soils.
Phenology : Flowering occurs from November
to July with fruiting two to three months later.
Conservation status: Croton multicaulis
subsp. multicaulis is common throughout its
known range; however, no populations appear
to be present in conservation reserves at
present. No conservation coding is required.
Etymology : The specific epithet is derived from
397
the Latin multi (many) and caulis (stemmed)
and refers to the habit of this plant.
19b. Croton multicaulis subsp. velutinus
P.I.Forst., subsp. nov. affinis C. multicauli
P.I.Forst. a qua foliis velutinis
trichomatibus stellatis densis abaxialiter
differt Typus: Queensland. Cook District:
19 km from Laura on road to New Laura
homestead, 15°25’S, 144°25’E, 22 January
1993, P.I. Forster PIF12829 &A.R. Bean
(holo: BRI [1 sheet + spirit]; iso: DNA,
MEL).
Foliage velutinous below with dense stellate
trichomes. Fig. 19.
Selected additional specimens: Queensland. Cook
District: Musgrave Telegraph Station, s.dat., Barclay-
Millar [AQ202070](BRI); Little Laura River, SSW of
Laura, 15°42’S, 144°17’E, Jul 1990, Bean 1905 (BRI);
Blue Hills, 49 km from Mt Surprise township, 17°58’S,
144°02’E, Mar 1988, Champion 340 (BRI); 0.9 km E
of the West Normanby River on the Lakeland Downs
to Cooktown road, 15°46’S, 144°59’E, May 1987,
Clarkson 6754 & McDonald (BRI, MBA, QRS); Cape
Melville N.R, Altanmoui Range section, 14°30’S,
144°35’E, May 1993, Fell DGF3132 & Stanton (BRI);
2 km E of Mt Gibson, 16 km SSE of Lakeland Downs,
West Normanby River catchment, May 1993, Fell
DGF3281 & Daunt (BRI); Birthday Mt., Rokeby N.P.,
23 km N of Coen aerodrome, Aug 1993, Fell DGF3522
& Jensen (BRI); 31 km from Laura on road to New
Laura Homestead, 4 Mile Swamp area, Lakefield N.R,
15°18’S, 144°25’E, Jan 1993, Forster PIF12822 &
Bean (BRI, MEL); New Laura Homestead area,
Lakefield National Park, 15°11’S, 144°20’E, Jan 1993,
Forster PIF12895 & Bean (BRI, DNA, MEL); Spring
Creek, Mt Carbine to Laura road, 16°22’S, 144°43’E,
Jan 1993, Forster PIF12928 & Bean (BRI, MEL);
Lake Emma, Lakefield N.P, 15°17’S, 144°38’E, Jan
1993, Forster PIF 12939 & Bean (BRI, DNA, MEL);
Giant Horse Gallery (Laura), 15°40’S, 144°30’E, Mar
1975, Hyland 8111 (BRI, QRS); 19.2 km N of Laura,
15°25’S, 144°25’E, Oct 1974, Robinson [AQ196265];
Lakefield N.P., 20 km SW of Lakefield Homestead,
Aug 1983, Stanton [AQ349838] (BRI). BURKE
DISTRICT: Porcupine Gorge, 53 km NNE of
Hughenden, 20°25’S, 144°26’E, May 1990, Halford
Q228 (BRI); 55 km NE of Hughenden at Porcupine
Gorge N.P. lookout, 20°24’S, 144°26’E, Nov 1992,
Thompson HUG72 & Turpin (BRI, DNA).
Distribution and habitat'. Croton multicaulis
subsp. velutinus has been found in the southern
part of Cape York Peninsula from near Musgrave
south to Lakefield National Park near Laura and
has been found in six 1° grid squares (Map 3).
There are also several apparently disjunct
populations at Porcupine Gorge and Mt Surprise
398
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 349-436
Fig. 18. Croton multicaulis subsp. multicaulis. A. habit of flowering branchlet. x 0.6. B. undersurface of leaf,
x 0.8. C. base of leaf lamina showing extrafloral nectaries, x 8. D. node showing stipules, x 8. E. inflorescence with
female flowers towards base and male flowers towards apex, x 2. F. male flower, x 6. G. female flower, x 8. H. seed,
x 6. A, D-E from Forster PIF14368 (BRI); B from Forster PIF15361 (BRI); C & H from Waterhouse 4785 (BRI);
F & G from Forster PIF13626 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.
Forster, Croton in Australia
that have been tentatively placed with this
taxon. Plants grow in open eucalypt woodland
with Eucalyptus leptophleba F.Muell. and
Melaleuca viridiflora Sol. ex Gaertn. on reddish
sandy soils or in open eucalypt forest with
Corymbia clarksoniana and E. tetrodonta on
red lateritic soils.
Phenology : Flowering occurs from November
to July with fruiting two to three months later.
Conservation status: Croton multicaulis
subsp. velutinus is common throughout its
known range. Some populations are present in
conservation reserves at Lakefield, Porcupine
Gorge and Rokeby National Parks.
Etymology: The subspecific epithet is derived
from the Latin velutinus (velvety) and refers to
the dense indumentum on the lower leaf
surfaces of this plant.
Conservation status : This subspecies is
widespread, and present in at least three
National Parks. No conservation coding is
required.
20. Croton mutabilis P.I.Forst., sp. nov. affinis
C. byrnesii Airy Shaw a qua indumento
ecolorato usque argenteo, foliis sinuatis
usque denticulatis dentibus 18-24, venis
lateralibus paucioribus (8-10), et petiolis
juvenibus trichomatibus dispersis stellate
et peltatis differt. Typus: Queensland.
Cook District: Possum Scrub, road to
Stone’s Crossing from Weipa, 12°27’S,
142°09’E, 8 December 1993, P.I. Forster
PIF14376 (holo: BRI [2 sheets + spirit];
iso: DNA, L, MEL, MO, NSW).
Croton sp. (Possum Scrub P.I.Forster
PIF14376) (Forster & Henderson 1997:72;
Forster & Halford 2002:71).
Shrub to 4 m high, monoecious, deciduous,
perennial. Indumentum uncoloured or silver.
Branchlets + rounded, glabrous or with
scattered stellate trichomes, glabrescent.
Stipules linear, 1.8-2 mm long, c. 0.2 mm wide,
entire and glabrous. Feaves alternate, petiolate,
discolorous; petioles 7-70 mm long, 0.5-1.5 mm
wide, with scattered stellate to peltate trichomes
when young, glabrescent; lamina elliptic,
obovate or ± orbicular, 13-170 mm long, 7-90
399
mm wide, penninerved with 8-10 lateral veins
per side of midrib and tertiary reticulate veins;
upper surface dark green, lateral veins weakly
developed, glabrous; lower surface pale green,
lateral and tertiary veins weakly developed,
glabrous or with stellate trichomes, neither
scabrid nor velutinous; margins sinuate or
denticulate with 9-17 teeth up to 1 mm long,
foliar glands prominent; tip acute to rounded;
base cuneate, rounded or truncate; extrafloral
nectaries 2 at lamina base, sessile, ellipsoid,
0.3-1.3 mm long, 0.2-0.7 mm wide, visible below
only. Inflorescence up to 70 mm long,
androgynous, pedunculate up to 25 mm; axis
glabrous; bracts lanceolate, 0.4-2.5 mm long,
0.2-0.7 mm wide, with scattered simple
trichomes and scattered stellate trichomes.
Male flowers 2.5-4 mm long, 4-6 mm diameter,
held singly or in pairs on inflorescence, spaced
up to 5 mm apart; pedicels 3-4 mm long, 0.4-0.7
mm wide, glabrous; sepals valvate, 5, lanceolate-
ovate, 2-2.5 mm long, 1.2-1.5 mm wide, lanate
on tips; petals 5, oblanceolate, 2-3 mm long,
0.5-1 mm wide, lanate on tips; stamens 10-12,
filaments ± flattened, 1.5-2.8 mm long, 0.2-0.3
mm wide, with dense simple trichomes at base;
anthers oblong, 0.8-1 mm long, 0.7-0.8 mm wide.
Female flowers 3-3.5 mm long, 3.5-4 mm
diameter, held singly and spaced up to 10 mm
apart; pedicels 2.5-4 mm long, 0.5-0.7 mm
diameter, glabrous; sepals valvate, 5, lanceolate-
ovate, 2-2.5 mm long, 1-1.3 mm wide, lanate on
tips; petals absent; styles 3, linear, 2-2.5 mm
long, bifid for 1.1-2.5 mm long, connate at base
fore. 0.5 mm, glabrous; ovary 3-locular, c. 2 mm
long and 2 mm diameter, with dense, sessile
stellate trichomes. Fruits trilobate, depressed-
globose, 4-5 mm long, 6-7 mm diameter, with
sparse, sessile stellate trichomes. Seeds ±
obloid, 3.5-3.8 mm long, 2.8-3 mm wide, 2-2.2
mm thick, glossy brown, ventral surface bifacial,
dorsal surface rounded, micropylar ridge 2.5-
2.8 mm long; caruncle crescent shaped, c. 1 mm
long and 1 mm wide, pale brown. Fig. 20.
Additional specimens: Queensland. Cook District:
Chester River Scrub, eastern fall of Mcllwraith Range,
Silver Plains Sation, 13°40’S, 143°29’E, Jun 1992,
Forster PIF10423 & Tucker (BRI); Nesbit River,
13°32’S, 143°31’E, Jun 1992, Forster PIF10507 et al.
(BRI); Massy Creek Scrub, Silver Plains Station,
13°55’S, 143°30’E, Jun 1992, Forster PIF10598 et al.
(BRI, L, MEL, NSW); Stones Crossing, 73 km from
Weipa, Jul 1993, Forster PIF13506 et al. (BRI); Possum
Scrub, Weipa to Stones Crossing road, 12°27’S,
400
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 349-436
Fig. 19. Croton multicaulis subsp. velutinus. A. flowering branchlet. x 0.6. B. undersurface of leaf, x 0.8. C. base
of leaf lamina showing extrafloral nectaries, x 6. D. inflorescences, x 1. E. male flower, x 6. F. female flower, x 6.
G & H. fruit, x 3. I. seed, x 6. A,B from Forster PIF12822 (BRI); C-I from Forster PIF12829 (BRI). Del. W.
Smith.
Forster, Croton in Australia
142°09’E, Jul 1993, Forster PIF13515 et al. (BRI);
Pascoe River crossing, road to Iron Range, 12°53’S,
143°00’E, Jul 1993, Forster PIF13532 et al (BRI,
QRS); Near Ham Hill (Weymouth Holding), 12°45’S,
143°20’E, Oct 1973, Hyland 6990 (BRI, QRS); Claudie
River, Oct 1974, Hyland 7817 (BRI, QRS); T.R. 14
Massy, 13°52’S, 143°25’E, Nov 1980, Hyland 10858
(BRI, QRS); Claudie River, Jan 1982, Hyland 11504
(BRI, QRS); ditto, Dec 1982, Hyland 12401 (BRI,
QRS); cult. Tolga (ex Possum Scrub, Weipa), Nov 1991,
Sankowsky 1316 & Sankowsky (BRI); Nesbit River,
Oct 1986, Tucker 61 (BRI); Claudie River, Oct 1968,
Webb & Tracey 8542 (BRI, CANB); between Iron Range
airstrip and Portland Roads - Coen road, 12°40’S,
143°23’E, Oct 1968, Webb & Tracey 8673 (BRI,
CANB).
Distribution and habitat: Croton mutabilis is
endemic to northern Cape York Peninsula,
Queensland and occurs in four 1° grid squares
(Map 9). Plants grow on the margins of
deciduous vine thickets and semi-deciduous
notophyll vineforests on alluvium, red laterite
or heavy black clay soils.
Notes: Sterile collections of Croton mutabilis
were misidentified by Airy Shaw (1981) as
C. storckii Seem, ex A.C.Sm. Smith (1981)
401
reduced Croton storckii to the synonymy of
C. microtiglium Burkill, a species endemic to
Fiji.
Croton mutabilis appears to be allied to
C. byrnesii and C. habrophyllus, all three being
deciduous and allopatric. Croton mutabilis
differs from these two species in a number of
characters (Table 2). While it appears similar to
C. microtiglium this latter species differs in a
number of characters (Table 3) and is not
necessarily closely related.
Considerable variation occurs in leaf
morphology of Croton mutabilis. Most
collections of this plant have been made in
winter when the plants are sterile and the leaves
are well developed and turning orange prior to
abscission. Flowering occurs following storm
rains, when the plant produces flushes of new,
and much smaller, foliage.
Conservation status: Croton mutabilis is
relatively common throughout its known range
and is present in Iron Range National Park.
Table 2. Comparison of morphological characters for Croton byrnesii , C. habrophyllus and
C. mutabilis
Character
C. byrnesii
C. habrophyllus
C. mutabilis
indumentum colour
ferruginous
to yellow
silver
uncoloured
silver
leaf lamina margins
crenate
sinuate to
denticulate
sinuate to
denticulate
no.of marginal teeth
per leaf lamina
40-58
70-112
18-24
no. of lateral veins each
side of midrib
11-13
9-11
8-10
trichomes on petioles
when young
sparse stellate
scattered to dense
stellate
scattered stellate
& peltate
trichomes on shoot tips
or when young
scattered
stellate
dense to sparse
stellate
glabrous or
scattered stellate
stamen filaments
flattened
filiform
flattened
402
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 349-436
Fig. 20. Croton mutabilis. A. flowering branchlet. x 0.6. B. base of leaf lamina showing extrafloral nectaries, x 6.
C. node with stipule, x 6. D & E. undersurface of leaf, x 0.8. F. inflorescence of mainly female flowers, x 1. G. shoot
tip with inflorescence of male flowers, x 1. H. male flower, x 8. I. female flower, x 8. J & K. parts of dehisced fruit
with seed inside, x 6. L. seed, x 8. A, B, E & F from Sankowsky 1316 (BRI); C & D from Tucker 61 (BRI); G-I from
Forster PIF14376 (BRI); J-L from Hyland 11504 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.
Forster, Croton in Australia 403
Table 3. Comparison of morphological characters for Croton microtiglium and C. mutabilis
Character
C. microtiglium
C. mutabilis
branchlet indumentum
peltate trichomes
stellate & peltate trichomes
petiole indumentum
peltate trichomes
stellate & peltate trichomes
lateral vein pairs
in leaf lamina
9-11
8-10
extrafloral nectaries
poorly formed
well developed,
embedded
sessile
pedicel indumentum
dense peltate
trichomes
glabrous
Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from
the Latin mutabilis (changeable) and refers to
the developmental change in leaf lamina
morphology in this species that occurs between
flowering and leaf abscission.
21. Croton phebalioides F.Muell. ex Muell.Arg.,
Flora 47: 485 (1864); Oxydectes
phebalioides (‘phebaliodes’) (F.Muell. ex
Muell.Arg.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. PL 2: 612
(1891). Type: Queensland. North Kennedy
District: Burdekin River, F. Mueller (holo:
K n.v., photo atBRI!).
Croton maidenii R.T.Baker, J. & Proc. Roy.
Soc. New South Wales 48:444,1.12 (1915).
Type: New South Wales. Guthrie’s
Mountain (Read’s Mine), 1904,
A.Paddison (holo: NSW n.v.; iso: BRI).
Croton phebalioides var. acuminatus Domin,
Biblioth. Bot. 89: 326 (1927). type:
Queensland. Moreton District: Prope
Brisbane River, 1863-1865, A. Dietrich
2326 (syn: PR528548); Queensland. North
Kennedy District: Edgecombe Bay,
Dallachy (syn: K n.v., photo at BRI!;
MEL231441).
Croton phebalioides var. typicus Domin,
Biblioth. Bot. 89: 326 (1927), nom. inval.
type: same as for C. phebalioides
F.Muell. ex Muell.Arg.
Illustrations : James & Harden (1990: 420);
Hauser (1992:100).
Shrub or small tree to 8 m high, monoecious,
evergreen, perennial. Bark lenticellate, grey;
blaze thick, flaky, cream-tan; wood cream-tan.
Indumentum uncoloured to silver. Branchlets ±
rounded, with dense stellate trichomes. Stipules
lanceolate to lanceolate-ovate, 0.3-8 mm long,
0.2-0.5 mm wide, entire and with dense stellate
trichomes. Leaves alternate, petiolate,
discolorous; petioles 3-16 mm long, 0.8-1 mm
wide, with dense stellate trichomes; lamina
elliptic, lanceolate or ovate, 8-118 mm long, 3-
38 mm wide, penninerved with 7-14 lateral veins
per side of midrib, tertiary reticulate veins
obscure; upper surface matt dark-green,
venation obscure, glabrous or with sparse
stellate trichomes; lower surface silver, lateral
veins weakly visible, with dense overlapping
peltate trichomes, neither scabrid nor
velutinous; margins entire, sinuate or
denticulate with 11-18 weakly defined teeth less
than 0.2 mm long, foliar glands prominent; tip
acuminate, acute, obtuse or mucronate; base
cuneate; extrafloral nectaries 2 at lamina base,
sessile, ellipsoid, 0.1-0.3 mm long, 0.1-0.2 mm
wide, visible above only. Inflorescence up to 95
mm long, unbranched, androgynous,
pedunculate up to 12 mm; axis with dense
stellate to peltate trichomes; bracts lanceolate-
ovate to ovate, 0.4-0.8 mm long, 0.2-0.7 mm
wide, with dense peltate trichomes. Male flowers
2-3 mm long, 2.5-4.5 mm diameter, held singly
or 2 to 3 per glomerule, spaced up to 5 mm apart
but usually densely clustered towards top of
inflorescence; pedicels 1.5-3.5 mm long, 0.3-
0.5 mm wide, with dense peltate trichomes;
sepals valvate, 5, lanceolate-ovate to obovate,
404
1.2-2.7 mm long, 1.3-1.8 mm wide, with dense
peltate trichomes; petals 5, obovate, 1.3-3 mm
long, 0.5-0.7 mm wide, lanate; stamens 10-12,
filaments flattened, 1.6-2.5 mm long, 0.2-0.4 mm
wide, glabrous, anthers oblong, 0.8-1.2 mm
long, 0.6-1.2 mm wide. Female flowers 2.5^1 mm
long, 3-5.5 mm diameter, held singly and spaced
up to 15 mm apart; pedicels 2-6 mm long, 0.6-1
mm diameter, with dense peltate trichomes;
sepals valvate, 5, lanceolate-ovate to obovate,
2.5-3.5 mm long, 1.5-2.2 mm wide, with dense
peltate trichomes, lanate; petals absent; styles
3, flattened-flabellate, 1.2-2.5 mm long, multifid,
twice divided for 1-2 mm long, + free at base,
glabrous or sparsely papillose near base; ovary
3-locular, 2-3 mm long, 2.6-4 mm diameter, with
dense, sessile and stalked stellate trichomes.
Fruits trilobate, depressed-globose, 6-8 mm
long, 6.5-9 mm diameter, with dense, sessile and
stalked stellate trichomes. Seeds ovoid, 4-5 mm
long, 3.2-4 mm wide, 2.3-2.5 mm thick, pale to
dark brown, ventral surface bifacial, dorsal
surface rounded, micropylar ridge 2.8-3.8 mm
long; caruncle broadly ovate, 1-1.2 mm long,
1.4-1.5 mm wide, cream to cream-yellow. Fig.
21 .
Selected additional specimens: Queensland. Cook
district: Mungana, near Red Dome Mine turnoff,
17°06’S, 144°25’E, Jan 2002, Forster PIF28144 et al.
(A, BRI, MEL, WIS); Mt Elephant, Curramore Holding,
16°27’S, 144°56’E, Apr 1987, Wolfe 2 (QRS). Burke
District: Prairie Creek Gorge, 45 km NNE of
Hughenden, Jun 1986, Murray 62 & Morgan (BRI).
North Kennedy District: Mingela Bluff, 19°53’S,
146°45’E, Jan 1992, Forster PIF9436 & Bean (BRI,
K, MEL, QRS); Mt Inkerman, 19°44’S, 147°29’E, Mar
1999, Forster PIF24215 (A, AD, BRI, K, L, MEL,
QRS). South Kennedy District: Carlisle Is, c. 1 km W of
Turtle Bay & c. 35 km N of Mackay, 20°47’S,
149°17’E, Sep 1986, Sharpe 4450 & Batianoff (BRI).
Leichhardt District: Palmgrove N.P., NW of Taroom,
25°01’S, 149°15’E, Nov 1998, Forster PIF23808 (BRI,
MEL, QRS); Expedition N.P., Amphitheatre section,
Cannondale Scrub, 25°12’S, 148°59’E, Nov 1998,
Forster PIF23869 (BRI, MEL, QRS). Port Curtis
District: Mt Etna, 23°10’S, 150°27’E, Nov 1987, Vavryn
21 (BRI). Mitchell District: Gowan Range, c. 20 km
NNW of Idalia HS, 24°43’S, 144°41’E, Apr 1984,
Purdie 2071 (BRI). Burnett District: Kalliwa Creek,
S.F. 169, St Agnes, 25°18’S, 151°51’E, Dec 1990,
Forster PIF7717 (BRI, K, L, MEL, MO, QRS); S.F.
695 Kalpowar, Burnett Range road, 24°42’S, 151°20’E,
Mar 2000, Forster PIF25409 & Booth (BRI, MEL,
QRS); Coalstoun Lakes N.P, 16 km SW of Biggenden,
25°35’S, 151°54’E, Dec 2002, Forster PIF29182 (A,
BRI, L, MEL, NE, NSW, WIS). Wide Bay District: Mt
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 349-436
Biggenden, 25°32’S, 151°59’E, Jan 1991, Forster
PIF7738 (BRI, MEL, QRS); Lime Mine road, between
Didcot & Coalstoun Lakes, 25°33’S, 151°53’E, Dec
2001, Forster PIF28061 (A, BRI, K, L, MEL, WIS).
Warrego District: 13 km W of Morven, 26°09’S,
146°59’E, Jun 1978, Purdie 766d (BRI). Maranoa
District: “Stafford Park”, Ulandilla, Jan 1936, Hewitt
[AQ202176] (BRI). Darling Downs District: “Kilbumie”
area, 26°47’S, 150°27’E, Oct 1985, Hoy 92(BRI).
Moreton District: Ivorys Knob, west slopes, 10 km NE
of Boonah at end of Hansens road, Nov 1986, Bird
[AQ431621] (BRI, NSW). New South Wales. Duri
Mt, 20 km WSW of Tamworth, 31°12’S, 150°43’E,
Nov 2000, Copeland 2760 (BRI, NE).
Distribution and habitat : Croton phebalioides
is widespread in central and southern
Queensland with an apparent northern limit at
Mt Elephant. It also occurs in north-eastern New
South Wales (Map 8). It is the most widespread
Croton in mainland Australia by its presence in
fifty-five 1° grid squares. Plants grow in semi¬
evergreen vinethickets throughout much of the
range, although some of the northern
populations are present in deciduous
vinethicket.
Phenology: Flowering and fruiting occurs
throughout the year following storm rains, but
is concentrated from September to December.
Notes: Croton phebalioides is quite variable in
terms of leaf lamina size. Much of this variation
appears to be related to aridity, as the
populations in drier, more inland localities tend
to have smaller leaves than those from nearer
the coast.
Although Croton phebalioides is usually
a shrub, at least one locality it forms a small tree
to 8 m high (Forster PIF29182).
This species was included in Croton
section Croton by Webster (1993a), but does
not conform with the characters given for that
section, e.g. the penninerved foliage (versus
palminerved) and the 10-12 stamens (versus
15-35).
Conservation status: This is a very common
plant and is present in twelve conservation
reserves in south-eastern Queensland alone
(Forster etal. 1991).
Etymology: The specific epithet refers to a
resemblance between the foliage of this plant
and some species of Phebalium (Rutaceae).
Forster, Croton in Australia
405
Fig. 21. Croton phebalioides. A. flowering branchlet. x 1. B & C. undersurface of leaves showing variation in size
and primary venation, x 0.8. D. base of leaf lamina showing extrafloral nectaries, x 6. E. inflorescence with male
flowers, x 1.5. F. male flower, x 8. G. female flower, x 6. H & I. fruits, x 4. J. seed, x 6. A & F from Bird AQ431621
(BRI); B & D from Forster PIF7717 (BRI); Cl from Forster PIF6571 (BRI); C2 from Forster PIF13410 (BRI); G
from Forster PIF2176 (BRI); H-J from Gordon AQ202185 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.
406
22. Croton rarus P.I.Forst., sp. nov. affinis
C. dockrillii Airy Shaw a qua lamina
crenata et venis utroque costae 12-14,
indumento ferruginei-argenteo, glandibus
foliaribus sessilibus, et pedicello florum
marium breviore (1-2 mm longo) differt.
Typus: Queensland. Cook District: 4.5 km
from the Watson River Crossing on the
Aurukun - Merluna road, c. 40 km NE of
Aurukun, 13°07’S, 141°59’E, 3 December
1981, J.R. Clarkson 4062A (holo: BRI [1
sheet]; iso: QRS; DNA, K, L, MO n.v.)
Croton sp. (Watson River J.R. Clarkson
406IB) (Forster & Henderson 1997: 72;
Forster & Halford 2002:71).
Shrub to 5 m high, monoecious, evergreen,
perennial. Indumentum ferruginous-silver.
Branchlets ± rounded, with dense stellate
trichomes when young, glabrescent. Stipules
linear, 2-3.9 mm long, c. 0.2 mm wide, entire and
with sparse to dense stellate trichomes. Leaves
alternate, discolorous, petiolate; petioles 6-30
mm long, 0.7-0.8 mm wide, with dense stellate
trichomes; lamina narrowly elliptic to
oblanceolate, 20-110 mm long, 10-35 mm wide,
penninerved with 12-14 lateral veins per side
of midrib and poorly developed tertiary
reticulate veins; upper surface dark green,
venation not visible, glabrous; lower surface
pale green, venation weakly developed, with
scattered to sparse, stellate trichomes, neither
scabrid nor velutinous; margins crenate with
16-32 teeth up to 0.5 mm long, foliar glands
prominent; tip acute to rounded; base cuneate
to rounded; extrafloral nectaries 2 at base of
lamina, sessile, ellipsoid, 0.7-1 mm long, 0.5-
0.6 mm wide, visible mainly below. Inflorescence
up to 120 mm long, unbranched, androgynous,
pedunculate up to 5 mm; axis with dense stellate
trichomes; bracts linear-lanceolate to lanceolate,
1-3.5 mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm wide, with scattered
simple and stellate trichomes. Male flowers 3-
3.5 mm long, 3-4.5 mm diameter, densely
clustered in glomerules of 1-5 flowers towards
the top of the inflorescence; pedicels 2.2-2.6
mm long, 0.3-0.4 mm wide, with scattered stellate
trichomes; sepals valvate, 5, obovate, 2-2.3 mm
long, 1-1.2 mm wide, glabrous; petals 5,
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 349-436
oblanceolate, 2.3-2.5 mm long, 0.7-0.8 mm wide,
lanate in upper half; stamens 10-12, filaments
filiform-flattened, 2.2-3 mm long, c. 0.1 mm wide,
glabrous, anthers oblong, 0.7-0.8 mm long, 0.6-
0.7 mm wide. Female flowers 4-4.5 mm long, 3.5-
4 mm diameter, held singly or in groups of 2-4
and spaced up to 11 mm apart; pedicels 1-2 mm
long, 0.7-1 mm diameter, with sparse stellate
trichomes; sepals valvate, 5, lanceolate-ovate,
2-3.5 mm long, 1-2 mm wide, with scattered
stellate trichomes; petals absent; styles 3, linear,
2-3.2 mm long, bifid for 1.5-2.5 mm, glabrous,
connate at base for c. 0.2 mm; ovary 3-locular,
1.5-2 mm long, 1.8-2.5 mm diameter, with dense,
sessile stellate trichomes. Fruits trilobate,
globose, 4-5 mm long, 4-4.5 mm diameter, with
scattered, sessile stellate trichomes. Seeds
ovoid, 3.3-4 mm long, c. 3 mm wide and 2 mm
thick, dark-brown, micropylar line 2.2-2.5 mm
long; caruncle not seen. Fig. 22.
Additional specimens : Queensland. Cook District:
Kowanyama, Mitchell River, Mar 1978, Alpha & Black
202B (BRI); 4.5 km from the Watson River Crossing
on the Aurukun - Merluna road, c. 40 km NE of Aurukun,
13°07’S, 141°59’E, Dec 1981, Clarkson 4061B (BRI,
QRS); Rokeby N.R, old Archer River crossing,
Wenlock, 13°26’S, 142°42’E, Apr 1991, Fell DGF2291
(BRI); 12 km along road to Weipa, off Peninsula
Development road, 13°04’S, 142°40’E, Jul 1993,
Forster PIF13478 et al. (BRI, MEL, QRS); Stones
Crossing, c. 73 km from Weipa, 12°23’S, 142°10’E,
Jul 1993, Forster PIF13505 et al. (BRI); Walkers Creek,
Karumba - Normanton road, 17°28’S, 141°10’E, Mar
2001, Holmes [AQ498382] (BRI); cult. Tolga (ex
Stones Crossing, Wenlock River), Dec 1991,
Sankowsky 1370 & Sankowsky (BRI).
Distribution and habitat: Croton rarus is
endemic to western Cape York Peninsula,
Queensland where it has been collected from
near Weipa in the north to Walkers Creek in the
south (Map 4) over five 1° grid squares. Plants
grow in semi-deciduous notophyll vineforest
on alluvium along seasonally flooded
watercourses, or in one instance in deciduous
vinethicket on heavy black clay. Croton rarus
is sympatric with C. mutabilis at some localities.
Notes: Croton rarus is closely allied to both
C. byrnesii from Arnhem Land and C. dockrillii
from the east coast of Cape York Peninsula. A
macromorphological comparison of these three
taxa is made in Table 4.
Forster, Croton in Australia
407
Fig. 22. Croton rarus. A. flowering branchlet. x 0.8. B. undersurface of leaf, x 1. C. base of leaf lamina showing
extrafloral nectaries, x 8. D. node showing stipules, x 8. E. inflorescence with female flowers towards base, male
buds in upper two-thirds, x 1.5. F. male flower, x 8. G. female flower, x 8. H. coccus of dehisced fruit, x 8. I. seed,
x 8. A,B,G from Sankowsky 1370 (BRI); C & F from Clarkson 4061B (BRI); D from Sankowsky 1446 (BRI); E
from Clarkson 4062A (BRI); H & I from Alpha & Black 202B (BRI). Del. W. Smith.
408
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 349-436
Table 4. Morphological comparison of Croton byrnesii , C. dockrillii and C. rarus
Character
C. byrnesii
C. dockrillii
C. rarus
No. lateral veins
in leaf lamina
11-13
10-11
12-14
leaf lamina margin
crenate
denticulate
to sinuate
crenate
indumentum colour
ferruginous-
yellow
clear
ferruginous- silver
foliar glands
sessile to stipitate
stipitate
sessile
male pedicel length
2.5-7 mm
2-3 mm
1-2 mm
styles divided
twice
once
once
fruit shape
depressed-
globose
globose
globose
Conservation status: Croton rarus is an
uncommonly collected plant but is likely to be
more widespread than the available collections
would indicate. There are no immediate threats
to this species and no conservation coding is
thought necessary. The species has been
recorded from Rokeby National Park.
Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from
the Latin rarus (scattered or rare) and alludes
to the distribution and apparent paucity of this
species.
23. Croton schultzii Benth., FI. Austral. 6: 124
(1873). Type: Northern Territory. Port
Darwin, June 1870, Schultz 609 (holo: K
n.v., photo atBRI!).
[Croton argyratus auct., non Blume; Brock
(1988:129); Dunlop etal. (1995); Wheeler
(1992:597)].
Illustrations : Brock (1988:129); Dunlop et al.
(1995:214, Fig. 71); Wheeler (1992:598,
Fig. 182A).
Shrub to 4 m high, monoecious, seasonally
deciduous, perennial. Indumentum silver.
Branchlets ± rounded, with dense overlapping
peltate scales when young, glabrescent.
Stipules linear-lanceolate, 3-6 mm long, 0.3-mm
wide, entire and with dense peltate scales.
Leaves alternate, discolorous, petiolate; petioles
20-60 mm long, 0.8-1 mm wide, with dense
peltate scales; lamina elliptic to broadly ovate,
20-120 mm long, 15-100 mm wide, palminerved
with 1 or 2 veins per side from base and with 6-
10 lateral veins per side of midrib, tertiary
reticulate veins obscure; upper surface dark
green, lateral veins not visible, ± glabrous or
with scattered peltate scales, glabrescent; lower
surface irridescent silver, lateral veins weakly
visible, with dense, overlapping, peltate scales,
neither scabrid nor velutinous; margins entire
or weakly sinuate, foliar glands inconspicuous;
tip acute to short acuminate; base cordate;
extrafloral nectaries absent, or if present then 2
at base of lamina, sessile, ellipsoid, 0.4-0.6 mm
long, 0.2-0.5 mm wide, visible below only.
Inflorescence up to 70 mm long, unbranched,
usually androgynous, pedunculate up to 10 mm;
axis with dense peltate scales; bracts lanceolate,
1-2.8 mm long, 0.2-0.8 mm wide, with dense
peltate scales. Male flowers 3-4 mm long, 3-4
mm diameter, densely clustered towards the
inflorescence tip; pedicels 2-4 mm long, 0.4-0.5
mm wide, with dense peltate scales; sepals
valvate, 5, lanceolate to lanceolate-ovate, 2.5-
2.8 mm long, 1-1.6 mm wide, with dense peltate
scales; petals 5, lanceolate, 2.3-4 mm long, 0.8-
1.5 mm wide, lanate in upper half and with sparse
simple hairs on abaxial surface; stamens 10,
filaments + flattened, 2-3 mm long, c. 0.2 mm
Forster, Croton in Australia
409
Fig. 23. Croton schultzii. A. fruiting branchlet. x 0.4. B. undersurface of leaf, x 1. C. base of leaf lamina howing
extrafloral nectaries, x 8. D. node showing stipule, x 6. E. inflorescence with male flowers, x 2. F. male flower, x 6.
G. female flower, x 6. H & I. Fruit, x 4. J. seed, x 4. A,B,J from Brock 209 (BRI); C, H & I from Cowie 8781 (BRI);
D & G from Leach 2695 (BRI); E & F from Russell-Smith 8123 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.
410
wide, glabrous; anthers oblong, 0.8-1 mm long,
0.5-0.7 mm wide. Female flowers 3^1.5 mm long,
3-4 mm diameter, held singly 5-15 mm apart;
pedicels 2-8 mm long, 0.8-1 mm diameter, with
dense peltate scales; sepals valvate, 5,
lanceolate-obovate, 3-5.5 mm long, 1.5-2.5 mm
wide, with dense peltate scales; petals absent;
styles 3, linear to obloid, 2.6-4 mm long, bifid
for 1.5-2 mm long, connate at base for c. 0.3
mm, glabrous apart from sparse peltate scales
at base; ovary 3-locular, 2-3 mm long, 2-3 mm
diameter, with dense peltate scales. Fruits
trilobate, globose, 6-8 mm long, 7-8 mm
diameter, with sparse peltate scales. Seeds +
obloid, c. 5.5 mm long, 4-4.8 mm wide, 2-2.8 mm
thick, irregularly blotched brown and cream,
ventral surface bifacial, dorsal surface rounded,
micropylar ridge 4-4.8 mm long; caruncle
crescent shaped, c. 1 mm long, 2.3-2.5 mm wide,
cream. Fig. 23.
Selected additional specimens: Western Australia.
Near Cape Bernier, 14°06’S, 127°32’E, Jun 1988,
Hyland 13538 (QRS). Northern Territory. East Point,
Feb 1987, Brock 209 (BRI, DNA); East Point, 12°25’S,
130°49’E, Nov 1967, Byrnes 284 (DNA); Gunn Point,
Nov 1990, Cowie 1444 & Dunlop (BRI, DNA, MEL);
Gunn Point, 12°10’S, 131°02’E, May 1984, Dunlop
6706 & Wightman (DNA); East Point, Dec 1990,
Dunlop 8781 & Cowie (BRI, DNA); Gunn Point, Nov
1989, Forster PIF5918 & Russell-Smith (BRI, DNA,
MEL); Mt Briggs, Fish River Station, Mar 1989, Leach
2512 & Dunlop (BRI, DNA); Gunn Point, Feb 1990,
Leach 2695 & Dunlop (BRI, CANB, DNA); Lee Point,
Darwin, 12°26’S, 131°50’E, Aug 1984, Russell-Smith
1147 (DNA); Murganella, Wunya Beach, 11°42’S,
133°09’E, Mar 1987, Russell-Smith 1957 & Lucas
(DNA); Melville Island, Condor Point, 11°44’S,
131°17’E, May 1987, Russell-Smith 2390 & Lucas
(DNA); 3 km W Mt Muriel, Tipperary, 13°54’S,
131°10’E, Mar 1989, Russell-Smith 7981 & Lucas
(BRI, DNA); Gunn Point, Nov 1989, Russell-Smith
8123 & Lucas (BRI, DNA).
Distribution and habitat : Croton schultzii is
endemic to Australia occuring in a few localities
near Darwin in the Northern Territory and the
Kimberley region in Western Australia (Map 3).
Its distribution covers nine 1° grid squares.
Plants grow in deciduous vinethicket on red
laterite or limestone.
Phenology: Flowering occurs from November
to January, following storm rain. There is one
record from June, but this is considered
abnormal. Fruiting occurs from December to
March.
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 349-436
Notes: Croton schultzii has been referred to in
recent times as C. argyratus (Wheeler 1992;
Dunlop etal. 1995; Chakrabarty & Balakrishnan
1997). It is not conspecific with that species
and differs in the peltate scales on the foliage
(versus peltate trichomes), the male flowers with
shorter pedicels (2-4 mm versus 5-6 mm), the
smaller fruit (6-8 mm diameter versus 12-16 mm)
and smaller seeds (c. 5.5 mm long x 4-4.8 mm
wide, versus 10-11 mm long x 7-8 mm wide).
C. argyratus is restricted to peninsular
Thailand, the Malay Peninsula, Sumatra, Java,
Borneo and the Lesser Sunda Islands (H.-J.Esser
pers. comm. 2000), although it has also been
recorded for India in the Andaman and Nicobar
Islands (Chakrabarty & Balakrishnan 1997).
Conservation status : The species is common
at the known localities.
Etymology: The name honours M. Schultz (date
of birth & death unknown), who collected
specimens at Port Darwin as cited by Bentham
in the ‘Flora Australiensisk
24. Croton setigerus Hook., FI. Bor.-Amer. 2:
141 (1838); Eremocarpus setigerus
(Hook.) Benth., Bot. Voy. Sulph. 53, t. 26
(1844). Type: U.S.A., California, Douglas
(holo: K n.v., photo at BRI!).
Illustrations: James & Harden (1990: 420);
Webster (1993b: 575); Jeanes (1999: 67,
Fig. 10b); Radcliffe-Smith (2001: 325, Fig.
40).
Prostrate to semi-erect herb to 20 cm high,
monoecious, annual. Indumentum ferruginous-
silver. Branchlets rounded, with dense stellate
trichomes. Stipules linear-subulate, 5-7 mm
long, 0.2-0.5 mm wide, multifid and with dense
stellate trichomes. Leaves alternate, petiolate,
discolorous; petioles 3-45 mm long, c. 1 mm
wide, with dense stellate trichomes; lamina
ovate to suborbicular, 8-65 mm long, 8-40 mm
wide, palminerved with 3-5 lateral veins from
base, tertiary reticulate veins obscure; upper
surface silver-green, venation obscure, with
dense stellate trichomes; lower surface silver,
venation obscure, with dense stellate trichomes;
margins entire, foliar glands absent; tip acute
to rounded; base cuneate to rounded; extrafloral
nectaries absent. Inflorescence up to 15 mm
long, unbranched, androgynous, ± sessile; axis
Forster, Croton in Australia
411
Fig. 24. Croton setigerus. A. habit, x 1. B. stellate trichome. x 80. C. male flower, x 20. D. stamens, x 20. E. fruit,
x 13.5. F. fruit, dehisced, x 13.5. G. seed, x 13.5. All from Rose 41457 (K). Del. C. Speight. Plate reproduced with
permission from Radcliffe-Smith (2001: 325).
412
with dense stellate trichomes; bracts linear, 4-5
mm long, c. 0.1 mm wide, with dense stellate
trichomes. Male flowers 3-4 mm long, 2.8-3.2
mm diameter, held singly, usually densely
clustered towards top of inflorescence; pedicels
1.8^1 mm long, c. 0.1 mm wide, with sparse sessile
trichomes; sepals valvate, 5, obovate, 2-2.5 mm
long, 0.9-1 mm wide, with dense stellate
trichomes; petals absent; stamens 5-7, filaments
f ilif orm, 2-3.8 mm long, c. 0.1 mm wide, glabrous,
anthers oblong, 0.8-1 mm long, 0.3-0.4 mm wide.
Female flowers 6-7 mm long, c. 2 mm diameter,
held singly and spaced up to 5 mm apart, sessile;
sepals absent; petals absent; styles 1, linear-
subulate, 3.5-5 mm long, entire, with sparse
stellate trichomes; ovary 1-locular, c. 1.5 mm
long and 0.2 mm diameter, with sparse stellate
trichomes. Fruits unlobed, oblong, 4-6 mm long,
3-3.5 mm diameter, with dense, sessile stellate
trichomes. Seeds ellipsoid, 3-5.2 mm long, 1.7-
3 mm wide, 1.4-2.2 mm thick, cream and tan-
brown mottled, ventral surface bifacial, dorsal
surface rounded, micropylar ridge 2.5-4 mm
long; ecarunculate. Fig. 24.
Additional specimens'. United States of America.
California. Near Oroville, Butte County, Jul 1937,
Copeland 1604 (BRI); Santa Cruz Island, Pelican Bay,
Jul 1930, Clokey 4993 (BRI); Mandeville Canyon,
Santa Monica Mountains, Los Angeles County, Aug
1929, Clokey 4599 & Templeton (BRI); Tenaja Ranger
Station area, Rancho California, 7 miles NW of
Murietta, southwest Riverside County, Oct 1971, Grove
8 (BRI); Saratoga summit, Santa Clara County, Sep
1941, Rose 41457 (BRI). Australia. New South
Wales. Trangie district, Feb 1939, Glenfield Vet.
Research Station (NSW); Trangie district, Feb 1942,
s.coll. [AQ207216] (BRI); Trangie Expt. farm, Jan
1943, May s.n. (NSW); near Corowa, Apr 1965,
Mulham s.n. (NSW); Shire of Corowa, Apr 1969,
Rodway (MEL601784). Victoria. Granya, 36°07’S,
147°19’E, Apr 1984, Roberts (MEL662901).
Distribution and habitat : Croton setigerus is
native to California, U.S.A. and is naturalised in
New South Wales and Victoria in agricultural
areas where it is a weed of cultivated ground
(Map 9). Jeanes (1999) mentioned that it was
also naturalised in Western Australia and South
Australia, but I have not seen specimens from
those states.
Notes : Croton setigerus has been usually
placed in the monotypic genus Eremocarpus,
most recently by Radcliffe-Smith (2001).
Webster (1993a, 1994) has advocated the
reduction of Eremocarpus to a monotypic
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 349-436
section of Croton and this was followed by
Radcliffe-Smith & Govaerts (1997), but at
subgeneric level. Croton setigerus is very
different from the species of Croton familiar to
me from Australia and adjacent regions, primarily
in the 1-locular female flower (thought to be an
adaptation to wind pollination by Webster
1993a) and fruit and the ecarunculate seed.
Webster’s sectional classification requires a
rigorous examination utilizing both
morphological and molecular data, much beyond
the scope of the current work, hence his
reduction of Eremocarpus is followed here,
although with reservations.
Phenology: In Australia, flowering occurs from
October to January, fruiting from January to
April.
Etymology: The specific name is derived from
the Latin seta (bristle) and -ger (carrying or
bearing) and probably alludes to the dense
stellate indumentum of this plant.
25. Croton simulans RI.Forst. sp. nov., affinis
C. capitis-york autem lamina foliorum
venis lateralibus leniter (vice valde)
effectis et squamis densis superpositus
peltatis mixtis trichomatis stellatis remotis
usque sparsis (vice non nisi squamis
peltatis sparsis usque densis) subtus
praeditis, nectariis extrafloralibus basi
laminae foliorum dispositis et tantum
subter videndis (vice mode infra basin
laminae dispositis et videndis et supra et
subter), floribus masculinis pedicellis
longioribus (5-6 mm vice 1.4-1.6 mm)
petalis longioribus (1.8-2 mm vice 1.4-1.5
mm) differt. Typus: Queensland. Cook
District: Timber Reserve 14, Parish of
Kesteven, 28 November 1991, B. Hyland
14377 (holo: QRS; iso: BRI).
Shrub to 5 m high, monoecious, deciduous,
perennial. Indumentum silver. Branchlets
rounded, with dense peltate scales and
scattered stellate trichomes, glabrescents.
Stipules minute, triangular, <0.3 mm long and
0.3 mm wide, with scattered peltate scales.
Leaves discolorous, petiolate; petioles 3-10 mm
long, c. 1 mm wide, with dense peltate scales
and stellate trichomes when young,
glabrescent; lamina elliptic-ovate to
oblanceolate, chartaceous, 10-150 mm long,
Forster, Croton in Australia
413
Fig. 25. Croton simulans. A. branchlet. x 0.5. B. undersurface of leaf, x 1. C. base of leaf lamina showing
extrafloral nectaries, x 6. D. node showing stipule, x 6. E. inflorescence with female flowers towards base and male
flowers in upper two-thirds, x 1. F. male flower, x 6. G. female flower, x 6. A-C from Forster PIF24072 (BRI);
D-Gfrom Hyland 25813 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.
414
4-60 mm wide, penninerved with 8-12 lateral
veins per side of midrib, tertiary reticulate veins
obscure; upper surface grey-green, lateral veins
indistinct, with sparse to dense (overlapping)
peltate scales, glabresent; lower surface silver
to silver-green, lateral veins weakly developed,
with sparse to dense (overlapping) peltate
scales & scattered stellate trichomes, neither
scabrid nor velutinous; margins entire or weakly
sinuate, foliar glands prominent; tip obtuse,
acute to short-acuminate; base cuneate to
cordate; extrafloral nectaries 2, at leaf lamina
base, sessile or stipitate to 1.2 mm long,
ellipsoid, 0.3-0.4 mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm wide,
visible only from below. Inflorescence up to 10
mm long, unbranched, unisexual or
androgynous, pedunculate up to 10 mm; axis
with dense peltate scales & stellate trichomes;
bracts lanceolate, c. 1 mm long and 0.7 mm wide,
with dense peltate scales. Male flowers c. 3 mm
long, 4-5 mm diameter, clustered on
inflorescence in glomerules of 1-3 flowers, or
spaced to 5 mm apart; pedicels 5-6 mm long, c.
0.5 mm wide, with dense peltate scales & peltate
trichomes; sepals valvate, 5, lanceolate-ovate,
1.8-2 mm long, 1-1.2 mm wide, lanate in upper
half; petals 5, lanceolate-ovate, 1.8-2 mm long,
0.5-0.8 mm wide, lanate in upper half; stamens
10-12, filaments filiform, 2-2.2 mm long, c. 0.1
mm wide, glabrous, anthers oblong, 0.8-1 mm
long, 0.4-0.5 mm wide. Female flowers 2-2.5 mm
long, 2.5-3 mm diameter, held singly and spaced
up to 10 mm apart; pedicels 4-6 mm long, c.
1 mm diameter, with dense peltate scales and
peltate trichomes; sepals valvate, 5, lanceolate-
ovate, 1.8-2 mm long, 1.5-1.7 mm wide, with
dense peltate scales; petals absent; styles 3,
obloid, up to 1.2 mm long and 0.2 mm wide, bifid
for up to 0.7 mm long, glabrous; ovary 3-locular,
1.8-2 mm long, 1.8-2 mm diameter, with dense
ferruginous, stellate trichomes. Fruits and seeds
not seen. Fig. 25.
Additional specimens : Queensland. Cook District:
T.R.14, Parish of Kesteven, Nov 1991, Hyland 25813
RFK (BRI, QRS). Cultivated: Station road, Ipswich by
M.C.Tucker (ex plant collected on Leo Creek road,
eastern fall of Mcllwraith Range), Mar 1999, Forster
PIF24072 (BRI).
Distribution & habitat: Croton simulans is
thus far known from only along the Leo Creek
road in the western side of the Mcllwraith Range
on Cape York Peninsula (Map 3). Plants grow
as understorey shrubs in araucarian microphyll
vineforest on granite.
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 349-436
Phenology: Flowers have been recorded in
November. Fruit would be expected between
January and February.
Notes: Croton simulans is superficially similar
to C. capitis-york and may well be a sister-taxon
to that species but is immediately
distinguishable in the field by the more silver
appearance of the seasonally deciduous foliage.
Croton simulans differs from C. capitis-york in
the undersurface of the leaf lamina having
weakly developed lateral veins (versus strongly
developed), a mixture of dense (overlapping)
peltate scales and scattered to sparse stellate
trichomes (versus sparse to dense peltate scales
only); the extrafloral nectaries situated at the
base of the lamina and visible only from below
(versus situated just below the lamina base and
visible both from above and below); the male
flowers with longer pedicels (5-6 mm versus
1.4-1.5 mm) and longer petals (1.8-2 mm versus
1.4-1.5 mm).
Etymology: The specific epithet simulans
(imitating or resembling) is formed directly from
Latin and refers to the superficial similarity of
this species to Croton capitis-york.
26. Croton stigmatosus F.Muell., Fragm. 4:140
(1864); C. phebalioides var. stigmatosus
(F.Muell.) Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 880
(1928). Type: Queensland. Moreton
District: Moreton Bay, 1845, Leichhardt
[sheet with female specimen] (lecto [here
chosen]: P n.v., photo at BRI!).
Croton stigmatosus Muell.Arg., Linnaea 34:
107 (1865), nom. illeg.’, Oxydectes
stigmatosus (Muell.Arg.) Kuntze, Rev.
Gen. PI. 2:613 (1891). Type: Queensland.
Moreton District: Moreton Bay, 1845,
Leichhardt [2 sheets seen, one is the
lectotype sheet of C. stigmatosus
F.Muell.] (syn: P n.v., photo at BRI!); New
South Wales. Clarence River, [ Beckler\ F.
Mueller (syn: G-DC n.v., fiche at BRI!;
isosyn: P n.v., photo at BRI!).
Croton phebalioides var. hirsuta F.M.Bail.,
Queensland FI. 5: 1436 (1902). Type:
Queensland. Moreton District: Taylor’s
Range, near Brisbane, Bailey (holo: n.v.
at BRI, presumed lost).
Illustrations: Floyd (1989: 143); James &
Harden (1990:420); Hauser (1992:89).
Forster, Croton in Australia
415
Fig. 26. Croton stigmatosus A. fruiting branchlet. x 0.6. B. undersurface of leaf, x 1. C. base of leaf lamina showing
extrafloral nectaries, x 8. D. node showing stipule, x 8. E. inflorescence with female and male flowers, x 3. F. male
flower, x 8. G. female flower, x 6. H & I fruit, x 3. J. mamillate process with stellate hairs, x 20. K. seed, x 6. All
from Forster PIF28042 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.
416
Shrub or small tree to 18 m high, monoecious,
evergreen, perennial. Bark lenticellate, blaze
flesh-yellow, wood cream-yellow. Indumentum
silver. Branchlets ± rounded, with dense stellate
trichomes when young, glabrescent. Stipules
subulate, 1.5-7 mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide, entire
and with dense stellate trichomes. Leaves
alternate, discolorous, petiolate; petioles 3-25
mm long, 1-1.2 mm wide, with dense peltate
scales and stellate trichomes; lamina cuneate-
obovate, elliptic or ovate, 13-160 mm long, 5-
60 mm wide, penninerved with 12-15 lateral
veins per side of midrib, tertiary reticulate veins
obscure; upper surface matt dark-green, lateral
veins weakly visible, with sparse stellate
trichomes and sparse peltate scales; lower
surface silver-white, lateral veins prominent,
with dense stellate trichomes and dense peltate
scales, neither scabrid nor velutinous; margins
denticulate with 14-24 small teeth up to 0.5 mm
long, foliar glands prominent; tip acute to
acuminate; base cordate, cuneate, retuse;
extrafloral nectaries 2 at base of leaf lamina,
stipitate to 1.8 mm long, circular, 0.4-0.5 mm
long, 0.4-0.5 mm wide, visible above and below.
Inflorescence up to 180 mm long, unbranched,
usually bisexual and androgynous but
occasionally with male and female flowers mixed
in same glomerules, pedunculate up to 32 mm;
axis with dense stellate trichomes and dense
peltate scales; bracts linear-lanceolate, 1.5-2 mm
long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide, with dense stellate
trichomes. Male flowers 2-3.5 mm long, 2.5-5
mm diameter, clustered towards top of
inflorescence in glomerules of 2-7 flowers or
held singly and spaced up to 8 mm apart;
pedicels 2-4 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm wide, with
dense stellate trichomes; sepals valvate, 5,
lanceolate-ovate, ovate or obovate, 1.5-2.2 mm
long, 0.4-1.4 mm wide, with dense stellate
trichomes; petals 5, obovate, 1.5-2.2 mm long,
0.3-0.8 mm wide, lanate in upper half; stamens
10-12, filaments ± filif orm, 1.5-2 mm long, c. 0.1
mm wide, with dense simple trichomes at base,
anthers oblong, 0.6-0.8 mm long, 0.5-0.7 mm
wide. Female flowers 2.5-5 mm long, 3-8 mm
diameter, usually held singly and spaced up to
7 mm apart; pedicels 5-8 mm long, c. 1 mm
diameter, with dense stellate trichomes and
dense peltate scales; sepals valvate, 5, obovate
to ovate, 2.8-4 mm long, 1.5-3 mm wide, with
dense stellate trichomes; petals absent; styles
3, linear, 1.5-3.5 mm long, multifid, twice divided
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 349-436
for 1.3-3.2 mm long, connate at base for c. 0.2
mm, papillose and with sparse stellate trichomes
on proximal two-thirds; ovary 3-locular, 2-3 mm
long, 2.5-3.5 mm diameter, with dense, stalked
stellate trichomes. Fruits trilobate, depressed-
globose, 7-8 mm long, 7-10 mm diameter, with
dense, stalked stellate trichomes on fleshy
mamillate processes. Seeds ± ovoid, 5.5-6.5 mm
long, 3.8-5 mm wide, 2.4-3.2 mm thick, black-
brown, ventral surface bifacial, dorsal surface
rounded, micropylar ridge 3.5-4 mm long;
caruncle oblong-rectangular, 1-1.5 mm long,
1.3-2.5 mm wide, cream. Fig. 26.
Selected additional specimens: Queensland. Port
Curtis District: T.R. 353, W of Many Peaks, 24°32’S,
151°16’E, Nov 1995, Bean 9140 & Turpin (BRI);
Shoalwater Bay, small island in archipelago in Pearl
Bay, 22°25’S, 150°43’E, Jun 1999, Brushe JB2006 &
Plumb (BRI); Pine Creek, S.F. 391 Bulburin, off lower
reaches of Granite Creek, 24°37’S, 151°33’E, Dec 1994,
Forster PIF16029 et al. (BRI); S.F. 67 Bulburin, May
1985, Gibson 734 (BRI, NSW). Wide Bay District: S.F.
234, SW of Cooroy, 26°29’S, 152°49’E, Apr 1993,
Bean 5903 (BRI); Imbil, Mar 1918, Weatherhead
[AQ202204] (BRI). Darling Downs District: Gully W
of Swan Creek, 7.5 km NE of Swanfels & 11 km SW of
Cunningham’s Gap, 28°07’S, 152°19’E, Jan 1989, Bird
[AQ455783] (BRI). Moreton District: Slopes of Mt
Chingee, S of Rathdowney, 28°18’S, 152°26’E, Nov
2001, Bean 18015 (BRI, CANB, MEE, NSW); Rosen’s
Lookout, Beechmont, Mar 1977, Elsol [AQ194906]
(BRI); CSR Land, Ormeau, 27°47’S, 153°13’E, Dec
2001, Forster PIF28042 & Leiper (A, BISH, BRI, DNA,
L, MEL, MO, NSW, WIS, Z); Upper Brookfield,
Brisbane, Feb 1978, Jessup 43 (BRI); Beechmont Ridge,
Beechmont, Macpherson Range, Oct 1969, Schodde
5592 (BRI, CANB, MEL); Sunday Creek, Lamington
N.P., Smith [AQ379568] (BRI); Blackall Range, Dec
1916, White [AQ202197] (BRI); Tamborine Mt, May
1940, White 11440 (BRI). New South Wales.
Lismore, Mar 1898, Baker [MEL231575] (MEL);
Wiangaree S.F., Jan 1981, Bird [AQ345018] (BRI); 23
km NW of Kyogle, Toonumbar forest road, Toonumbar
S.F., 28°29’S, 152°48’E, Dec 1991, Halford Q824 (BRI,
MEL, NSW); c. 2 miles [3.3 km] SW of Wiangaree,
Oct 1966, Hayes 2558 et al. (BRI); Palm Gully forest
road. Long Creek, between Roseberry & Queensland
border, 28°23’S, 152°56’E, Apr 1981, Jessup 323 (BRI).
Distribution and habitat : Croton stigmatosus
is restricted to south-eastern Queensland from
Shoalwater Bay in the north to the north-eastern
comer of New South Wales (Map 2). It has been
recorded from eleven 1° grid squares. Plants
grow in complex notophyll vineforest that is
often dominated by Argyrodendron spp. on
volcanic soils.
Phenology: Flowering occurs from September
to May; fruiting occurs from September to May.
Forster, Croton in Australia
Notes: F. Mueller (1864) cited four syntypes in
the protologue for Croton stigmatosus , viz. “Ad
flumen Richmond River, Dr Beckler; ad sinum
Moreton Bay, Dr Leichhardt, F.M.; ad sinum
Broad sound, Bowman; ad flumen Fitzroy River
et montem Mueller Australiae orientalis tropicae,
Dallachy”. At P there are two sheets with
specimens collected by Leichhardt from
Moreton Bay, both apparently in 1845. One of
these has buds, the other has female flowers.
There are also sheets with collections
apparently by F. Mueller (no locality) and
Beckler ‘Clarence River’. There is a Bowman
collection from Broad Sound at
MEL (MEL231578). This last collection does
represent Croton stigmatosus , but the present
day Broad Sound is well to the north of where
the species is known to occur. I have been
unable to locate the collections by Dallachy or
Beckler (Richmond River). The name Croton
stigmatosus F.Muell. is lectotypified with the
Leichhardt collection at P that has female
flowers.
To further complicate the nomenclature
of this species, the name Croton stigmatosus
was independently used by J. Mueller (1865)
with the protologue stating “In Nova Hollandiae
orientali ad Clarence River (F.Muell.! in hb.DC.),
in Moreton-Bay (Leichhard! inhb.Mus.Paris)”.
The Leichhardt collection is the same one that
I have used to lectotypify the name
C. stigmatosus F.Muell. The Clarence River
collection appears to have been made by Beckler
and is present at both G-DC and P.
Croton stigmatosus is sometimes
confused with large leaved forms of
C. phebalioides. This latter species grows in
drier closed-forest communities and differs most
noticeably in the ± entire to weakly denticulate
foliage with poorly developed lateral venation.
Conservation status : Croton stigmatosus is
infrequently collected but is not uncommon
throughout its known range. It is present in at
least three conservation reserves in south¬
eastern Queensland and two in New South
Wales (Floyd 1989). No conservation coding is
necessary.
Etymology : The specific epithet is derived from
the Latin stigmatosus and means having well
developed stigmas.
417
27. Croton stockeri (Airy Shaw) Airy Shaw,
Kew Bull. 35: 622 (1981); Croton wassi-
kussae Croizat var. stockeri Airy Shaw,
Muelleria4:229 (1980). Type: Queensland.
Cook District: between Rocky River
and Massy Creek, 13°40’S, 143°25’E,
13 September 1973, G.C. Stocker 1076
(holo: QRS; iso: BRI, CANB).
Shrub to 4m high, monoecious, evergreen or
seasonally deciduous, perennial. Indumentum
orange-brown. Branchlets rounded, with dense
stellate trichomes. Stipules lanceolate, 3-6 mm
long, 1-1.8 mm wide, entire and with dense
stellate trichomes. Leaves alternate, discolorous,
petiolate; petioles 5-12 mm long, c. 1 mm wide,
with dense stellate trichomes; lamina ovate to
elliptic, 12-80 mm long, 10-50 mm wide,
penninerved with 9-11 lateral veins per side of
midrib, tertiary reticulate veins obscure; upper
surface matt green, venation not visible, with
sparse stellate trichomes; lower surface orange-
brown, lateral veins weakly prominent, with
dense, stellate trichomes, velutinous; margins
sinuate to denticulate with 8-30 teeth up to 0.3
mm long, foliar glands prominent; tip acute to
rounded; base cordate; extrafloral nectaries 2
at lamina base, sessile, ellipsoid, 0.5-0.9 mm
long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide, visible only below.
Inflorescence up to 80 mm long, unbranched,
androgynous, pedunculate up to 5 mm; axis with
dense stellate trichomes; bracts linear-
lanceolate, 1.7-2 mm long, c. 0.4 mm wide, with
dense stellate trichomes. Male flowers c. 2 mm
long and 3 mm diameter, densely clustered in
glomerules of 4-6 flowers towards the top of
the inflorescence; pedicels c. 3.5 mm long and
0.2 mm wide, with dense stellate trichomes;
sepals valvate, 5, lanceolate-ovate, c. 1.8 mm
long and 1 mm wide, with dense stellate
trichomes; petals 5, oblanceolate, 2-2.2 mm long,
0.4-0.5 mm wide, lanate in upper half; stamens
11-12, filaments filif orm, 1.8-2.1 mm long, c. 0.2
mm wide, glabrous; anthers oblong, c. 0.8 mm
long and 0.5 mm wide. Female flowers 4.5-5 mm
long, 4.5-5 mm diameter, often mixed in same
glomerule as males or held singly and spaced
up to 5 mm apart; pedicels c. 3 mm long and 1
mm diameter, with dense stellate trichomes;
sepals valvate, 5, lanceolate-ovate, c. 2.8 mm
long and 1.5 mm wide, with dense stellate
trichomes; petals absent; styles 3, linear, 2.5-3
mm long, bifid for 1-1.5 mm, glabrous, connate
418
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 349-436
Fig. 27. Croton stockeri. A. budding branchlet. x 0.8. B. undersurface of leaf, x 1. C. base of leaf lamina showing
extrafloral nectaries, x 4. D. node showing stipule, x 6. E. female flower, x 6. F. male flower, x 6. A & D from
Clarkson 3631 (BRI); B,C,F from Tucker s.n. (BRI); E from Stocker 1076 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.
Forster, Croton in Australia
at base for c. 0.2 mm; ovary 3-locular, 3-3.8 mm
long, c. 4 mm diameter, with dense stellate
trichomes. Fruits and seed not seen. Fig. 27.
Additional specimens: Queensland. Cook District: c.
10 km N of upper crossing of Massy Creek N of Silver
Plains on eastern fall of Mcllwraith Range, 13°51’S,
145°28’E, Aug 1978, Clarkson 2450 (BRI, CANB);
3 km N of Upper crossing of Massy Creek on Silver
Plains Station, 13°53’S, 143°31’E, Nov 1980, Clarkson
3631 (BRI, QRS); Scrubby Creek, between the Rocky
& the Chester River, Silver Plains Station, 13°46’S,
143°30’E, Dec 1990, Fell DGF2285 (QRS); 6 km W
of the Rocky River mouth, Silver Plains Holding,
13°46’S, 143°29’E, Aug 1993, Fell DGF3484 et al.
(BRI, DNA); 4 km NNE of Massy Creek Crossing,
Silver Plains Station, 13°53’S, 143°30’E, Jun 1992,
Forster PIF10567 et al. (BRI, DNA, MEF, QRS);
3 km N of Massy Creek Crossing, Silver Plains Station,
13°53’S, 143°31’E, Jun 1992, Forster PIF10580 et al.
(A, BRI, DNA, K, F, MEF, QRS); Silver Plains, S of
Scrubby Creek & W of Colmer Point, 13°46’S,
143°29’E, Jun 1995, Forster PIF17042 (BRI, MEF,
QRS); Cultivated (ex Silver Plains Station, same site as
Forster PIF17042), Jan 2002, Tucker s.n. (BRI).
Distribution and habitat : Croton stockeri is
endemic to Australia and is restricted to a single
1° grid square along with nine other species. All
known populations occur on Silver Plains
Station on the eastern fall of the Mcllwraith
Range on far northern Cape York Peninsula
(Map 3). Plants grow in deciduous vinethicket
on stabilised white sand dunes.
Phenology : Flowers have been collected only
once, in September. It may be presumed that
the main flowering period is from September to
January with fruiting two to three months later.
Buds are retained on the plants for much of the
remaining year.
Notes: Croton stockeri is a distinctive Croton
because of the heavily velutinous foliage
covered in orange-brown stellate trichomes.
Conservation status: The few known
populations of Croton stockeri have no
conservation security all being located on
Aboriginal land. This species is currently listed
as Rare under Queensland Government
legislation.
Etymology: The specific epithet honours Geoff
Stocker, plant ecologist, who made the first
collections of this plant while employed by the
CSIRO.
419
28. Croton tomentellus F.Muell., Fragm. 4:141
(1864). Type: Northern Territory. Upper
Victoria River, on rocks, January 1856,
F. Mueller [MEL231573] (holo: MEL).
Croton tomentellus Muell.Arg., Linnaea 34:
108 (1865), nom. illeg.; Oxydectes
tomentella (Muell.Arg.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen.
PI. 2:613 (1891). Type: Northern Territory.
Arnhem’s Land, F. Mueller (holo: G-DC
n.v., fiche at BRI).
Illustrations: Wheeler (1992:598, Fig. 182c);
Dunlop etal. (1995:214, Fig. 71).
Shrub to 4 high, monoecious, seasonally
deciduous, perennial. Indumentum clear.
Branchlets rounded, with sparse to dense
stellate trichomes, glabrescent. Stipules
lanceolate, 1.2-1.8 mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide,
entire and with dense stellate trichomes. Leaves
alternate, discolorous, petiolate; petioles 12-
55 mm long, 1-2 mm wide, with dense stellate
trichomes; lamina ovate, 20-250 mm long, 15-
110 mm wide, ± palminerved with 3-5 veins
from the base, 10-14 lateral veins per side of
midrib, and tertiary reticulate veins; upper
surface matt green, venation not visible, with
scattered to dense stellate trichomes; lower
surface silver, lateral and tertiary venation
weakly developed, with dense, velutinous
stellate trichomes, often glabrescent, neither
scabrid nor velutinous; margins denticulate or
weakly crenate with 40-54 teeth up to 0.5 mm
long, foliar glands prominent; tip acute to short
acuminate; base cordate, cuneate or rounded;
extrafloral nectaries 2 at lamina base, sessile,
circular to ellipsoid, 0.4-0.7 mm long, 0.4-0.7
mm wide, visible on both surfaces. Inflorescence
up to 130 mm long, unbranched, androgynous,
pedunculate up to 20 mm; axis with sparse to
dense stellate trichomes; bracts lanceolate, 1-2
mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm wide, with sparse to dense
stellate trichomes. Male flowers 2-4.5 mm long,
3.5-5 mm diameter, densely clustered in
glomerules of 1-5 flowers towards the top of
the inflorescence; pedicels 2-5.2 mm long and
c. 0.5 mm wide, with sparse to dense stellate
trichomes; sepals valvate, 5, lanceolate-ovate,
2-2.3 mm long, 0.8-1.8 mm wide, with sparse
stellate trichomes; petals 5, oblanceolate, 3-3.2
mm long, 0.7-1 mm wide, lanate in upper half;
stamens 11 or 12, filaments filiform, 2-2.5 mm
long, c. 0.2 mm wide, glabrous, anthers oblong,
420
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 349-436
F
IA\|
u
u
Fig. 28. Croton tomentellus. A. flowering branchlet. x 0.4. B. node showing stipule, x 6. C. base of leaf lamina
showing extrafloral nectaries, x 6. D. inflorescence with female flowers towards base, male flowers in upper two-
thirds, some glomerules with both sexes, x 1. E. male flower, x 8. F. female flower, x 8. G & H. fruit x 4.1. seed, x 8.
A,D,E,F from Brock 739 (BRI); B,C,I from Byrnes 1204 (BRI); G,H from Brock 656 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.
Forster, Croton in Australia
0.7-1 mm long, 0.6-0.7 mm wide. Female flowers
2.5-3 mm long, 3^\ mm diameter, often mixed in
same glomerule as males or held singly and
spaced up to 5 mm apart; pedicels 1.2-2.2 mm
long, c. 0.8 mm diameter, with sparse stellate
trichomes; sepals valvate, 5, lanceolate-ovate,
1.8-2.3 mm long, 1-1.8 mm wide, with sparse
stellate trichomes; petals absent; styles 3, linear,
2-2.7 mm long, bifid for 1.2-1.4 mm, glabrous;
ovary 3-locular, 1.5-2.2 mm long 1.5-2.2 mm
diameter, with dense, + sessile stellate trichomes.
Fruits trilobate, globose, 4.5-6 mm long, 5-5.5
mm diameter, with sparse, ± sessile stellate
trichomes. Seed + ovoid, 3.5-4.4 mm long, 3-
3.3 mm wide, 2.3-2.8 mm thick, dorsal surface
rounded, ventral surface bifacial, micropylar line
2-2.8 mm long; caruncle ovate, c. 0.7 mm long
and 0.7 mm wide, cream. Fig. 28.
Selected additional specimens : Western Australia.
Upper Neville Creek in Harding Range, Eastern Walcott
inlet, 16°17’S, 124°59’E, May 1983, Fell DGF32 (BRI,
PERTH); Savion Gorge, 16°30’S, 125°16’E, Feb 1989,
Hyland 13842 (QRS); Mitchell Plateau, 14°33’S,
125°48’E, Dec 1982, Kenneally 8636 (CANB,
PERTH); S of Ninbing Homestead site, N of Kununurra,
Jun 1969, Lullfitz 691102-21 & McKenzie (PERTH);
c. 15 km W of Kalumburu on road to Truscott on Lip
of Poompangala Hill, 14°17’S, 126°34’E, Dec 1992,
Mitchell 2812 (BRI); Walsh Point - Point Warrender,
14°34’S, 125°45’E, May 1981, Tracey 13955 (BRI);
Lone Dingo between Mitchell Plateau Mining Camp &
Point Warrender, 14°35’S, 125°43’E, May 1981, Tracey
13956 (BRI). Northern Territory. Timber Creek,
15°40’S, 130°30’E, Mar 1989, Brock 656 (BRI, DNA);
Mt Bundy, 12°52’S, 131°36’E, Nov 1990, Brock 739
& Russell-Smith (BRI, DNA, CANB, MEL, QRS);
Bullita Station, Gregory N.P., 16°03’S, 130°23’E, Feb
1986, Clark 292 & Wightman (DNA); c. 67 miles [111.7
km] NE of Maranboy Police Station, Mar 1965,
Lazarides & Adams 98 (CANB, MEL); Mt Goyder,
12°52’S, 131°41’E, May 1987, Russell-Smith 2358 &
Lucas (DNA); 4 km W Umbakumba, Groote Eylandt,
13°52’S, 136°47’E, Jul 1987, Russell-Smith 2740 &
Lucas (DNA); Groote Eylandt, 8 km SW Umbakumba,
13°55’S, 136°43’E, Jul 1987, Russell-Smith 2764 &
Lucas (DNA); Groote Eylandt, 6 km S Umbakumba,
13°54’S, 136°49’E, Jul 1987, Russell-Smith 2814 &
Lucas (DNA); Cutta Cutta, Guy Cave, 14°35’S,
132°27’E, Dec 1988, Russell-Smith 6506 & Lucas
(BRI, DNA); 4 km SE Mt Harris, Kakadu, 13°18’S,
131°57’E, Jan 1989, Russell-Smith 6605 & Lucas
(DNA); 20 km S Jasper Gorge, 16°13’S, 130°43’E, Mar
1989, Russell-Smith 7715 (DNA); Headwaters of Big
Horse Creek, 15°43’S, 130°25’E, Mar 1989, Russell-
Smith 7779 (BRI, DNA); Guy Cave area, 16 Mile Cave
Reserve S of Katherine, May 1978, Tracey 14049
(BRI); Malgala, Groote Eylandt, 13°52’S, 132°26’E,
Nov 1976, Waddy 617 (DNA).
Distribution and habitat : Croton tomentellus
is endemic to northern Australia where it occurs
421
in a number of disjunct populations in the
Northern Territory and Western Australia over
a total of fourteen 1° grid squares (Map 9). Plants
grow in deciduous vinethicket on granite,
laterised basalt or sandstone substrates. There
is also one record from open woodland on
basalt.
Phenology : Flowering occurs from November
to March following storm rains; fruiting occurs
from November to April.
Notes: This species was included by Webster
(1993a) in Croton section Croton , but does not
have the characters given for that section, e.g.
11 or 12 stamens (versus 15-35).
Conservation status: Croton tomentellus is
widespread and present in Kakadu and Gregory
National Parks. It is not considered rare or
threatened.
Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from
the Latin tomentellus and means minutely
tomentose, perhaps alluding to the indumentum
on the lower leaf surface or the fruit.
29. Croton triacros F.Muell., Fragm. 6: 185
(1868). Type: Queensland. North Kennedy
District: Rockingham’s Bay, Dallachy
(lecto [herechosen]: MEL231564).
Shrub to 5 m high, monoecious, evergreen,
perennial. Indumentum ferruginous. Branchlets
rounded, with scattered peltate trichomes when
young, glabrescent. Stipules lanceolate, 4-4.5
mm long, c. 0.5 mm wide, entire and with
scattered to sparse peltate trichomes. Leaves
alternate, discolorous, petiolate; petioles 3-36
mm long, c. 1 mm wide, with sparse peltate
trichomes; lamina elliptic, broadly elliptic or
oblanceolate, 75-185 mm long, 40-70 mm wide,
penninerved with 9-11 lateral veins per side of
midrib and tertiary reticulate veins; upper surface
dark green, venation weakly visible, with
scattered peltate trichomes when young; lower
surface pale green, lateral and tertiary venation
weakly prominent, glabrous apart from a few
scattered peltate trichomes, neither scabrid nor
velutinous; margins sinuate or very weakly
denticulate with 20-30 teeth up to 0.3 mm long,
foliar glands prominent; tip acute to short
acuminate; base cuneate; extrafloral nectaries 2
at lamina base sessile, ellipsoid, 0.7-1.3 mm
422
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 349-436
Fig. 29. Croton Macros. A. fruiting branchlet. x 0.4. B. base of leaf lamina showing extrafloral nectaries, x 8. C.
node showing stipules, x 8. D. inflorescence with female flowers in lower half and male flowers in upper half, x 2.
E. female flower, x 12. F. male flower, x 8. G & H. fruits, x 4. I. seed, x 8. A-E from Jago 3060 (BRI); F from
Forster PIF18189 (BRI); G-I from Forster PIF13081 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.
Forster, Croton in Australia
long, 0.4-0.7 mm wide, visible below only.
Inflorescence up to 110 mm long, unbranched,
androgynous, pedunculate up to 10 mm; axis
glabrous or with a few scattered peltate
trichomes; bracts lanceolate, 0.5-1 mm long, 0.2-
0.3 mm wide, glabrous. Male flowers 2-2.5 mm
long, 2-3.5 mm diameter, held singly or in 2-4-
flowered glomerules up to 4 mm apart towards
the top of the inflorescence; pedicels 1.8-4 mm
long and c. 0.2 mm wide, glabrous; sepals
valvate, 5, lanceolate-ovate, 1.6-2 mm long, 0.9-
1.2 mm wide, glabrous, lanate in upper half;
petals 5, oblanceolate, 1.8-2 mm long, 0.6-0.8
mm wide, lanate; stamens 10-11, filaments
filif orm, 1-2 mm long, c. 0.1 mm wide, glabrous,
anthers oblong, 0.4-0.6 mm long, c. 0.3 mm wide.
Female flowers c. 2 mm long and 2 mm diameter,
often mixed in pairs in same glomerule as males
or held singly and spaced up to 13 mm apart;
pedicels 1.5-3 mm long, 0.5-0.6 mm diameter,
with scattered peltate trichomes; sepals valvate,
5, lanceolate, 1.4-2.3 mm long, 0.8-1.3 mm wide,
glabrous, or with scattered peltate trichomes;
petals absent; styles 3, linear, 1.8-2.2 mm long,
bifid for 0.7-1 mm, shortly connate at base,
glabrous; ovary 3-locular, 1.2-2 mm long, 1.2-2
mm diameter, with sparse, + sessile peltate
trichomes. Fruits trilobate, globose, 4.5-7 mm
long, 5-7 mm diameter, with scattered, ± sessile
peltate trichomes. Seed + ovoid to obloid, 3-5
mm long, 2.3^4- mm wide, 1.8-3.5 mm thick, dorsal
surface rounded, ventral surface bifacial,
micropylar line 2.5-3.5 mm long; caruncle ±
crescent shaped, 0.5-0.8 mm long, 0.7-1.2 mm
wide, cream. Fig. 29.
Selected additional specimens: Queensland. Cook
District: c. 15 miles [25 km] NNW of Daintree, 16°04’S,
145°14’E, Nov 1967, Boyland 466 & Gillieatt (BRI,
CANB); T.R. 14, Mcllwraith Range, head of Peach
Creek, 13°44’S, 143°20’E, Dec 1990, Fell DGF2279
(QRS); 36.5 km along road to Leo Creek Mine,
Mcllwraith Range, 13°44’S, 143°20’E, Jun 1992,
Forster PIF10299 & Tucker (BRI, QRS); T.R. 14, Leo
Creek Mine area, Mcllwraith Range, 13°44’S,
143°22’E, Jun 1992, Forster PIF10116 et al. (BRI,
QRS); S.F. 185 Danbulla, 7 km SW of Hoop Pine
Triangle, 17°09’S, 145°35’E, Jan 1993, Forster
PIF13081 & Bean (BRI, MEL, NSW); Pinnacle Track,
2 km W of Karnak, 16°23’S, 145°18’E, Jul 1994,
Forster PIF15529 et al. (BRI, QRS); Tully Falls Weir
road, 17°46’S, 145°33’E, Nov 1995, Forster PIF18199
& Spokes (BRI, MEL, QRS); S.F. 185 Danbulla, Tinaroo
Dam, 17°09’S, 145°33’E, Jan 2002, Forster PIF28160
et al. (A, BRI, L, MEL, NY, WIS); T.R. 9, Lankelly
Creek, 13°55’S, 143°20’E, Sep 1971, Hyland 5382
423
(BRI, QRS); Mt Carter, 13°00’S, 143°15’E, Sep 1974,
Hyland 7532 (BRI, QRS); T.R. 14 Kesteven, 13°43’S,
143°20’E, Oct 1981, Hyland 11138 (QRS); Harvey
Creek, 10 km N of Babinda, 17°50’S, 145°54’E, Jan
1994, Jago 3060 (BRI); Harvey’s Creek, Russell River,
1887, Sayer s.n. (MEL); c. 12.8 km SW of Atherton
on ranges near Moomin, Sep 1950, Smith 4663 (BRI);
Baileys Creek area, on bank of Hutchinson Creek, Oct
1962, Smith 11586 (BRI); McDowall Range, 16°06’S,
145°17’E, Oct 1973, Tracey 14540 (BRI); Lankelly
Creek on western fall of Mcllwraith Range, 13°55’S,
143°15’E, Oct 1969, Webb & Tracey 9625 (BRI); Spear
Creek, Mt Danbulla, 16°43’S, 145°24’E, Oct 1973,
Webb & Tracey 12027 (BRI). North Kennedy District:
S.F. 268 Mt Spec, 3 km along Ewan road past Paluma
Dam turnoff, 19°01’S, 146°08’E, Jan 1992, Forster
PIF9493 (BRI, DNA, K, L, MEL, QRS); Mt Spec near
Bambaroo, Nov 1933, Francis [AQ202219] (BRI).
Distribution and habitat : Croton triacros is
endemic to north-eastern Queensland where it
is disjunct with most populations in the “Wet
Tropics”, and a northern population in the Leo
Creek area of the Mcllwraith Range (Map 7).
The species occurs in six 1° grid squares. Plants
grow in araucarian or complex notophyll
vineforests, usually on granite substrates.
Phenology : Flowering occurs from October to
April following storms or seasonal rains, fruiting
occurs from October to May.
Notes: There are two sheets at MEL (MEL231567
and MEL231564) that are suitable as a lectotype
of Croton triacros. Both are undated and the
labels state that the material originates from
Rockingham’s Bay and was collected by
Dallachy. The first of these is male flowering
material and the latter has female flowers and
fruit. It is unclear whether the two sheets were
collected at the same time, hence the better sheet
(MEL231564) is selected as lectotype of the
name C. triacros.
Conservation status : Common and present in
conservation reserves at Crystal Creek and
Daintree National Parks.
Etymology: Obscure.
30. Croton verreauxii (‘verreauxia’) Baill., Et.
Gen. Euphorb. 357 (1858); Oxydectes
verrauxii (Baill.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. PI. 2:
613 (1891). Type: New South Wales. Camp
in Heaven, Verreaux 59 (holo: P n.v., photo
at BRI).
Croton verreauxii var. genuinus Muell.Arg.,
Linnaea 34:47 (1865), nom. inval. Type: as
for C. verreauxii Baill.
424
Croton verreauxii var. longifolius Muell.Arg.,
Linnaea 34:47 (1865). Type: New South
Wales. Clarence River, Beckler (holo: B
n.v.).
Illustrations: Williams (1987:83); Floyd (1989:
144); James & Harden (1990:418); Hauser
(1992:181).
Shrub to 5 m high, monoecious, evergreen,
perennial. Indumentum silver. Branchlets +
rounded, with scattered to sparse peltate scales
when young, glabrescent. Stipules linear-
lanceolate, 1.5-2 mm long, c. 0.6 mm wide, entire
and with sparse peltate scales. Leaves alternate,
discolorous, petiolate; petioles 1-36 mm long,
0.8-1 mm wide, with scattered peltate scales
when young, glabrescent; lamina elliptic to
lanceolate, 15-120 mm long, 5-40 mm wide,
penninerved with 12-13 lateral veins per side
of midrib, tertiary reticulate veins obscure to
poorly developed; upper surface glossy dark
green, venation obscure, glabrous; lower
surface pale green, lateral veins poorly
developed, with scattered peltate scales, neither
scabrid nor velutinous; margins denticulate to
weakly crenate with 11-24 teeth up to 0.5 mm
long, foliar glands prominent; tip acute to
acuminate; base cuneate; extrafloral nectaries 2
at lamina base, stipitate up to 0.3 mm long,
circular to ellipsoid, 0.3-0.6 mm long, 0.2-0.4
mm wide, visible from above and below.
Inflorescence up to 170 mm long, androgynous,
pedunculate up to 10 mm; axis glabrous or with
scattered peltate scales; bracts lanceolate to
triangular, 0.6-1 mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm wide,
glabrous or with a few scattered peltate scales
near top. Male flowers 2-2.6 mm long, 1.5-2.2
mm diameter, in clusters of 2 or 3 flowers per
glomerule, spaced up to 5 mm apart; pedicels
2-3.5 mm long, c. 0.2 mm wide, glabrous; sepals
valvate, 5, lanceolate-ovate, 1-1.8 mm long, 0.5-
0.9 mm wide, lanate; petals 5, oblanceolate, 1-
1.8 mm long, 0.4-0.6 mm wide, lanate; stamens
10-12, filaments filiform, 0.6-1 mm long, c. 0.1
mm wide, glabrous, anthers oblong, 0.3-0.6 mm
long, 0.3-0.6 mm wide. Female flowers c. 2 mm
long, 2.5-3 mm diameter, held singly and spaced
up to 7 mm apart; pedicels 1-2 mm long, 0.5-0.7
mm diameter, with scattered peltate scales;
sepals valvate, 5, lanceolate, 1-1.8 mmlong, 0.4-
0.8 mm wide, glabrous or lanate at tip; petals
absent; styles 3, linear, 2-2.8 mm long, bifid for
1-1.8 mm long, connate at base for c. 0.1 mm,
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 349-436
glabrous; ovary 3-locular, 1.4-1.8 mmlong, 1.5-
1.8 mm diameter, with dense, sessile, yellow
peltate scales. Fruits trilobate, depressed-
globose, 4-6 mm long, 5-6.5 mm diameter, with
sparse, sessile, yellow peltate scales. Seeds ±
ovoid, 4-4.5 mm long, 2.9-3.5 mm wide, 2.2-3
mm thick, brown with slight cream mottling,
ventral surface + rounded, dorsal surface
rounded, micropylar ridge 3-4 mm long;
caruncle crescent shaped, 0.5-0.8 mm long, 1-
1.3 mm wide, cream. Fig. 30.
Selected additional specimens’. Queensland. Wide
Bay District: S.F. 234, SW of Cooroy, 26°28’S,
152°49’E, Dec 1993, Bean 7144 (BRI, MEL, MO);
Imbil, S.F. 135, Brooloo, Western L.A., 26°30’S,
152°39’E, Oct 1982, McDonald 3749 & Williams
(BRI, NSW). Darling Downs District: The Head, NE
of Killamey, Dec 1984, Bird [AQ396387] (BRI); The
Head, Main Range N.P., 28°14’S, 152°57’E, Jan 2001,
Forster PIF28064 & Leiper (A, BRI, K, MEL, WIS).
Moreton District: Petrie Creek, W of Woombye,
26°40’S, 152°55’E, Nov 1989, Bean 1188 (BRI);
Upper end of Duck Creek road, near O’Reilly’s,
Lamington Plateau, 28°12’S, 153°07’E, May 2000,
Forster PIF25612 & Booth (A, BRI, L, MEL); The
Ranch, foot of Wilson’s Peak, Nov 1935, Michael
2241 (BRI); Sarabah Range, c. 10 miles [16.7 km] S
of Canungra, Oct 1969, Schodde 5584 (BRI, CANB);
Beechmont Ridge, Beechmont, McPherson Range,
Oct 1969, Schodde 5591 (BRI, CANB); Peecheys
Scrub, Dec 1887, Simmonds [AQ202226](BRI);
Tamborine Mt, Jan 1916, White [AQ202220] (BRI);
Lamington N.P., Dec 1937, White 11401 (BRI). New
South Wales, c. 10 miles [16.7 km] WSW of Dungog
on the road to Gresford, Nov 1970, Blaxell 3357 &
Coveny (BRI); Wyong, Nov 1916, Boorman
[AQ202242](BRI); Border Fence, Moss Gardens,
28°17’S, 152°27’E, Jan 1990, Forster PIF6215 et al.
(BRI, QRS); 23 km NW of Kyogle, Toonumbar Forest
road, Toonumbar S.F., 28°29’S, 152°48’E, Dec 1991,
Halford Q821 (BRI, MEL); Edinburgh Castle, 8 km
SSE of Woodenbong, 28°27’S, 152°38’E, Dec 1992,
Halford Q1561 (BRI); Minyon Falls, Whian Whian,
Sep 1966, Jones [AQ202248] (BRI); Yaamba, Oct
1947, King [AQ202247] (BRI); 22 miles [36.7 km]
NE of Singleton, Mar 1960, Story 7163 (BRI, QRS);
Upper Williams River near Salisbury, Mar 1938, White
11608 (BRI). Victoria. Cult, at “Dunedin”, Tyers
from a cutting from... Back Creek N of Noorinbee,
Apr 1979, Galbraith [MEL1527573] (MEL).
Distribution and habitat : Croton verreauxii
is endemic to eastern Australia where it occurs
from south-eastern Queensland through eastern
New South Wales south to Illawarra (Floyd
1989) over a total of fifteen 1° grid squares
(Map 7). A doubtful locality record in north¬
eastern Victoria (cited above) has been
discounted by Jeanes (1999) who stated that
attempts to relocate the plant in the field have
been unsuccessful. Plants grow in complex
notophyll vineforest and microphyll moss/fern
Forster, Croton in Australia
425
Fig. 30. Croton verreauxii. A. flowering branchlet. x 0.5. B. base of leaf lamina showing extrafloral nectaries, x 8.
C. node showing stipule, x 8. D. inflorescence with female flowers in lower half and male flowers in upper half, x 1.
E. male flower, x 8. F. female flower, x 8. G & H. fruit, x 4. I. seed, x 8. All from Forster PIF25612 (BRI).
Del. W.Smith.
426
thickets on volcanic soils, or may be found in
the ecotonal areas between closed-forest and
open forest dominated by eucalypts.
Phenology : Flowering occurs from August to
March and fruiting occurs from October to April.
Notes: The spelling of the epithet for this species
was originally given as ‘verreauxia’, but as the
species was named after Verreaux, the spelling
should be ‘ verreauxii’.
Croton verreauxii was included in Croton
section Tiglium by Webster (1993a) but does
not agree with character states for this section,
e.g. peltate scales (versus stellate trichomes).
Govaerts et al. (2000) have recently
erroneously labelled an old illustration from
Seeman (1867) as C. verreauxii based on Fijian
material. As noted by Smith (1981), this is
referable to the Fijian endemic C. microtiglium.
Conservation status : Common. Present in at
least three conservation reserves in Queensland
(Forster et al. 1991) including Lamington and
Main Range National Parks. Recorded from nine
conservation reserves in New South Wales
(Floyd 1989).
Etymology: The specific epithet honours
J.P Verreaux (1807-1873), a French man resident
in Tasmania and one-time botanical collector.
31. Croton waterhouseae P.I.Forst., sp. nov.
affinis C. multicauli autem dentibus
marginis foliorumpluribus (32-40 vice lb-
28), pedicellis florium masculinorum
multo longioribus (10-12 mm vice 1.5-7
mm), staminibus in floribus masculinis
pluribus (32-38 vice 11-24) differt.
Typus: Queensland. Cook District:
Gabba Island, Torres Strait, 13 January
1998, B.M.Waterhouse BMW4775 &
J.Grimshaw (holo: BRI).
Shrub to 4 m high, monoecious, evergreen (?),
perennial. Indumentum silver to silver-
ferruginous. Branchlets ± rounded, with sparse
to dense sessile and shortly stalked stellate
trichomes, glabrescent. Stipules linear, 4-6 mm
long, c. 0.8 mm wide, with dense sessile and
shortly stalked stellate trichomes. Leaves
alternate, discolorous, petiolate; petioles 5-25
mm long, 1-1.2 mm wide, with dense sessile and
shortly stalked stellate trichomes; lamina elliptic
to obovate, 35-90 mm long, 20-50 mm wide,
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 349-436
palminerved with 2 nerves from base per side of
midrib and 4 lateral nerves per side of midrib,
and distinct tertiary reticulate veins; upper
surface dark green, venation weakly visible, with
sparse, sessile stellate trichomes mainly on
veins; lower surface grey-silver, lateral and
interlateral veins prominent, with dense sessile
and stalked stellate trichomes, velutinous;
margins weakly crenate, with 32-38 teeth to 2
mm long, foliar glands scattered and prominent;
tip acute; base cuneate to truncate; extrafloral
nectaries 2(3) at base of lamina, shortly stipitate
to 1 mm long, ellipsoid, 1.4-1.8 mm long, 1-1.2
mm wide, visible above and below.
Inflorescence up to 110 mm long, androgynous,
pedunculate up to 25 mm long, axis with sparse
to dense sessile and stalked stellate trichomes;
bracts linear-lanceolate, 0.8-1 mm long, 0.4-0.5
mm wide, with dense sessile stellate trichomes.
Male flowers 4-5 mm long, 6-7 mm diameter, in
sparse glomerules of 1 or 2 flowers in upper 4/5
of inflorescence; pedicels 10-12 mm long, c. 0.3
mm diameter, with dense sessile and stalked
stellate trichomes; sepals valvate, 5, lanceolate-
ovate, 2-2.3 mm long, c. 0.8 mm wide, with lanate
tip and with dense sessile to stalked stellate
trichomes; petals 5, obovate, 2-2.2 mm long and
c. 0.5 mm wide, lanate around entire edge;
stamens 32-38; filaments filiform, 2.5-3.5 mm
long and c. 0.2 mm wide, with dense, simple
trichomes at base; anthers oblong, 0.8-1 mm
long and c. 0.5 mm wide. Female flowers 2.8-3
mm long, c. 4 mm wide, held singly and spaced
up to 11 mm apart; pedicels 4.5-5 mm long, 0.8-
1 mm wide, with dense sessile stellate trichomes;
sepals valvate, 5, lanceolate-ovate, c. 2 mm long
and 1.5 mm wide, with dense sessile stellate
trichomes; petals absent; styles 3, linear-
flabellate, c. 2.5 mm long, bifid for c. 2 mm, with
scattered sessile stellate trichomes in lower
third; ovary 3-locular, c. 3 mm long and 2 mm
wide, with dense sessile stellate trichomes.
Fruits and seeds not seen. Fig. 31.
Distribution & habitat: Croton waterhouseae
is known only from the type locality at present.
Gabba Island is a continental granitic island
(Map 7). No information about the habitat was
available.
Phenology: The species probably flowers from
December through to February, with fruits
several months later. The only known specimen
is flowering and collected in January.
Forster, Croton in Australia
427
Fig. 31. Croton waterhouseae. A. habit of flowering branchlet. x 0.6. B. undersurface of leaf, x 1. C. base of leaf
lamina showing extrafloral nectaries, x 6. D. node showing stipule, x 6. E. inflorescence with all male flowers,
x 1.5. F. male flower, x 6. G. female flower, x 6. All from Waterhouse All 5 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.
428
Notes : Croton waterhouseae is closely allied
to the complex of species centred around
C. arnhemicus. It is perhaps most closely
related to Croton multicaulis, but differs from
that species in the greater number of leaf margin
teeth (32-40 per leaf, versus 16-28), the much
longer male flower pedicels (10-12 mm versus
1.5-7 mm ) and the greater number of stamens in
the male flowers (32-38 versus 11-24). Croton
arnhemicus is immediately distinguishable in
the much greater number of leaf margin teeth
(60-100 versus 32-40) and the generally
scabrous foliage (versus softly velutinous).
From both of these species it would also appear
that Croton waterhouseae may differ (more
specimens are required to be sure) in the
disposition of the veins that emanate from the
base of the lamina and that are immediately
adjacent to the midrib. In Croton waterhouseae
these veins steeply ascend beside the midrib at
an angle of no more than 30° terminating well
over half way along the leaf lamina. In both
Croton arnhemicus and C. multicaulis, as well
as the related C. aridus and C. minimus, these
same veins strongly diverge way from the midrib
at an angle of more than 45° and usually
terminate no more than half way along the leaf
lamina.
Conservation status : Unknown at this stage.
Gabba Island is uninhabitated.
Etymology : Named for Barbara Waterhouse,
NAQS botanist with the Australian Quarantine
Inspection Service, and collector of several
thousand specimens for the Queensland
Herbarium from northern Australia and adjacent
Malesia.
Excluded names and species
1. Croton argyratus Blume, Bijdr. 602 (1826).
Notes: This name was misapplied to the
Australian endemic Croton schultzii (see notes
there).
2. Croton opponens F.Muell. ex Benth., FI.
Austral. 6:125 (1873).
Notes: Base name for Bertya opponens (F. Muell.
ex Benth.) Guymer (Guymer 1985; Halford &
Henderson 2002).
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 349-436
3. Croton phebalioides var. hispida J.Simmonds,
Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 6: 68 (1889).
nom. nud. Type: not designated.
Notes: There is no diagnosis or type for this
name.
4. Croton prunifolius Airy Shaw, nom. illeg.
non Geiseler (1807), Kew Bull. 33: 56
(1978); Croton coccymelophyllus Radcl.-
Sm. & Govaerts, Kew Bull. 52:186 (1997).
Notes: The name Croton prunifolius was
misapplied by Airy Shaw (1981) to a sterile
collection of C. habrophyllus from Western
Australia. Because the name Croton prunifolius
Airy Shaw was illegimate, Radcliffe-Smith &
Govaerts (1997) consequently renamed this
species as Croton coccymelophyllus Radcl.-Sm.
& Govaerts. As a result this species was also
recorded with a ? from N. Western Australia in
Govaerts et al. (2000), a splendid example of
misinformation and error perpetuation. Croton
coccymelophyllus appears to be distributed in
parts of Malesia, such as the Lessa Sunda
Islands, Maluku and New Guinea.
5. Croton quadripartitus Labill. (as
‘quadripartitum’), Nov. Holl. PI. Sp. 2:73
(1806).
Notes: Base name for Adriana quadripartita
(Labill.) Muell.Arg. (Airy Shaw 1980:593).
6. Croton rosmarinifolius A.Cunn. (as
‘rosmarinifolium’) in Field, Geographical
Mem. New South Wales 355 (1825).
Notes: Base name for Ricinocarpos
rosmarinifolius (A.Cunn.) Benth.
7. Croton stigmatosus var. eurybioides Baill.,
Adansonia6: 301 (1866). nom. nud. Type:
not designated.
Notes: There is no diagnosis and no type for
this name.
8. Croton storckii (Muell.Arg,) A.C.Sm., Bull.
Bishop Mus. 141:83(1936).
Notes: This name was misapplied to Australian
material by Airy Shaw (1980b, 1981). The
populations concerned are referrable to Croton
mutabilis.
Forster, Croton in Australia
9. Croton urticoides A.Cunn. in Field,
Geographical Mem. New South Wales 355
(1825).
This is Adriana urticoides , see Appendix.
10. Croton viscosus Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. Sp. 2:
72(1806).
Notes: Base name for Beyeria viscosa (Labill.)
Miq.
Acknowledgements
The excellent artwork was executed by W. Smith
(BRI). Field work and the collection of
specimens over many years were facilitated with
the assistance of A.R. Bean, L.H. Bird, R. Booth,
P.D. Bostock, F. Carter, R. Fensham, A. Ford,
D.A. Halford, R.L. Jago, R. Jensen, G Kenning,
G Leiper, DJ. & I.M. Liddle, C. Lyons, P. Machin,
W.J.F. McDonald, D. Orford, J. Russell-Smith
& D. Lucas, G. & N. Sankowsky, PR. Sharpe,
G.Smyrell and M.C. Tucker. The Directors or
Curators of the cited herbaria allowed access to
specimens either on loan or in situ at the
institutions. L.W.Jessup (BRI) and PS.Short
(MEL) while Australian Botanical Liaison
Officers at Kew (U.K.) located and arranged for
photographs to be made of various specimens
at BM, K and P. The diagnoses were translated
into Latin by L.A.Craven (CANB) with the
exception of C. mamillatus, C. simulans and
C. waterhouseae that were prepared by
L.Pedley (BRI). Comments on the manuscript
were provided by H.-J. Esser and an anonymous
referee. The project was funded by the
Australian Biological Resource Study as part
of preferred objective research on the
Euphorbiaceae for the ‘Flora of Australia’ during
1992-1994. Additional funds for travel in the
‘Wet Tropics’ were provided by a grant for ‘Rare
or Endangered Euphorbiaceae of the Wet
Tropics’ from the Wet Tropics Management
Authority in 1993-1994.
References
Airy Shaw, H.K. (1980a). The Euphorbiaceae of New
Guinea. Kew Bulletin Additional Series 8: 1-
243.
-(1980b). New or noteworthy Australian
Euphorbiaceae - II. Muelleria 4: 207-241.
429
-(1980c). An alphabetical check-list of native
Australian Euphorbiaceae (excluding
Phyllanthus, Euphorbia, and the Stenolobeae).
Muelleria 4: 243-245.
-(1981). A partial synopsis of the Euphorbiaceae -
Platylobeae of Australia (excluding
Phyllanthus, Euphorbia and Calycopeplus).
Kew Bulletin 35: 577-700.
Anonymous (2001). IUCN Red List Categories and
Criteria: Version 3.1. IUCN Species Survival
Commission. IUCN, Gland, Switzerland and
Cambridge, UK. ii + 30 pp.
Baillon, H. (1858). Etude generale du groupe des
Euphorbiacees. Paris: V. Masson.
Barlow, B.A. & Hyland, B.P.M. (1988). The origins of
the flora of Australia’s wet tropics.
Proceedings of the Ecological Society of
Australia 15: 1-17.
Bawa, K.S., Webb, C.J. & Tuttle, A.F. (1982). The
adaptive significance of monoecism in
Cnidoscolus urens (L.) Arthur (Euphorbiaceae).
Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society 85:
213-233.
Bentham, G. (1873). Euphorbiaceae Flora Australiensis
6:41-153. London: L. Reeve & Co.
Berry, PE. (1999). Croton. In P.E.Berry et al. (eds.).
Flora of the Venezuelan Guayana 5: 111-133.
St Louis: Missouri Botanical Garden Press.
Brock, J. (1988). Top End Native Plants. Darwin: J.
Brock.
Chakrabarty, T. & Balakrishnan, N.P. (1997). A revision
of Croton L. (Euphorbiaceae) for Indian
subcontinent. Bulletin of the Botanical Survey
of India 34: 1-88.
Christophel, D.C. & Hyland, B.P.M. (1993). Leaf Atlas
of Australian Tropical Rain Forest Trees.
Melbourne: CSIRO Publications.
Croizat, L. (1942). New species of Croton L. from New
Guinea. Journal of the Arnold Arboretum 42:
369-376.
Cronquist, A. (1988). The Evolution and Classification
of Flowering Plants, 2 nd edition. Bronx, New
York: New York Botanical Garden.
Decker, K.L. & Pilson, D. (2000). Biased sex ratios in
the dioecious annual Croton texensis
(Euphorbiaceae) are not due to environmental
sex determination. American Journal of
Botany 87: 221-229.
Dominguez, C.A., Dirzo, R. & Bullock, S.H. (1989). On
the function of floral nectar in Croton
suberosus (Euphorbiaceae). Oikos 56: 109-
114.
430
Dunlop, C.R., Leach, G.R. & Cowie, I.D. (1995). Flora
of the Darwin Region. Northern Territory
Botanical Bulletin No. 20. Darwin:
Conservation Commission of the N.T.
Du Puy, D.J. & Telford, I.R.H. (1999). Euphorbiaceae.
Flora of Australia 50: 260-278. Canberra:
Australian Government Publishing Service.
Endress, P.K. (1994). Diversity and Evolutionary
Biology of Tropical Flowers. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press.
Ferguson, A.M. (1901). Crotons of the United States.
Missouri Botanical Garden. Twelfth Annual
Report 33-72.
Floyd, A.G. (1989). Rainforest Trees of Mainland South¬
eastern Australia. Melbourne & Sydney: Inkata
Press.
Forster, P.I. (1991). Variation in Croton capitis-york
(Euphorbiaceae). Kew Bulletin 46: 569-572.
-(1997). A taxonomic revision of Drypetes Vahl
(Euphorbiaceae) in Australia. Austrobaileya
4: 477-494.
-(1999). A taxonomic revision of Mallotus Lour.
(Euphorbiaceae) in Australia. Austrobaileya 5:
457-497.
Forster, PI., Halford, D.A. (2002). Euphorbiaceae. In
R.J.F. Henderson (ed.). Names and
Distribution of Queensland Plants, Algae and
Lichens, pp. 68-74. Brisbane: Environmental
Protection Agency.
Forster, P.I., Henderson, R.J.F. (1997). Euphorbiaceae.
In R.J.F. Henderson (ed.), Queensland Plants
- Names and Distribution, pp. 69-76. Brisbane:
Department of Environment.
Forster, PI., Bostock, P.D., Bird, L.H. & Bean, A.R.
(1991). Vineforest Plant Atlas for South-east
Queensland. Brisbane: Queensland Herbarium.
Freitas, L., Galetto, L., Bernardello, G. & Paoli, A.A.S.
(2000). Ant exclusion and reproduction of
Croton sarcopetalus (Euphorbiaceae). Flora
195: 398-402.
Freitas, L., Bernardello, G., Galetto, L. & Paoli,
A.A.S(2001). Nectaries and reproductive
biology of Croton sarcopetalus
(Euphorbiaceae). Botanical Journal of the
Linnean Society 136: 267-277.
Ganeshaiah, K.N. & Shaanker, R.U. (1988). Evolution
of a unique seed maturity pattern in Croton
bonplandianum Baill. strengthens ant-plant
mutualism for seed dispersal. Oecologia 77:
130-134.
Geiseler, E.F. (1807). Crotonis Monographiam. Halae:
A. Grunerti.
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 349-436
Govaerts, R., Frodin, D.G. & Radcliffe-smith, A. (2000).
World Checklist and Bibliography of
Euphorbiaceae 2 (with Pandaceae).
Euphorbiaceae: Croton - Excoecariopsis. Kew:
Royal Botanic Gardens.
Gross, C.L. & Whalen, M.A. (1996). A revision of
Adriana (Euphorbiaceae). Australian
Systematic Botany 9: 749-771.
Guymer, G.P. (1985). A name change in the genus Bertya
(Euphorbiaceae). Austrobaileya 2: 147.
Halford, D.A. & Henderson, R.J.F. (2002). Studies in
Euphorbiaceae A.L.Juss. sens. lat. 3. A revision
of Bertya Planch. (Ricinocarpeae Mull.Arg.,
Bertyinae Miill.Arg.). Austrobaileya 6: 187—
245.
Hauser, J. (1992). Fragments of Green. Bardon,
Brisbane: Rainforest Conservation Society.
Hewson, H. (1988). Plant Indumentum. A Handbook
of Terminology. Australian Flora & Fauna
Series No. 9. Canberra: Australian Government
Publishing Service.
Hooker, J.D. (1890). Croton. Flora of British India 5:
385-395. London: L.Reeve & Co.
James, T.A. & Harden, G.J. (1990). Euphorbiaceae. In
G.J. Harden (ed.), Flora of New South Wales,
1: 389-430. Kensington (Sydney): New South
Wales University Press.
Jeanes, J.A. (1999). Euphorbiaceae. In N.G. Walsh &
T.J. Entwisle (eds.). Flora of Victoria, 4: 55-
82. Melbourne: Inkata Press.
Johnston, M.C. (1959). The Texas species of Croton
(Euphorbiaceae). The Southwestern Naturalist
3: 175-203.
-(1962). The ten species of Croton (Euphorbiaceae)
occurring in far western Texas. The
Southwestern Naturalist 7: 1-22.
Jose, T. & Inamdar, J.A. (1989). Structure, ontogeny
and biology of nectaries in Croton
bonplandianus Baill. Beitrage ziir Biologie
der Pflanzen 64: 157-166.
Kenneally, K.F., Edinger, D.C. & Willing, T. (1996).
Broome and Beyond. Como: Dept, of
Conservation & Land Management.
Labillardiere, J.J.H. (1806). Novae Hollandiae
Plantarum Specimen. Paris: D. Huzard.
Laniouw, J. & Stafleu, F.A. (1954). Index Herbariorum
Part II. Collectors A-D. Regnum Vegetabile
Vol. 2.
Linnaeus, C. (1753). Species Plantarum. Stockholm:
Laurentii Salvii.
Forster, Croton in Australia
Logan River Branch S.G.A.R (Qld Region) Inc. (2002).
Mangroves to Mountains. A Field Guide to the
Native Plants of the Logan - Albert Rivers
Catchment. Brisbane: Copyright Publishing Co.
Pty. Ltd.
MCPHERSON, G. & Tirel, C. (1991). Croton L. In
Euphorbiacees II - Phyllanthoi'dees. Flore de
la Nouvelle-Caledonie et Dependances 17: 78-
83. Paris: Museum National d’Histoire
Naturelle.
Michaux, A. (1803). Flora Boreali-Americana 2: 214.
Paris: Jouanaux.
Mueller, F. (1864). Euphorbiaceae. Fragmenta
Phytographie Australiae 4: 138-144.
Melbourne: Government Printer.
-(1868). Euphorbiaceae. Fragmenta Phytographie
Australie 6: 185. Melbourne: Government
Printer.
Mueller, J. (1864). Neue Euphorbiaceen des Herbarium
Hooker in Kew, auszugsweise vorlaufig
mitgetheilt aus dem Manuscript fur De
Candolle’s Prodromus. Flora 47: 433-441.
-(1865). Euphorbiaceae. Vorlaufige Mittheilungen
aus dem fur De Candolle’s Prodromus
bestimmten Manuscript liber diese familie.
Linnaea 34: 1-224.
-(1866). Euphorbiaceae. In A.L.L.P. de Candolle
(ed.), Prodromus Systematis Naturalis Regni
Vegetabilis 15(2): 189-1260. Paris: Masson.
-(1873). Euphorbiaceae. In C.F.P. de Martius (ed.),
Flora Brasiliensis 11(2): 1-715. Lipsiae: R.
Oldenburg.
Philcox, D. (1997). Euphorbiaceae. In M.D.
Dassanayake & W.D. Clayton (eds), A Revised
Handbook to the Flora of Ceylon. 11: 80-
283. Rotterdam: A.A. Balkema.
Radcliffe-smith, A.R. (1996). Euphorbiaceae. In G.V.
Pope (ed.), Flora Zambesiaca 9(4): 1-337.
Kew: Royal Botanic Gardens.
-(1997). Euphorbiaceae (Part 1). In R.M. Polhill
(ed.). Flora of Tropical East Africa. Rotterdam:
A.A. Balkema.
-(2001). Genera Euphorbiacearum. Kew: Royal
Botanic Gardens.
Radcliffe-smith, A.R. & Govaerts, R. (1997). New names
and combinations in the Euphorbiaceae -
Acalyphoideae. Kew Bulletin 52: 477-481.
Shaanker, R.U. & Ganeshaiah, K.N. (1984). Age-specific
sex ratio in a monoecious species Croton
bonplandianum. New Phytologist 97: 523-
532.
431
Secco, R. De S. & Rosa, N.A. (1992). Croton ascendens
(Euphorbiaceae), a new liana from Eastern
Amazonia. Novon 2: 252-254.
Seeman, B. (1867). Flora Vitiensis, p. 57. London: L.
Reeve & Co.
Small, J.K. (1913). Euphorbiaceae. In N.L.Britton &
A.Brown, An Illustrated Flora of the Northern
United States, Canada and the British
Possessions, ed. 2, 2: 452-477. New York:
Charles Scribner’s Sons.
Smith, A.C. (1981). Euphorbiaceae. Flora Vitiensis Nova
2: 439-575. Lawai, Hawaii: Pacific Tropical
Botanical Garden.
Stafleu, F.A. & Cowan, R.S. (1981). Taxonomic
Literature. Yol. Ill: Lh-O. Utrecht/The Hague:
Bohn, Scheltema & Holkema/dr W. Junk b.v.
Publishers.
Stebbins, G.L. (1950). Variation and Evolution in Plants.
New York: Columbia University Press.
Tokuoka, T. & Tobe, H. (1998). Ovules and seeds in
Crotonoideae (Euphorbiaceae): structure and
systematic implications. Botanishe
Jahrbiicher fur Systematik Pflanzengeschichte
und Pflanzengeographie 120: 165-186.
Webb, L.J. (1978). A general classification of Australian
rainforests. Australian Plants 9: 349-363.
Webb, L.J. & Tracey, J.G. (1981). Australian r ai nforests:
pattern and change. In A. Keast (ed.).
Ecological Biogeography of Australia, pp.
605-694. The Hague: W. Junk.
Webster, G.L. (1967). The genera of Euphorbiaceae in
the southeastern United States. Journal of the
Arnold Arboretum 48: 303-430.
-(1992). Realignments in American Croton
(Euphorbiaceae). Novon 2: 269-273.
-(1993a). A provisional synopsis of the sections
of the genus Croton (Euphorbiaceae). Taxon
42: 793-823.
-(1993b). Euphorbiaceae. In J.A. Hickman (ed.),
The Jepson Manual. Higher Plants of
California, pp. 567-577. Berkeley, Los
Angeles, London: University of California
Press.
-(1994). Synopsis of the genera and suprageneric
taxa of Euphorbiaceae. Annals of the Missouri
Botanical Garden 81: 33-144.
-(2001). Synopsis of Croton and Phyllanthus
(Euphorbiaceae) in western tropical Mexico.
Contributions from the University of Michigan
Herbarium 23: 353-388.
432
Webster, G.L., Del-Arco-Aguilar, M.J. & Smith, B.A.
(1996). Systematic distribution of foliar
trichome types in Croton (Euphorbiaceae).
Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society 121:
41-57.
W he e le r, J.R. (1992). Euphorbiaceae. In J.R. Wheeler
et al. (eds.), Flora of the Kimberley Region.
Perth: Western Australian Herbarium,
Department of Conservation and Land
Management.
Williams, K.A.W. (1979). Native Plants of Queensland.
Vol. 1. K.A.W. Williams: Ipswich.
-(1987). Native Plants of Queensland. Vol. 3.
K.A.W. Williams: Ipswich.
Wilmot-Dear, C.M. (1987). Croton armstrongii and
C. habrophyllus (Euphorbiaceae): a confusion.
Kew Bulletin 42: 661-662.
Appendix
Adriana urticoides (A.Cunn.) Guymer, comb. nov.
Croton urticoides A.Cunn., Field Geographical
Memoirs on NSW 355 (April 1825).
Type: Cox’s and Macquarie Rivers,
A. Cunningham, Oct-Dee 1822 (Chelsea
Physic Library, London, U.K. (n.v.), see
Mabberley (1978)).
Adriana tomentosa Gaudich., Ann. Sciences
Nat. 5:223 (8 July 1825). Type: ‘Habitatin
Nova-Hollandia (Orientali.) Baie de Chiens
Marins, Uranis, C. Gaudichaud’ (lecto:
P \fide Gross & Whalen 1996).
Two varieties were recognised by Gross and
Whalen (1996) based on their research of
morphological characters. As these varieties
are worthy of recognition, new combinations
are provided for them below.
Adriana urticoides var. urticoides
Adriana tomentosa Gaudich. var. tomentosa
See Gross and Whalen (1996) for a complete list
of synonyms.
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 349-436
Adriana urticoides (A.Cunn.) Guymer var.
hookeri (F.Muell.) Guymer, comb. nov.
Adriana tomentosa Gaudich. var. hookeri
(F.Muell.) C.L.Gross & M.A.Whalen,
Austral. System. Bot. 9:765 (1996);
Trachycarpon hookeri F.Muell., Trans.
Proc. Phil. Soc. Victoria 1:16 (1854). Type:
“On sand ridges along the Murray,
towards the junction of the Darling and
Murrumbidgee”, F. Mueller (lecto: E (n.v.),
fide Gross & Whalen 1996).
See Gross and Whalen (1996) for a complete list
of synonyms.
Mueller Argoviensis in A. de Candolle’s
Prodromus (1866) was the first to recognise that
Croton urticoides was a species of Adriana
and referred to it as Adriana acerifolia Cunn.
ex Hook. var. genuina nom. inval. in his list of
excluded names at the end of his treatment of
Croton (p. 699). However, he did not include
Croton urticoides as a synonym of any name
under Adriana in his treatment of that genus in
the same publication (p. 889). Index Kewensis
(1895) reported Croton urticoides as Adriana
glabrata and more recently the University of
Wisconsin on their Croton website has
incorrectly referred Croton urticoides to
Adriana tomentosa var. tomentosa.
The type of Croton urticoides was
collected by Allan Cunningham and is
presumably held in the ‘book’ herbarium of
Robert Heward’s in the Chelsea Physic Garden’s
library in London. Mabberley, in Taxon 27:
489-491 (1978), reported the discovery of
Heward’s ‘book’ herbarium entitled “Specimens
described in Field’s memoirs as a specimen of
the botany of the Blue Mountains” in this
library.
Forster, Croton in Australia
433
115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155
Map 2. Distribution of Croton in Australia. A C. aridus, ★ C. arnhemicus, • C. stigmatosus.
Map 3. Distribution of Croton in Australia. A C. schultzii, ■ C. brachypus, ★ C. multicaulis subsp. velutinus,
# C. acronychioides, ▼ C. choristadenius, & C. simulans, & C. stockeri.
434
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 349-436
Map 4. Distribution of Croton in Australia. ▲ C. bymesii, ■ C. dockrillii, ★ C. rarus, • C. minimus.
Map 5. Distribution of Croton in Australia. ▲ C. habrophyllus, ★ C. capitis-york, # C. densivestilus,
■ C. magneticus, ▼ C. mamillatus.
Forster, Croton in Australia
435
Map 6. Distribution of Croton in Australia. ★ C. insularis, • C. armstrongii.
115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155
Map 7. Distribution of Croton in Australia. • C. caudatus, ★ C. triacros, A C. verreauxii, ▼ C. waterhousecie.
436
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 349-436
Map 8. Distribution of Croton in Australia. ▲ C. multicaulis subsp. multicaulis, ★ C. phebalioides.
115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155
Map 9. Distribution of Croton in Australia. • C. tomentellus, ▲ C. mutabilis, ★ C. capitatus, ■ C. setigerus,
▼ C. glandulosus.
Phebalium distans P.I.Forst. (Rutaceae), a new and endangered species from
south-eastern Queensland, and reinstatement of P. longifolium S.T.Blake
Paul I. Forster
Summary
Forster, Paul I. Phebalium distans P.I.Forst. (Rutaceae), a new and endangered species from
south-eastern Queensland, and reinstatement of P. longifolium S.T.Blake. Austrobaileya 6(3):
437-444 (2003). Phebalium distans P.I.Forst. is named as a new species and distinguished from
P longifolium S.T.Blake (newly resurrected at specific rank) and P. squamulosum Vent. It is
known from ten extant populations in small remnants of semi-evergreen vine thickets in south¬
eastern Queensland and is considered as endangered due to the low number of populations with few
individuals. Both P. distans and P. longifolium are described and illustrated. A key to the species of
Phebalium in Queensland is provided.
Key words: Phebalium, Phebalium distans, Phebalium longifolium, Phebalium squamulosum,
Queensland - flora
Paul I. Forster, Queensland Herbarium, Environmental Protection Agency, Brisbane Botanic
Gardens Mt Coot-tha, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia
Introduction
A revision of the species of Phebalium Vent,
occurring in Queensland was provided by
Wilson (1970) as part of his overall account of
the genus in Australia. More recently he
(Wilson 1998) revisited this genus and
transferred a number of species into the allied
genera Leionema (F.Muell.) Paul G. Wilson,
Nematolepis Turcz. and Rhadinothamnus Paul
G. Wilson. This new circumscription of
Phebalium meant that the genus consisted of
c. 25 species with 5 species recognised to occur
in Queensland (Forster 2002).
Wilson (1970) considered that some of the
“species” of Phebalium comprised complexes
of subspecies that were markedly disjunct, both
ecologically and geographically. This was
particularly the case with the taxa included under
P. squamulosum Vent, and he recognised some
ten subspecies for this species. Three of these
proposed subspecies, P. squamulosum subsp.
squamulosum, P. squamulosum subsp.
longifolium (S.T.Blake) Paul G. Wilson and
P. squamulosum subsp. gracile Paul G. Wilson
have been recognised for Queensland (Ross
1983,1994; Forster 1997,2002). It is generally
considered that subspecies should differ in only
Accepted for publication 3 February 2003
a few characters and that intermediate
populations should exist to demonstrate
continuity of character states (e.g. Stebbins
(1950) states “subspecies....connected....by a
series of intergrading forms” or Stace (1989)
states “a population of several biotypes
forming a more or less distinct regional facies
of a species.a geographical race, ecotype,
topodeme or genoecodeme”). This does not
seem to be the case for some of the taxa included
in P squamulosum, at least in Queensland,
where no obvious intermediates exist, there are
clear character state differences and the taxa
are markedly allopatric. Bruyns (2002) has
provided a succinct species concept in “species
are generally taken....as groups of populations
that differ in at least two persistent, “good”
characters” and subspecies are “geographically
complementary taxa that differ in only one
“reasonably reliable” character”. This has
always, and continues to be, the approach that
I have taken in the delimitation of taxa and these
species and subspecies concepts are applied
herein. This species concept equates broadly
with the ‘diagnostic species concept’ of Judd
et al. (2002).
In the current paper, a narrower
circumscription for Phebalium squamulosum is
advocated with P. squamulosum subsp.
438
longifolium reinstated to species rank as
P. longifolium S.T.Blake as listed in Forster
(2002). In addition, one new species (P. distans)
in this complex is described. These three species
differ in more than three character states one
from another. The morphological characters that
form the discontinuities in this group of taxa
are easily discernible and include habit (shrub
or tree), the form and composition of
indumentum (stellate trichomes, lepidote
scales), whether the branchlets are glandular-
tuberculate, the shape of the leaf lamina and
especially the length/width ratio, the form of
the leaf margin (flat or recurved), whether the
calyx is glandular-tubercular, corolla size, shape
and colour and seed size. All of the taxa thus
delimited are markedly allopatric, with the
northern P. longifolium having the greatest
disjunction from the others.
Materials & Methods
This paper is based on collections in the
Queensland Herbarium (BRI) augmented by
field observations and collections by the author
in Queensland and northern New South Wales.
Floral descriptions are based on material
preserved in spirit or by reconstitution in boiling
water. A full description of P. longifolium is
provided for comparative purposes.
Taxonomy
Phebalium distans P.I.Forst. sp. nov. a
P. squamuloso subsp. squamuloso habitu
arboris (non fruticis), lamina folii lineari
(anguste oblanceolata usque anguste
elliptica comparate), ratione longitudinis
/latitudinis 7.7-15.5 (non4.2-6.6), margine
recurvata (plana comparate), petalis
cremeis (non vivide flavis) differt.Typus:
Queensland. Burnett District: [5*] Mt
Walla, Walla Range, 5 km SW of Coalstoun
Lakes, 13 September 2002, PI. Forster
PIF28831 (holo: BRI [2 sheets + spirit];
iso: A, AD, DNA, HO, L, MEL, MO, NE,
NSW, NY, WELT, Z distribuendi)
Phebalium squamulosum subsp.
squamulosum auct. non Vent, pro parte
(Wilson 1970; Forster 1997,2002; Forster
etal. 1991).
Small tree (rarely a shrub) up to 8 m high, up to
15 cm dbh, bark rough-flaky, grey; blaze cream-
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 437-444
yellow with strong aromatic scent; wood yellow.
Indumentum (unless otherwise stated) on
foliage and reproductive parts of overlapping
lepidote trichomes that are silver to ferruginous-
silver giving the covered surface this colour.
Branchlets sparsely glandular-tuberculate, with
a dense covering of trichomes, glabrescent.
Leaves petiolate, strongly aromatic when
crushed; petioles 1.7-3 mm long, 0.5-0.8 mm
wide, with a sunken midrib and with dense
trichomes; lamina chartaceous, linear, 14-62 mm
long, 1.5-4.5 mm wide (length/width ratio 7.7-
15.5); margins entire or somewhat sinuate to
minutely crenate near apex, recurved; adaxial
surface with sunken midrib, glossy dark-green,
sparsely glandular, glabrous; abaxial surface
with strongly raised midrib, densely covered in
trichomes; tip apiculate to shortly acuminate;
base attenuate. Inflorescences pedunculate,
terminal umbels. Flowers 4-4.5 mm long, 3-4
mm wide; pedicels 4-5 mm long, c. 0.5 mm
diameter, with dense trichomes; mature bud
shape turbinate; calyx shortly subturbinate, 0.8-
1 mm long, 1.7-1.8 mm diameter, adaxially
glabrous, abaxially strongly glandular-
tuberculate and with sparse trichomes, lobes
broadly triangular, c. 0.3 mm long and 0.8 mm
wide, irregularly dentate; petals elliptic, 3-3.2
mm long, 1-1.8 mm wide, adaxially glabrous,
cream, abaxially with dense trichomes apart from
c. 0.2 mm around margin that is devoid of
trichomes; stamens 10, filaments 3.5-5 mm long,
c. 0.1 mm diameter, filiform, glabrous, anthers
oblong, 0.7-0.8 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm wide; ovary
spherical, c. 1 mm high, with dense trichomes;
style 3-3.2 mm long, c. 0.3 mm diameter, with
scattered multifid stellate trichomes in lower half,
stigma capitate, papillate, c. 0.2 mm long and 0.3
mm wide. Cocci erect, 3.5—4 mm long, 2.5-3 mm
wide, glandular, truncate at suture. Seed
somewhat reniform, longitudinally compressed,
2.2-2.5 mmlong, 1.3-1.5 mm wide, longitudinally
corrugate, grey-black. Fig. 1.
Additional specimens examined : Queensland.
Burnett District: [1*] Spencers Road, 7 km E of
Wooroolin, Sep 2002, Forster PIF28870 & Smyrell
(BRI, MEL); [2*] Klass & Townes Road, 3.5 km SE of
Memerambi, Sep 2002, Forster PIF28873 & Smyrell
(BRI, MEL, NE, NSW); [3*] Kingaroy Heights Park
& Environmental Area, 3 km SE of Kingaroy, Dec
2002, Forster PIF29129 & Smyrell (BRI); [4*]
Couchmans road, 5 km N of Kingaroy, Dec 2002,
Forster PIF29137 & Smyrell (BRI); Kingaroy, Mar
1933, Lang [AQ152703] (BRI); [5*] 3 km SW of
Forster, Phebalium distans
439
Fig. 1. Phebalium distans. A. flowering stem, x 1. B. undersurface of leaf showing recurved margin, x 1.5. C.
flower, x 12. D. style, x 12. E. calyx showing markedly glandular-tuberculate surface and sparse covering of
lepidote trichomes. x 12. F. external view of petal, x 12. G. coccus, x 6. H. lateral view of seed, x 12. A from Leiper
(AQ678817) (BRI); B, F-H from Forster PIF24927 (BRI); C-E from Forster PIF28831 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.
440
Coalstoun Lakes, Walla Range, Aug 1990, Randall 613
(BRI); between Kingaroy & Memerambi, Mar 1986,
Schilling [AQ399826] (BRI); Wooroolin, s.dat. [?
Apr 1914], Simmonds [AQ152702] (BRI); [5*]
Coalstoun Lakes, Biggenden, Jun 1994, Thomas &
Sinclair [AQ636504] (BRI). Moreton District: [6*]
Scanlon Scrub, Mt Berryman area, Aug 1990, Bird &
Orford [AQ473152] (AD, BISH, BRI, CANB, DNA,
MEL, MO, NSW, PERTH); [6*] Mt Berryman area,
20 km S of Laidley, Dick Scanlon Scrub near Neumanns
Lookout, Nov 1991, Bird [AQ590868] (BRI); [7*]
Berlin Road, Mt Berryman area, 15 km SW of Laidley,
Mar 1992, Bird [AQ541907] (BRI; CANB, PERTH
n.v.); [8*] 1.5 km E of Mt Berryman, 10 km SSW of
Laidley, Aug 1985, Forster PIF2109 & Bird (BRI);
[7*] Welk Remnant, Mt Berryman, Sep 1999, Forster
PIF24927 & Booth (AD, BRI, MEL, QRS); ditto loc..
May 2002, Forster PIF28697 & Endress (A, BRI, L,
MEL, NE, NSW, Z); ditto loc., Sep 1999, Leiper
[AQ678817] (BRI, MEL, NSW).
* extant vouchered populations numbered 1-8, different
collectors have named these sites in various ways.
Notes: Phebalium distans was first collected
by J.H. Simmonds near Kingaroy, probably in
April 1914, as all other collections by him from
the Burnett were in this month. Until recently,
further collections of this species have been
spasmodically added to the herbarium record,
mainly from the Mt Berryman area in the Lockyer
Valley.
This species was included in the broad
concept of P. squamulosum advocated by
Wilson (1970). The collections by Lang and
Simmonds were examined by Paul Wilson in 1965
and he noted on the determinant slips (as
P. squamulosum var. squamulosum ) that they
were “approaching var. longifolium”.
Although individuals of P distans may
be initially shrublike, they will eventually form
small trees up to 8 m high with a stem up to 15
cm dbh. This tree habit is quite unique in the
genus Phebalium. The flowers of P. distans are
always cream (ageing cream-fawn). It is always
found in semi-evergreen vine thicket on red
volcanic soils or communities adjacent to this
vegetation type. It would appear to be allied to
both P. squamulosum and P longifolium but
cannot be considered as intermediate between
the two.
In comparison P. squamulosum subsp.
squamulosum is a small shrub (never a tree),
with narrow oblanceolate to narrow elliptic leaf
laminae (versus linear) with a length/width ratio
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 437-444
of 4.2-6.6 (versus 7.7-15.5) with a flat margin
(versus recurved) and the flowers are vivid
yellow. Some collections identified and
distributed as P. squamulosum subsp.
squamulosum from the Dorrigo area in northern
New South Wales (the oblanceolate-leaved
form illustrated in Weston & Porteners (1991))
have cream flowers and a mixture of lepidote
trichomes and stellate trichomes on the foliage,
whereas the forms at Mt Ballow (Border Ranges)
and Girraween N.P. in Queensland only have
lepidote trichomes. This variation in
P. squamulosum subsp. squamulosum requires
resolution, but is beyond the scope of the
current paper. Phebalium distans has lepidote
trichomes only on the foliage. In Queensland
Phebalium squamulosum subsp. squamulosum
has been found in heathland, shrubland or
woodland in rocky areas based on adamellite,
granite, rhyolite or trachyte substrates. Both
P. squamulosum and P. distans have a calyx that
is markedly glandular-tuberculate.
Phebalium longifolium is also a shrub,
with branchlets that are not glandular-
tuberculate. It has narrow-elliptic leaves with a
length/width ratio of 5-7.2, leaf laminae margins
with a flat edge, a calyx that is not markedly
glandular-tuberculate and seeds that are 1.8-2
mm long x 1-1.3 mm wide (versus 2.2-2.5 x 1.3-
1.5 mm). Both P. distans and P. longifolium
have cream flowers.
The only other taxon in this complex that
occurs in Queensland is Phebalium
squamulosum subsp. gracile. This taxon is a
small shrub (never a tree) with linear-oblong
leaf laminae (versus linear) that are markedly
shorter (5-25 mm long versus 14-62 mm) with a
length/width ratio of 3-7.7 (versus 7.7-15.5) and
yellow flowers with shorter petals (2-3 mm
versus 3-3.2 mm long). Whether or not
P. squamulosum subsp. gracile is worth
recognition at specific level requires further
study, particularly in relation to the other
proposed subspecies of P. squamulosum that
occur in New South Wales (Wilson 1970). As
an entity it is certainly quite distinct
from P. squamulosum subsp. squamulosum,
P. distans and P. longifolium.
Distribution and habitat : Phebalium distans
is currently known from ten populations, with
Forster, Phebalium distans
two of these unvouchered (viz. Forster et
al. 1991). Five of these are in close proximity to
one another at Mt Berryman. Four are near
Kingaroy, and the tenth most northerly one at
Mt Walla, is near Coalstoun Lakes. All except
the Mt Walla population, are on red volcanic
soils with semi-evergreen vine thicket. At Mt
Walla P. distans occurs in semi-evergreen vine
thicket, but the soil varies from red volcanic
where the population is at the base of the
mountain to rubble derived from rhyolitic
ignimbrite at the most elevated parts of the
population.
Conservation status: Phebalium distans is
considered to be endangered in habitat for
several reasons. Firstly less than 1000
individuals are known to exist with the extant
populations having the following estimated
number of plants (population number cited
above: number of plants estimated/area of
remnant in ha) (1: 7/<0.5; 2:3/<0.5:3:14/<0.5;
4:20/< 0.5; 5: <200/2; 6: < 200/30; 7: < 100/2; 8:
< 50/4). Several additional, but unvouchered
localities in the Mt Berryman area (Sites 174 &
178 in Forster et al 1991) have an unknown
number of plants, however the small sizes of
the remnants (5 & 3 ha respectively) means they
are unlikely to harbour a large number of
individuals.
Most of the suitable habitat for this
species in the Coalstoun Lakes, Kingaroy and
Lockyer valley areas was cleared for agriculture
in the 20 th century. Intensive survey of vine
thicket and vineforest remnants in these three
areas has been conducted since the mid 1980’s
(viz. Forster et al. 1991; Forster unpubl.,
W.J.F.McDonald unpubl.) and major
populations of P. distans cannot be considered
to have been overlooked throughout its known
range. Recent intensive survey (2002) of
roadside remnants in the Kingaroy Shire
revealed a further three populations
(populations 1,2,4). Population 1,2 and 4 are in
small roadside remnants and the other
populations are in more secure remnants (e.g.
Welk Remnant - population 7), freehold land
(populations 5, 6, 8) or on shire council land
with no active management strategies
(population 3). The large population 5 at Walla
Range (which co-occurs with the Endangered
Pomaderris clivicola E.M.Ross) has significant
441
intrusions through the stand of naturalised
pasture grasses such as Panicum maximum and
environmental weeds such as Lantana camara
that will act as a fire wick on the steep slope.
As with all Phebalium species, P. distans
has small seed that are shed locally from the
capsular fruit with little apparent long-range
dispersal ability. The disjunct occurrence of this
species in south-eastern Queensland suggests
P. distans was much more widespread in the
past, but is currently resticted due to the loss
of suitable habitat.
Under the IUCN (2001) risk categories,
P distans may be categorised as Endangered
under the criteria of B la, b (i, ii, iii, iv, v), 2b (i, ii,
iii, iv, v), C 2a (i).
Etymology: The specific epithet is derived from
the Latin distans (scattered) and refers to the
scattered extant populations of this species.
Phebalium longifolium S.T.Blake, Proc. Roy.
Soc. Queensland 70: 44 (1959). Type:
Queensland. North Kennedy District:
About W of Ingham, near Wallaman Falls,
14 August 1954, S.T. Blake 18809 (holo:
BRI [AQ318496]).
Shrub to 3 m high. Indumentum (unless
otherwise stated) on foliage and reproductive
parts of overlapping lepidote trichomes that are
golden-ferruginous to silver-ferruginous, giving
the covered surface this colour. Branchlets not
glandular-tuberculate, with a dense covering of
trichomes, glabrescent. Leaves petiolate,
aromatic when crushed; petioles 1.7-3 mm long,
0.7-0.8 mm wide, with a sunken midrib and with
dense trichomes; lamina chartaceous, narrow-
elliptic to narrow-oblanceolate, 15-80 mm long,
2.5-10 mm wide (length/width ratio 5-7.2);
margins entire or somewhat sinuate to minutely
dentate for entire length, thickened, flat; adaxial
surface with sunken midrib, glossy dark-green,
glabrous or sometimes with sparse trichomes
on margin, sparsely glandular-tuberculate;
abaxial surface with prominently raised midrib,
densely covered in trichomes; tip acute; base
attenuate. Inflorescences pedunculate, terminal
umbels. Flowers 4-5.5 mm long, 4-6 mm
diameter; pedicels 5-12 mm long, 0.5-0.8 mm
diameter, with dense trichomes; mature bud
shape turbinate; calyx shortly subturbinate, 0.7-
442
1.4 mm long, 2.2-3 mm diameter, adaxially
glabrous, abaxially with dense trichomes, not
glandular-tuberculate or only weakly so, lobes
broadly triangular, 0.3-0.5 mm long, 1-1.2 mm
wide, irregularly dentate; petals elliptic, 3-3.2
mm long, 1.5-1.8 mm wide, adaxially glabrous,
cream, abaxially with dense trichomes apart from
c. 0.2 mm margin that is devoid of trichomes;
stamens 10, filaments 3-5 mm long, c. 0.1 mm
diameter, filif orm, glabrous; anthers oblong, 0.7-
1 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm wide; ovary spherical, c.
1 mm high, with dense trichomes; style 2.8-3.3
mm long, 0.1-0.2 mm diameter, with scattered
multifid stellate trichomes in lower half, stigma
capitate, papillate, c. 0.2 mm long and 0.3 mm
wide. Cocci erect, 3-3.5 mm long, 2.2-2.6 mm
wide, truncate at suture. Seeds somewhat
reniform, longitudinally compressed, 1.8-2.2 mm
long, 1-1.3 mm wide, longitudinally corrugate,
grey-black. Fig. 2.
Selected specimens examined: Queensland. Cook
District: Longlands Gap, S.F. 194, Jun 1995, Forster
PIF16776 (BRI, MEL, QRS); ditto loc., Sep 2001,
Forster PIF27518 et al. (A, BRI, K, L, MET,); S.F. 194
Mt Baldy, Oct 1999, Forster PIF25088 & Booth (AD,
BRI, MEL, QRS); Herberton Range S.F., Apr 1998,
Jago 4720 (BRI). North Kennedy District: Bluewater
S.F., 55 km NW of Townsville, Nov 1991, Bean 3790
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 437-444
(BRI; BISH, CANB n.v.): Birthday Falls, Paluma Range,
Sep 1966, Birch [AQ152608] (BRI); W side of Paluma
- Hidden Valley road, c. 10 km W of Paluma, Jul 1992,
Jobson 1730 et al. (BRI; MEL, NSW n.v.); S.F, 344, c.
27 km W of Kennedy township, May 1976, Thorsborne
218 (BRI).
Distribution and habitat : Phebalium
longifolium is endemic to the “Wet Tropics” of
north-eastern Queensland in several disjunct
populations from the Herberton Range in the
north to Paluma in the south. It inhabits the
edges of wet rainforest in the ecotone to
adjacent eucalypt open forest, usually on basalt
or metamorphic substrates.
Notes: This species is easily distinguished from
P. squamulosum by the long narrow-elliptic leaf
laminae with an attenuate base (versus cuneate),
the cream flowers (versus yellow) with a non-
glandular-tuberculate (or only weakly so) calyx
and with narrower petals (1.5-1.8 mm wide
versus 1.8-2 mm wide).
Conservation status: Phebalium longifolium
is well represented in State Forests (S.F. 194,
268, 344) and National Parks (Mt Spec)
throughout its range and is not considered
threatened.
Key to the species of Phebalium found in Queensland. N.B. P. distans is usually a tree,
but is also keyed out as a shrub for encounters with small individuals of this species.
1. Flowers large with petals 4.5-9 mm long.2
Flowers small with petals 2^1 mm long.4
2. Calyx with short lobes < 1 mm long; corolla yellow.P. whitei
Calyx with well developed lobes 1-5 mm long; corolla white or pink.3
3. Calyx 5-6 mm diameter, cupular, 6-8 lobed; petals pink. P.nottii
Calyx 2-3 mm diameter, obturbinate, 5-lobed; petals white or pink. P. woombye
4. Tree.P. distans
Shrub.5
5. Leaf lamina linear to oblong-cuneate.6
Leaf lamina narrow-elliptic to narrow-oblanceolate.8
6. Leaf margin undulate, markedly glandular. P. glandulosum
Leaf margin entire or somewhat sinuate to minutely crenate near the apex,.7
Forster, Phebalium distans
443
Fig. 2. Phebalium longifolium. A. flowering stem, x 1. B . undersurface of leaf showing flat margin, x 1.5. C.
flower, x 6. D. style, x 12. E. calyx showing poor development of glandular-tuberculate surface and dense coverage
of lepidote trichomes. x 12. F. external view of petal, x 12. G. coccus, x 6. H. seed, x 12. A, B, G, H from Forster
PIF25088 (BRI); C-F from Jago 4720 (BRI). Del W. Smith.
444
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 437-444
7. Leaf lamina short, 5-25 mm long, with a length/width ratio of 3-7.7;
corolla yellow, petals 2-3 mm long. P. squamulosum subsp. gracile
Leaf lamina long, 14-62 mm long, with a length/width ratio 7.7-15.5; corolla
cream, petals 3-3.2 mm long.P. distans
8. Leaf lamina with a cuneate base; corolla yellow, petals 1.8-2 mm wide
. P. squamulosum subsp. squamulosum
Leaf lamina with an attenuate base; corolla cream, petals 1.5-1.8 mm wide
. P. longifolium
Acknowledgements
I wish to thank W.M. Powell for access to
Mt Walla; W.Smith (BRI) for the illustrations;
L.Pedley for the Latin diagnosis, and L.H.Bird,
R.Booth (BRI), F. Carter (QPWS), R.Jensen,
G.Leiper, P.Machin and G. Smyrell for assistance
with fieldwork where Phebalium material was
collected.
References
Bruyns, P.V. (2002). Monograph of Orbea and
Ballyanthus (Apocynaceae - Asclepiadoideae
- Ceropegieae). Systematic Botany
Monographs 63: 1-196.
Forster, P.I. (1997). Rutaceae. In R.J.F. Henderson
(ed.), Queensland Plants Names and
Distribution, pp. 184-188. Brisbane:
Department of Environment.
-(2002). Rutaceae. In R.J.F. Henderson (ed.), Names
and Distribution of Queensland Plants, Algae
and Lichens, pp. 177-181. Brisbane:
Environmental Protection Agency.
Forster, P.I, Bostock, P.D., Bird, L.H. & Bean, A.R.
(1991). Vineforest Plant Atlas for South-east
Queensland. Brisbane: Queensland Herbarium.
Iucn (2001). IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria.
Version 3.1 Gland: IUCN - The World
Conservation Union.
Judd, W.S., Campbell, C.S., Kellogg, E.A., Stevens, P.F.
& Donoghue, M.J. (2002). Plant Systematics -
a phylogenetic approach. 2 nd ed. Sunderland,
Massachusetts: Sinauer Associates Inc.
Ross, E.M. (1983). Rutaceae. In T.D. Stanley & E.M.
Ross, Flora of South-eastern Queensland. 1:
440-470. Brisbane: Queensland Department
of Primary Industries.
-(1994). Rutaceae. In R.J.F. Henderson (ed.),
Queensland Vascular Plants Names and
Distribution, pp. 301-308. Brisbane:
Queensland Department of Environment &
Heritage.
Stace, C.A. (1989). Plant Taxonomy and
Biosystematics. 2 nd edition. Fondon,
Melbourne, Auckland: Edward Arnold.
Stebbins, G.L. (1950). Variation and evolution in plants.
New York: Columbia University Press.
Weston, PH. & Porteners, M.F. (1991). Phebalium. In
G.J. Harden (ed.), Flora of New South Wales 2:
25-263. Kensington: University of New South
Wales Press.
Wilson, P.G. (1970). A taxonomic revision of the genera
Crowea, Eriostemon and Phebalium. Nuytsia
1: 5-155.
-(1998). New species and nomenclatural changes
in Phebalium and related genera (Rutaceae).
Nuytsia 12: 267-288.
A synopsis of Racosperma C. Mart. (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae)
Les Pedley
Summary
Pedley, L. (2003). A synopsis of Racosperma C.Mart. (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae). Austrobaileya
6(3): 445-496. The history of the genus Racosperma, which is based on Acacia (sect.) Phyllodineae
DC., is briefly outlined. Names of 976 species of Racosperma (with 130 names of infraspecific
taxa, autonyms excluded) are listed. Of these, only ten species (one represented by one of two
subspecies) do not occur in Australia. Transfers of 834 taxa (711 to species, 58 to subspecies and
65 to variety) are made to Racosperma the vast majority from Acacia, 15 from Mimosa and one
from Adiantum. Taxonomy closely follows the treatment of Acacia in the Flora of Australia,
vols 11A & 11B (Orchard & Wilson 2001) and reference is made to the treatment of each species
in the Flora. Acacia cyclops, A. stowardii and A. vincentii are treated as synonyms of Racosperma
eglandulosum, R. sibiricum, and R. deltoideum respectively. Acacia juncifolia subsp. serpentinicola
is raised to specific rank, Racosperma serpentinicola ; as is Acacia wickhamii subsp. parviphyllodinea
to Racosperma calligerum (nom. nov.), with A. wickhamii subsp. viscidula as a synonym of it.
Acacia clivicola, usually considered conspecific with A. stowardii, is reinstated as R. clivicola',
A. cupularis is referred to R. ligulatum var. minus and A. curvinervia to R. juliferum subsp.
curvinervium. R. sophorae is considered to be a species distinct from R. longifolium. A. desmondii
and A. racospermoides are the same as R. nelsonii and R. paniculatum respectively.
Key words: Racosperma, Acacia, Australia, nomenclature, new combinations.
Les Pedley, cl- Queensland Herbarium, Environmental Protection Agency, Brisbane Botanic
Gardens Mt Coot-tha, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia
Introduction
The name Racosperma was first used by C.F.P.
von Martius in a catalogue of plants growing in
the Royal Botanical Garden, Munich 1 (Martius
1829). He listed species of Acacia in two groups,
namely ‘ Acacia genuinae / (Omnes ip 2 ,
pleraeque C.)’ and ‘Acaciae phyllodineae De
C. (Genus dist.: Racosperma Mart.) /(Pleraeq.
N. Holl., omn. ip TJ. Species in each group
were arranged alphabetically. Since he included
Racosperma in Acacia, it must be taken that
Martius did not accept it as a distinct genus at
that time, and the 21 specific epithets listed under
it cannot be considered as having been
transferred from Acacia to Racosperma.
Martius (1835) again used the name, this time
quite definitely as a generic name. In an
alphabetical list it was placed between Pyrus
and Ranunculus. He listed three species, the
names of two of which are now considered
synonyms of Racosperma paradoxum. The
other, Racosperma sophorae, is the only
currently accepted name that can be considered
as being validly published in Racosperma by
Martius. 3
In reviewing the classification of Acacia
sens. lat. (Pedley 1986a) I reinstated the generic
name Racosperma. I used the name in a number
of subsequent papers (Pedley 1986b, 1987a,
1987b, 1987c, 1987d, 1988), but refrained from
transferring the names of all Australian species
to Racosperma. Over a considerable period I
had more or less confined my studies to the
Queensland flora and considered it fitting that
the necessary new combinations be made by
workers whose areas of expertise covered other
1 Not Monaco as I stated previously (Pedley 1986a).
2 An approximation to the Linnean symbol meaning woody, see Stearn (1992: 351).
3 Previously I also carelessly, wrongly attributed the following names to Martius: Racosperma falcatum,
R. hispidulum, R. melanoxylon, R. strictum (Pedley 1987c), R. longifolium, R. paradoxum, R. verticillatum
(Pedley 1987d). In all cases I cited Martius (1835), which is incorrect. They were listed by Martius (1829),
but not in the later publication.
Accepted for publication 14 March 2003
446
parts of Australia. Those expected
combinations were not forthcoming. In fact,
opposition to the adoption of the name
Racosperma was widespread and strong. An
extreme example of the views of the interested
lay community was given by Anon. (1993) who
proclaimed inter alia that “the name
Racosperma is an abomination”. A more
measured, less emotional, but nevertheless
hostile, response was that of Kanis (1986) who
wrote: “Recently it was proposed by Pedley
(1986) to promote Vassal’s subgenera to genera
in their own right. Among other things this will
mean the transfer of more than 90% of the
Australian species to Racosperma Mart., a bold
step indeed. However some insiders fear that
this might not be the last word at generic level”.
In the intervening years I have seen nothing of
substance to support the fears mentioned. The
validity of the name was also questioned, mainly
covertly, but Chappill & Maslin (1995) spelled
out the problem as they saw it: “The basic point
of contention is whether Martius’ (1835)
publication can be indirectly connected to his
earlier (Martius 1829) listing of the name where
he indicated that it should be based on Acacia
(section) Phyllodineae DC. (fide Maslin 1988).
If Racosperma is not validly published then the
name must date from Pedley (1986) and will
therefore need to be conserved against earlier
names”. They went on to discuss the
consequences and possible pitfalls of such
conservation.
In view of the lack of endorsement of
Racosperma and for convenience in managing
BRI collections which include many taxa that
do not occur in Queensland, I transferred names
of species which I had described originally as
Racosperma to Acacia (Pedley 1990) and
subsequently referred species described by me
as new to the latter genus. In a short
introduction to the 1990 paper, I explained why
those actions should not be construed as
implying that I did not accept Racosperma as a
distinct genus. Neither do I doubt the validity
of the name Racosperma. Martius’s 1835 use
of it was an indirect reference to his 1829 use,
and meets the requirements of Art. 32.4 of the
International Code of Botanical Nomenclature
(St Louis Code) (Greuter et al. 2000), and is
covered by Ex. 4 appended to the article. Instead
of Racosperma I could have adopted one of
several names proposed by Rafinesque (1838).
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 445-496 (2003)
No one seems to have any difficulty in tracing
Racosperma from Martius’s publication of the
name in 1835 back to his 1829 publication, and
its conservation is not necessary.
The situation has now changed. More
recent studies of Chappill & Maslin (1995),
Grimes (1999), Robinson & Harrison (2000), and
particularly the molecular work of Miller &
Bayer (2000, 2001) provide strong grounds for
the recognition of the ‘Australian acacias’ (that
is, Acacia subg. Phyllodineae (DC.) Seringe;
Acacia subg. Heterophyllum Vassal) as a genus
distinct from Acacia. The recognition of
Racospermyces, a rust fungus related to
Uromyces, restricted to Australian and extra-
Australian species Walker (2001), also adds
weight to the mycological evidence previously
presented (Pedley 1986a) for the distinctiveness
of Racosperma. Though I have a first-hand
knowledge of possibly only one-third of the
Australian acacias, in the words of that well
known dissident, Croizat (1958: 202), “the time
is right here to call a spade a spade and to stop
floating in molasses”. Now is an appropriate
time to complete the transfer of all taxa to
Racosperma. Since the genus is virtually
restricted to Australia publication of Flora of
Australia vol. 11A & 11B (Orchard & Wilson
2001) has made this possible. It has brought
together descriptions of all species accepted
by the contributors to the Flora up to about
the end of 2000. Importantly, in the compilation
of a check-list such as this, the Flora provides
basionyms and references to their protologues.
It is now feasible to compile a list of up-to-date
species of Racosperma without the need to
check a mass of bibliographic references. I have,
however, consulted protologues where
possible.
On the whole I have followed the
taxonomy presented in the Flora, but have
diverged in a few cases where my views differ
from those presented by the authors.
Taxonomists working on acacias from Australia
have used both ‘variety’ and, since the mid-
1960s, ‘subspecies’ as infraspecific categories;
some one, some the other, and some (myself
included) both. It is sometimes difficult to
distinguish their concepts of one from the other;
as Benson (1962) stated, “interpretations of the
two ranks vary; what a particular botanist
interprets as one is exactly what another person
447
Pedley, A synopsis of Racosperma
accepts as the other.” By and large, I have
retained the categories accepted by the Flora
authors, but, in some species that I know well, I
have reduced subspecies to variety.
Notes on text
The name accepted in Racosperma is followed
on the next line, if it is a comb, nov., by the
basionym. Infraspecific taxa are listed under
the relevant species. Autonyms are not listed,
except in the case of Racosperma spirorbis
subsp. spirorbis, one of the taxa which does
not occur in Australia.
An asterisk (*) indicates that the taxon
does not occur in Australia. Literature
references in addition to the reference to the
basionym are given for extra-Australian taxa.
The number in italics following a section
mark (§) refers to the species number in the Flora
of Australia. An obelus (f) indicates that the
taxon is not included in the Flora, usually
because it has been described since its
publication. If a species is merely mentioned in
the text of the Flora, without reference to its
description, usually because of its later
publication or because its name was treated as
a synonym of a taxon that is included in the
Flora, then it is referred (by the use of sub) to
that taxon.
Brief notes have been added in the places
where the taxonomy of the Flora has not been
followed. Some changes will be discussed in
subsequent papers.
Racosperma abbatianum (Pedley) Pedley, comb,
nov. f
Acacia abbatiana Pedley, Austrobaileya 5:
313(1999)
Racosperma abbreviatum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §747
Acacia abbreviata Maslin, J. Adelaide Bot.
Gard. 2:301 (1980).
Racosperma abruptum (Maiden & Blakely)
Pedley, comb. nov. §476
Acacia abrupta Maiden & Blakely, J. Roy.
Soc. W. Australia 13:6 (1927).
Racosperma acanthaster (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §314
Acacia acanthaster Maslin, Nuytsia 12: 312
(1999).
Racosperma acanthocladum (F.Muell.) Pedley,
comb.nov. §311
Acacia acanthoclada F.Muell., Fragm. 3:127
(1863).
R. acanthocladum subsp. glaucescens (Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §3 lib
Acacia acanthoclada subsp. glaucescens
Maslin, Nuytsia 12: 314 (1999).
Racosperma acelleratum (Maiden & Blakely)
Pedley, comb. nov. §551
Acacia acellerata Maiden & Blakely, J. Roy.
Soc. W. Australia 13:2 (1928).
Racosperma acinaceum (Lindl.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §446
Acacia acinacea Lindl., in T.L.Mitchell, Three
Exped. Australia 2:265 (1838).
Racosperma aciphyllum (Benth.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §854
Acacia aciphylla Benth., Linnaea 26: 627
(1855).
Racosperma acomum (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §436
Acacia acoma Maslin, Nuytsia 12:315 (1999).
Racosperma acradenium (F.Muell.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 344 (1987). §688
Racosperma acrionastes (Pedley) Pedley, comb,
nov. §121
Acacia acrionastes Pedley, Austrobaileya 3:
297(1990).
Racosperma acuarium (W.V.Fitzg.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §299
Acacia acuaria W.V.Fitzg., J. W. Australian
Nat. Hist. Soc. 7 (1904).
Racosperma aculeatissimum (J.F.McBr.)
Pedley, comb. nov. §289
Acacia aculeatissima J.F.McBr., Contrib. Gray
Herb. 59:6(1919).
Racosperma aculeiforme (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §397
Acacia aculeiformis Maslin, Nuytsia 12: 317
(1999).
Racosperma acuminatum (Benth.) Pedley,
comb.nov. §866
Acacia acuminata Benth., London J. Bot. 1: 373
(1842).
See also Racosperma burkittii.
448
Racosperma acutatum (W.V.Fitzg.) Pedley,
comb.nov. §337
Acacia acutata W.V.Fitzg., J. W. Australian
Nat. Hist. Soc. 6(1904).
Racosperma adenogonium Pedley,
Austrobaileya2:316 (1987). §618
Racosperma adinophyllum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb.nov. §405
Acacia adinophylla Maslin, Nuytsia 12: 318
(1999).
Racosperma adnatum (F.Muell.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §541
Acacia adnata F.Muell., Chem. & Druggist
Australas. Suppl. 5 (51): 26 (1882).
Racosperma adoxum (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.
§913
Acacia adoxa Pedley, Contrib. Queensland
Herb. 11:6(1972).
R. adoxum var. subglabrum (Pedley) Pedley,
comb.nov. §913b
Acacia adoxa var. sub glabra Pedley, Contrib.
Queensland Herb. 11:7 (1972).
Racosperma adsurgens (Maiden & Blakely)
Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 344 (1987).§S79
Racosperma aduncum (A.Cunn. ex G.Don)
Pedley, Austrobaileya 2:344 (1987).§720
Racosperma aemulum (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §367
Acacia aemula Maslin, Nuytsia 10:169 (1995).
R. aemulum subsp. muricatum (Maslin) Pedley
comb.nov. §367b
Acacia aemulum subsp. muricata Maslin,
Nuytsia 10:171 (1995).
Racosperma aestivale (E.Pritzel) Pedley, comb,
nov. §104
Acacia aestivalis E.Pritzel, Bot. Jahr. Syst. 35:
300(1904).
Racosperma alatum (R.Br.) Pedley, comb. nov.
§252
Acacia alata R. Br. in W.T. Aiton: Hortus Kew.
ed. 2.5:464(1813).
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 445-496 (2003)
R. alatum var. biglandulosum (Benth.) Pedley,
comb.nov. §252b
Acacia alata var. biglandulosa Benth., FI.
Austral. 2:321 (1864).
R. alatum var. platypterum (Lindl.) Pedley, comb,
etstat. nov. 252c
Acaciaplatyptera Lindl., Bot. Reg. 27: misc.
3(1841).
R. alatum var. tetranthum (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §252d
Acacia alata var. tetrantha Maslin, Nuytsia
10:157(1995).
Racosperma alcockii (Maslin & Whibley)
Pedley, comb. nov. §85
Acacia alcockii Maslin & Whibley, Nuytsia
6:19(1987).
Racosperma alexandri (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §197
Acacia alexandri Maslin, Nuytsia 8: 288
(1992).
Racosperma allenianum (Maiden) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:344 (1987). §188
Racosperma alpinum (F.Muell.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §896
Acacia alpina F.Muell., Fragm. 3:129 (1863).
Racosperma amandae (GJ.Leach) Pedley, comb,
nov. §641
Acacia amandae GJ.Leach (as ‘amanda’), FI.
Australia 1 IB: 488 (2001).
The specific epithet amanda was published
deliberately as a noun in apposition with the
generic name. Article 23 of the International
Code of Botanical Nomenclature permits such
usage, and further states that the epithet may
be taken from any source whatever. On the
other hand, Recommendation 23A states that
the names of persons used in specific epithets
should take the form of nouns in the genitive
or of adjectives. Since, in practice,
Recommendations often have the force of
Articles and since ‘scientific names of
taxonomic groups are treated as Latin regardless
of their derivation’ (Principle IV), I consider the
449
Pedley, A synopsis of Racosperma
lack of a genitive inflection to be an error to be
corrected. See also Racosperma dorotheae and
R. veronicae.
A complication in the present case is that
amanda, as well as being a common enough
English-language given name, is also the
gerundive of the Latin amo, and could be, and
has been when occurring in other genera,
declined like any other adjectival epithet.
Racosperma amblygonum (A.Cunn. ex Benth.)
Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 344 (1987). §302
Racosperma amblyophyllum (F.Muell.) Pedley,
comb.nov. §99
Acacia amblyophylla F.Muell., South. Sci.
Rec. 2 (7): 149(1882).
Racosperma amentiferum (F.Muell.) Pedley,
comb.nov. §741
Acacia amentifera F.Muell., J. Proc. Linn Soc.,
Bot.3:141(1859).
Racosperma ammobium (Maconochie) Pedley,
Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 92:247 (1986). §801
Racosperma ammophilum (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 344 (1987). §607
Racosperma amoenum (H.L.Wendl.) Pedley,
comb.nov. §72
Acacia amoena H.L.Wendl., Comm. Acac.
Aphyll. 41.4 (1820).
Racosperma ampliatum (R.S.Cowan & Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §848
Acacia ampliata R.S.Cowan & Maslin,
Nuytsia 10:16 (1995).
Racosperma ampliceps (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §219
Acacia ampliceps Maslin, Nuytsia 1: 315
(1974).
Racosperma amputatum (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §940
Acacia amputata Maslin, Nuytsia 12: 493
(1999).
Racosperma amycticum (R.S.Cowan & Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §569
Acacia amyctica R.S.Cowan & Maslin,
Nuytsia 10:222(1995).
Racosperma anarthon (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §949
Acacia anarthos Maslin, Nuytsia 2: 354
(1979).
Racosperma anasillum (A. S. George) Pedley,
comb. nov. §917
Acacia anasilla A.S.George, J. Roy. Soc. W.
Australia 82:67 (1999).
Racosperma anastemum (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. § 846
Acacia anastema Maslin, Nuytsia 4: 383.
(1983).
Racosperma anaticeps (Tindale) Pedley, comb,
nov. §642
Acacia anaticeps Tindale, Contrib. New
South Wales Natl Herb. 4:269 (1972).
Racosperma anceps (DC.) Pedley, comb. nov.
Acacia anceps DC., Prodr. 2:451 (1825).
Racosperma ancistrocarpum (Maiden &
Blakely) Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 344
(1987). §758
Racosperma ancistrophyllum (C.R.P. Andrews)
Pedley, comb. nov. §568
Acacia ancistrophylla C.R.P.Andrews, J. W.
Australia Nat. Hist. Soc. 40 (1904).
R. ancistrophyllum var. lissophyllum (J.M.
Black) Pedley, comb. nov. §568b
Acacia sclerophylla var. lissophylla
J.M.Black, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. S.
Australia 47:369 (1923).
R. ancistrophyllum var. perarcuatum
(R.S.Cowan & Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov.
§568c
Acacia ancistrophylla var. perarcuata
R.S.Cowan & Maslin, Nuytsia 10: 227
(1995).
450
Racosperma andrewsii (W.V. Fitzg.) Pedley,
comb.nov. §353
Acacia andrewsii W.V.Fitzg., J. W. Australia
Nat. Hist. Soc. 6(1904).
Racosperma aneurum (F.Muell. ex Benth.)
Pedley, Austrobaileya2: 344 ( \9%1).§839
R. aneurum var. argenteum (Pedley) Pedley,
comb.nov. §839j
Acacia aneura var. argentea Pedley, FI.
Australia 1 IB: 490 (2001).
R. aneurum var. coniferum (Randell) Pedley,
comb.nov. §839a
Acacia aneura var. conifera Randell, J.
Adelaide Bot. Gard. 14:122(1992).
R. aneurum var. fuligineum (Pedley) Pedley,
comb.nov. §839i
Acacia aneura var. fuliginea Pedley, FI.
Australia 1 IB: 489 (2001).
R. aneurum var. intermedium (Pedley) Pedley,
comb.nov. §839g
Acacia aneura var. intermedia Pedley, FI.
Australia 1 IB: 489 (2001).
R. aneurum var. macrocarpum (Randell) Pedley,
comb.nov. §839b
Acacia aneura var. macrocarpa Randell, J.
Adelaide Bot. Gard. 14:121 (1992).
R. aneurum var.microcarpum (Pedley) Pedley,
comb.nov. §839c
Acacia aneura var. microcarpa Pedley, FI.
Australia 1 IB: 489 (2001).
R. aneurum var. majus (Pedley) Pedley, comb,
nov. §839f
Acacia aneura var. major Pedley, FI. Australia
1 IB: 489 (2001).
R. aneurum var. pilbaranum (Pedley) Pedley,
comb.nov. §839e
Acacia aneura var. pilbarana Pedley, FI.
Australia 1 IB: 489 (2001).
R. aneurum var. tenue (Pedley) Pedley, comb,
nov. §839d
Acacia aneura var. tenuis Pedley, FI. Australia
1 IB: 489 (2001).
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 445-496 (2003)
Racosperma anfractuosum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb.nov. §887
Acacia anfractuosa Maslin, Nuytsia 2: 96
(1976).
Racosperma angustum (Maiden & Blakely)
Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 344 (1987). §129
Racosperma anomalum (C.A.Gardner ex Court)
Pedley, comb. nov. §249
Acacia anomala C.A.Gardner ex Court,
Nuytsia 2:168(1978).
Racosperma anthochaerum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb.nov. §212
Acacia anthochaera Maslin, Nuytsia 10: 183
(1995).
Racosperma aphanocladum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb.nov. §198
Acacia aphanoclada Maslin, Nuytsia 8: 290
(1992).
Racosperma aphyllum (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §250
Acacia aphylla Maslin, Nuytsia 1: 320 (1974).
Racosperma applanatum (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §254
Acacia applanata Maslin, Nuytsia 10: 158
(1995).
Racosperma apreptum (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:344 (1987). §815
Racosperma apricum (Maslin & A. R.Chapm.)
Pedley, comb. nov. §874
Acacia aprica Maslin & A.R.Chapm., Nuytsia
12:471(1999).
Racosperma arafuricum (Tindale & Kodela)
Pedley, comb. nov. §612
Acacia arafurica Tindale & Kodela, Telopea
5:53(1992).
Racosperma araneosum (Whibley) Pedley,
comb.nov. §89
Acacia araneosa Whibley, Contrib. Herb.
Austral. 14:1 (1976).
Racosperma arbianum (Pedley) Pedley, comb,
nov. §163
Acacia arbiana Pedley, Austrobaileya 5: 307
(1999).
451
Pedley, A synopsis of Racosperma
Racosperma arcuatile (R.S.Cowan & Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §873
Acacia arcuatilis R.S.Cowan & Maslin,
Nuytsia 12:472 (1999).
Racosperma areolatum (M.W.McDonald)
Pedley, comb. nov. f
Acacia areolata M.W.McDonald, Austral.
SystBot. 16:142, t.2 (2003).
Racosperma argutifolium (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §361
Acacia argutifolia Maslin, Nuytsia 2:98
(1976).
Racosperma argyraeum (Tindale) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 344 (1987). §763
Racosperma argyrodendron (Domin) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 345 (1987). §611
Racosperma argyrophyllum (Hook.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §176
Acacia argyrophylla Hook., Bot. Mag. 74: t.
4384(1848).
Racosperma argyrotrichum (Pedley) Pedley,
comb. nov. §585
Acacia argyrotricha Pedley, Austrobaileya
5:310(1999).
Racosperma aridum (Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.
§733
Acacia arida Benth., London J. Bot. 1: 370
(1842).
Racosperma aristulatum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §318
Acacia aristulata Maslin, Nuytsia 12: 320
(1999).
Racosperma armillatum Pedley, Austrobaileya
2:325(1987). §624
Racosperma armitii (F.Muell. ex Maiden)
Pedley, Austrobaileya2: 345 (1987). §700
Racosperma arrectum (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §750
Acacia arrecta Maslin, Nuytsia 4: 73 (1982).
Racosperma ascendens (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §477
Acacia ascendens Maslin, Nuytsia 7: 223
(1990).
Racosperma asepalum (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §380
Acacia asepala Maslin, Nuytsia 12: 321
(1999).
Racosperma ashbyae (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §40
Acacia ashbyae Maslin, Nuytsia 1:321 (1974).
Racosperma asparagoides (A.Cunn.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §293
Acacia asparagoides A.Cunn. in B.Field,
Geogr. Mem. New South Wales. 343 (1825).
Racosperma asperulaceum (F.Muell.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 345 (1987). §925
Racosperma asperum (Lindl.) Pedley, comb. nov.
§451
Acacia aspera Lindl., in T.L.Mitchell, Three
Exped. Australia 2:138(1838).
Racosperma assimile (S.Moore) Pedley, comb,
nov. §534
Acacia assimilis S. Moore, J. Linn. Soc., Bot.
45:172(1920).
R. assimile subsp. atroviride (R.S.Cowan &
Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov. §534b
Acacia assimilis subsp. atroviridis
R.S.Cowan & Maslin, Nuytsia 10: 240
(1995).
Racosperma ataxiphyllum (Benth.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §356
Acacia ataxiphylla Benth., Linnaea 26: 605
(1855).
R. ataxiphyllum subsp. magnum (Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §356b
Acacia ataxiphylla subsp. magna Maslin,
Nuytsia 12: 324(1999).
Racosperma atkinsianum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §814
Acacia atkinsiana Maslin, Nuytsia 4: 75
(1982).
452
Racosperma atopum (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.
§845
Acacia atopa Pedley, FI. Australia 11B: 490
( 2001 ).
Racosperma atrox (Kodela) Pedley, comb. nov.
Acacia atrox Kodela, Telopea 9:315 (2001). f
Racosperma attenuatum (Maiden & Blakely)
Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 345 (1987). § 70
Racosperma aulacocarpum (A.Cunn. ex Benth.)
Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 345 ( \9%1).§670
R. aulacocarpum var. fruticosum (C.White)
Pedley, Austrobailey 2:345 (1987) syn.nov.
Racosperma aulacophyllum (R.S.Cowan &
Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov. §533
Acacia aulacophylla R.S.Cowan & Maslin,
Nuytsia 10:241(1995).
Racosperma auratiflorum (R.S.Cowan &
Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov. §502
Acacia auratiflora R.S.Cowan & Maslin,
Nuytsia 12:414 (1999).
Racosperma aureocrinitum (Conn & Tame)
Pedley, comb. nov. §172
Acacia aureocrinita Conn & Tame, Austral.
Syst.Bot.9:851(1996).
Racosperma auricomum (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §643
Acacia auricoma Maslin, J. Adelaide Bot.
Gard.2:303(1980).
Racosperma auriculiforme (A.Cunn. ex Benth.)
Pedley, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 92:247 (1986).
§671
Racosperma auripilum (R.S. Co wan & Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §593
Acacia auripila R.S.Cowan & Maslin,
Nuytsia 12:415 (1999).
Racosperma auronitens (Lindl.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §373
Acacia auronitens Lindl., Sketch Veg. Swan
R. xv (1839).
Racosperma ausfeldii (Regel) Pedley, comb. nov.
§457
Acacia ausfeldii Regel, Index Sem. Hort.
Petrop. 106(1867).
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 445-496 (2003)
Racosperma awestonii (R.S. Co wan & Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §499
Acacia awestonii R.S.Cowan & Maslin,
Nuytsia 7:185 (1990).
Racosperma axillare (Benth.) Pedley, Bot. J.
Linn. Soc. 92:248 (1986). §908
Racosperma ayersianum (Maconochie) Pedley,
comb. nov. §840
Acacia ayersiana Maconochie, J. Adelaide
BotGard. 1:182(1978).
Racosperma baeuerlenii (R.T.Baker) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:345 (1987). §466
Racosperma baileyanum (F.Muell.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:345 (1987). §30
Racosperma bakeri (Maiden) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:345 (1987). §656
Racosperma balsameum (R.S.Cowan & Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §578
Acacia balsamea R.S.Cowan & Maslin,
Nuytsia 12:417 (1999).
Racosperma bancroftiorum (Maiden) Pedley (as
‘bancroftii’), Austrobaileya 2: 345 (1987).
§65
Racosperma barakulense (Pedley) Pedley,
comb. nov. §sub 280
Acacia barakulensis Pedley, Austrobaileya
5:308(1999).
Racosperma barattense (J.M.Black) Pedley,
comb. nov. §469
Acacia barattensis J.M. Black, Trans. & Proc.
Roy. Soc. S. Australia 56:42 (1932).
Racosperma barbinerve (Benth.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §364
Acacia barbinervis Benth., London J. Bot. 1:
326(1842).
R. barbinerve subsp. boreale (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §364b
Acacia barbinervis subsp. borealis Maslin,
Nuytsia 12: 327(1999).
Racosperma barringtonense (Tindale) Pedley,
comb. nov. §134
Acacia barringtonensis Tindale, Telopea 1:
72(1975).
Pedley, A synopsis of Racosperma
Racosperma basedowii (Maiden) Pedley, comb,
nov. §309
Acacia basedowii Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy.
Soc. New South Wales 53:197 (1920).
Racosperma baueri (Benth.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 345 (1987). §158
R. baueri subsp. asperum (Maiden & Betche)
Pedley, comb, et stat. nov. §158b
Acacia baueri var. aspera Maiden & Betche,
Census New South Wales Plants 90
(1916).
Racosperma baxteri (Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.
§354
Acacia baxteri Benth (as ‘Bagsteri’), London
J. Bot. 1:347 (1842).
Racosperma beauverdianum (Ewart & Sharman)
Pedley, comb. nov. §851
Acacia beauverdiana Ewart & Sharman,
Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria n. ser. 28: 230
(1916).
Racosperma beckleri (Tindale) Pedley, Bot. J.
Linn. Soc. 92:248 (1986). §180
Racosperma benthamii (Meisn.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §545
Acacia benthamii Meisn., in J.G.C.Lehmann,
PI. Preiss. 1:11(1844).
Racosperma betchei (Maiden & Blakely)
Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 345 (1987). §119
Racosperma bidentatum (Benth.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §316
Acacia bidentata Benth., London J. Bot. X:
333(1842).
Racosperma bifarium (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §442
Acacia bifaria Maslin, Nuytsia 10:160 (1995).
Racosperma biflorum (R.Br.) Pedley, comb. nov.
§337
Acacia biflora R. Br., in W.T. Aiton, Hortus
Kew. ed 2.5:463 (1813).
Racosperma binatum (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §417
Acacia binata Maslin, Nuytsia 2: 202 (1978).
Racosperma binervatum (DC.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya2: 345 (1987). §57
453
Racosperma binervium (Wendl.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §775
Mimosa binervia Wendl., Bot. Beobot. 56
(1798).
Racosperma bivenosum (DC.) Pedley, comb. nov.
§220
Acacia bivenosa DC., Prodr. 2:452 (1825).
Racosperma blakei (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya2: 345 (1987). §778
R. blakei subsp. diphyllum (Tindale) Pedley,
Austrobaileya2: 345 (1987). §778b
Racosperma blakelyi (Maiden) Pedley, comb,
nov. §236
Acacia blakelyi Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc.
New South Wales 51:246 (1917).
Racosperma blaxellii (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §420
Acacia blaxellii Maslin, Nuytsia 12: 328
(1999).
Racosperma blayanum (Tindale & Court) Pedley,
comb. nov. §17
Acacia blayana Tindale & Court, Telopea 4:
109(1990).
Racosperma boormanii (Maiden) Pedley, comb,
nov. §150
Acacia boormanii Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy.
Soc. New South Wales 49:489 (1916).
Racosperma botrydion (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §402
Acacia botrydion Maslin, Nuytsia 4: 30
(1982).
Racosperma brachybotryum (Benth.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §175
Acacia brachybotrya Benth., London J. Bot.
1:347(1842).
Racosperma brachycarpum (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 345 (1987). §290
Racosperma brachycladum (W. V.Litzg.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §325
Acacia brachyclada W.V.Litzg., J. Bot. 50: 20
(1912).
Racosperma brachyphyllum (Benth.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §493
Acacia brachyphylla Benth., Linnaea 26: 615
(1855).
454
R. brachyphyllum var. recurvatum (R.S.Cowan
& Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov. §493b
Acacia brachyphylla var. recurvata
R.S.Cowan & Maslin, Nuytsia9:72 (1993).
Racosperma brachypodum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §478
Acacia brachypoda Maslin, Nuytsia 7: 225
(1990).
Racosperma brachystachyum (Benth.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:345 (1987). §836
Racosperma bracteolatum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §443
Acacia bracteolata Maslin, Nuytsia 12: 329
(1999).
Racosperma brassii (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:345 (1987). §690
Racosperma brockii (Tindale & Kodela) Pedley,
comb. nov. §712
Acacia brockii Tindale & Kodela, Telopea 5:
62(1992).
Racosperma brownei (Poir.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:346 (1987). §291
Racosperma brownianum (H.L.Wendl.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §934
Acacia browniana H.L.Wendl., Flora 2: 139
(1819).
R. brownianum var. endlicheri (Meisn.) Pedley,
comb, etstat. nov. §934c
Acacia endlicheri Meisn., in J.G.C.Lehmann,
PI. Preiss. 1:21(1844).
R. brownianum var. glaucescens (Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §934e
Acacia browniana var. glaucescens Maslin,
Nuytsia 2:356(1979).
R. brownianum var. intermedium (E.Pritzel)
Pedley, comb. nov. §934d
Acacia strigosa var. intermedia E. Pritzel, Bot.
Jahr.Syst. 35:312(1904).
R. brownianum var. obscurum (A.DC.) Pedley,
comb, etstat. nov. §934b
Acacia obscura A. DC., Mem. Soc. Phys.
Geneve 6:605 (1834).
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 445-496 (2003)
Racosperma brumale (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §100
Acacia brumalis Maslin, Nuytsia 10: 185
(1995).
Racosperma brunioides (A.Cunn. ex GDon)
Pedley, Austrobaileya2: 346 (1987).§7<57
R. brunioides subsp. graniticum (Pedley)
Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 346 (1987).
§161b
Racosperma bulgaense (Tindale & S. Davies)
Pedley, comb. nov. §777
Acacia bulgaensis Tindale & S.Davies,
Austral. Syst. Bot. 5:645 (1992).
Racosperma burbidgeae (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 346 (1987). §281
Racosperma burdekense (Pedley) Pedley, comb,
nov. §sub 666
Acacia burdekensis Pedley, Austrobaileya 5:
313(1999).
Racosperma burkittii (F.Muell. ex Benth.)
Pedley, comb. nov. §sub 866
Acacia burkittii F.Muell. ex Benth., FI.
Austral. 2:400 (1864).
Kodela & Tindale (1998) and the NSW
contributors to the Flora of Australia treated
Acacia burkittii as a subspecies of A.
acuminata (866). Maslin in WATTLE, citing
an unpublished report on variation in the
‘Acacia acuminata (Jam) group’, treated the
two as distinct species.
Racosperma burrowii (Maiden) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:346 (1987). §776
Racosperma buxifolium (A.Cunn.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 346 (1987). 157
R. buxifolium subsp. pubiflorum (Pedley)
Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 346 (1987).
§157b
Racosperma bynoeanum (Benth.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §522
Acacia bynoeana Benth., Finnaea 26: 614
(1855).
Pedley, A synopsis of Racosperma
Racosperma caerulescens (Maslin & Court)
Pedley, comb. nov. §61
Acacia caerulescens Maslin & Court,
Muelleria7:131 (1989).
Racosperma caesariatum (R.S.Cowan &
Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov. §496
Acacia caesariata R.S.Cowan & Maslin,
Nuytsia7:210 (1990).
Racosperma caesiellum (Maiden & Blakely)
Pedley, comb. nov. §132
Acacia caesiella Maiden & Blakely, J. & Proc.
Roy. Soc. New South Wales 60:180 (1927).
Racosperma calamifolium (Sweet ex Lindl.)
Pedley, comb. nov. §81
Acacia calamifolia Sweet ex Lindl., Bot. Reg.
10: t. 839 (1824).
Racosperma calanthum (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya2: 346 (1987). §277
Racosperma calcaratum (Maiden & Blakely)
Pedley, comb. nov. §381
Acacia calcarata Maiden & Blakely, J. Roy.
Soc. W. Australia 13:2 (1928).
Racosperma calcicola (Forde & Ising) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 346 (1987). §606
Racosperma caleyi (A.Cunn. ex Benth.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §117
Acacia caleyi A.Cunn. ex Benth., London J.
Bot. 1:347 (1842).
Racosperma calligerum Pedley, nom. et stat.
nov. §756c
Acacia wickhamii subsp. parviphyllodinea
Tindale, Kodela & D.Keith, FI. Australia
11B: 488 (2001) A. calligera F. Muell, J.
Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3: 141 (1859), pro
syn., nom. invalid.
A. wickhamii subsp. viscidula (F.Muell.)
Tindale, Kodela & D. Keith, FI. Australia
11B: 488 (2001); syn. nov. A. wickhamii
var. viscidula F. Muell., J. Proc. Linn. Soc.
3:141 (1859), syn. nov.
As discussed at some length elsewhere (Pedley
2002), Bentham, in editing Mueller’s (1859)
paper, relegated some of his names to
synonymy. Most of these have since been
validated. Here I have taken up Mueller’s
455
specific epithet but based the name on Acacia
wickhamii subsp. parviphyllodinea, type
material of which has been widely distributed
among Australian herbaria. Acacia wickhamii
subsp. viscidula may warrant formal recognition
but is not specifically distinct from R.
calligerum.
Racosperma calyculatum (ACunn. ex Benth.)
Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 346 (1987). §768
Racosperma cambagei (R.T.Baker) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 346 (1987). §609
Racosperma camptocladum (C.R.P. Andrews)
Pedley, comb. nov. §215
Acacia camptoclada C.R.P.Andrews, J. W.
Australia Nat. Hist. Soc. 39 (May 1904).
Racosperma campylophyllum (Benth.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §554
Acacia campylophylla Benth., Linnaea 26:
605(1855).
Racosperma cangaiense (Tindale & Kodela)
Pedley, comb. nov. §21
Acacia cangaiensis Tindale & Kodela,
Austral. Syst. Bot. 4: 582 (1991).
Racosperma canum (Maiden) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 346 (1987). §604
Racosperma capillare (A.S.George) Pedley,
comb. nov. §918
Acacia capillaris A.S. George, J. Roy. Soc.
W. Australia 82:69(1999).
Racosperma cardiophyllum (A.Cunn. ex Benth.)
Pedley, comb. nov. §33
Acacia cardiophylla A.Cunn. ex Benth.,
London J. Bot. 1:385(1842).
Racosperma carens (Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov.
Acacia carens Maslin, Nuytsia 10:172 (1995).
Racosperma carneorum (Maiden) Pedley,
comb. nov. §186
Acacia carneorum Maiden (as ‘carnei’), J. &
Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 49:470
(1916).
Racosperma carnulosum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §423
Acacia carnulosa Maslin, Nuytsia 12: 331
(1999).
456
Racosperma caroleae (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:346 (1987). § 799
Racosperma cassiculum (R.S.Cowan & Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. § 503
Acacia cassicula R.S.Cowan & Maslin,
Nuytsia7:187(1990).
Racosperma castanostegium (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §238
Acacia castanostegia Maslin, Nuytsia 12: 332
(1999).
Racosperma cataractae (Tindale & Kodela)
Pedley, comb. nov. § 759
Acacia cataractae Tindale & Kodela, Telopea
5:56(1992).
Racosperma catenulatum (C.T. White) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:346 (1987). §843
Racosperma caveale (R.S.Cowan & Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §375
Acacia cavealis R.S.Cowan & Maslin,
Nuytsia 12:454 (1999).
Racosperma cedroides (Benth.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §359
Acacia cedroides Benth., Linnaea 26: 615
(1855).
Racosperma celastrifolium (Benth.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §258
Acacia celastrifolia Benth., London J. Bot.
1:349(1842).
Racosperma celsum (Tindale) Pedley, comb. nov.
§sub 670
Acacia celsa Tindale, Austral. Syst. Bot. 13:
34(2000).
Racosperma centrinervium (Maiden & Blakely)
Pedley, Austrobaileya 2:346. (1987).
§sub 450
The name may be a synonym of R. lineatum,
but the transfer to Racosperma is warranted
pending further investigation.
Racosperma cerastes (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §387
Acacia cerastes Maslin, Nuytsia 10: 173
(1995).
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 445-496 (2003)
Racosperma chalkeri (Maiden) Pedley, comb,
nov. §74
Acacia chalkeri Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc.
New South Wales 49:482 (1916).
Racosperma chamaeleon (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §101
Acacia chamaeleon Maslin, Nuytsia 10: 189
(1995).
Racosperma chapmanii (R.S.Cowan & Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §552
Acacia chapmanii R.S.Cowan & Maslin,
Nuytsia 12:455 (1999).
R. chapmanii subsp. australe (R.S.Cowan &
Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov. §552b
Acacia chapmanii subsp. australis
R.S.Cowan & Maslin, Nuytsia 12: 457
(1999).
Racosperma chartaceum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §204
Acacia chartacea Maslin, Nuytsia 8: 293
(1992).
Racosperma cheelii (Blakely) Pedley, comb. nov.
§781
Acacia cheelii Blakely, Proc. Linn. Soc. New
South Wales ser. 2.42:441 (1917).
Racosperma chinchillense (Tindale) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:346 (1987). §20
Racosperma chippendalei (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:346 (1987). §915
Racosperma chisholmii (F.M.Bailey) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:346 (1987). §725
Racosperma chrysellum (Maiden & Blakely)
Pedley, comb. nov. §103
Acacia chrysella Maiden & Blakely, J. Roy.
Soc. W. Australia 13:16 (1928).
Racosperma chrysocephalum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §336
Acacia chrysocephala Maslin, Nuytsia 2: 304
(1978).'
Racosperma chrysochaetum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §718
Acacia chrysochaeta Maslin, Nuytsia 4: 367
(1983).
Pedley, A synopsis of Racosperma
Racosperma chrysopodum (Maiden & Blakely)
Pedley, comb. nov. §505
Acacia chrysopoda Maiden & Blakely, J. Roy.
Soc. W. Australia 13:10 (1928).
Racosperma chrysotrichum (Tindale) Pedley,
comb. nov. §34
Acacia chrysotricha Tindale, Contrib. New
South Wales Natl Herb. 4: 20 (1966).
Racosperma cincinnatum (F.Muell.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 347 (1987). §673
Racosperma citrinoviride (Tindale & Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §830
Acacia citrinoviridis Tindale & Maslin,
Nuytsia2:86(1976).
Racosperma clandullense (Conn & Tame)
Pedley, comb. nov. § 171
Acacia clandullensis Conn & Tame, Austral.
Syst. Bot.9: 849(1996).
Racosperma clelandii (Pedley) Pedley, comb,
nov. §837
Acacia clelandii Pedley, FI. Australia 1 IB: 488
( 2001 ).
Racosperma clivicola (Pedley) Pedley, comb,
nov. §sub 818
Acacia clivicola Pedley, Contrib. Queensland
Herb. 15:7(1974).
Racosperma clunies-rossiae (Maiden) Pedley,
comb. nov. §133
Acacia clunies-rossiae Maiden, J. & Proc.
Roy. Soc. New South Wales 49:486 (1916).
Racosperma clydonophorum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §256
Acacia clydonophora Maslin, Nuytsia 10: 87
(1995).
Racosperma cochleare (Labill.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §544
Mimosa cochlearis Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 2:
85. t. 234(1807).
Racosperma cochlocarpum (Meisn.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §884
Acacia cochlocarpa Meisn., Bot. Zeitung
(Berlin) 13:10(1855).
R. cochlocarpum subsp. velutinosum (Maslin
& A.R. Chapm.) Pedley, comb. nov.
§884b
Acacia cochlocarpa Meisn. subsp.
velutinosa Maslin & A.R.Chapm., Nuytsia
12:475(1999).
457
Racosperma cognatum (Domin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §464
Acacia cognata Domin, Biblioth. Bot. 89: 260
(1926).
Racosperma colei (Maslin & L. A.J.Thomson)
Pedley, comb. nov. §682
Acacia colei Maslin & L.A.J.Thomson,
Austral. Syst. Bot. 5:737 (1992).
Racosperma colletioides (Benth.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §547
Acacia colletioides Benth., London J. Bot. 1:
336(1842).
Racosperma comans (W.V.Fitzg.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §542
Acacia comans W.V.Fitzg., J. W. Australia
Nat. Hist. Soc. 5 (1904).
Racosperma complanatum (A.Cunn. ex Benth.)
Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 347 (1987). §631
Racosperma concolorans (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §3 83
Acacia concolorans Maslin, Nuytsia 12: 334
(1999).
Racosperma concurrens (Pedley) Pedley, Bot.
J. Linn. Soc. 92:248 (1986). §665
Racosperma confertum (A.Cunn. ex Benth)
Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 347 (1987). §164
Racosperma confluens (Maiden & Blakely)
Pedley, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 92:248 (1986).
§95
^Racosperma confusum (Merr.) Pedley, Bot. J.
Linn. Soc. 92:248 (1986). f
Acacia confusa Merr., Philip. J. Sci. 5 (Bot.):
27 (1920); Pedley, Contrib. Queensland
Herb. 18: 12 (1975); I. Nielsen, FI.
Malesiana ser. 1.11:61 (1992).
Racosperma congestum (Benth.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §395
Acacia congesta Benth, London J. Bot. 1: 327
(1842).
R. congestum subsp. cliftonianum (W.V. Fitzg.)
Pedley, comb, et stat. nov. §395b
Acacia cliftoniana W.V. Fitzg., J. W. Australia
Nat. Hist. Soc. 10(1904).
458
R. congestum subsp. wonganense (Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §395c
Acacia congesta subsp. wonganensis
Maslin, Nuytsia 12: 338 (1999).
Racosperma conjunctifolium (F. Muell.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya2: 347 (1987). §740
Racosperma connianum (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §804
Acacia conniana Maslin, Nuytsia 5: 323
(1985).
Racosperma consanguineum (R.S.Cowan &
Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov. §538
Acacia consanginea R.S. Co wan & Maslin,
Nuytsia 10:243(1995).
Racosperma consobrinum (R.S.Cowan &
Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov. § 50 7
Acacia consobrina R.S.Cowan & Maslin,
Nuytsia 7:189(1990).
Racosperma conspersum (F.Muell.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §705
Acacia conspersa F. Muell., J. Proc. Linn. Soc.,
Bot. 3:140(1859).
Racosperma constablei (Tindale) Pedley, comb,
nov. §48
Acacia constablei Tindale, Telopea 1: 429
(1980).
Racosperma continuum (Benth.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §307
Acacia continua Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 322
(1864).
Racosperma convallium (Pedley) Pedley, comb,
nov. §650
Acacia convallium Pedley, Austrobaileya 5:
312(1999).
Racosperma coolgardiense (Maiden) Pedley,
comb. nov. §847
Acacia coolgardiensis Maiden, J. & Proc.
Roy. Soc. New South Wales 53:211 (1920).
R. coolgardiense subsp. effusum (R.S.Cowan
& Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov. §847b
Acacia coolgardiensis subsp. effusa
R.S.Cowan & Maslin, Nuytsia 10: 21
(1995).
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 445-496 (2003)
R. coolgardiense subsp. latius (R.S.Cowan &
Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov. §847c
Acacia coolgardiensis subsp. latior
R.S.Cowan & Maslin, Nuytsia 10: 22
(1995).
Racosperma coriaceum (DC.) Pedley, Bot. J.
Linn. Soc. 92:248 (1986). §591
R. coriaceum subsp. pendens (R.S. Cowan &
Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov. §591 b
Acacia coriacea subsp. pendens R.S.Cowan
& Maslin, Nuytsia 9: 86 (1993).
R. coriaceum subsp. sericophyllum (F.Muell.)
Pedley, comb, et stat. nov. §591 c
Acacia sericophylla F. Muell., J. Proc. Linn.
Soc., Bot. 3:122 (1859).
Racosperma costatum (Benth.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §363
Acacia costata Benth., London J. Bot. 1: 339
(1842).
Racosperma costinianum (Tindale) Pedley,
comb.nov. §136
Acacia costiniana Tindale, Telopea 1: 441
(1980).
Racosperma courtii (Tindale & Herscovitch)
Pedley, comb. nov. §904
Acacia courtii Tindale & Herscovitch,
Telopea 4:115 (1990).
Racosperma covenyi (Tindale) Pedley, comb,
nov. §138
Acacia covenyi Tindale, Telopea 1:432 (1980).
Racosperma cowanianum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb.nov. §473
Acacia cowaniana Maslin. Nuytsia 7: 226
(1990).
Racosperma cowleanum (Tate) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:347 (1987). §684
R. oligophlebum (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:353 (1987), syn. nov.
Racosperma cracente (R.S.Cowan & Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §878
Acacia cracentis R.S.Cowan & Maslin,
Nuytsia 12:476 (1999).
Pedley, A synopsis of Racosperma
Racosperma craspedocarpum (F.Muell.) Pedley,
comb.nov. §842
Acacia craspedocarpa F.Muell., Chemist &
Druggist Australas. 2:73 (1887).
Racosperma crassicarpum (A.Cunn. ex Benth.)
Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 347 (1987). §669
Racosperma crassistipulum (Benth.) Pedley,
comb.nov. §329
Acacia crassistipula Benth., London J. Bot.
1:326(1842).
Racosperma crassiusculum (H.L.Wendl.)
Pedley, comb, no v. §233
Acacia crassiuscula H.L.Wendl., Comm.
Acac. Aphyll. 5,31 (1820).
Racosperma crassuloides (Maslin) Pedley,
comb.nov. §416
Acacia crassuloides Maslin, Nuytsia 2: 203
(1978).
Racosperma crassum (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 347 (1987). §664
R. crassum subsp. longicomum (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 347 (1987). §664b
Racosperma cremiflorum (Conn & Tame)
Pedley, comb. nov. § 173
Acacia cremiflora Conn & Tame, Austral.
Syst. Bot. 9: 853(1996).
Racosperma crenulatum (R.S.Cowan & Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §808
Acacia crenulata R.S.Cowan & Maslin,
Nuytsia 12:418 (1999).
Racosperma cretaceum (Maslin & Whibley)
Pedley, comb. nov. §90
Acacia cretacea Maslin & Whibley, Nuytsia
6:27(1987).
Racosperma cretatum (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 347 (1987). §659
Racosperma crispulum (Benth.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §330
Acacia crispula Benth., Linnaea 26: 606
(1855).
Racosperma crombiei (C.T. White) Pedley, Bot.
J. Linn. Soc. 92:247 (1986). §184
459
Racosperma cultriforme (A.Cunn. ex G.Don.)
Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 347 (1987). §153
Racosperma cummingianum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb.nov. §371
Acacia cummingiana Maslin, Nuytsia 10:175
(1995).
Racosperma cuneifolium (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §398
Acacia cuneifolia Maslin, Nuytsia 12: 339
(1999).
Racosperma curranii (Maiden) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 347 (1987). §809
Racosperma curvatum (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §553
Acacia curvata Maslin, Nuytsia 2:148 (1977).
Racosperma cuspidifolium (Maslin) Pedley,
comb.nov. §206
Acacia cuspidifolia Maslin, Nuytsia 4: 79
(1982).
Racosperma cuthbertsonii (Luehm.) Pedley,
comb.nov. §823
Acacia cuthbertsonii Luehm., Victorian
Naturalist 13:117(1897).
R. cuthbertsonii subsp. lineare (R.S.Cowan &
Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov. §823b
Acacia cuthbertsonii subsp. linearis
R.S.Cowan & Maslin, Nuytsia 10: 25
(1995).
Racosperma cylindricum (R.S.Cowan &
Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov. §892
Acacia cylindrica R.S.Cowan & Maslin,
Nuytsia 10: 31 (1995).
Racosperma cyperophyllum (F. Muell. ex Benth.)
Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 347 (1987). §810
R. cyperophyllum var. omearanum (Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §810b
Acacia cyperophylla var. omearana Maslin.
W. Austral. Naturalist 18:186 (1991).
Racosperma dacrydioides (Tindale) Pedley,
comb. nov. §717
Acacia dacrydioides Tindale, Telopea 1: 77
(1975).
460
Racosperma dallachianum (F.Muell,) Pedley,
comb.nov. §901
Acacia dallachiana F.Muell., Fragm. 1: 7
(1858).
Racosperma dangarense (Tindale & Kodela)
Pedley, comb. nov. §50
Acacia dangarensis Tindale & Kodela,
Austral. Syst. Bot. 4:586 (1991).
Racosperma daviesii (Bartolome) Pedley, comb,
nov. §sub 452
Acacia daviesii Bartolome, Austral. Syst. Bot.
15:472(2002).
Racosperma daviesioides (C.A.Gardner) Pedley,
comb.nov. §386
Acacia daviesioides C.A.Gardner, J. Roy. Soc.
W. Australia 27:173(1942).
Racosperma daweanum (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §829
Acacia daweana Maslin, Nuytsia4: 82 (1982).
Racosperma dawsonii (R.T.Baker) Pedley,
Austrobaileya2: 347 (1987). §480
Racosperma dealbatum (Link) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:358 (1987). §52
R. dealbatum subsp. subalpinum (Tindale &
Kodela) Pedley, comb. nov. §52b
Acacia subdealbata subsp. subalpina
Tindale & Kodela, Telopea 9: 319 (2001).
Racosperma deanei (R.T.Baker) Pedley, Bot. J.
Linn. Soc. 92:248 (1986). §40
R. deanei subsp. paucijugum (F.Muell. ex N.A.
Wakef.) Pedley, comb, et stat. nov. §40b
Acacia paucijuga F. Muell. ex N.A. Wakef.,
Victorian Naturalist 72:93 (1955).
Racosperma debile (Tindale) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:347 (1987). §16
Racosperma declinatum (R.S.Cowan & Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §495
Acacia declinata R.S.Cowan & Maslin, W.
Austral. Naturalist 18:79 (1990).
Racosperma decorum (Rchb.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:347 (1987). §116
Racosperma decurrens (Willd.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:358 (1987). §49
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 445-496 (2003)
Racosperma deficiens (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §409
Acacia deficiens Maslin, Nuytsia 12: 340
(1999).
Racosperma deflexum (Maiden & Blakely)
Pedley, comb. nov. §486
Acacia deflexa Maiden & Blakely, J. Roy. Soc.
W. Australia 13:18 (1928).
Racosperma delibratum (A.Cunn. ex Benth.)
Pedley, comb. nov. §736
Acacia delibrata A.Cunn. ex Benth., London
J. Bot. 1:374(1842).
Racosperma delicatulum (Tindale & Kodela)
Pedley, comb. nov. § 744
Acacia delicatula Tindale & Kodela, Telopea
5:58(1992).
Racosperma delphinum (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §332
Acacia delphina Maslin, Nuytsia 2: 322
(1978).
Racosperma deltoideum (A.Cunn. ex GDon)
Pedley,Austrobaileya2: 315 (1987).§677
Acacia vincentii R.S.Cowan & Maslin,
Nuytsia 7:207 (1990), syn. nov.
Acacia vincentii R.S.Cowan & Maslin (no. 614)
is based on the aberrant specimen of
Racosperma deltoideum noted by Pedley
(1987a).
R. deltoideum subsp. amplum (R.S.Cowan &
Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov. §617b
Acacia deltoideum subsp. ampla R.S.Cowan
& Maslin, Nuytsia 7: 206 (1990)
Racosperma demissum (R.S.Cowan & Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. § 83 3
Acacia demissa R.S.Cowan & Maslin,
Nuytsia 10:25 (1995).
Racosperma dempsteri (F. Muell.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §202
Acacia dempsteri F.Muell., Fragm. 11: 65
(1879).
Racosperma densiflorum (Morrison) Pedley,
comb.nov. §575
Acacia densiflora Morrison, Scott. Bot. Rev.
1:96(1912).
Pedley, A synopsis of Racosperma
Racosperma denticulosum (F.Muell.) Pedley,
comb.nov. §893
Acacia denticulosa F.Muell., Fragm. 10: 32
(1876).
Racosperma dentiferum (Benth.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §392
Acacia dentifera Benth., Botanist 4: t. 179
(1848).
Racosperma depressum (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §939
Acacia depressa Maslin, Nuytsia 1: 422
(1975).
Racosperma dermatophyllum (Benth.) Pedley,
comb.nov. §433
Acacia dermatophylla Benth., FI. Australia
2:346(1864).
Racosperma desertorum (Maiden & Blakely)
Pedley, comb. nov. §891
Acacia desertorum Maiden & Blakely, J. Roy.
Soc. W. Australia 13: 24 (1927).
R. desertorum var. nudipes (R.S.Cowan &
Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov. §891 b
Acacia desertorum var. nudipes R.S.Cowan
& Maslin, Nuytsia 10: 34 (1995).
Racosperma deuteroneurum (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya2: 347 (1987). §77
Racosperma diaphanum (R.S.Cowan & Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §421
Acacia diaphana R.S.Cowan & Maslin,
Nuytsia 12:420 (1999).
Racosperma diaphyllodineum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb.nov. §415
Acacia diaphyllodinea Maslin, Nuytsia 2:
206(1978).'
Racosperma dictyoneurum (E. Pritzel) Pedley,
comb. nov. §500
Acacia dictyoneura E.Pritzel, Bot. Jahr. Syst.
35:303(1904).
Racosperma dictyophlebum (F.Muell.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 347 (1987). §269
Racosperma didymum (A.R.Chapm. & Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §229
Acacia didymum A.R.Chapm. & Maslin,
Nuytsia 8:268 (1992).
461
Racosperma dielsii (E.Pritzel) Pedley, comb. nov.
§561
Acacia dielsii E.Pritzel, Bot. Jahr. Syst. 35:
294(1904).
Racosperma dietrichianum (F.Muell.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 347 (1987). §191
Racosperma difficile (Maiden) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 348 (1987). §692
Racosperma difforme (R.T.Baker) Pedley, comb,
nov. §110
Acacia dijformis R.T.Baker, Proc. Linn. Soc.
New South Wales 22:154 (1897).
Racosperma dilatatum (Benth.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §366
Acacia dilatata Benth., Linnaea 26: 608
(1855).
Racosperma dimidiatum (Benth.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 348 (1987). §657
Racosperma diminutum (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §408
Acacia diminuta Maslin, Nuytsia 12: 342
(1999).
Racosperma disparrimum (M.W. McDonald &
Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov. §sub 670
Acacia disparrima M.W.McDonald &
Maslin, Austral. Syst. Bot. 13:46 (2000).
R. disparrimum subsp. calidestre (M.W.
McDonald & Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov.
§sub 670
Acacia disparrima subsp. calidestris
M.W.McDonald & Maslin, Austral. Syst.
Bot. 13:52(2000).
Racosperma dissimile (M.W.McDonald)
Pedley, comb. nov. §sub 691
Acacia dissimilis M.W.McDonald, Austral.
Syst. Bot. 16:147. t.6 (2003).
Racosperma dissonum (R.S.Cowan & Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §572
Acacia dissona R.S.Cowan & Maslin,
Nuytsia 10:209(1995).
R. dissonum var. indolorium (R.S.Cowan &
Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov. §572b
Acacia dissona var. indoloria R.S.Cowan &
Maslin, Nuytsia 10: 211 (1995).
462
Racosperma distans (Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov.
§794
Acacia distans Maslin, Nuytsia 4: 386 (1983).
Racosperma distichum (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §261
Acacia disticha Maslin, Nuytsia 10: 89 (1995).
Racosperma divergens (Benth.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §340
Acacia divergens Benth., London J. Bot. 1:
331(1842).
Racosperma dodonaeifolium (Pers.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §458
Mimosa dodonaeifolia Pers., Syn. PI. 2: 261
(1806).
Racosperma dolicophyllum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §620
Acacia dolichophylla Maslin, J. Adelaide Bot.
Gard.2:307(1980).
Racosperma donaldsonii (R.S.Cowan & Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §586
Acacia donaldsonii R.S.Cowan & Maslin,
Nuytsia 12:458 (1999).
Racosperma doratoxylon (A.Cunn.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §798
Acacia doratoxylon A.Cunn., in B.Field,
Geogr. Mem. New South Wales 345 (1825).
Racosperma dorotheae (Maiden) Pedley, comb,
nov. §135
Acacia dorotheae Maiden (as ‘dorothea’),
Proc. Linn Soc. New South Wales 26: 12
(1901).
Despite the contrary opinion of Hall & Johnson
(1993), I consider the epithet dorothea to be an
orthographic error to be corrected under the
International Code of Botanical Nomenclature.
See note under R. amandae.
Racosperma dorsennum (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §216
Acacia dorsenna Maslin, Nuytsia 10: 192
(1995).
Racosperma drepanocarpum (F.Muell.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:348 (1987). §773
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 445-496 (2003)
R. drepanocarpum var. latifolium (Pedley)
Pedley, comb, et stat. nov. §773b
Acacia drepanocarpa subsp. latifolia
Pedley, Contrib. Queensland Herb. 15:10
(1974). R. drepanocarpum subsp.
latifolium (Pedley) Pedley. Austrobaileya
2:348 (1987), syn. nov.
Racosperma drepanophyllum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §868
Acacia drepanophylla Maslin, Nuytsia 4: 389
(1983).
Racosperma drewianum (W.V.Fitzg.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §948
Acacia drewiana W.V.Fitzg., in J.H.Maiden,
J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales, 51:
273(1917).
R. drewianum subsp. minus (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §948b
Acacia drewiana subsp. minor Maslin,
Nuytsia 1:474 (1975).
Racosperma drummondii (Lindl.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §952
Acacia drummondii Lindl., Sketch Veg. Swan
R. xv (1839).
R. drummondii var. affine (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §952b
Acacia varia var. affinis Maslin, Nuytsia 1:
461(1975).
R. drummondii var. elegans (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §952d
Acacia drummondii var. elegans Maslin,
Nuytsia 1:468 (1975).
R. drummondii var. majus (Benth.) Pedley,
comb, et stat. nov. §952c
Acacia drummondii subsp. major Benth., FI.
Austral. 2:419 (1864).
Racosperma dunnii (Turrill) Pedley, comb. nov.
§651
Acacia dunnii Turrill, Kew Bull. Misc. Inform.
1922 no. 9:299 (1922).
In describing A. dunnii, Turrill placed A. sericata
var. dunnii in synonymy. He cited two
specimens (one in flower, the other in fruit)
collected by E.J.Dunn, neither cited by Maiden
in the protologue of A. sericata var. dunnii. In
463
Pedley, A synopsis of Racosperma
the Flora, Cowan and Maslin treated these
specimens, not as syntypes of a species nova
but as material additional to that originally used
by Maiden. They therefore attributed the
specific epithet to Maiden.
Racosperma durabile (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §260
Acacia durabilis Maslin, Nuytsia 10: 91
(1995).
Racosperma duriusculum (W.V.Fitzg.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §817
Acacia duriuscula W.V.Fitzg., J. W. Australia
Nat. Hist. Soc. 15(1904).
Racosperma durum (Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.
§489
Acacia dura Benth., Linnaea 26: 622 (1855).
Racosperma echinuliflorum (G J.Leach) Pedley,
comb. nov. §699
Acacia echinuliflora G.J. Leach, Nuytsia 9:
355(1994).
Racosperma echinulum (DC.) Pedley, comb. nov.
§294
Acacia echinula DC., Prodr. 2:449 (1825).
Racosperma effusum (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §728
Acacia ejfusa Maslin, Nuytsia 4: 85 (1982).
Racosperma eglandulosum (DC.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §635
Acacia eglandulosa DC., Prodr. 2:450 (1825).
Acacia cyclops A.Cunn ex GDon, Gen. Hist.
2:404 (1832), syn. nov.
Racosperma elachanthum (M.W. McDonald &
Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov. §683
Acacia elachantha M.W.McDonald &
Maslin, Austral. Syst. Bot. 10: 31 (1997).
Racosperma elatum (A.Cunn. ex Benth.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 358 (1987). §24
Racosperma elongatum (Sieber ex DC.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §526
Acacia elongata Sieber ex DC., Prodr. 2: 451
(1825).
Racosperma empeliocladum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §933
Acacia empelioclada Maslin, Nuytsia 1: 436
(1975).
Racosperma enervium (Maiden & Blakely)
Pedley, comb. nov. §564
Acacia enervia Maiden & Blakely, J. Roy. Soc.
W. Australia 13:8 (1927).
R. enervium subsp. explicatum (R.S.Cowan &
Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov. §564b
Acacia enervia subsp. explicata R.S.Cowan
& Maslin, Nuytsia 10:232 (1995).
Racosperma ensifolium (Pedley) Pedley, Bot.
J. Linn. Soc. 92:248 (1986). §182
Racosperma enterocarpum (R.V.Sm.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §548
Acacia enterocarpa R.V.Sm., Victorian
Naturalist 73:171 (1957).
Racosperma epacanthum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb, et stat. nov. §944
Acacia lasiocarpa var. epacantha Maslin,
Nuytsia 1:416 (1975).
Racosperma epedunculatum (R.S.Cowan &
Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov. § 889
Acacia epedunculata R.S.Cowan & Maslin,
Nuytsia 10:34(1995).
Racosperma ephedroides (Benth.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §861
Acacia ephedroides Benth., London J. Bot.
1:370(1842).
Racosperma eremaeum (C.R.P.Andrews)
Pedley, comb. nov. §588
Acacia eremaea C.R.P.Andrews, J. W.
Australia Nat. Hist. Soc. 40 (1904).
Racosperma eremophila (W.V.Fitzg.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §576
Acacia eremophila W.V.Fitzg., J. Bot. 50: 19
(1912).
R. eremophila var. variabile (Maiden & Blakely)
Pedley, comb. nov. §576b
Acacia eremophila var. variabilis Maiden &
Blakely, J. Roy. Soc. W. Australia 13: 6
(1927).
Racosperma eremophiloides (Pedley & PI.
Forst.) Pedley, Austrobaileya 2:348 (1987).
327b
464
Racosperma ericifolium (Benth.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §412
Acacia ericifolia Benth., London J. Bot. 1:
345(1842).
Racosperma ericksoniae (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §315
Acacia ericksoniae Maslin, 12: 343 (1999).
Racosperma erinaceum (Benth.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §320
Acacia erinacea Benth., London J. Bot. 1:
360(1842).
Racosperma eriocladum (Benth.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §388
Acacia erioclada Benth., Linnaea 26: 606
(1855).
Racosperma eriopodum (Maiden & Blakely)
Pedley, comb. nov. § 696
Acacia eriopoda Maiden & Blakely, J. Roy.
Soc. W. Australia 13:27 (1927)
Racosperma errabundum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §461
Acacia errabunda Maslin, Nuytsia 12: 345
(1999).
Racosperma estrophiolatum (F.Muell.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:348 (1987). §621
Racosperma euthycarpum (J.M.Black) Pedley,
comb, etstat. nov. §sub 81
Acacia calamifolia var. euthycarpa J.M.Black,
Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Australia 47:
369(1923)
R. euthycarpum var. oblanceolatum (Stephen
H. Wright) Pedley, comb. nov. §sub 81
Acacia euthycarpa subsp. oblanceolatum
Stephen H. Wright, Muelleria 16:64 (2002).
I have followed Wright et al. (2002) in their
treatment of R. euthycarpum as a species
distinct from A. calamifolia.
Racosperma euthyphyllum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §422
Acacia euthyphylla Maslin, Nuytsia 12: 347
(1999).
Racosperma evenulosum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §419
Acacia evenulosa Maslin, Nuytsia 12: 348
(1999).
Racosperma everistii (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:348 (1987). §141
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 445-496 (2003)
Racosperma excelsum (Benth.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:348 (1987). §622
R. excelsum var. angustum (Pedley) Pedley,
comb, et stat. nov. §622b
Acacia excelsa subsp. angusta Pedley,
Austrobaileya 1: 213 (1978). R. excelsum
subsp. angustum (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:348 (1987)
Racosperma excentricum (Maiden & Blakely)
Pedley, comb. nov. §42 7
Acacia excentrica Maiden & Blakely, J. Roy.
Soc. W. Australia 13:4 (1928).
Racosperma exile (Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov.
§821
Acacia exilis Maslin, Nuytsia 4: 87 (1982).
Racosperma exocarpoides (W. V.Fitzg.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §410
Acacia exocarpoides W.V.Fitz., J. W. Australia
Nat. Hist. Soc. 7 (1904).
Racosperma extensum (Lindl.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §251
Acacia extensa Lindl., Sketch Veg. Swan R.
xv (1839).
Racosperma fagonioides (Benth,) Pedley, comb,
nov. §943
Acacia fagonioides Benth., London J. Bot. 1:
387(1842).
Racosperma falcatum (Willd.) Pedley, Bot. J.
Linn. Soc. 92:248 (1986). §68
Racosperma falciforme (DC.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:348 (1987). §59
Racosperma farinosum (Lindl.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §481
Acaciafarinosa Lindl., in T.L.Mitchell, Three
Exped. Australia 2:145 (1838).
Racosperma fasciculiferum (F.Muell. ex Benth.)
Pedley, Austrobaileya2: 348 (1987).§783
Racosperma faucium (Pedley) Pedley, comb,
nov. f
Acacia faucium Pedley, Austrobaileya 5: 314
(1999).
465
Pedley, A synopsis of Racosperma
Racopsperma fauntleroyi (Maiden) Pedley,
comb, et stat. nov. §863
Acacia oncinophylla war. fauntleroyi Maiden,
J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 53:
214(1920).
Racosperma ferocius (Maiden) Pedley, comb,
nov. §313
Acacia ferocior Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc.
New South Wales 53:194 (1920).
Racosperma filamentosum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §709
Acacia filamentosa Maslin, Nuytsia 4: 370
(1983).
Racosperma filicifolium (Cheel & M.B .Welch)
Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 348 (1987). §3 7
Racosperma filifolium (Benth.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §876
Acacia filifolia Benth., London J. Bot. 1: 369
(1842).
Racosperma filipes (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.
§710
Acacia filipes Pedley, Austrobaileya 5: 315
(1999).
Racosperma fimbriatum (A.Cunn. ex G.Don)
Pedley, Austrobaileya2: 348 (1987).§724
Racosperma flabellifolium (W. V.Fitzg.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §304
Acacia flabellifolia W.V.Fitzg., J. W. Australia
Nat. Hist. Soc. 11(1904).
Racosperma flagelliforme (Court) Pedley, comb,
nov. §246
Acacia flagelliformis Court, Nuytsia 2: 170
(1978).
Racosperma flavescens (A.Cunn. ex Benth.)
Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 348 (1987). §645
Racosperma flavipilum (A.SGeorge) Pedley,
comb. nov. §508
Acacia flavipila A.S.George, W. Austral.
Naturalist 10:32(1990).
R. flavipilum var. ovale (R.S.Cowan & Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §508b
Acacia flavipila var. ovalis R.S.Cowan &
Maslin, Nuytsia 7:191(1990).
Racosperma fleckeri (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 348 (1987). §630
Racosperma flexifolium (A.Cunn. ex Benth.)
Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 348 (1987). §449
Racosperma flocktoniae (Maiden) Pedley,
comb. nov. §76
Acacia flocktoniae Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy.
Soc. New South Wales 49:476 (1916).
Racosperma floribundum (Vent.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 348 (1987). §899
Racosperma floydii (Tindale) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 348 (1987). §122
Racosperma fodinale (Pedley) Pedley, comb. nov.
Acaciafodinalis Pedley, Austrobaileya 5:316
(1999).f
Racosperma formidabile (R.S.Cowan & Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §557
Acacia formidabilis R.S.Cowan & Maslin,
Nuytsia 12:460 (1999).
Racosperma forrestianum (E. Pritzel) Pedley,
comb. nov. §342
Acacia forrestiana E.Pritzel, Bot. Jahrb. Syst.
35:298(1904).
Racosperma forsythii (Maiden & Blakely)
Pedley, comb. nov. § 75
Acacia forsythii Maiden & Blakely, J. & Proc.
Roy. Soc. New South Wales 60:179 (1927).
Racosperma fragile (Maiden & Blakely) Pedley,
comb. nov. §535
Acacia fragilis Maiden & Blakely, J. Roy. Soc.
W. Australia 13:5 (1927).
Racosperma frigescens (J.H.Willis) Pedley,
comb. nov. §637
Acacia frigescens J.H.Willis, Victorian
Naturalist 73:158(1957).
Racosperma froggattii (Maiden) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:318 (1987). §616
Racosperma fulvum (Tindale) Pedley, comb. nov.
§35
Acacia fulva Tindale, Contrib. New South
Wales Natl Herb. 4:19 (1966).
466
Racosperma galeatum (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §589
Acacia galeata Maslin, Nuytsia 4: 394 (1983).
Racosperma galioides (Benth.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 349 (1987). §928
Racosperma gardneri (Maiden & Blakely)
Pedley, comb. nov. §661
Acacia gardneri Maiden & Blakely, J. Roy.
Soc. W. Australia 13: 32 (1927).
Racosperma gelasinum (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §196
Acacia gelasina Maslin, Nuytsia 10: 194
(1995).
Racosperma geminum (R.S.Cowan & Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §485
Acacia gemina R.S.Cowan & Maslin, Nuytsia
12:421(1999).
Racosperma genistifolium (Link) Pedley, comb,
nov. §288
Acacia genistifolia Link, Enum. Hort. Berol.
Alt. 2:442 (1822).
Racosperma georgense (Tindale) Pedley, Bot.
J. Linn. Soc.92:248 (1986). §783
Racosperma georginae (F.M.Bailey) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:349 (1987). §608
Racosperma gibbosum (R.S.Cowan & Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §859
Acacia gibbosa R.S.Cowan & Maslin,
Nuytsia 10:28(1995).
Racosperma gilbertii (Meisn.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §955
Acacia gilbertii Meisn., in J.GC.Lehmann, PI.
Preiss. 2:204 (1848).
Racosperma gilesianum (F.Muell.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §587
Acacia gilesiana F.Muell., Chem. & Druggist
Australas. Suppl. 5 (51):26 (1882).
Racosperma gillii (Maiden) Pedley, comb, et
stat.nov. §91
Acacia retinodes var. gillii Maiden, Trans.
& Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Australia 32: 275
(1908).
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 445-496 (2003)
Racosperma gittinsii (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:349 (1987). §160
Racosperma gladiiforme (A.Cunn. ex Benth.)
Pedley, comb. nov. § 109
Acacia gladiiformis A.Cunn. ex Benth.,
FondonJ. Bot. 1: 354 (1842).
Racosperma glandulicarpum (Reader) Pedley,
comb. nov. §452
Acacia glandulicarpa Reader, Victorian
Naturalist 13:146(1897).
Racosperma glaucissimum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §435
Acacia glaucissima Maslin, Nuytsia 12: 350
(1999).
Racosperma glaucocaesium (Domin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §200
Acacia glaucocaesia Domin, Biblioth. Bot.
89:252(1926).
Racosperma glaucocarpum (Maiden & Blakely)
Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 349 (1987). §23
Racosperma glaucopterum (Benth.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §441
Acacia glaucoptera Benth., Finnaea 26: 64
(1855).
Racosperma gloeotrichum (A.R.Chapm. &
Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov. § 708
Acacia gloeotricha A.R.Chapm. & Maslin,
12:487(1999).
Racosperma glutinosissimum (Maiden &
Blakely) Pedley, comb. nov. §285
Acacia glutinosissima Maiden & Blakely, J.
Roy. Soc. W. Australia 13:13 (1927).
Racosperma gnidium (Benth.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:349 (1987). §2 74
Racosperma gonocarpum (F.Muell.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §739
Acacia gonocarpa F.Muell., J. Proc. Finn.
Soc., Bot. 3:136 (1859).
Racosperma gonocladum (F.Muell.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:349 (1987). §686
Racosperma gonophyllum (Benth.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §411
Acacia gonophylla Benth., Finnaea 26: 613
(1855).
Pedley, A synopsis of Racosperma
Racosperma gordonii (Tindale) Pedley, comb,
etstatnov. §162
Acacia baueri subsp. gordonii Tindale,
Contrib. New South Wales Natl Herb. 4:
74(1968).
Racosperma gracilentum (Tindale & Kodela)
Pedley, comb. nov. §714
Acacia gracilenta Tindale & Kodela, Telopea
5:61(1992).
Racosperma gracilifolium (Maiden & Blakely)
Pedley, comb. nov. §470
Acacia gracilifolia Maiden & Blakely, J. &
Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 60:191
(1927).
Racosperma gracillimum (Tindale) Pedley,
comb. nov. §726
Acacia gracillima Tindale, Telopea 1: 74
(1975).
Racosperma grandifolium (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 349 (1987). §676
Racosperma graniticola (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §393
Acacia graniticola Maslin, Nuytsia 12: 351
(1999).
Racosperma graniticum (Maiden) Pedley,
Austrobaileya2: 349 (1987). §797
Racosperma grasbyi (Maiden) Pedley, comb,
nov. §813
Acacia grasbyi Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc.
New South Wales 51:25 (1917).
Racosperma x grayanum (J.H.Willis) Pedley,
comb. nov. §82
Acacia x grayana J.H.Willis, Victorian
Naturalist 73:155 (1957).
Racosperma gregorii (F.Muell.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §327
Acacia gregoru F.Muell., Fragm. 3:47 (1862).
Racosperma griseum (S.Moore) Pedley, comb,
nov. §936
Acacia grisea S. Moore, J. Linn. Soc., Bot.
45:174(1920).
Racosperma guinetii (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §946
Acacia guinetii Maslin, Nuytsia 2: 361 (1979).
467
Racosperma gunnii (Benth.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 349 (1987). §295
Racosperma guymeri (Tindale) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 349 (1987). §719
Racosperma hadrophyllum (R.S.Cowan &
Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov. §570
Acacia hadrophylla R.S.Cowan & Maslin,
Nuytsia 10:214 (1995).
Racosperma hakeoides (A.Cunn. ex Benth.)
Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 349 (1987). §112
Racosperma hallianum (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §432
Acacia halliana Maslin, Nuytsia 6: 36 (1987).
Racosperma hamersleyense (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §828
Acacia hamersleyensis Maslin, Nuytsia 4: 90
(1982).
Racosperma hamiltonianum (Maiden) Pedley,
comb. nov. § 114
Acacia hamiltoniana Maiden, J. &. Proc. Roy.
Soc. New South Wales 53:199 (1920).
Racosperma hammondii (Maiden) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 349 (1987). §701
Racosperma handonis (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 349 (1987). §283
Racosperma harpophyllum (F.Muell. ex Benth.)
Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 349 (1987). §610
Racosperma harveyi (Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.
§102
Acacia harveyi Benth, FI. Austral. 2: 368
(1864).
Racosperma hastulatum (Sm.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §345
Acacia hastulata Sm., in A. Rees, Cycl. 39,
Suppl. (1818).
Racosperma havilandiorum (Maiden) Pedley,
comb. nov. §582
Acacia havilandiorum Maiden (as
‘havilandii’), J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. New
South Wales 53:182(1920).
Racosperma helicophyllum (Pedley) Pedley,
comb. nov. §729
Acacia helicophylla, Contrib. Queensland
Herb. 15:11(1974).
468
Racosperma helmsianum (Maiden) Pedley,
comb.nov. §475
Acacia helmsiana Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy.
Soc. New South Wales 53:174 (1920).
Racosperma hemignostum (F.Muell.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 349 (1987). §640
Racosperma hemiteles (Benth.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §213
Acacia hemiteles Benth., Linnaea 26: 619
(1855).
Racosperma hemsleyi (Maiden) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:349 (1987). §697
Racosperma hendersonii (Pedley) Pedley,
comb.nov. §sub 280
Acacia hendersonii Pedley, Austrobaileya 5:
309(1999).
Racosperma heterochroa (Maslin) Pedley,
comb.nov. §259
Acacia heterochroa Maslin, Nuytsia 10: 93
(1995).
R. heterochroa subsp. robertii comb. nov.
§259b
Acacia heterochroa subsp. robertii Maslin,
Nuytsia 10:95(1995).
Racosperma heteroclitum (Meisn.) Pedley,
comb.nov. §531
Acacia heteroclita Meisn., in L.GC.Lehmann,
PI. Preiss. 1:18(1844).
R. heteroclitum subsp. validum (R.S.Cowan &
Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov. §53 lb
Acacia heteroclita subsp. valida R.S. Co wan
& Maslin, Nuytsia 12:424 (1999).
Racosperma heteroneurum (Benth.) Pedley,
comb.nov. §890
Acacia heteroneura Benth., Linnaea 26: 624
(1855).
R. heteroneurum var. jutsonii (Maiden) Pedley,
comb, et stat. nov. §890b
Acacia jutsonii Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc.
New South Wales 51:262 (1917).
R. heteroneurum var. petilum (R.S.Cowan &
Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov. §890c
Acacia heteroneura var. petila R.S.Cowan &
Maslin, Nuytsia 10: 38 (1995).
R. heteroneurum var. prolixum (R. S. Co wan &
Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov. §890d
Acacia heteroneura var. prolixa R.S.Cowan
& Maslin, Nuytsia 10:40 (1995).
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 445-496 (2003)
^Racosperma heterophyllum (Lam.) Pedley,
comb.nov. f
Mimosa heterophylla Lam., Encyclop. 1: 14
(1783); Acacia heterophylla (Lam.) Willd.,
Sp. PI. 4: 1054 (1806); Pedley, Contrib.
Queensland Herb. 18: 6 (1975); Polhill in
F. Friedmann (ed.) FI. Mascareignes 80.
Legumineuses 44-52 (1990); Du Puy &
Villiers in D. Du Puy (ed.): Leguminosae
of Madagascar: 237 (2002).
Racosperma hexaneurum (P.Lang &
R.S.Cowan) Pedley, comb. nov. §549
Acacia hexaneura P.Lang. & R.S.Cowan, J.
Adelaide Bot. Gard. 13:115 (1990).
Racosperma hillianum (Maiden) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:349 (1987). §748
Racosperma hippuroides (Heward ex Benth.)
Pedley, comb. nov. §911
Acacia hippuroides Heward ex Benth.,
London J. Bot. 1: 344 (1842).
Racosperma hispidulum (Sm.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §267
Mimosa hispidula Sm., Spec. Bot. New
Holland 53.1.16(1795).
Racosperma hockingsii (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:349 (1987). §273
Racosperma holosericeum (A.Cunn. ex GDon)
Pedley, Austrobaileya2: 349 (1987).,§677
R. holosericeum var. glabratum (Maiden)
Pedley, comb. nov. §sub 677
Acacia holosericea var. glabrata Maiden,
Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensland 30:48 (1918).
Racosperma holotrichum (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:350 (1987). §67
Racosperma homalocladum (F.Muell.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:350 (1987). §628
Racosperma hopperianum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb.nov. §sub 879
Acacia hopperiana Maslin, Nuytsia 12: 495
(1999).
Racosperma horridulum (Meisn.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §346
Acacia horridula Meisn., in J.G.C.Lehmann,
PI. Preiss. 1:9(1844).
Pedley, A synopsis of Racosperma
Racosperma howittii (F.Muell.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §459
Acacia howittii F. Muell., Victorian Naturalist
10:16(1893).
Racosperma hubbardianum (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 350 (1987). §166
Racosperma huegelii (Benth.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §343
Acacia huegelii Benth. (as ‘Hiigelii), in
S.F.L.Endlicher etal., Enum. PI. 42 (1837).
Racosperma humifusum (A.Cunn. ex Benth.)
Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 350 (1987). §658
Racosperma hyaloneurum (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya2: 350 (1987). §722
Racosperma hylonomum (Pedley) Pedley, Bot.
J. Linn. Soc. 92:248 (1986). §626
Racosperma hypermeces (A.S.George) Pedley,
comb. nov. §921
Acacia hypermeces A.S.George, J. Roy. Soc.
W. Australia 82:70 (1999).
Racosperma hystrix (Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov.
Acacia hystrix Maslin, Nuytsia 12: 353 (1999).
R. hystrix subsp. continuum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §379b
Acacia hystrix subsp. continua Maslin,
Nuytsia 12:356 (1999).
Racosperma idiomorphum (A.Cunn. ex Benth.)
Pedley, comb. nov. §328
Acacia idiomorpha A.Cunn. ex Benth.,
London J. Bot. 1:329(1842).
Racosperma imbricatum (F.Muell.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §444
Acacia imbricata F.Muell., Fragm. 1:5 (1858).
Racosperma imitans (Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov.
§407
Acacia imitans Maslin, Nuytsia 12:356 (1999).
Racosperma imparile (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §344
Acacia imparilis Maslin, Nuytsia 12: 358
(1999).
Racosperma implexum (Benth.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 350 (1987). §639
469
Racosperma improcerum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §319
Acacia improcera Maslin, Nuytsia 12: 359
(1999).
Racosperma inaequilaterum (Domin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §209
Acacia inaequilatera Domin, Biblioth. Bot.
89:258(1926).
Racosperma inaequilobum (W.V.Fitzg.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §242
Acacia inaequiloba W.V.Fitzg., J. Bot. 50: 18
(1912).
Racosperma inamabile (E.Pritzel) Pedley, comb,
nov. §382
Acacia inamabilis E.Pritzel, Bot. Jahr. Syst.
35:289(1904).
Racosperma incanicarpum (A.R.Chapm. &
Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov. §855
Acacia incanicarpa A.R.Chapm. & Maslin,
Nuytsia 12:489 (1999).
Racosperma inceanum (Domin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §563
Acacia inceana Domin, Vstn. Krai. Ceske
Spolen. Nauk, TY. Mat.-PYfr. 2:43 (1923).
R. inceanum subsp. conforme (R.S.Cowan &
Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov. §563b
Acacia inceana subsp. conformis R.S.Cowan
& Maslin, Nuytsia 10:234 (1995).
Racosperma incongestum (R.S.Cowan &
Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov. §886
Acacia incongesta R.S.Cowan & Maslin,
Nuytsia 10:48 (1995).
Racosperma incrassatum (Hook.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §335
Acacia incrassata Hook., Ic. PI. 4: t. 370 (1841).
Racosperma incurvum (Benth.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §357
Acacia incurva Benth., London J. Bot. 1: 325
(1842).
Racosperma ingramii (Tindale) Pedley, comb,
nov. §125
Acacia ingramii Tindale, Telopea 1: 373
(1978).
Racosperma ingratum (Benth.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §351
Acacia ingrata Benth., FI Austral. 2: 331
(1864).
470
Racosperma inophloia (Maiden & Blakely)
Pedley, comb. nov. § 864
Acacia inophloia Maiden & Blakely, J. Roy.
Soc. W. Australia 13: 25 (1927).
Racosperma inops (Maiden & Blakely) Pedley,
comb. nov. §348
Acacia inops Maiden & Blakely, J. Roy. Soc.
W. Australia 13:4 (1927).
Racosperma insolitum (E.Pritzel) Pedley, comb,
nov. §248
Acacia insolita E.Pritzel, Bot. Jahr. Syst. 35:
310(1904).
R. insolitum subsp. recurvum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §248b
Acacia insolita subsp. recurva Maslin,
Nuytsia 12:363(1999).
R. insolitum subsp. efoliolatum (Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §248c
Acacia insolita subsp. efoliolatum Maslin,
Nuytsia 12: 362(1999).
Racosperma intortum (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §826
Acacia intorta Maslin, Nuytsia 4: 398 (1983).
Racosperma intricatum (S.Moore) Pedley,
comb. nov. §378
Acacia intricata S. Moore, J. Linn. Soc. Bot.
45:172(1920).
Racosperma irroratum (Sieber ex Spreng.)
Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 350 (1987). §54
R. irroratum subsp. velutinellum (Tindale)
Pedley, comb. nov. §5 4b
Acacia irrorata subsp. vellutinella Tindale,
Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales ser. 2.
91:147(1966).
Racosperma islanum (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:350 (1987). §278
Racosperma isoneurum (Maslin &
A.R.Chapm.) Pedley, comb. nov. §879
Acacia isoneura Maslin & A.R.Chapm.,
Nuytsia 12:478 (1999).
R. isoneurum subsp. nimium (Maslin &
A.R.Chapm.) Pedley, comb. nov. §879b
Acacia isoneura subsp. nimia Maslin &
A.R.Chapm., Nuytsia 12:479 (1999).
Racosperma iteaphyllum (F.Muell. ex Benth.)
Pedley, comb. nov. §179
Acacia iteaphylla F.Muell. ex Benth., Linnaea
26:617(1855).
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 445-496 (2003)
Racosperma ixiophyllum (Benth.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:350 (1987). §517
Racosperma ixodes (Benth.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 350 (1987). §275
Racosperma jackesianum (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:350 (1987). §720
Racosperma jacksonioides (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §324
Acacia jacksonioides Maslin, Nuytsia 2: 99
(1976).
Racosperma jamesianum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §849
Acacia jamesiana Maslin, J. Adelaide Bot.
Gard. 2:310(1980).
Racosperma jasperense (Maconochie) Pedley,
comb. nov. §187
Acacia jasperensis Maconochie, J. Adelaide
Bot. Gard. 6:201 (1983).
Racosperma jennerae (Maiden) Pedley, comb,
nov. §96
Acacia jennerae Maiden, in A.J.Ewart &
O.B .Davies, El. North. Terr. 333 (1917).
Racosperma jensenii (Maiden) Pedley, comb,
nov. §271
Acacia jensenii Maiden, in A.J.Ewart &
O.B.Davies, El. North. Territory 332 (1917).
Racosperma jibberdingense (Maiden &
Blakely) Pedley, comb. nov. §869
Acacia jibberdingensis Maiden & Blakely, J.
Roy. Soc. W. Australia 13:29 (1927)
Racosperma johannis (Pedley) Pedley, comb,
nov. §623
Acacia johannis Pedley, Austrobaileya 5:311
(1999).
Racosperma johnsonii (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:350 (1987). §280
Racosperma jonesii (F.Muell. & Maiden) Pedley,
comb. nov. §31
Acacia jonesii F. Muell. & Maiden, Proc. Linn.
Soc. New South Wales ser. 2.18:13 (1893).
Racosperma jucundum (Maiden & Blakely)
Pedley, Austrobaileya2: 350(1987).,§739
Racosperma juliferum (Benth.) Pedley, Bot. J.
Linn. Soc. 92:248 (1986). §788
Pedley, A synopsis of Racosperma
R. juliferum var. curvinervium (Maiden) Pedley,
comb, et stat. nov. §787
Acacia curvinervia Maiden, Proc. Roy. Soc.
Queensland 30: 34 (1918); R. juliferum
subsp. curvinervuim (Maiden) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:571 (1988).
R. juliferum var. gilbertense (Pedley) Pedley,
comb, et stat. nov. §788b
Acacia julifera subsp. gilbertensis Pedley,
Austrobaileya 1:162 (1978); R. juliferum
subsp. gilbertense (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:350 (1987).
Racosperma juncifolium (Benth.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya2: 350(1987). §189
Racosperma kalgoorliense (R.S.Cowan &
Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov. §5 74
Acacia kalgoorliensis R.S. Co wan & Maslin,
Nuytsia 10:215 (1995).
^Racosperma kauaiense (Hillebr.) Pedley, Bot.
J. Linn. Soc. 92:248 (1986) f
See Racosperma koa for a note on treatments
of Hawaiian species.
Racosperma kelleri (F.Muell.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §716
Acacia kelleri F.Muell., Proc. Roy. Soc. New
South Wales ser. 2.6:468 (1892).
Racosperma kempeanum (F.Muell.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 350 (1987). §816
Racosperma kenneallyi (R.S.Cowan & Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §652
Acacia kenneallyi R.S.Cowan & Maslin,
Nuytsia 10:64(1995).
Racosperma kerryanum (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §880
Acacia kerryana Maslin, Nuytsia 4: 105
(1982).
Racosperma kettlewelliae (Maiden) Pedley,
comb. nov. §143
Acacia kettlewelliae Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy.
Soc. New South Wales 49:484 (1916).
Racosperma kimberleyense (W. V.Fitzg.) Pedley,
comb. nov. § 73 8
Acacia kimberleyensis W.V.Fitzg. in J.H.
Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. New South
Wales 51:112(1917).
471
Racosperma kingianum (Maiden & Blakely)
Pedley, comb. nov. §506
Acacia kingiana Maiden & Blakely, J. Roy.
Soc. W. Australia 13:19(1928).
^Racosperma koa (A.Gray) Pedley, Bot. J. Linn.
Soc. 92:248 (1986). t
Acacia koa A.Gray, Bot. U. S. Explor. Exped.
1:480 (1842); Pedley, Contrib. Queensland
Herb.l8:7(1975).
St John (1980), decrying the need for further
field work, distinguished three species in the
Hawai’ian Is.: Acacia kauaiensis, A. koaia and
A. koa, the latter with three varieties. Wagner
et al.( 1990), however, maintained only A. koa,
suggesting that A. koaia and A. kauaiensis
might be treated as subspecies. Their
suggestion was evidently influenced by work,
some of it in the field, of J.P.M. Brenan. As the
results of Brenan’s work have not been
published I have followed the treatment of the
Hawaiian species (Pedley 1975) in which only
A. koa and A. kauaiensis were recognised.
Racosperma kochii (W.V.Fitzg.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §406
Acacia kochii W.V.Fitzg. ex A.J.Ewart & Jean
White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victorian, ser. 23:
285(1911).
Racosperma kybeanense (Maiden & Blakely)
Pedley, comb. nov. §140
Acacia kybeanensis Maiden & Blakely, J. &
Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 60:188
(1927).
Racosperma kydrense (Tindale) Pedley, comb,
nov. §73
Acacia kydrensis Tindale, Telopea 1: 435
(1980).
Racosperma laccatum (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 350 (1987). §687
Racosperma lacertense (Pedley) Pedley, comb,
nov. §663
Acacia lacertensis Pedley, Austrobaileya 5:
316(1999).
Racosperma lachnophyllum (F.Muell.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §428
Acacia lachnophylla F.Muell., South. Sci.
Rec. 2(7): 150(1882).
Racosperma lamprocarpum (O.Schwarz)
Pedley, comb. nov. §sub 670
Acacia lamprocarpa O.Schwarz, Repert.
Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 24:86 (1927).
472
Racosperma lanceolatum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb.nov. §303
Acacia lanceolata Maslin, Nuytsia 12: 363
(1999).
Racosperma lanei (R.S.Cowan & Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §515
Acacia lanei R.S. Co wan & Maslin, Nuytsia
7:192(1990).
Racosperma lanigerum (A.Cunn.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:350 (1987). §524
R. lanigerum var. gracilipes (Benth.) Pedley,
comb.nov. §524b
Acacia lanigera var. gracilipes Benth., FI.
Austral. 2:325(1864).
R. lanigerum var. whanii (F.Muell. ex Benth.)
Pedley, comb, et stat. nov. §524c
Acacia whanii F. Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austral.
2:386(1864).
Racosperma lanuginophyllum (R.S.Cowan &
Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov. § 504
Acacia lanuginophylla R.S.Cowan & Maslin,
Nuytsia 7:194(1990).
Racosperma laricinum (Meisn) Pedley, comb,
nov. §358
Acacia laricina Meisn., in J.GC.Lehmann, PI.
Preiss. 1:6(1844).
R. laricinum var. crassifolium (Maslin) Pedley,
comb.nov. §358b
Acacia laricina var. crassifolia Maslin,
Nuytsia 12:367(1999).
Racosperma lasiocalyx (C.R.P.Andrews)
Pedley, comb. nov. § 803
Acacia lasiocalyx C.R.P.Andrews, J. W.
Australia Nat. Hist. Soc. 41 (1904).
Racosperma lasiocarpum (Benth.) Pedley,
comb.nov. §945
Acacia lasiocarpa Benth., in S.L. Endlicher
etal., Enum.Pl. 43(1837).
R. lasiocarpum var. bracteolatum (Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §945c
Acacia lasiocarpa var. bracteolata Maslin,
Nuytsia 1:415 (1975).
R. lasiocarpum var. sedifolium (Meisn.) Pedley,
comb.nov. §945b
Acacia cycnorum var. sedifolia Meisn., in
J.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1:22 (1844).
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 445-496 (2003)
Racosperma lateriticola (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §935
Acacia lateriticola Maslin, Nuytsia 1: 433
(1975).
Racosperma latescens (Benth.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:571 (1988). §653
Racosperma latifolium (Benth.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:350 (1987). §660
Racosperma latipes (Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.
§543
Acacia latipes Benth., London J. Bot. 1: 334
(1842).
R. latipes subsp. licinum (R.S.Cowan & Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §543b
Acacia latipes subsp. licina R.S.Cowan &
Maslin. Nuytsia 12:464 (1999).
Racosperma latisepalum (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:351 (1987). §14
Racosperma latzii (Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov.
§605
Acacia latzii Maslin, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 2:
313(1980).
Racosperma lautum (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 351 (1987). §sub 280
Racosperma lazaridis (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:351 (1987). §760
Racosperma legnotum (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:351 (1987). §625
Racosperma leichhardtii (Benth.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:351 (1987). §108
Racosperma leiocalyx (Domin) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:351 (1987). §666
R. leiocalyx var. herveyense (Pedley) Pedley,
comb, et stat. nov. §666b
Acacia leiocalyx subsp. herveyensis Pedley,
Austrobaileya 1:180 (1978).
Racosperma leiodermum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb.nov. §932
Acacia leioderma Maslin, Nuytsia 1: 442
(1975).
Racosperma leiophyllum (Benth.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §84
Acacia leiophylla Benth., London J. Bot. 1:
351(1842).
Pedley, A synopsis of Racosperma
Racosperma lentigineum (Maiden & Blakely)
Pedley, comb. nov. §735
Acacia lentiginea Maiden & Blakely, J. Roy.
Soc. W. Australia 13: 30 (1927).
Racosperma leprosum (Sieber ex DC.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §456
Acacia leprosa Sieber ex DC., Prodr. 2: 450
(1825).
Racosperma leptaleum (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §479
Acacia leptalea Maslin, Nuytsia 12: 367
(1999).
Racosperma leptocarpum (A.Cunn. ex Benth.)
Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 351 (1987). §668
Racosperma leptoclada (A.Cunn. ex Benth.)
Pedley, comb. nov. §28
Acacia leptoclada A.Cunn. ex Benth., London
J. Bot. 1:385 (1842).
Racosperma leptolobum (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 351 (1987). §646
Racosperma leptoneurum (Benth.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §540
Acacia leptoneura Benth., London J. Bot.
1:341 (1842).
Racosperma leptopetalum (Benth.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §205
Acacia leptopetala Benth., Linnaea 26: 619
(1855).
Racosperma leptophlebum (F.Muell. ex Benth.)
Pedley, comb. nov. § 762
Acacia leptophleba F. Muell. ex Benth., FI.
Austral. 2:395 (1864).
Racosperma leptospermoides (Benth.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §413
Acacia leptospermoides Benth., Linnaea 26:
626(1855).
R. leptospermoides subsp. obovatum (Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §413 c
Acacia leptospermoides subsp. obovata
Maslin, Nuytsia2:212 (1978).
R. leptospermoides subsp. psammophilum
(E.Pritzel) Pedley, comb, et stat. nov.
§413b
Acacia psammophila E.Pritzel, Bot. Jahr. Syst.
35:294(1904).
473
Racosperma leptostachyum (Benth.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 351 (1987). §792
Racosperma leucocladum (Tindale) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:351 (1987). §38
R. leucocladum subsp. argentifolium (Tindale)
Pedley, Austrobaileya2: 351 (1987 ).§38b
Racosperma leucolobium (Sweet) Pedley, comb,
nov. §156
Acacia leucolobia Sweet, Hort. Brit. ed. 2.
165(1830).
Racosperma levatum (R.S.Cowan & Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §824
Acacia levata R.S.Cowan & Maslin, Nuytsia
10:41(1995).
Racosperma ligulatum (A.Cunn. ex Benth.)
Pedley, Austrobaileya2: 351 (1987).§223
R. ligulatum var. minus (F.Muell.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §224
Acacia salicina var. minor F.Muell., J. Proc.
Linn. Soc., Bot. 3:126 (1859).
A. salicina var. wayi Maiden (as ‘Wayae’),
Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Australia 32:
277 (1908); syn. nov. A. bivenosa subsp.
wayi (Maiden) Pedley, Austrobaileya 1:
28 (1977), syn. nov.
Acacia cupularis Domin, Vstr. Krai. Ceske.
Spolen. TY. Mat.-PYfr. 2:45 (1923), syn.
nov.
Racosperma ligulatum and R. bivenosum
intergrade over a wide area, particularly in the
south of the Northern Territory, but, since they
are distinct enough over most of their ranges, it
is convenient to consider them species.
However, as noted by Symon (1992) Acacia
cupularis “is not always readily separated from”
R. ligulatum and its recognition as varietas
seems appropriate.
Racosperma ligustrinum (Meisn.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §439
Acacia ligustrina Meisn., J.GC.Lehmann, PI.
Preiss. 2:203 (1848).
Racosperma limbatum (F.Muell.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 351 (1987). §761
Racosperma linarioides (Benth.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §715
Acacia linarioides Benth., London J. Bot. 1:
371 (1842).
474
Racosperma linearifolium (A.Cunn. ex Maiden
& Blakely) Pedley, comb. nov. §128
Acacia linearifolia A. Cunn. ex Maiden &
Blakely, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc. New South
Wales 60:177(1927).
Racosperma lineatum (A.Cunn. ex G.Don)
Pedley, Austrobaileya2: 351 (1987).§450
Racosperma lineolatum (Benth.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §566
Acacia lineolata Benth., Linnaea 26: 626
(1855).
R. lineolatum subsp. multilineatum (W.V.Fitzg.)
Pedley, comb, et stat. nov. §566b
Acacia multilineata W.V.Fitzg., J. W. Australia
Nat. Hist. Soc. 13 (1904).
Racosperma linifolium (Vent.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §151
Mimosa linifolia Vent., Descr. PI. Nouv. 2. t. 2
(1800).
Racosperma lirellatum (Maslin & A.R.Chapm.)
Pedley, comb. nov. § 882
Acacia lirellata Maslin & A.R.Chapm.,
Nuytsia 12:480 (1999).
R. lirellatum subsp. compressum (Maslin &
A.R.Chapm.) Pedley, comb. nov. §882b
Acacia lirellata subsp. compressa Maslin &
A.R.Chapm., Nuytsia 12:482 (1999).
Racosperma littoreum (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §334
Acacia littorea Maslin, Nuytsia 2:311 (1978).
Racosperma lobulatum (R.S.Cowan & Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §513
Acacia lobulata R.S.Cowan & Maslin,
Nuytsia 7:194(1990).
Racosperma loderi (Maiden) Pedley, comb. nov.
§594
Acacia loderi Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc.
New South Wales 53:209 (1920).
Racosperma longifolium (Andrews) Pedley,
comb. nov. §898a
Mimosa longifolia Andrews, Bot. Repos. 3.
t. 207 (1802).
Racosperma longipedunculatum (Pedley)
Pedley, Austrobaileya2: 351 (1987).,f926
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 445-496 (2003)
Racosperma longiphyllodineum (Maiden)
Pedley, comb. nov. § 805
Acacia longiphyllodinea Maiden, J. & Proc.
Roy. Soc. New South Wales 51:254 (1917).
Racosperma longispicatum (Benth.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:351 (1987). §667
Racosperma longispineum (Morrison) Pedley,
comb. nov. §527
Acacia longispinea Morrison, Scott. Bot.
Rev. 1:96 (1912).
Racosperma longissimum (H.L.Wendl.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:352 (1987). §903
Racosperma lorolobum (Tindale) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:352 (1987). §47
Racosperma loxophyllum (Benth.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §510
Acacia loxophylla Benth., Linnaea 26: 622
(1855).
Racosperma lucasii (Blakely) Pedley, comb. nov.
§137
Acacia lucasii Blakely, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc.
New South Wales 62:215 (1928).
Racosperma lullfitziorum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §403
Acacia lullfitziorum Maslin, Nuytsia 12: 369
(1999).
Racosperma lunatum (G.Lodd.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §155
Acacia lunata G.Lodd., Bot. Cab. 4: t. 384
(1819).
Racosperma luteolum (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §954
Acacia luteola Maslin, Nuytsia 1:453 (1975).
Racosperma lycopodiifolium (A.Cunn. ex
Hook.) Pedley, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 92: 240
(1986). §916
Racosperma lysiphloia (F.Muell.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 352 (1987) (as
“lysiphloium”). §724
Racosperma mabellae (Maiden) Pedley, comb,
nov. §69
Acacia mabellae Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc.
New South Wales 49:471 (1916).
Pedley, A synopsis of Racosperma
Racosperma macdonnellense (Maconochie)
Pedley, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 92: 248 (1986).
§800
R. macdonnellense subsp. teretifolium (Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §800b
Acacia macdonnellensis subsp. teretifolia
Maslin, Nuytsia 6: 33 (1987).
Racosperma mackeyanum (Ewart & Jean
White) Pedley, comb. nov. §573
Acacia mackeyana Ewart & Jean White, Proc.
Roy. Soc. Victorian, ser. 22: 6 (1909).
Racosperma macnuttianum (Maiden & Blakely)
Pedley, comb. nov. §118
Acacia macnuttiana Maiden & Blakely, J. &
Proc. Roy Soc. New South Wales 60:176
(1927).
Racosperma maconochieanum (Pedley) Pedley,
comb. nov. §602
Acacia maconochieana Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:235 (1986).
Racosperma macradenium (Benth.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 352 (1987). §66
Racosperma maidenii (F.Muell.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 352 (1987). §900
Racosperma maitlandii (F.Muell.) Pedley, Bot.
J. Linn. Soc. 92:248 (1986). §211
Racosperma mallocladum (Maiden & Blakely)
Pedley, comb. nov. § 702
Acacia malloclada Maiden & Blakely, J. Roy.
Soc. W. Australia 13:23 (1927).
Racosperma mangium (Willd.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 352 (1987). §675
Racosperma manipulare (R.S.Cowan & Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. § 74 3
Acacia manipularis R.S.Cowan & Maslin,
Nuytsia 10:72(1995).
Racosperma maranoense (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 352 (1987). §601
Racosperma marramamba (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §210
Acacia marramamba Maslin, Nuytsia 4: 94
(1982).
475
Racosperma maslinianum (R.S.Cowan) Pedley,
comb. nov. §581
Acacia masliniana R.S.Cowan, Nuytsia 9:79
(1993).
^Racosperma mathuataense (A.C. Sm.) Pedley,
comb. nov. f
Acacia mathuataensis A.C. Sm., J. Arnold
Arb. 31: 165 (1950); Pedley, Contrib.
Queensland Herb. 18: 11 (1975); A.C.
Smith, El. Vitiensis Nova 3: 73. t. 17C, 18
(1985).
Racosperma matthewii (Tindale & S.Davies)
Pedley, comb. nov. §779
Acacia matthewii Tindale & S.Davies,
Austral. Syst. Bot. 5:648 (1992).
Racosperma maxwellii (Maiden & Blakely)
Pedley, comb. nov. §232
Acacia maxwellii Maiden & Blakely, J. Roy.
Soc. W. Australia 13:7 (1927).
Racosperma mearnsii (De Wild.) Pedley, Bot.
J. Linn. Soc. 92:249 (1986). §46
Racosperma megacephalum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §942
Acacia megacephala Maslin, Nuytsia 1: 254
(1972).
Racosperma megalanthum (F.Muell.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 352 (1987). §689
Racosperma meianthum (Tindale &
Hercovitch) Pedley, comb. nov. §152
Acacia meiantha Tindale & Hercovitch,
Austral. Syst. Bot. 5:571 (1992).
Racosperma meiospermum Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:321 (1987). §780
Racosperma meisneri (Lehm. ex Meisn.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §106
Acacia meisneri Lehm. ex Meisn. in J.G.C.
Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1:13 (1844).
Racosperma melanoxylon (R.Br.) Pedley, Bot.
J. Linn. Soc. 92:240 (1986). §638
Racosperma melleodorum (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya2: 352 (1987). §270
Racosperma melvillei (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 352 (1987). §600
476
Racosperma menzelii (J.M.Black) Pedley, comb,
nov. §471
Acacia menzelii J.M.Black, Trans. & Proc.
Roy. S. Australia 41:45 (1917).
Racosperma mermthophoram (E.Pritzel) Pedley,
comb. nov. §875
Acacia merinthophora E.Pritzel, Bot. Jahr.
Syst, 35:307(1904).
Racosperma merrallii (F.Muell.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §437
Acacia merrallii FMuell., Proc. Finn. Soc.
New South Wales ser. 2.5:18 (1890).
Racosperma merrickiae (Maiden & Blakely)
Pedley, comb. nov. §107
Acacia merrickiae Maiden & Blakely, J. Roy.
Soc. W. Australia 13:13 (1927).
Racosperma microbotryum (Benth.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §97
Acacia microbotrya Benth., Fondon J. Bot.
1:353(1842).
Racosperma microcalyx (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §230
Acacia microcalyx Maslin, Nuytsia 1: 323
(1974).
Racosperma microcarpum (F.Muell.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §447
Acacia microcarpa F.Muell., Fragm. 1: 6
(1858).
Racosperma microcephalum (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:352 (1987). §596
Racosperma microneurum (Meisn.) Pedley,
comb.nov. §881
Acacia microneura Meisn., in J.GC.Fehmann,
PI. Preiss. 1:19(1844).
Racosperma microspermum (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:352 (1987). §597
Racosperma midgleyi (M.W.McDonald &
Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov. §sub 670
Acacia midgleyi M.W.McDonald & Maslin,
Austral. Syst. Bot. 13:61 (2000).
Racosperma mimicum (R.S.Cowan & Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. § 562
Acacia mimica R.S. Co wan & Maslin, Nuytsia
7:212(1990).
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 445-496 (2003)
R. mimicum var. angustum (R.S.Cowan &
Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov. §562b
Acacia mimica var. angusta R.S.Cowan &
Maslin, Nuytsia 7: 214 (1990).
Racosperma mimulum (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:352 (1987). §654
Racosperma minutifolium (F.Muell.) Pedley,
comb.nov. §746
Acacia minutifolia F.Muell., Fragm. 8: 243
(1874).
Racosperma minyura (Randell) Pedley, comb,
nov. §841
Acacia minyura Randell, J. Adelaide Bot.
Gard. 14:126(1992).
Racosperma mitchellii (Benth.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §56
Acacia mitchellii Benth., Fondon J. Bot. 1:
387(1842).
Racosperma mitodes (A.S.George) Pedley,
comb.nov. §922
Acacia mitodes A.S.George, J. Roy. Soc. W.
Australia 82:71 (1999).
Racosperma moirii (E.Pritzel) Pedley, comb. nov.
§937
Acacia moirii E.Pritzel, Bot. Jahr. Syst. 35: 312
(1904).
R. moirii subsp. dasycarpum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb.nov. §93 7b
Acacia moirii subsp. dasycarpa Maslin,
Nuytsia 1:419 (1972).
R. moirii subsp. recurvistipulum (Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §937c
Acacia moirii subsp. recurvistipula Maslin,
Nuytsia 1:258 (1975).
Racosperma mollifolium (Maiden & Blakely)
Pedley, comb. nov. §53
Acacia mollifolia Maiden & Blakely, J. &
Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 60:192
(1927).
Racosperma montanum (Benth.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:352 (1987). §460
Racosperma monticola (F.Muell.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:352 (1987). §730
Racosperma mooreanum (W.V.Fitzg.) Pedley,
comb.nov. §341
Acacia mooreana W.V.Fitzg., J. W. Australia
Nat. Hist. Soc. 10(1904).
477
Pedley, A synopsis of Racosperma
Racosperma mountfordiae (Specht) Pedley,
comb.nov. §694
Acacia mountfordiae Specht (as
‘mountfordae), Rec. Amer.-Austral. Exped.
Arnhem Land 3:233 (1958).
Racosperma mucronatum (Willd. ex
H.L. Wendl.) Pedley, comb. nov. §897
Acacia mucronata Willd. ex H.L.Wendl.,
Comm. Acac. Aphyll. 6,46 (1820).
R. mucronatum subsp. dependens (J.D.Hook.)
Pedley, comb, et stat. nov. §897b
Acacia mucronata var. dependens J.D.Hook.,
R Tasman. 1:110(1856).
R. mucronatum subsp. longifolium (Benth.)
Pedley, comb, et stat. nov. §897c
Acacia mucronata var. longifolia Benth.,
Linnaea 26:628(1855)
Racosperma muellerianum (Maiden &
R.T.Baker) Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 352
(1987). §32
Racosperma multisiliquum (Benth.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 352 (1987). §634
Racosperma multispicatum (Benth.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §871
Acacia multispicata Benth., FI. Austral. 2:400
(1864).
Racosperma multistipulosum (Tindale &
Bedward) Pedley, comb. nov. § 706
Acacia multistipulosa Tindale & Bedward,
Austral. Syst. Bot. 9: 859 (1996).
Racosperma murrayanum (F.Muell. ex Benth.)
Pedley, Austrobaileya2: 352 (1987).§793
Racosperma mutabile (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §431
Acacia mutabilis Maslin, Nuytsia 12: 371
(1999).
R. mutabile subsp. angustifolium (Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §43 lb
Acacia mutabilis subsp. angustifolia Maslin,
Nuytsia 12:373 (1999).
R. mutabile. subsp. incurvum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §43 lc
Acacia mutabilis subsp. incurva Maslin,
Nuytsia 12:374 (1999).
R. mutabile subsp. rhynchophyllum (Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §43 Id
Acacia mutabilis subsp. rhynchophylla
Maslin, Nuytsia 12: 375 (1999).
R. mutabile subsp. stipuliferum (Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §431 e
Acacia mutabilis subsp. stipulifera Maslin,
Nuytsia 12:376(1999).
Racosperma myrtifolium (Sm.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §257
Mimosa myrtifolia Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc.
London 1:252 (1791).
Racosperma nanodealbatum (J.H. Willis) Pedley,
comb.nov. §51
Acacia nanodealbata J.H.Willis, Victorian
Naturalist 73:154(1957).
Racosperma nelsonii Pedley, Bot. J. Linn. Soc.
92:249(1986). §811
Acacia nelsonii Maslin, J. Adelaide Bot. Gard.
2: 314 (1980), nom. illeg.,non Saff. (1914).
Acacia desmondii Maslin, Nuytsia, 6: 33
(1987).
Since the name Acacia nelsonii Maslin is
illegitimate, Racosperma nelsonii must be
treated as a nom. nov. dating from 1986.
Racosperma nematophyllum (F.Muell. ex
Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov. §83
Acacia nematophylla F.Muell. ex Benth.,
Linnaea 26:612(1855).
Racosperma neriifolium (A.Cunn. ex Benth.)
Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 353 (1987). §126
Racosperma nervosum (DC.) Pedley, comb. nov.
§264
Acacia nervosa DC., Prodr. 2:449 (1825).
Racosperma nesophilum (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 353 (1987). §680
Racosperma neurocarpum (A. Cunn. ex Hook.)
Pedley, comb. nov. §678
Acacia neurocarpa A.Cunn. ex Hook., Icon.
PI. 2:1.168(1837).
Racosperma neurophyllum (W.V.Fitzg.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §885
Acacia neurophylla W.V.Fitzg., J.W. Australia
Nat. Hist. Soc. 13(1904).
478
R. neurophyllum subsp. erugatum (R.S. Cowan
& Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov. §885b
Acacia neurophyllum subsp. erugatum
R.S.Cowan & Maslin, Nuytsia 10: 51
(1995).
Racosperma newbeyi (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §938
Acacia newbeyi Maslin, Nuytsia 1:423 (1975).
Racosperma nigricans (Labill.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §931
Mimosa nigricans Labill., Nov. Holl. PI. 2: 88.
t. 238 (1807).
Racosperma nigripilosum (Maiden) Pedley,
comb. nov. §241
Acacia nigripilosa Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy.
New South Wales 53:172 (1920).
R. nigripilosum subsp. latifolium (Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §24 lb
Acacia nigripilosa subsp. latifolia Maslin,
Nuytsia 12:378(1999).
Racosperma nitidulum (Benth.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §491
Acacia nitidula Benth., FI. Austral. 2: 381
(1864).
Racosperma niveum (R.S.Cowan & Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §560
Acacia nivea R.S. Cowan & Maslin, Nuytsia
10:250(1995).
Racosperma nodiflorum (Benth.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §404
Acacia nodiflora Benth., Linnaea 26: 621
(1855).
Racosperma notabile (F.Muell.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §87
Acacia notabilis F.Muell., Fragm. 1: 6 (1858).
Racosperma nuperrimum (E.GBaker) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:353 (1987). §751
Racosperma nyssophyllum (F.Muell.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §546
Acacia nyssophylla F.Muell., Fragm. 4: 4
(1863).
Racosperma obesum (R.S.Cowan & Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §559
Acacia obesa R.S.Cowan & Maslin, Nuytsia
10:252(1995).
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 445-496 (2003)
Racosperma obliquinervium (Tindale) Pedley,
comb. nov. §60
Acacia obliquinervia Tindale, Contrib. New
South Wales Natl Herb. 4:76 (1968).
Racosperma obovatum (Benth.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §263
Acacia obovata Benth., London J. Bot. 1: 329
(1842).
Racosperma obtectum (Maiden & Blakely)
Pedley, comb. nov. §529
Acacia obtecta Maiden & Blakely, J. Roy. Soc.
W. Australia 13:20 (1928).
Racosperma obtusatum (Sieber ex DC.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §115
Acacia obtusatum Sieber ex DC., Prodr. 2:453
(1825).
Racosperma obtusifolium (A.Cunn.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:353 (1987). §894
Racosperma octonervium (R.S.Cowan &
Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov. §490
Acacia octonervia R.S.Cowan & Maslin,
Nuytsia 9:73 (1993).
Racosperma oldfieldii (F.Muell.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §867
Acacia oldfieldii F.Muell., Fragm. 4:7 (1863).
Racosperma olganum (Maconochie) Pedley,
Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 92:249 (1986). §831
Racosperma oligoneurum (F.Muell.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §771
Acacia oligoneura F.Muell., J. Proc. Linn.
Soc., Bot. 3:139 (1859).
Racosperma olsenii (Tindale) Pedley, comb. nov.
§43
Acacia olsenii Tindale, Telopea 2:123 (1980).
Racosperma omalophyllum (A.Cunn. ex Benth.)
Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 353 (1987). §599
Racosperma ommatospermum Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:327 (1987). §629
Racosperma oncinocarpum (Benth.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §770
Acacia oncinocarpa Benth., London J. Bot.
1:378(1842).
Pedley, A synopsis of Racosperma
Racosperma oncinophyllum (Lindl.) Pedley,
comb.nov. §862
Acacia oncinophylla Lindl., Sketch Veg.
SwanR.xv(1839).
R. oncinophyllum subsp. patulifolium
(R.S.Cowan & Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov.
§862b
Acacia oncinophylla subsp. patulifolia
R.S.Cowan & Maslin, Nuytsia 10: 53
(1995).
Racosperma ophiolithicum (R.S. Co wan &
Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov. §53 7
Acacia ophiolithica R.S.Cowan & Maslin,
Nuytsia 10:246 (1995).
Racosperma orarium (F.Muell.) Pedley, Bot. J.
Linn. Soc. 92:249 (1986). §636
Racosperma orbifolium (Maiden & Blakely)
Pedley, comb. nov. §317
Acacia orbifolia Maiden & Blakely, J. Roy.
Soc. W. Australia 13:9 (1927).
Racosperma orites (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 353 (1987). §902
Racosperma orthocarpum (F.Muell.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya2: 353 (1987). §732
Racosperma orthotrichum (Pedley) Pedley,
comb.nov. §914
Acacia orthotricha Pedley, Contrib.
Queensland. Herb. 11:19(1972).
Racosperma oshanesii (F.Muell. & Maiden)
Pedley, Austrobaileya 2:353 (1987). §36
Racosperma oswaldii (F.Muell.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 353 (1987). §580
Racosperma oxycedrus (Sieber ex DC.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §905
Acacia oxycedrus Sieber ex DC., Prodr. 2:453
(1825).
Racosperma oxycladum (F.Muell. ex Benth.)
Pedley, comb. nov. §310
Acacia oxyclada F.Muell. ex Benth., FI.
Austral. 2:341 (1864).
Racosperma pachyacrum (Maiden & Blakely)
Pedley, comb. nov. § 194
Acacia pachyacra Maiden & Blakely, J. Roy.
Soc. W. Australia 13:21 (1927).
479
Racosperma pachycarpum (F.Muell. ex Benth.)
Pedley, comb. nov. §825
Acacia pachycarpa F.Muell. ex Benth., FI.
Austral. 2:408 (1864).
Racosperma pachyphyllum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb.nov. §434
Acacia pachyphylla Maslin, Nuytsia 12: 379
(1999).
Racosperma pachypodum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb.nov. §239
Acacia pachypoda Maslin, Nuytsia 1: 326
(1974).
Racosperma palustre (Luehm.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §865
Acaciapalustris Luehm., Victorian Naturalist
13:117(1897).
Racosperma paniculatum Pedley,
Austrobaileya2: 324 (1987). §627
Racosperma papulosum (R.S.Cowan & Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §577
Acacia papulosa R.S.Cowan & Maslin,
Nuytsia 10:219 (1995).
Racosperma papyrocarpum (Benth.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §595
Acacia papyrocarpa Benth., FI. Austral. 2:
338(1864).
Racosperma paradoxum (DC.) Pedley, comb. nov.
§453
Mimosaparadoxa DC., Cat. PI. Hort. Monsp.
74(1813).
Racosperma paraneurum (Randell) Pedley,
comb.nov. §838
Acacia paraneura Randell, J. Adelaide Bot.
Gard. 14:116(1992).
Racosperma parramattense (Tindale) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 358 (1987). §45
Racosperma parvipinnulum (Tindale) Pedley,
comb. nov. §39
Acacia parvipinnula Tindale, Proc. Linn. Soc.
New South Wales ser. 2.85:249 (1960).
Racosperma pataczekii (D.I.Morris) Pedley,
comb.nov. §145
Acacia pataczekii D.I.Morris, Rec. Queen
Victoria Mus. 50:1(1974).
480
Racosperma patagiatum (R.S.Cowan & Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §497
Acacia patagiata R.S.Cowan & Maslin,
Nuytsia 7:216(1990).
Racosperma paulum (Tindale & S.Davies)
Pedley, comb. nov. § 767
Acacia paula Tindale & S.Davies. Austral.
Syst. Bot. 3:387 (1990).
Racosperma pedinum (Kodela & Tame) Pedley,
comb. nov. §sub 111
Acacia pedina Kodela & Tame, Telopea 8:
305(1999).
Racosperma pedleyi (Tindale & Kodela) Pedley,
comb. nov. §41
Acacia pedleyi Tindale & Kodela,
Austrobaileya 3:745 (1992).
Racosperma pellitum (O.Schwarz) Pedley, comb,
nov. §679
Acacia pellita O. Schwarz, Repert. Sp. Nov.
RegniVeg. 24:86(1927).
Racosperma pelophilum (R.S.Cowan & Maslin)
Pedley), comb. nov. §514
Acacia pelophila R.S.Cowan & Maslin,
Nuytsia 12:428 (1999).
Racosperma pendulum (A.Cunn. ex G.Don)
Pedley, Austrobaileya2: 353 (1987).,§598
The basionym is usually cited as Acacia
pendula A.Cunn. ex GDon, but the name was
published 12 years earlier. It might be cited as
A.pendula A.Cunn in Oxley, Journals into the
interior of New South Wales 63 (1820). The name
Eucalyptus dumosa A.Cunn. was published by
Oxley in the same way, and accepted in Flora of
Australia. It was considered by Brummitt (2002)
as an example of a nomen subnudum.
Acceptance of the earlier publication does not
affect the correctness of the name.
Racosperma penninerve (Sieber ex DC.) Pedley,
Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 92:239 (1986). §58
R. penninerve var. longiracemosum (Domin)
Pedley, Austrobaileya2: 353 (1987).§58Z?
Racosperma pentadenium (Lindl.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §929
Acacia pentadenia Lindl., Bot. Reg. 18:1.1521
(1832).
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 445-496 (2003)
Racosperma perangustum (C.T. White) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:353 (1987). §123
^Racosperma peregrinale (M.W. McDonald &
Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov. § sub 670
Acacia peregrinalis M.W.McDonald &
Maslin, Nuytsia 14:455 (2002).
Racosperma perryi (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:571 (1988). §924
Racosperma petraeum (Pedley) Pedley, Bot. J.
Linn. Soc. 92:249 (1986). §795
Racosperma peuce (F.Muell.) Pedley, Bot. J.
Linn. Soc. 92:249 (1986). §185
Racosperma phaeocalyx (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §365
Acacia phaeocalyx Maslin, Nuytsia 2: 321
(1978).
Racosperma pharangites (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §487
Acacia pharangites Maslin, Nuytsia 4: 33
(1982).
Racosperma phasmoides (J.H.Willis) Pedley,
comb.nov. §287
Acacia phasmoides J.H.Willis, Muelleria 1:121
(1967).
Racosperma phlebocarpum (F.Muell.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:353 (1987). §731
Racosperma phlebopetalum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb.nov. §339
Acacia phlebopetala Maslin, Nuytsia 2: 295
(1978).
R. phlebopetalum var. pubescens (Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §339b
Acacia phlebopetala var. pubescens Maslin,
Nuytsia 2:299 (1978).
Racosperma phlebophyllum (H.B. Williamson)
Pedley, comb. nov. §895
Acacia phlebophylla H.B.Williamson, in
H.J.Ewart, FI. Victoria 607 (1931).
Racosperma pickardii (Tindale) Pedley, comb,
nov. §205
Acacia pickardii Tindale, Telopea 1: 372
(1992).
Racosperma piligerum (A.Cunn.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §168
Acaciapiligera A. Cunn., Bot. Mag. 62 sub t.
3394(1835).
Pedley, A synopsis of Racosperma
Racosperma pilligaense (Maiden) Pedley,
comb.nov. §282
Acacia pilligaensis Maiden., J. & Proc. Roy.
Soc. New South Wales 53:187 (1920).
Racosperma pinguiculosum (R.S.Cowan &
Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov. §484
Acacia pinguiculosa R.S.Cowan & Maslin,
Nuytsia 12:429 (1999).
R. pinguiculosum subsp. teretifolium
(R.S.Cowan & Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov.
§484b
Acacia pinguiculosa subsp. teretifolia
R.S.Cowan & Maslin, Nuytsia 12: 431
(1999).
Racosperma pinguifolium (J.M.Black) Pedley,
comb.nov. §482
Acaciapinguifolia J.M.Black, Trans. & Proc.
Roy. Soc. S. Australia71:20(1947).
Racosperma platycarpum (F.Muell.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya2: 354 (1987). §647
Racosperma plautellum (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §352
Acacia plautella Maslin, Nuytsia 12: 381
(1999).
Racosperma plectocarpum (A.Cunn. ex Benth.)
Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 354 (1987 ).§698
R. plectocarpum subsp. tanumbirinense
(Maiden) Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 354
(1987). §698b
Racosperma plicatum (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §947
Acacia plicata Maslin, Nuytsia 1:451 (1975).
Racosperma podalyriifolium (A.Cunn. ex
GDon) Pedley, Austrobaileya 2:354 (1987).
§147
Racosperma polifolium (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 354 (1987). §130
Racosperma poliochroa(E. Pritzel) Pedley, comb,
nov. §429
Acacia poliochroa E.Pritzel, Bot. Jahr. Syst.
35:293(1904).
Racosperma polyadenium Pedley,
Austrobaileya2: 322 (1987). §772
481
Racosperma polybotryum (Benth.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:354 (1987). §19
Racosperma polystachyum (A Cunn. ex Benth.)
Pedley, Austrobaileya2: 354 (1987).,§672
Racosperma porcatum (PForster) Pedley, comb,
nov. §927
Acacia porcata PForster, Austrobaileya 3:261
(1990).
Racosperma praelongatum (F.Muell.) Pedley,
comb.nov. § 192
Acacia praelongata F.Muell., Australas.
Chemist & Druggist 6: 32 (1883).
Racosperma praemorsum (P.Lang & Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §448
Acacia praemorsa P.Lang & Maslin, J.
Adelaide Bot. Gard. 13:118 (1990).
Racosperma praetermissum (Tindale) Pedley,
comb. nov. §766
Acaciapraetermissa Tindale, Telopea 2:113
(1980).
Racosperma prainii (Maiden) Pedley, comb. nov.
§214
Acacia prainii Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc.
New South Wales 51:238 (1917).
Racosperma pravifolium (F.Muell.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 354 (1987). §301
Racosperma pravissimum (F.Muell. ex Benth.)
Pedley, Austrobaileya2: 359 (1987).§ 148
The name Acacia pravissima was validated in
Bentham’s note (Linnaea 26 (1855) 608) prior to
Mueller’s extended description of the species
(Fragm. 1(1858)5).
Racosperma preissianum (Meisn.) Pedley,
comb, et stat. nov. §950
Acacia obscura var. preissiana Meisn., in
J.G.C. Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1:20 (1844).
Racosperma prismifolium (E.Pritzel) Pedley,
comb.nov. §494
Acacia prismifolia E.Pritzel, Bot. Jahr. Syst.
35:293(1904).
Racosperma pritzelianum (C.A.Gardner)
Pedley, comb. nov. §384
Acacia pritzeliana C.A.Gardner, Hooker’s
Icon. PI. 34: t. 3380 (1939).
482
Racosperma productum (Tindale) Pedley, comb,
nov. §765
Acacia producta Tindale, Telopea 2: 116
(1980).
Racosperma profusum (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §424
Acacia profusa Maslin, Nuytsia 12: 383
(1999).
Racosperma proianthum (Pedley) Pedley, comb,
nov. §711
Acacia proiantha Pedley, Austrobaileya 5:
318(1999).
Racosperma prominens (A.Cunn. ex GDon)
Pedley, comb. nov. §142
Acacia prominens A.Cunn. ex GDon, Gen.
Hist. 2:406 (1832).
Racosperma proximum (Maiden) Pedley, comb,
nov. f
Acacia proxima Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc.
New South Wales 51:105 (1917).
The name is based on Acacia camptoclada
E.Pritzel, nom. illeg. non A. camptoclada
C.R.P.Andrews. Andrews’s species is treated
in Flora of Australia. The identity of
A. camptoclada Pritzel is discussed there as a
“Doubtful Name” where it was suggested that
it might be the same as A. ancistrocarpa. I
have not seen any of the material cited by Pritzel
but, from his description, it could prove to be
one of the variants of A. adsurgens. As treated
in the Flora , this species is rather
heterogeneous. In view of its potential influence
on nomenclature, I have made the transfer to
Racosperma.
Racosperma pruinocarpum (Tindale) Pedley,
comb. nov. §181
Acacia pruinicarpa Tindale, Contrib. New
South Wales Natl Herb 4:73 (1968).
Racosperma pruinosum (A.Cunn. ex Benth.)
Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 354 (1987). §15
Racosperma pterocaulon (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §255
Acacia pterocaulon Maslin, Nuytsia 10: 165
(1995).
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 445-496 (2003)
Racosperma ptychocladum (Maiden & Blakely)
Pedley, comb. nov. §525
Acacia ptychoclada Maiden & Blakely, J. &
Proc. Roy. Soc. New South Wales 60:190
(1927).
Racosperma ptychophyllum (F.Muell.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §774
Acaciaptychophylla F.Muell., J. Proc. Finn.
Soc., Bot. 3:142 (1859).
Racosperma pubescens (Vent.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §29
Mimosa pubescens Vent., Jard. Malmaison 1:
t. 21 (1803).
Racosperma pubicostum (C.T. White) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:354 (1987). §131
Racosperma pubifolium (Pedley) Pedley, Bot.
J. Finn. Soc. 92:249 (1986). §784
Racosperma pubirhachis (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:354 (1987). §703
Racosperma pulchellum (R.Br.) Pedley, Bot. J.
Finn. Soc. 92:240 (1986). §941
R. pulchellum var. glaberrimum (Meisn.)
Pedley, comb. nov. §94 lc
Acacia pulchella var. glaberrima Meisn., in
J.G.C. Fehmann, PI. Preiss. 1:22 (1844).
R. pulchellum var. goadbyi (Domin) Pedley,
comb, et stat. nov. §94 Id
Acacia goadbyi Domin, Vstn. Krai. Ceske
Spolen. Nauk. TU. Mat.-PYfr. 2:47 (1923).
R. pulchellum var. reflexum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §94 lb
Acacia pulchella var. reflexa Maslin, Nuytsia
1:401(1975).
Racosperma pulviniforme (Maiden & Blakely)
Pedley, comb. nov. §312
Acacia pulviniformis Maiden & Blakely, J.
Roy. Soc. W. Australia 13:1 (1927).
Racosperma puncticulatum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §396
Acaciapuncticulata Maslin, Nuytsia 12: 384
(1999).
Racosperma purpureopetalum (F.M.Bailey)
Pedley (as ‘purpureipetalum’),
Austrobaileya 2:354 (1987). §268
Pedley, A synopsis of Racosperma
Racosperma pusillum (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §425
Acaciapusilla Maslin, Nuytsia 12: 386 (1999).
Racosperma pustulum (Maiden & Blakely)
Pedley comb. nov. §127
Acaciapustula Maiden & Blakely, Proc. Roy.
Soc. Queensland 38: 177 (1927).
Racosperma neriifolium subsp. pustulum
(Maiden & Blakely) Pedley, Austrobaileya
2:353(1987).
Racosperma pycnanthum (Benth.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §111
Acacia pycnantha Benth., London J. Bot. 1:
351(1842).
Racosperma pycnocephalum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §347
Acaciapycnocephala Maslin, Nuytsia 2: 281
(1978).
Racosperma pycnostachyum (F.Muell. ex
Benth.) Pedley, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 92: 249
(1986). §789
Racosperma pygmaeum (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §262
Acacia pygmaea Maslin, Nuytsia 10: 99
(1995).
Racosperma pyrifolium (DC.) Pedley, comb. nov.
§208
Acacia pyrifolia DC., Prodr. 2:452 (1825).
Racosperma quadrilaterale (DC.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 354 (1987). §190
Racosperma quadrimargmum (F.Muell.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §834
Acacia quadrimarginea F.Muell., Fragm. 10:
31(1876).
Racosperma quadrisulcatum (F.Muell.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §374
Acacia quadrisulcata F.Muell., Fragm. 3: 127
(1863).
Racosperma quinquenervium (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §430
Acacia quinquenervia Maslin, Nuytsia 12:
387(1999).
Racosperma quornense (J.M.Black) Pedley,
comb. nov. §79
Acacia quornensis J.M. Black, Trans. & Proc.
Roy. Soc. S. Australia 73:6 (1949).
483
Racosperma ramiflorum (Domin) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 354 (1987). §632
Racosperma ramulosum (W.V. Fitzg.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:354 (1987). §835
R. ramulosum var. linophyllum (W.V. Fitzg.)
Pedley, comb, et stat. nov. §835b
Acacia linophylla W.V. Fitzg., J. W. Australia
Nat. Hist. Soc. 16(1904).
Racosperma recurvatum (R.S.Cowan & Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §501
Acacia recurvata R.S.Cowan & Maslin,
Nuytsia 12:432 (1999).
Racosperma redolens (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §519
Acacia redolens Maslin, Nuytsia 1:327 (1974).
Racosperma rendlei (Maiden)Pedley, comb. nov.
§399
Acacia rendlei Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc.
New South Wales 51:241 (1917).
Racosperma repandum (R.S.Cowan & Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §860
Acacia repanda R.S.Cowan & Maslin,
Nuytsia 10:54(1995).
Racosperma repens (A.S. George) Pedley, comb,
nov. §920
Acacia repens A.S.George, J. Roy. Soc. W.
Australia 82:71 (1999).
Racosperma resinicostatum (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya2: 354(1987). §279
Racosperma resinimargineum (W.V.Fitzg.)
Pedley, comb. nov. § 850
Acacia resinimarginea W.V.Fitzg., J. W.
Australia Nat. Hist. Soc. 15 (1904).
Racosperma resinistipuleum (W.V.Fitzg.)
Pedley, comb. nov. §558
Acacia resinistipulea W.V.Fitzg. (as
‘resinostipulea’), J. W. Australia Nat. Hist.
Soc. 12(1904).
Racosperma resinosum (R.S.Cowan & Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §5 79
Acacia resinosa R.S.Cowan & Maslin,
Nuytsia 12:433 (1999).
484
Racosperma restiaceum (Benth.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §245
Acacia restiacea Benth., London J. Bot. 1:
323(1842).
Racosperma retinerve (Benth.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §693
Acacia retinervis Benth., London J. Bot. 1:
379(1842).
Racosperma retinodes (Schltdl) Pedley, comb,
nov. §94
Acacia retinodes Schltdl, Linnaea 20: 664
(1847).
R. retinodes var. uncifolium (J.M. Black) Pedley,
comb. nov. §94b
Acacia retinodes var. uncifolia J.M.Black,
Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Australia 56:
42(1932).
Racosperma retiveneum (F.Muell.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 354 (1987). §644
R. retiveneum subsp. clandestinum (R.S.Cowan
& Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov. §644b
Acacia retivenea subsp. clandestina
R.S.Cowan & Maslin, Nuytsia 10: 76
(1995).
Racosperma retrorsum (Meisn.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §300
Acacia retrorsa Meisn., Bot. Zeitung (Berlin)
13:10(1855).
Racosperma rhamphophyllum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §426
Acacia rhamphophylla Maslin, Nuytsia 12:
389(1999).
Racosperma rhetmocarpum (J.M. Black) Pedley,
comb. nov. §454
Acacia rhetinocarpa J.M. Black, Trans. &
Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Australia 44:193 (1920).
Racosperma rhigiophyllum (F. Muell. ex Benth.)
Pedley, comb. nov. § 909
Acacia rhigiophylla F. Muell. ex Benth.,
Linnaea 26:611 (1855).
Racosperma rhodophloia (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §812
Acacia rhodophloia Maslin, J. Adelaide Bot
Gard. 2:317(1980).
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 445-496 (2003)
Racosperma rhodoxylon (Maiden) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:354 (1987). §786
Racosperma riceanum (Henslow) Pedley, Bot.
J. Linn. Soc. 92:249 (1986). §907
Racosperma richardsii (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §737
Acacia richardsii Maslin, Nuytsia 4: 373
(1983).
^Racosperma richii (A. Gray) Pedley, comb. nov.
f
Acacia richii A. Gray, Bot. U. S. Explor. Exped.
1:482 (1854); Pedley, Contrib. Queensland
Herb. 18:12(1975);A.C. Smith, R Vitiensis
Nova 3:73. t. 17D&E(1985).
Racosperma ridleyanum (W.V. Fitzg.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §556
Acacia ridleyana W.V. Fitzg., J. W. Australia
Nat. Hist. Soc. 12(1904).
Racosperma rigens (A.Cunn. ex GDon) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:355 (1987). §584
Racosperma rigescens (Tindale & Bedward)
Pedley, comb. nov. § 704
Acacia rigescens Tindale & Bedward,
Austral. Syst. Bot. 9: 864 (1996).
Racosperma rigidum (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §355
Acacia rigida Maslin, Nuytsia 12: 390 (1999).
Racosperma rivale (J.M. Black) Pedley, comb,
nov. §88
Acacia rivalis J.M. Black, Trans. & Proc. Roy.
Soc. S. Australia 42:173 (1918).
Racosperma robiniae (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §338
Acacia robiniae Maslin (as ‘robinae’),
Nuytsia 2:292 (1978).
Racosperma rossei (F. Muell.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §284
Acacia rossei F. Muell., Victorian Naturalist
10:55(1893).
Racosperma rostellatum (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §323
Acacia rostellata Maslin, Nuytsia 12: 392
(1999).
Pedley, A synopsis of Racosperma
Racosperma rostelliferum (Benth.) Pedley,
comb.nov. §225
Acacia rostellifera Benth,. London J. Bot. 1:
356(1842).
Racosperma rothii (F.M. Bailey) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 355 (1987). §655
Racosperma roycei (Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov.
Acacia roycei Maslin, Nuytsia 2: 150 (1977).
Racosperma rubidum (A. Cunn.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya2: 355 (1987). §71
Racosperma rubricola (Pedley) Pedley, comb,
nov. f
Acacia rubricola Pedley, Austrobaileya 5: 309
(1999).
Racosperma rupicola (F.Muell. ex Benth.)
Pedley, comb. nov. §298
Acacia rupicola F. Muell. ex Benth., Linnaea
26:610(1855).
Racosperma ruppii (Maiden & Betche) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 355 (1987). §159
Racosperma ryanianum (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §203
Acacia ryaniana Maslin, Nuytsia 8: 300
(1992).
Racosperma sabulosum (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §272
Acacia sabulosa Maslin, Nuytsia 12: 393
(1999).
Racosperma saliciforme (Tindale) Pedley,
comb.nov. §63
Acacia saliciformis Tindale, Contrib. New
South Wales Natl Herb. 4: 22 (1966).
Racosperma salicinum (Lindl.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 355 (1987). §218
Racosperma salignum (Labill.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 355 (1987). §234
Racosperma saxatile (S. Moore) Pedley, comb,
nov. §418
Acacia saxatilis S. Moore, J. Linn. Soc., Bot.
45:173(1920).
Racosperma saxicola (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 355 (1987). §296
485
Racosperma scabrum (Benth) Pedley, comb. nov.
§400
Acacia scabra Benth., Linnaea 26:605 (1855).
Racosperma scalenum (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §305
Acacia scalena Maslin, Nuytsia 12: 396
(1999).
Racosperma scalpelliforme (Meisn.) Pedley,
comb.nov. §265
Acacia scalpelliformis Meisn. in J.G.C.
Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 2:20 (1848).
Racosperma schinoides (Benth.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §18
Acacia schinoides Benth., Lond. J.Bot. 1:383
(1842). FI Austral. 2:413 (1864).
Racosperma sciophanes (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §888
Acacia sciophanes Maslin, Nuytsia 2: 153
(1977).
Racosperma scirpifolium (Meisn.) Pedley,
comb.nov. §235
Acacia scirpifolia Meisn., Bot. Zeitung
(Berlin) 13:10(1855).
Racosperma sclerocladum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb.nov. §244
Acacia scleroclada Maslin, Nuytsia 10: 196
(1995).
Racosperma sclerophyllum (Lindl.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §483
Acacia sclerophylla Lindl., in T. L. Mitchell,
Three Exped. Australia 2:138 (1838).
R. sclerophyllum var. pilosum (R.S.Cowan &
Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov. §483b
Acacia sclerophylla var. pilosa R.S.Cowan
& Maslin, Nuytsia 12:440. (1999).
R. sclerophyllum var. teretiusculum (Maiden
& Blakely) Pedley, comb. nov. §483c
Acacia sclerophylla var. teretiuscula Maiden
& Blakely, J. Roy. Soc. W. Australia 13:22
(1928).
Racosperma sclerospermum (F.Muell.) Pedley,
comb.nov. §221
Acacia sclerosperma F. Muell. Wing’s S. Sci.
Rec. 2 (7): 150(1882).
486
R. sclerospermum subsp. glaucescens
(A.R.Chapm. & Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov.
§21b
Acacia sclerosperma subsp. glaucescens
A.R. Chapm. & Maslin, Nuytsia 8: 274
(1992).
Racosperma scopuloram (Pedley) Pedley, comb,
nov. §713
Acacia scopulorum Pedley (as ‘scopularum’),
Austrobaileya 5:319 (1999).
Racosperma seclusum (M.W.McDonald)
Pedley, comb. nov. §69 lb
Acacia secluse M.W.McDonald, Austral,
syst. Bot. 16:152. t.9 (2003)
A.tumida varpubescens Maiden A.J.Ewart
& O.B.Davies, Fl.N.Terr. 344 (1917) syn.
nov.
Racosperma sedifolium (Maiden & Blakely)
Pedley, comb. nov. §286
Acacia sedifolia Maiden & Blakely, J. Roy.
Soc. W. Australia 13:3 (1927).
R. sedifolium subsp. pulvinatum (Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §286b
Acacia sedifolia subsp. pulvinata Maslin,
Nuytsia 12:398(1999).
Racosperma semicircinale (Maiden & Blakely)
Pedley, comb. nov. §401
Acacia semicircinalis Maiden & Blakely, J.
Roy. Soc. W. Australia 13:11 (1927).
Racosperma semilunatum (Maiden & Blakely)
Pedley, Austrobaileya2: 355 (1987).§754
Racosperma semirigidum (Maiden & Blakely)
Pedley, Austrobaileya2: 355 (1987).§744
Racosperma semitrullatum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §350
Acacia semitrullata Maslin, Nuytsia 2: 282
(1978).
Racosperma sericatum (A.Cunn. ex Benth.)
Pedley, comb. nov. §648
Acacia sericata A.Cunn. ex Benth., London
J. Bot. 1:380(1842).
Racosperma sericocarpum (W.V. Fitzg.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §438
Acacia sericocarpa W.V. Fitzg., J. W.
Australia Nat. Hist. Soc. 9 (1904).
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 445-496 (2003)
Racosperma sericoflorum (Pedley) Pedley,
comb.nov. §681
Acacia sericoflora Pedley (as ‘sericiflora’),
Contrib. Queensland Herb. 15:16 (1974).
Racosperma serpentinicola (Maslin) Pedley,
comb, et stat. nov. § 189b
Acacia juncifolia subsp. serpentinicola
Maslin, Telopea 6:47 (1994).
Examination of specimens from the type locality
and consideration of the protologue description
indicate that the taxon should be recognised as
a distinct species.
Racosperma sertiforme (A.Cunn.) Pedley,
comb.nov. §167
Acacia sertiformis A.Cunn., Bot. Mag. 62 sub
t. 3394(1835).
Racosperma sessile (Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov.
§389
Acacia sessilis Benth., London J. Bot. 1: 336
(1842).
Racosperma sessilispicum (Maiden & Blakely)
Pedley, comb. nov. §870
Acacia sessilispica Maiden & Blakely, J. Roy.
Soc. W. Australia 13:23 (1927).
Racosperma setuliferum (Benth.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §752
Acacia setulifera Benth., Linnaea 26: 625
(1855).
Racosperma shirleyi (Maiden) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:355 (1987). §793
Racosperma shuttleworthii (Meisn.) Pedley,
comb.nov. §331
Acacia shuttleworthii Meisn., in
J.GC.Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1:7 (1844).
Racosperma sibilans (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §592
Acacia sibilans Maslin, Nuytsia 4:402 (1983).
Racosperma sibinum (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §853
Acacia sibina Maslin. Nuytsia 2: 155 (1977).
Racosperma sibiricum (S. Moore) Pedley, comb,
nov. §818
Acacia sibirica S. Moore, J. Linn. Soc., Bot.
34:189(1899).
Pedley, A synopsis of Racosperma
Acacia stowardii Maiden, J. Roy. Soc. New
South Wales 51: 269 (1917); Racosperma
stowardii (Maiden) Pedley, Austrobaileya
2:356 (1987), syn. nov.
Pedley (1974) referred Acacia sibirica to A.
kempeana , a course followed by Kodela ( Flora
of Australia 1 IB: 293). Re-examination of the
type (BM), however, indicates that it is
conspecific with A. stowardii.
Racosperma siculiforme (A.Cunn. ex Benth.)
Pedley, comb. nov. §297
Acacia siculiformis A.Cunn. ex Benth.,
London J.Bot. 1:337(1842).
Racosperma signatum (F. Muell.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §806
Acacia signata F. Muell., Fragm. 4:7 (1863).
Racosperma silvestre (Tindale) Pedley, comb,
nov. §44
Acacia silvestris Tindale, Victorian Naturalist
73:162(1957).
Racosperma simmonsianum (O’Leary &
Maslin), Pedley, comb. nov. §sub 432
Acacia simmondsiana (O’Leary & Maslin),
J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 20:5 (2002).
^Racosperma simplex (Sparrman) Pedley, Bot.
J. Linn. Soc. 92:249 (1986). f
Acacia simplex Sparrman, Nov. Act. Soc. Ups.
3:195 (1781); Pedley, Contrib. Queensland
Herb. 18:10(1975);A.C. Smith, R Vitiensis
Nova3:71.t. 17A&B(1985).
Racosperma simsii (Benth.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 355 (1987). §633
Racosperma simulans (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §360
Acacia simulans Maslin, Nuytsia 2: 100
(1976).
Racosperma singulum (R.S.Cowan & Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §872
Acacia singula R.S. Cowan & Maslin, Nuytsia
10:45(1995).
Racosperma smeringum (A.S. George) Pedley,
comb. nov. §919
Acacia smeringa A.S. George, J. Roy. Soc.
W. Australia 82:73 (1999).
487
Racosperma solenotum (Pedley) Pedley, comb,
nov. §769
Acacia solenota Pedley, Austrobaileya 5: 319
(1999).
Racosperma sophorae (Labill.) C. Martius (as
‘sophora’), Hort. Reg. Monacensis
Seminifer (1835) and Hort. Reg.
Monacensis. 188 (1829), the latter nom.
inval.
Racosperma sorophyllum (E. Pritzel) Pedley,
comb. nov. §326
Acacia sorophylla E. Pritzel, Bot. Jahr. Syst.
35:296(1904).
Racosperma spanium (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 355 (1987). §785
Racosperma sparsiflorum (Maiden) Pedley,
Austrobaileya2: 355 (1987). §796
Racosperma spathulifolium (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §237
Acacia spathulifolia Maslin, Nuytsia 2: 213
(1978).
Racosperma speckii (R.S.Cowan & Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §528
Acacia speckii R.S Cowan & Maslin, Nuytsia
12:465(1999).
Racosperma spectabile (A. Cunn. ex Benth.)
Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 355 (1987). §22
Racosperma sphacelatum (Benth.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §390
Acacia sphacelata Benth., London J. Bot. 1:
338(1842).
R. sphacelatum subsp. recurvum (Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §390b
Acacia sphacelata subsp. recurva Maslin,
Nuytsia 12:401 (1999).
R. sphacelatum subsp. verticillatum (Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §390c
Acacia sphacelata subsp. verticillata
Maslin, Nuytsia 12:402 (1999).
Racosperma sphaerostachyum (E. Pritzel)
Pedley, comb. nov. §757
Acacia sphaerostachya E. Pritzel, Bot. Jahr.
Syst. 35:305(1904).
488
Racosperma sphenophyllum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb.nov. §306
Acacia spenophylla Maslin, Nuytsia 12: 403
(1999).
Racosperma spillerianum (J.E.Br.) Pedley,
comb.nov. §174
Acacia spilleriana J.E. Br., Forest FI. S.
Australia part 7: t. 31 (1886).
Racosperma spinescens (Benth.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §308
Acacia spinescens Benth., London J. Bot. 1:
323(1842).
Racosperma spinosissimum (Benth.) Pedley,
comb.nov. §322
Acacia spinosissima Benth., Linnaea 26: 621
(1855).
Racosperma spirorbis (Labill.) Pedley (as
‘spirorbe ’), Austrobaileya 2: 355 (1987)
R. spirorbis subsp. solandri (Benth.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:355 (1987). §674
*R. spirorbis subsp. spirorbis; Labill., Sert.
Austro-Caled. 69. t. 69. (1825); Pedley,
Contrib. Queensland Herb. 18: 20 (1975);
I. Nielsen, FI. Nouv. Caledonie 12: 34. t. 6
(1983). f
Racosperma spondyllophyllum (F. Muell.)
Pedley, Austrobaileya2: 355 (1987).$9/2
Racosperma spongoliticum (R.S.Cowan &
Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov. §516
Acacia spongolitica R.S. Co wan & Maslin,
Nuytsia 7:195(1990).
Racosperma spooneri (O’Leary) Pedley, comb,
nov. f
Acacia spooneri O’Leary, J. Adelaide Bot.
Gard. 20:11 (2002).
Racosperma squamatum (Lindl.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §247
Acacia squamata Lindl., Sketch Veg. Swan
R. xv (1839).
Racosperma startii (A.R.Chapm. & Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §228
Acacia startii A.R. Chapm. & Maslin, Nuytsia
8:275(1992).
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 445-496 (2003)
Racosperma steedmanii (Maiden & Blakely)
Pedley, comb. nov. §93
Acacia steedmanii Maiden & Blakely, J. Roy.
Soc. W. Australia 13:16 (1928).
Racosperma stellaticeps (Kodela, Tindale &
D. Keith) Pedley, comb. nov. §754
Acacia stellaticeps Kodela, Tindale &
D.Keith, Nuytsia 13:483 (2001).
Racosperma stenophyllum (A. Cunn. ex Benth.)
Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 355 (1987). §590
Racosperma stenopterum (Benth.) Pedley,
comb.nov. §369
Acacia stenoptera Benth., London J. Bot. 1:
325(1842).
Racosperma stereophyllum(Meisn.) Pedley,
comb.nov. §852
Acacia stereophyllum Meisn., in J.GC.Lehm.,
PI. Preiss. 2:203 (1848).
R. stereophyllum var. cylindratum (R.S.Cowan
& Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov. §852b
Acacia stereophylla var. cylindrata
R.S.Cowan & Maslin, Nuytsia 10: 57
(1995).
Racosperma stigmatophyllum (A.Cunn. ex
Benth.) Pedley, comb. nov. §764
Acacia stigmatophylla A.Cunn. ex Benth.,
London J. Bot. 1: 377 (1842).
Racosperma stipuligerum (F.Muell.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:356 (1987). §707
R. stipuligerum subsp. galorifolium (Maiden
& Blakely) Pedley, Austrobaileya 2:356
(1987), syn. nov.
Racosperma stipulosum (F.Muell.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:317 (1987). §615
Racosperma storyi (Tindale) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:356 (1987). §42
Racosperma striatifolium (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:356 (1987). §782
Racosperma strictum (Andrews) Pedley, comb,
nov. §462
Mimosa stricta Andrews, Bot. Repos. 1.1. 53
(1799).
Racosperma strongylophyllum (F. Muell.)
Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 356 (1987).$297
Pedley, A synopsis of Racosperma
Racosperma suaveolens (Sm.) Pedley, comb. nov.
§177
Mimosa suaveolens Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc.
London 1:253 (1791).
Racosperma subcaeruleum (Lindl.) Pedley,
comb.nov. §178
Acacia subcaerulea Lindl., Bot. Reg. 13: t.
1075(1827).
Racosperma subflexuosum (Maiden) Pedley,
comb. nov. §539
Acacia subflexuosa Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy.
Soc. New South Wales 53:178 (1920).
R. subflexuosum subsp. capillatum (R.S.Cowan
& Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov. §539b
Acacia subflexuosa subsp. capillata
R.S.Cowan & Maslin, Nuytsia 12: 443
(1999).
Racosperma sublanatum (Benth.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 318 (1987). §613
Racosperma subporosum (F.Muell.) Pedley,
comb.nov. §465
Acacia subporosa F.Muell., Fragm. 4: 5
(1863).
Racosperma subracemosum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §930
Acacia subracemosa Maslin, Nuytsia 1: 446
(1975).
Racosperma subrigidum (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §195
Acacia subrigida Maslin, Nuytsia 10: 198
(1995).
Racosperma subsessile (A.R.Chapm. & Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. § 55 0
Acacia subsessilis A.R.Chapm. & Maslin,
Nuytsia 12:490 (1999).
Racosperma subternatum (F.Muell.) Pedley,
comb.nov. §742
Acacia subtemata F.Muell., J. Proc. Linn. Soc.,
Bot. 3:124(1859).
Racosperma subtessarogonum (Tindale &
Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov. §844
Acacia subtessoragona Tindale & Maslin,
Nuytsia 2: 88(1976).
Racosperma subtilinerve (F.Muell.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §723
Acacia subtilinervis F.Muell., Fragm. 4: 8
(1863).
489
Racosperma subulatum (Bonpl.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §80
Acacia subulata Bonpl., Descr. PI. Malmaison
110. t. 45 (1816).
Racosperma sulcatum (R. Br.) Pedley, comb. nov.
§492
Acacia sulcata R.Br., in W.T. Aiton, Hortus
Kew.ed. 2.5:460(1813).
R. sulcatum var. planoconvexum (R.S.Cowan &
Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov. §492c
Acacia sulcata var. planoconvexa R.S.Cowan
& Maslin, Nuytsia 9:77 (1993).
R. sulcatum var. platyphyllum (Maiden &
Blakely) Pedley, comb. nov. §492b
Acacia sulcata var. platyphylla Maiden &
Blakely, J. Roy. Soc. W. Australia 13: 3
(1927).
Racosperma symonii (Whibley) Pedley, comb,
nov. §857
Acacia symonii Whibley, J. Adelaide Bot.
Gard. 2:167(1980).
Racosperma synchronicium (Maslin) Pedley,
comb.nov. §201
Acacia synchronicia Maslin, Nuytsia 8: 302
(1992).
Racosperma tarculense (J.M.Black) Pedley,
comb.nov. §856
Acacia tarculensis J.M. Black, Trans. & Proc.
Roy. Soc. S. Australia 36:171 (1912).
Racosperma taylorianum (F.Muell.) Pedley,
comb.nov. §951
Acacia tayloriana F. Muell., South. Sci. Rec.
2(7): 151(1882).
Racosperma telmicum (A.R.Chapm. & Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §227
Acacia telmica, A.R. Chapm. & Maslin,
Nuytsia 8:277 (1992).
Racosperma tenuinerve (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya2: 356 (1987). §790
Racosperma tenuispicum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §734
Acacia tenuispica Maslin, Nuytsia 4: 376
(1983).
Racosperma tenuissimum (F.Muell.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 356 (1987). §820
490
Racosperma tenuius (Maiden) Pedley, comb,
nov. §619
Acacia tenuior Maiden, J. & Proc. Roy. Soc.
New South Wales 53:186 (1920).
Racosperma tephrinum (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:356 (1987). §603
Racosperma teretifolium (Benth.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §376
Acacia teretifolia Benth., London J. Bot. 1:
326(1842).
Racosperma terminale (Salisb.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §25
Mimosa terminalis Salisb., Prodr. Stirp. Chap.
Allerton 325 (1796).
Racosperma tessellation (Tindale & Kodela)
Pedley, comb. nov. §467
Acacia tessellata Tindale & Kodela, Austral.
Syst. Bot. 4:579 (1991).
Racosperma tetanophyllum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §488
Acacia tetanophylla Maslin, Nuytsia 2: 157
(1977).
Racosperma tetragonocarpum (Meisn.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §370
Acacia tetragonocarpa Meisn., in
J.GC.Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 1:4 (1844).
Racosperma tetragonophyllum (F. Muell.)
Pedley, Austrobaileya2: 356 (1987).§277
Racosperma tetraneurum (Maslin &
A.R.Chapm.) Pedley, comb. nov. § 883
Acacia tetraneura Maslin & A.R.Chapm.,
Nuytsia 12:483 (1999).
Racosperma tetrapterum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §440
Acacia tetraptera Maslin, Nuytsia 12: 405
(1999).
Racosperma thomsonii (Maslin &
M.W.McDonald) Pedley, comb. nov.
$655
Acacia thomsonii Maslin & M.W. McDonald,
Nuytsia 10:444(1996).
Racosperma tindaleae (Pedley) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:356 (1987). §165
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 445-496 (2003)
Racosperma tingoorense (Pedley) Pedley,
comb. nov. §667b
Acacia tingoorensis Pedley, Austrobaileya 5:
320(1999).
Racosperma longispicatum subsp. velutinum
(Pedley) Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 351
(1987) syn. nov.
Racosperma tolmerense (G.J. Leach) Pedley,
comb. nov. §649
Acacia tolmerensis G.J. Leach, Nuytsia 9: 351
(1994).
Racosperma toondulya (O’Leary) Pedley, comb,
nov. f
Acacia toodulya O’Leary, J. Adelaide Bot.
Gard. 20:17(2002).
Racosperma torticarpum (C.A.Gardner ex
R.S.Cowan & Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov.
§498
Acacia torticarpa C.A.Gardner ex R.S.Cowan
& Maslin, Nuytsia 7: 217 (1990).
Racosperma torulosum (Benth.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:356 (1987). §695
Racosperma trachycarpum (E.Pritzel) Pedley,
comb. nov. §727
Acacia trachycarpa E. Pritzel., Bot. Jahr. Syst.
35:308(1904).
Racosperma trachyphloia (Tindale) Pedley,
comb. nov. §55
Acacia trachyphloia Tindale, Proc. Linn. Soc.
New South Wales 85:248 (1960).
Racosperma translucens (A.Cunn. ex Hook.)
Pedley, Austrobaileya2: 356 (1987). §755
Racosperma tratmanianum (W.V.Fitzg.) Pedley,
comb.nov. §877
Acacia tratmaniana W.V.Fitzg., J. W.
Australia Nat. Hist. Soc. 8 (1904).
Racosperma trigonophyllum (Meisn.) Pedley,
comb.nov. §391
Acacia trigonophylla Meisn., in
J.GC.Lehmann, PI. Preiss. 2:199 (1848).
Racosperma trinale (R.S.Cowan & Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. § 53 0
Acacia trinalis R.S.Cowan & Maslin, Nuytsia
12:444(1999).
Racosperma trinervatum (Sieber ex DC.) Pedley,
comb.nov. §521
Acacia trinervata Sieber ex DC., Prodr. 2:451
(1825).
Pedley, A synopsis of Racosperma
Racosperma trineurum (F. Muell.) Pedley,
comb.nov. §518
Acacia trineura F.Muell., Fragm. 4:5 (1863).
Racosperma tripterum (Benth.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 356 (1987). §910
Racosperma triptychum (F.Muell. ex Benth.)
Pedley, comb. nov. § 53 2
Acacia triptycha F.Muell. ex Benth., FI.
Austral. 2:337 (1864).
Racosperma triquetrum (Benth.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §445
Acacia triquetra Benth., London J. Bot. 1:
358(1842).
Racosperma tropicum (Maiden & Blakely)
Pedley, Austrobaileya 2: 356 (1987). §662
Racosperma truculentum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb.nov. §400
Acacia truculenta Maslin, Nuytsia 12: 407
(1999).
Racosperma trulliforme (R.S.Cowan & Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §509
Acacia trulliformis R.S.Cowan & Maslin,
Nuytsia 12:446 (1999).
Racosperma truncatum (Burm. f.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §333
Adiantum truncatum Burm. f., FI. Indica 235.
t. 66 fig. 4 (1768).
Racosperma tuberculatum (Maslin) Pedley,
comb.nov. §394
Acacia tuberculata Maslin, Nuytsia 12: 408
(1999).
Racosperma tumidum (F.Muell. ex Benth.)
Pedley, comb. nov. §691
Acacia tumida F. Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austral.
2:409(1864).
R. tumidum var. extentum (M.W.McDonald)
Pedley, comb. nov. §sub 691
Acacia tumida var. extenta M.W.McDonald,
Austral. Syst. Bot. 16:158.1.12 (2003).
R. tumidum var. kalparn (M.W.McDonald)
Pedley, comb. nov. §sub 691
Acacia tumida var. kalparn. Austral. Syst.
Bot. 16:160.1.13(2003).
R. tumidum var pilbarense (M.W.McDonald)
Pedley, comb. nov. §sub 691
491
Acacia tumida var. pilbarensis
M.W.McDonald, Austral. Syst. Bot. 16:
162(2003).
Racosperma tysonii (Luehm.) Pedley, comb. nov.
§222
Acacia tysonii Luehm., Victorian Naturalist
13:12(1896).
Racosperma ulicifolium (Salisb.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:356 (1987). §292
Racosperma ulicinum (Meisn.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §321
Acacia ulicina Meisn., in J.G.C.Lehmann. 2:
202(1848).
Racosperma uliginosum (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §349
Acacia uliginosa Maslin, Nuytsia 2: 285
(1978).
Racosperma umbellatum (A.Cunn. ex Benth.)
Pedley, Austrobaileya2: 356 (1987). §791
Racosperma unciferum (Benth.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 356 (1987). §146
Racosperma uncinatum (Lindl.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 357 (1987). §169
Racosperma uncinellum (Benth.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §536
Acacia uncinella Benth., Linnaea 26: 613
(1855).
Racosperma undoolyanum (G J. Leach) Pedley,
comb. nov. §802
Acacia undoolyana G. J.Leach, J. Adelaide Bot.
Gard. 11:55(1988).
Racosperma undosum (R.S.Cowan & Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §5 71
Acacia undos a R.S.Cowan & Maslin, Nuytsia
10:220(1995).
Racosperma undulifolium (A.Cunn. ex GDon)
Pedley, comb. nov. § 170
Acacia undulifolia A.Cunn. ex GDon, Gen.
Hist. 2:404 (1832).
Loddiges’s brief description and plate (Bot. Cab.
16 (1830) t. 1544) is not considered sufficient
for valid publication of the name A. undulifolia,
as the plate lacks any scale.
492
Racosperma unguiculatum (R.S.Cowan &
Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov. §565
Acacia unguiculata R.S.Cowan & Maslin,
Nuytsia7:218 (1990).
Racosperma unifissile (Court) Pedley, comb,
nov. §362
Acacia unifissilis Court, Nuytsia 2:173 (1978).
Racosperma urophyllum (Benth.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §266
Acacia urophylla Benth., Bot. Reg. 27: Misc.
24(1841).'
Racosperma validinervium (Maiden & Blakely)
Pedley, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 92:249 (1986).§92
Racosperma varium (Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov.
£953
Acacia varia Maslin, Nuytsia 1: 456 (1975).
R. varium var. crassinerve (Maslin) Pedley,
comb. nov. §953b
Acacia varia var. crassinervis Maslin,
Nuytsia 1:459 (1975).
R. varium var. parviflorum (Benth.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §953c
Acacia drummondii var. parviflora Benth.,
FI. Austral. 2:419 (1864).
Racosperma vassalii (Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov.
§414
Acacia vassalii Maslin, Nuytsia 2:215 (1978).
Racosperma venulosum (Benth.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:357 (1987). §523
Racosperma vernicifluum (A.Cunn.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 357 (1987). §455
Racosperma veronicae (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §463
Acacia veronicae Maslin (as ‘veronica’),
Nuytsia 7:43 (1989).
Though the author deliberately used ‘veronica’
as a noun in apposition with Acacia, I consider
it to be an error to be corrected under the
International Code of Botanical Nomenclature.
See note under R. amandae, and also
R. dorotheae.
Racosperma verriculum (R.S.Cowan & Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §512
Acacia verricula R.S.Cowan & Maslin,
Nuytsia 7:197(1990).
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 445-496 (2003)
Racosperma verticillatum (L’Her.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §906
Mimosa verticillata L’Her., Sert. Angl. 30
(1789).
R. verticillatum subsp. cephalanthum
(F.Muell.) Pedley, comb, etstat. no \.§906c
Acacia verticillata var. cephalantha F.
Muell., J. Proc. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3: 121
(1859).
R. verticillatum subsp. ovoideum (Benth.)
Pedley, comb, et stat. nov. §906d
Acacia ovoidea Benth., London J. Bot. 1: 339
(1842).
R. verticillatum subsp. ruscifolium (A.Cunn.
ex G Don) Pedley, comb, et stat. nov. §906b
Acacia ruscifolia A.Cunn. ex GDon, Gen. Hist.
2:407(1832).
Racosperma vestitum (Ker Gawler) Pedley,
comb. nov. §149
Acacia vestita Ker Gawler, Bot. Reg. 9: t. 698
(1823).
Racosperma victoriae (Benth.) Pedley, Bot. J.
Linn. Soc. 92:249 (1986). §199
Acacia victoriae subsp. arida Pedley does not
warrant formal taxonomic status.
Racosperma viscidulum (Benth.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2:357 (1987). §468
Racosperma viscifolium (Maiden & Blakely)
Pedley, comb. nov. §4 74
Acacia viscifolia Maiden & Blakely, J. Roy.
Soc. W. Australia 13:7 (1928).
Racosperma vittatum (R.S.Cowan & Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §511
Acacia vittata R.S.Cowan & Maslin, Nuytsia
12:448(1999).
Racosperma volubile (F.Muell.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §368
Acacia volubilis F.Muell., Fragm. 10: 98
(1877).
Racosperma wanyu (Tindale) Pedley, comb. nov.
§822
Acacia wanyu Tindale, Contrib. New South
Wales Natl Herb. 4:270 (1972).
Pedley, A synopsis of Racosperma
Racosperma wardellii (Tindale) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 357 (1987). §64
Racosperma warramaba (Maslin) Pedley, comb,
nov. §520
Acacia warramaba Maslin, Nuytsia 4: 108
(1982).
Racosperma wattsianum (F.Muell. ex Benth.)
Pedley, comb. nov. §78
Acacia wattsiana F.Muell. ex Benth., FI.
Austral. 2:374 (1864).
Racosperma websteri (Maiden & Blakely)
Pedley, comb. nov. § 85 8
Acacia websteri Maiden & Blakely, J. Roy.
Soc. W. Australia 13:25 (1928).
^Racosperma wetarense (Pedley) Pedley, Bot.
J. Linn. Soc. 92:249 (1986). f
Acacia wetarensis Pedley, Contrib.
Queensland Herb. 18:18 (1975); I. Nielsen,
FI. Malesiana ser. I. 11: 61 (1992); M.W.
McDonald & B.R. Maslin, Austral. Syst.
Bot. 13:67(2000).
Racosperma whibleyanum (R.S.Cowan &
Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov. §567
Acacia whibleyana R.S.Cowan & Maslin,
Nuytsia 10:228 (1995).
Racosperma whitei (Maiden) Pedley,
Austrobaileya 2: 357 (1987). §721
Racosperma wickhamii (Benth.) Pedley,
Austrobaileya2: 357 (1987). §756
R. wickhamii var. cassiterum (Pedley) Pedley,
comb, et stat. nov. § 756d
Acacia nuperrima subsp. cassitera Pedley,
Austrobaileya 1:188(1978).
The Flora of Australia treatment of Racosperma
wickhamii has not been followed. Though
further investigation is indicated, Acacia
wickhamii subsp. viscidulum ( §756b) and
A. wickhamii subsp. parviphyllodineum
( §756c ) have been combined and recognised
as a distinct species, Racosperma calligerum,
based on the latter taxon.
Racosperma wilcoxii (Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov.
§231
Acacia wilcoxii Maslin, Nuytsia 10: 200
(1995).
493
Racosperma wilhelmianum (F.Muell.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §472
Acacia wilhelmiana F.Muell., Defin. Austral.
PI. 4 (1855).
Racosperma willdenowianum (H.L.Wendl.)
Pedley, comb. nov. §253
Acacia willdenowiana H.L.Wendl., Verz.
Beggart. Hannover 5 (1845).
Racosperma williamsianum (J.T.Hunter) Pedley,
comb. nov. §sub 781
Acacia williamsiana J.T.Hunter, J. Roy. Soc.
W. Australia 80:235 (1998).
Racosperma williamsonii (Court) Pedley, comb,
nov. §113
Acacia williamsonii Court, Muelleria 2: 163
(1972).
Racosperma wilsonii (R.S.Cowan & Maslin)
Pedley, comb. nov. §555
Acacia wilsonii R.S.Cowan & Maslin,
Nuytsia 12:449 (1999).
Racosperma wiseanum (C.A.Gardner) Pedley,
comb. nov. §243
Acacia wiseana C.A.Gardner, J. Roy. Soc. W.
Australia 27:173(1942).
Racosperma xanthinum (Benth.) Pedley, comb,
nov. §226
Acacia xanthina Benth., London J. Bot. 1:
355(1842).
Racosperma xanthocarpum (R.S.Cowan &
Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov. §832
Acacia xanthocarpa R.S.Cowan & Maslin,
Nuytsia 10:58 (1995).
Racosperma xerophilum (W.V.Fitzg.) Pedley,
comb. nov. §385
Acacia xerophila W.V.Fitzg., J. W. Australia
Nat. Hist. Soc. 8 (1904).
R. xerophilum var. brevius (E.Pritzel) Pedley,
comb. nov. §385b
Acacia fitzgeraldii var. brevior E.Pritzel, Bot.
Jahr. Syst. 35:291 (1904).
^Racosperma xiphocladum (Baker) Pedley, Bot.
J. Linn. Soc. 92:249 (1986). f
There is some doubt about the status of
R. xiphocladum. Du Puy & Villiers (in Du Puy
et al. 2002) considered it conspecific with
494
Acacia heterophylla which they reported as
‘cultivated and perhaps naturalised in a few
restricted localities in C. Madagascar’. They
may be correct in their assessment of the
species, but further investigation by a
taxonomist more familiar with the genus
Racosperma is warranted. It is noteworthy that
the name Racosperma xiphocladum was not
mentioned by Du Puy & Villiers.
Racosperma xiphophyllum (E.Pritzel) Pedley,
comb.nov. §827
Acacia xiphophylla E. Pritzel, Bot. Jahr. Syst.
35:305(1904).
Racosperma yirrkallense (Specht) Pedley,
comb.nov. §745
Acacia yirrkallensis Specht, Rec. Amer.-
Austral. Exped. Arnhem Land 3:232 (1958).
Racosperma yorkrakinense (C.A.Gardner)
Pedley, comb. nov. § 80 7
Acacia yorkrakinensis C.A.Gardner, J. Roy.
Soc. W. Australia 27:174(1942).
R. yorkrakinense subsp. acritum (R.S.Cowan
& Maslin) Pedley, comb. nov. §807b
Acacia yorkrakinensis subsp. acrita
R.S.Cowan & Maslin, Nuytsia 10: 60
(1995).
Racosperma zatrichotum (A.S.George) Pedley,
comb.nov. §923
Acacia zatrichota A.S.George, J. Roy. Soc.
W. Australia 82:73 (1999).
POSTSCRIPT. In view of the attitudes, from
disdain to near hostility, to the use of the name
Racosperma from 1987 up to and including
publication of the Flora , it is not surprising that
there is still opposition to the nomenclature
adopted here. Most taxonomists would agree
that Acacia in its Benthamian or pre-1986
circumscription is no longer tenable. Some
believe that the name Acacia should be
conserved with an Australian species as type,
with the result that Acacia would be the correct
name for Racosperma, and that Acacia in the
strict sense (type species: A. nilotica ), would
have to be renamed. Such a proposal has now
been put forward by Orchard & Maslin (2003).
A brief survey of literature suggests that the
earliest available name would be Vachellia
Wight & Arn. The name seems to have been
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 445-496 (2003)
applied to only six species, though it was
recognised, comparatively recently, as a genus
distinct from Acacia sensu stricto by
Kostermans (1980). I delayed publishing this
paper for a year to allow a proposal to conserve
Acacia to be presented to the Nomenclature
Committee of the ICBN. Proponents of the
conservation evidently consider it preferable
to have a name redeemed from virtual oblivion
and have it applied to 120-130 species of the
Old and New world tropics rather than to have
the correct name, known to taxonomists and
knowledgeable lay workers since 1986-1987,
applied to some 1 000 species virtually confined
to Australia.
This paper has been difficult to prepare,
not only because of the attention to detail that
has been required but also because I am aware
of its possible long-term effects. I have ‘thought
long and hard about the social and economic
effects of the name changes’(Pedley 1986b). I
am also conscious and uncomfortable that I
have become the author of so many names while
those, whose names appear within the brackets
and who were responsible for describing the
taxa, tend to be overlooked. Since almost 40
per cent, of the taxa listed were described in the
last 35 years it is obvious that without the
considerable efforts of Mr B.R. Maslin, the late
Dr. R.S. Cowan and Dr. M.D. Tindale and their
associates, the principal workers in this period,
there could be no list at all.
I am grateful for the support I have had
from colleagues, mainly at the Queensland
Herbarium (BRI), who encouraged me to
proceed with the work. Much more research on
the genus is needed. Its relationship with other
mimosoid genera needs to be investigated
further, as does its infrageneric classification.
The only published classification of the genus
(Pedley 1986a) is coarse and of little practical
value. The groupings of species of Acacia of
Maslin & Stirton (1997) could well be useful,
but, as I have already suggested (Pedley 1986b),
a suggestion supported by Maslin (1995), an
agglomerative system such as the one used by
Pryor & Johnson (1971) for Eucalyptus sens,
lat. seems a more attractive approach to
classification. The ‘groups’ mentioned but
often only loosely defined by some authors in
the Flora would be a good starting point for
such a classification.
Pedley, A synopsis of Racosperma
References
Anon. (1993). Acacia — Are not any botanical names
sanctified by popular demand and usage?
Australian Plants 17 (135): 128.
Benson, L. (1962). Plant taxonomy. Methods and
principles. New York: Ronald Press.
Brummitt, R.K. (2002). A consideration of ‘nomina
subnuda’. Taxon 51:71-74
Chappill, J.A. & Maslin, B.R. (1995). A phylogenetic
assessment of the tribe Acacieae. In: Crisp, M.
& Doyle, J.J. (eds). Advances in Legume
Systematics 7: Phylogeny: 77-99. Kew: Royal
Botanic Gardens.
Croizat, L. (1958). Panbio geography, vol. 1. Caracas:
published by the author.
Du Puy, D.J., Labat, J.-N., Rabevohitra, V n. tie rs, J.-F.,
Bosser, & Moat, J. (2002). The Leguminosae
of Madagascar. Kew: Royal Botanic Gardens.
Greuter, W., McNeill, J., Barrie, F.R., Burdet, H.M.,
Demoulin, V., Filgeiras, T.S., Nicholson, D.H.,
Silva, P.C., Skog, J.E., Trehane, R, Turland, NJ.
& Hawkesworth, D.L. (2000). International
Code of Botanical Nomenclature. Konigstein:
Koeltz Scientific Books.
Grimes, J.W. (1999). Inflorescence morphology,
heterochrony, and phylogeny in the mimosoid
tribes Ingeae and Acacieae (Leguminosae:
Mimosoideae). The Botanical Review 65: 317—
347.
Hall, N. & Johnson, L.A.S. (1993). The names of
acacias of New South Wales. Sydney: Royal
Botanic Gardens.
Kanis, A. (1986). Taxonomic changes in Australian
Mimosaceae. Bulletin for the International
Group for the Study of Mimosoideae. No. 14:
40-48.
Kodela, P.G. & Ttnd al f., M.D. (1998). The reduction of
Acacia burkittii to Acacia acuminata subsp.
burkittii (Acacia section Juliflorae: Fabaceae,
Mimosoideae). Telopea 7: 415-417.
Kostermans, A.J.G.H. (1980). In M.D. Dassanayake, A
revised handbook to the Flora of Ceylon 1:
478.
Martius, C.F.P. von (1829). Acacia in Martius, C.F.P.
von & Shrank, F., Hortus Regius Monacensis
188.
-(1835). Hortus Regius Monacensis Seminifer.
Maslin, B.R. (1988). Should Acacia be divided? Bulletin
of the International Group for the Study of
Mimosoideae 16: 54-76.
495
-(1995). Systematics and phytogeography of
Acacia', an overview. Institute of Foresters
Australia Newsletter 36 (2): 2-5.
Maslin, B. R. (co-ordinator) (2001). WATTLE: acacias
of Australia. Canberra: ABRS & Perth: CALM.
Maslin, B.R. & Stirton, C.H. (1997). Generic and
infrageneric classification in Acacia
(Leguminosae: Mimosoideae): a list of critical
species on which to build a comparative data
set. Bulletin of the International Group for
the Study of Mimosoideae. 20: 22-24.
Miller, J.T. & Bayer, R.J. (2000). Molecular
phylogenetics of Acacia (Fabaceae:
Mimosoideae) based on the chloroplast trnKJ
matK and nuclear Histone H3-D DNA
sequences. In Herendeen, PS. & Bruneau, A.
(eds): Advances in legume systematics 9: 181—
200. Kew.
-(2001). Molecular phylogenetics of Acacia
(Fabaceae: Mimosoideae) based on the
chloroplast matK coding sequence and flanking
trnK intron spacer regions. American Journal
of Botany 88: 697-705.
Mueller, F. (1859). Contributiones ad Acaciarum
Australiae cognitem. Journal & Proceedings
of the Linnean Society, Botany 3: 114- 148.
Orchard, A.E. & Wilson, A.J.G. (eds) (2001). Flora of
Australia Volumes 11A & 11B, Acacia.
Canberra: ABRS & Melbourne: CSIRO.
Orchard, A.E. & Maslin, B.R. (2003). Proposal to
conserve the name Acacia (Leguminosae:
Mimosiodeae) with a conserved type. Taxon
52:362-363
Pedley, L. (1974). Notes on Acacia, chiefly from
Queensland. Contributions from the
Queensland Herbarium 15: 1-27.
-(1975). Revision of the extra-Australian species
of Acacia subg. Heterophyllum. Contributions
from the Queensland Herbarium 18: 1-23.
-(1986a). Derivation and dispersal of Acacia
(Leguminosae), with particular reference to
Australia, and the recognition of Senegalia
and Racosperma. Botanical Journal of the
Linnean Society 92: 219-254.
-(1986b). Australian acacias: taxonomy and
phytogeography. In Turnbull, J.W. (ed.):
Australian acacias in developing countries.
ACIAR Proceedings no. 16: 11-16. Canberra:
Australian Centre for International Agricultural
Research.
-(1987a). Racosperma deltoideum (Cunn. ex G.
Don) Pedley (Leguminosae: Mimosoideae) and
related species in northern Australia.
Austrobaileya 2: 314-320.
496
-(1987b). Notes on Racosperma Martius
(Leguminosae: Mimosoideae), 1. Austrobaileya
2: 321-327.
-(1987c). Racosperma Martius (Leguminosae:
Mimosoideae) in Queensland: a checklist.
Austrobaileya 2: 344-357.
-(1987d). Racosperma Martius (Leguminosae:
Mimosoideae) in New Zealand: a checklist.
Austrobaileya 2: 358- 359.
-(1988). Racosperma Martius (Leguminosae:
Mimosoideae) in Queensland and New Zealand:
supplement to the checklist of species.
Austrobaileya 2: 571-572.
- (1990). New combinations in Acacia
(Leguminosae: Mimosoideae). Austrobaileya
3: 571-572.
-(2002). A conspectus of Acacia subg. Acacia in
Australia. Austrobaileya 6: 177-186.
Pryor, L.D. & Johnson, L.A.S. (1971). A classification
of the eucalypts. Canberra: Australian National
University.
Rafinesque, C.S. (1838). Sylva Telluriana. Mantissa
synoptica. Philadelphia: published by the
author.
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 445-496 (2003)
Robinson, J. & Harris, S.A. (2000). A plastid DNA
phylogeny of the genus Acacia Miller
(Acacieae, Leguminosae). Botanical Journal
of the Linnean Society 132: 195-222.
St John, H. (1980). Classification of Acacia koa and its
relatives (Leguminosae). Hawaiian plant studies
93. Pacific Science 33: 357-367 (‘1979’).
Stearn, W.T. (1992). Botanical Latin. 4th ed. Newton
Abbot: David & Charles.
Symon, D.E. (1992). Whibley, D.J.E. : Acacias of South
Australia 2 nd ed. (p. 140). Adelaide :
Government Printer.
Wagner, W.L., Herbst, D.R., & Sohmer, S.H. (1990).
Manual of the Flowering Plants of Hawai’i.
Bishop Museum Special Publication 83.
University of Hawaii Press.
Walker, J. (2001). A revision of the genus Atelocauda
(Uredinales) and description of Racospermyces
Gen. Nov. for some rusts of Acacia.
Australasian Mycologist 20: 3-28.
Wright, S.H., J.W. Grimes & P.Y. Ladiges (2002). A
systematic study of Acacia calamifolia s. 1. with
special emphasis on A. euthycarpa in Victoria.
Muelleria 16: 55-64.
Studies in Euphorbiaceae A.L.Juss. sens. lat. 5
A revision of Pseudanthus Sieber ex Spreng. and Stachystemon Planch.
(Oldfieldioideae Kohler & Webster, Caletieae MiilLArg.)
David A. Halford and Rodney J.F. Henderson
Summary
Halford, D.A. and Henderson, R.J.F. (2003). Studies in Euphorbiaceae A.L.Juss. sens. lat. 5. A
revision of Pseudanthus Sieber ex Spreng. and Stachystemon Planch. (Oldfieldioideae Kohler &
Webster, Caletieae Miill.Arg.). Austrobaileya, 6(3): 497-532. A systematic study of Pseudanthus
Sieber ex Spreng. and Stachystemon Planch, is presented. Nine species are recognised in
Pseudanthus , of which three are newly described here, while nine species are recognised in
Stachystemon, three of which are also described here as new. These six new species are Pseudanthus
ballingalliae Halford & R.J.F.Hend., P. ligulatus Halford & R.J.F.Hend., P. pauciflorus Halford &
R.J.F.Hend., Stachystemon intricatus Halford & R.J.F.Hend., S. mucronatus Halford & R.J.F.Hend.
and S. vinosus Halford & R.J.F.Hend. The new combinations Pseudanthus orbicularis (Miill.Arg.)
Halford & R.J.F.Hend., based on Caletia divaricatissima var. orbicularis Miill.Arg., Stachystemon
nematophorus (F.Muell.) Halford & R.J.F.Hend., based on Pseudanthus nematophorus F.Muell.
and S. virgatus (Klotzsch) Halford & R.J.F.Hend., based on Chrysostemon virgatus Klotzsch, are
made. New species are illustrated while all species are described and their distributional range
mapped, and notes on their distribution, habitat and phenology are given. Fectotypes are chosen
for Pseudanthus orientalis F.Muell., P. ovalifolius F.Muell. and P. polyandrus F.Muell., as well as
Stachystemon vermicularis Planch. Pseudanthus pimeleoides Sieber ex Spreng. is neotypified.
All known synonyms are listed here including phrase names that have been used to identify the
taxa prior to formal publication of their names. A key to identify the species is also provided.
Key words: Euphorbiaceae, Pseudanthus, Stachystemon, Australian flora, taxonomy, nomenclature
David A. Halford and Rodney J.F. Henderson, Queensland Herbarium, Environmental Protection
Agency, Brisbane Botanic Gardens Mt Coot-tha, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066,
Australia.
Introduction
This paper presents a taxonomic revision of the
genera Pseudanthus Sieber ex Spreng. and
Stachystemon Planch. Nine species are
recognised in each genus. These two genera
are very similar anatomically (Levin & Simpson
1994) and are evidently very closely related.
They have consistently been linked in previous
classifications recognising subdivisions within
the Euphorbiaceae (Muller 1866, Bentham 1880,
Griming 1913, Pax & Hoffmann 1931).
The most recent classification of
Euphorbiaceae places Pseudanthus and
Stachystemon in subtribe Pseudanthinae
Miill.Arg., in tribe Caletieae Miill.Arg. in
subfamily Oldfieldioideae Kohler & Webster
(Webster 1994, Levin & Simpson 1994). The
other genera included in this subtribe are
Kairothamnus Airy Shaw, Scagea McPherson,
Accepted for publication 11 February 2003
Micrantheum Desf. and Neoroepera Miill.Arg.
Kairothamnus (monotypic) and Scagea (with
two species) are endemic genera of New Guinea
and New Caledonia respectively, while
Micrantheum (with four species) and
Neoroepera (with two species) are small
endemic Australian genera. Pseudanthus and
Stachystemon differ from all other genera of the
Pseudanthinae in having conspicuous,
decurrent stipules and fruits that are 1-seeded.
The four Australian genera of the
Pseudanthinae are similar in characters of leaf
architecture, leaf anatomy and wood structure
(Hayden 1994). However, Micrantheum differs
from Pseudanthus and Stachystemon in having
what is interpreted as large foliose stipules
(Griming 1913, Levin & Simpson 1994) and
pollen grains with long, more or less exinous
spines (Webster 1994), while Neoroepera differs
from them in having cotyledons several times
broader than the radicle, male flowers with many
498
discrete glands present between the tepals and
stamens, styles with the distal portion expanded
and flattened into a large stigmatic zone, and
fruit that dehisce leaving a persistent, stout
columella.
Traditionally the main distinction between
Pseudanthus and Stachystemon has been the
nature of the androecium and the structure
variously interpreted as a central disc or a
pistillode in male flowers. Pseudanthus was
described by Sprengel (1827) who included in it
a single species, P. pimeleoides, based on
material collected by Sieber from the Sydney
region of eastern Australia. Pseudanthus
pimeleoides has male flowers with 6 stamens in
2 whorls that are closely clustered around a small
central disc. In 1845, Planchon described the
genus Stachystemon to contain a single
species, S. vermicularis (as S. vermiculare),
based on material collected by James Drummond
in south-western Western Australia. Planchon
considered Stachystemon to be similar to
Pseudanthus in habit, stipules, calyx
morphology and ovule arrangement, but
differing strikingly from that in androecium
morphology. Stachystemon vermicularis has
male flowers with numerous ± sessile anthers
borne on an elongated cylindrical column and
lacking any central disc.
In the most recent account of
Pseudanthus and Stachystemon as a whole,
Griming (1913) recognised seven species in
Pseudanthus and three species in
Stachystemon. He distinguished the two genera
on androecium morphology. He then proceeded
to divide Pseudanthus into three sections based
on stamen number and length of the tepals in
male flowers. Thus, P. pimeleoides with 6
stamens and linear tepals about 1 cm long was
placed by itself in one group he called P. sect.
Eupseudanthus (= P. sect. Pseudanthus ).
Pseudanthus orientalis, P. ovalifolius,
P. divaricatissimus and P. micranthus, with 3
to 6 stamens and ovate tepals 1-2 mm long,
formed the second group he called P sect.
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 497-532 (2003)
Microcaletia, while P. virgatus and P.
nematophorus, with 9-18 stamens, formed the
third group, P sect. Chrysostemon. Griming
commented in his discussion of Stachystemon
that the genus could well be united with the
sect. Chrysostemon of the genus Pseudanthus.
Recently, Radcliffe-Smith (1993) argued
that there was a continuum of variation with
regard to the androecium and that the
differences between Pseudanthus and
Stachystemon were insufficient to warrant
recognition of two genera. He tabulated the
eleven species then known in the two genera
and listed the androecium and disc character
states for each species. He recorded P. virgatus
and P. nematophorus as having a central
disc in the male flowers and S. polyandrus as
having a vestigial central disc. He also listed
P. pimeleoides as having its staminal filaments
partly fused to the central disc.
In undertaking the present revision, we
have reassessed the morphological characters
of the species previously consigned to
Pseudanthus and Stachystemon. We have
found that P. virgatus, P. nematophorus and S.
polyandrus do not have a central disc in the
male flower, and that although the inner staminal
filiaments of P. pimeleoides are appressed to
the central disc they are not fused to that central
disc. We have thus concluded that the
androecium structure and the presence or
absence of a central disc in male flowers are still
useful diagnostic characters to distinguish
between two groups of species. Following
transfer of P. virgatus and P. nematophorus (i.e.
members of P. sect. Chrysostemon) from
Pseudanthus to Stachystemon, these groups
become distinctive morphological and
biogeographic entities that are, we believe,
worthy of recognition at the generic rank.
Consequently, it is our contention that these
taxa should be maintained as distinct genera
named Pseudanthus and Stachystemon and
distinguished as follows.
Key to Pseudanthus and Stachystemon
Male flowers with a central disc present and stamens 3-6, + free, on a ± flat
receptacle.Pseudanthus
Male flowers without a central disc, with stamens > 7, variously fused or on a
raised receptacle. Stachystemon
Halford and Henderson, Pseudanthus and Stachystemon
Materials and methods
This revision is based on an assessment of
morphological characters of about 550 dried
herbarium collections, and collections and field
studies undertaken by the second author from
1988 to 1992. Herbarium collections from
herbaria AD, BRI, CANB, HO, MEL, NE, NSW
and PERTH were studied and annotated, and
selected material from B, K and LD was also
seen. Acronyms used here and elsewhere to
indicate herbaria holding particular specimens
are those listed by Holmgren et at (1990). All
specimens cited have been examined by one or
both of the authors, unless indicated otherwise
by (n.v.).
The species treated in the present paper
are listed alphabetically. Descriptions of colour
of vegetative and floral parts are either from the
herbarium labels or from photographs taken by
the second author during field studies.
Measurements listed are based upon the total
variation observed in the herbarium specimens
examined. Information on plant size, flowering
and fruiting times, and habitat of occurrence
was obtained from herbarium labels. All
measurements were made either on fresh
material, dried material, material preserved in
70% ethanol, or dried material reconstituted by
placing in boiling water for a few minutes. The
term ‘obloid’ is defined as a 3-dimensional
shape; a parallelipiped with rounded corners
and edges. The morphological data for this
revision were recorded using the DELTA system
(Dallwitz et al. 1993). The distribution maps
were produced with Maplnfo Version 3 and are
based on herbarium specimen locality data.
Taxonomy of Pseudanthus
Pseudanthus Sieberex Spreng., Syst. veg. 16 th
edn, 4(2), curae posteriores: 22 (1827);
Pseudanthus Sieber ex Spreng. sect.
Pseudanthus, Mull.Arg., Linnaea 34: 55
(1865). Type: Pseudanthus pimeleoides
Sieber ex Spreng.
Caletia sect. Microcaletia Mlill.Arg., Linnaea
34: 55 (1865); Pseudanthus sect.
Microcaletia (Mull.Arg.) Kuntze in Post
& Kuntze, Lex. Gen. Phan. 463 (1903).
Type: not designated.
499
Pseudanthus sect. Eupseudanthus Mull.Arg.,
Linnaea 34: 55 (1865), nom. inval.
Derivation of name : Named from Greek pseudos
(false) and anthos (flower), in reference to the
small flower-clusters at the apex of branchlets
in P. pimeleoides appearing to be a single
conspicuous flower (Baines 1981).
Monoecious shrubs. Stems erect, ascending
or decumbent, rarely prostrate, much branched;
branchlets + terete, reddish brown coloured,
glabrous or rarely pubescent, longitudinally
ridged by decurrence of margins of stipules
along internodes. Leaves stipulate, petiolate,
alternate, opposite or decussate, simple; stipules
persistent, with margins entire or toothed,
glabrous or fimbriate; laminae flat or concavo-
convex, entire, usually conspicuously thickened
along margins. Llowers solitary (or rarely 2 or
3) in upper leaf axils, bracteate; distal branchlet
intemodes often contracted to produce terminal
flower clusters with subtending leaves reduced
and bract-like. Male flowers pedicellate; tepals
6(or rarely 5), subequal, in 2 whorls, with each
whorl imbricate in bud but spreading or erect at
anthesis; receptacle + flat; stamens 6(or rarely
3-5), in 2 whorls with those of the outer whorl
opposite outer tepals, and those of the inner
whorl opposite inner tepals; filaments free, erect,
stout, those of outer whorl stamens shorter than
those of inner whorl stamens; anthers 2-celled,
free, dorsifixed; cells obloid, dehiscing by
longitudinal slits; disc present, generally 3-
lobed, fleshy. Lemale flowers sessile or rarely
shortly pedicellate; tepals 6(or rarely 4 or 5),
persistent, subequal, in 2 whorls with each whorl
imbricate in bud, later appressed to ovary (and
fruit); disc absent; ovary 3(rarely 2)-celled with
2(rarely 1) ovules in each locule; styles 3(rarely
2), stout, shortly connate or + free, simple,
persistent, erect and spreading or recurving
distally, canaliculate on adaxial surface. Emits
capsular, ovoid to cylindrical-ellipsoid, 1-seeded
by abortion, splitting at maturity into 3 bivalved
segments. Seeds globose to ovoid or obloid to
cylindrical, smooth, with exostomal pit obscure
to well developed, carunculate; endosperm
copious; cotyledons a little broader than the
radicle.
A genus of 9 species endemic in eastern
Australia.
500
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 497-532 (2003)
Key to species of Pseudanthus
L Tepals of male flowers >5 mm long.2
Tepals of male flowers < 5 mm long.3
2. Tepals of male flowers acute to obtuse with red-brown apiculum (visible in
dried state).3. P. ligulatus
Tepals of male flowers acute to obtuse without red-brown apiculum.9. P. pimeleoides
3. Branchlets hairy; male flowers with (2 or) 3 stamens. 4. P. micranthus
Branchlets glabrous; male flowers with 6 stamens.4
4. Locules uniovulate. 7. P. ovalifolius
Locules biovulate.5
5. Tepals of male flowers > 2 mm long. 8. P. pauciflorus
Tepals of male flowers < 2 mm long.6
6. Leaves < twice as long as broad. 5. P. orbicularis
Leaves > twice as long as broad.7
7. Stipules entire; margins of leaf laminae thin. 1. P. ballingalliae
Stipules irregularly toothed or fimbriate; margins of leaf laminae
conspicuously thickened.8
8. Stipules fimbriate; leaf laminae narrowly elliptic to elliptic or ovate, 2 to
3 t im es as long as broad, 3-5.5 mm long, 1.3-2.1 mm wide . 2. P. divaricatissimus
Stipules irregularly toothed; leaf laminae linear, narrowly oblong to oblong
or oblanceolate, 3 to 9 t im es as long as broad,
3.5-13 mm long 0.7-1.7 mm wide.6. P. orientalis
The species are here arranged alphabetically.
1. Pseudanthus ballingalliae Halford &
R.J.F.Hend. sp. nov. affinis
P. divaricatissimo (Mtill.Arg.) Benth.
sed plantis statura diffusa et altiore
(frutex diffusus usque ad 1.5 m altus non
compactus ad 15 cm altus), foliorum
lamina oblonga vel oblongo-elliptica non
ovata vel elliptica, marginibus non
conspicue incrassatis, floribus
masculinis pedicellis brevioribus (ad 0.5
mm non 0.7-1.2 mm longis) et staminibus
3 ad 5 non 6, floribus femineis tepalis
omnino glabris non pubescentibus
distaliter in pagina adaxiali differt. Typus:
Queensland. Leichhardt District:
Robinson Gorge, Expedition NP, 29
October 1999, DA. Halford Q3835 (holo:
BRI, iso: CANB, K, L, MEL, MO, NSW,
distribuendi).
Pseudanthus sp. (Salvator Rosa NP
M.E.Ballingall MEB450); Forster &
Halford (2002, p. 73).
Diffuse shrub to 1.5 m high; stems ascending
to erect, freely branching; branchlets glabrous.
Leaves decussate rarely subopposite; stipules
triangular, 0.2-0.5 mm long, red-brown, acute
with a dark brown glandular tip, and with
margins entire; decurrent margins glabrous or
minutely papillose; petioles 0.4-0.6 mm long,
smooth; laminae flat or slightly concavo-
convex, oblong to narrowly oblong or narrowly
oblong-elliptic, 2.8-7(-9) mm long, 1-1.8 mm
wide, length/width ratio 2-5:1, glabrous or rarely
with minute scabrid hairs on margins; midrib
obscure adaxially, slightly raised abaxially; tip
straight or slightly recurved, rounded to obtuse,
with a minute red-brown apiculum; margins flat,
not obviously thickened. Flowers solitary in
Halford and Henderson, Pseudanthus and Stachystemon
axils of upper leaves though appearing to be in
terminal clusters; bracts narrowly triangular or
ovate, 0.2-0.7 mm long, glabrous except for
fimbriate margins. Male flowers on pedicels c.
0.5 mm long; tepals 5 or 6, convex-concave,
narrowly obovate or suborbicular, 0.9-1 mm
long, 0.6-0.9 mm wide, yellow coloured,
spreading; apex rounded; margins entire;
receptacle glabrous; stamens 3-5, with filaments
entire, free, 0.2-0.3 mm long, and anthers 0.3-
0.4 mm long; disc irregularly lobed. Female
flowers sessile; tepals 6, ovate, 1.2-1.8 mm long,
0.7-1 mm wide, green coloured, slightly keeled,
glabrous; apex rounded; margins erose;
501
receptacle glabrous. Ovaries trigonal-globose,
0.6-1 mm across, glabrous; locules 3, biovulate;
styles 0.7-1 mm long, erect and spreading
distally. Fruits sessile or shortly pedicellate with
pedicel up to 0.2 mm long; persistent tepals <half
the length of the capsule; capsule narrowly
ovoid or narrowly cylindric-ellipsoid, 4-5.3 mm
long, 2-2.7 mm across, smooth or tuberculate
along ridges, glabrous, green coloured turning
brown with age. Seeds + obloid, c. 3.5 mm long,
c. 1.6 mm wide, c. 1.8 mm across; testa smooth,
dull brown; exostome pit well developed;
caruncle squat-conical, c. 0.7 mm long, c. 1 mm
wide. Fig. 1.
Fig. 1. Pseudanthus ballingalliae. A. branchlet with fruit x 4. B. section of branchlet with leaves removed
showing stipules with decurrent margin x 12. C. male flower from side x 18. D. female flower x 18. E. fruit with
persistent tepals x 8. F. seed x 12. G. leaf xl2. A-G from Halford Q3835 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.
502
Additional specimens : Queensland. Leichhardt
District: Sentinel Mt, Salvator Rosa Section, Carnarvon
NP, Oct 1981, Ballingall MEB450 & Cockbum (BRI);
Robinson Gorge, Expedition NP, Sep 1995, Forster
PIF17699 & Figg (BRI); ditto, Sep 1995, Forster
PIF17751 & Figg (BRI); Spring Creek, Expedition
NP, Sep 2000, Forster PIF26138 & Booth (BRI).
Distribution and habitat : Pseudanthus
ballingalliae is endemic in central Queensland,
occurring in the Carnarvon and Expedition
National Parks. It is recorded as growing in
open eucalypt forest or woodland communities
on shallow sandy soils on steep slopes and in
sandstone gorges. Map 1.
Phenology: Flowers and fruits have been
collected in September and October.
Affinities: Pseudanthus ballingalliae is similar
to P. divaricatissimus but differs from that in its
taller, diffuse habit (shrubs up to 1.5 m high as
compared with compact shrubs to 15 cm high),
oblong or oblong elliptic as compared with
ovate or elliptic leaf laminae, with margins not
prominently thickened, male flowers on pedicels
up to 0.5 as compared with 0.7-1.2 mm long and
with 3 to 5 rather than 6 stamens, and female
flowers with wholly glabrous tepals.
Etymology: The species is named in honour of
Ms M.E. (Betty) Ballingall (1920-1998) who made
many useful botanical collections in southern
Queensland and Central Australia now
incorporated into various herbaria, and
apparently the first person to have collected
this species.
2. Pseudanthus divaricatissimus (Mull.Arg.)
Benth., FI. Austral. 6: 60 (1873);
Pseudanthus divaricatissimus
(Mull.Arg.) Benth. var. divaricatissimus,
Benth., FI. Austral. 6: 60 (1873); Caletia
divaricatissima Mull.Arg., Finnaea 32: 79
(1863); Caletia divaricatissima Mull.Arg.
var. divaricatissima, Mull.Arg., Flora
47(31): 486 (1864). Type: New South Wales.
Blue Mountains, in 1818, A. Cunningham
(holo: G-DC n.v., microfiche IDC 800-73.
2453: m, 5).
Caletia divaricatissima var. genuina
Mull.Arg., Flora 47(31): 486 (1864), nom.
inval.
Pseudanthus divaricatissimus var. genuinus
Griming in A.Engler, Pflanzenr. H.58: 30
(1913), nom. inval.
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 497-532 (2003)
Illustration: G. Griming (1913: p. 29,
fig. 6A-B).
Compact shrub to 15 cm high; ste m s ascending
to decumbent or prostrate, freely branching;
branchlets glabrous. Feaves alternate or
decussate; stipules triangular to broadly
triangular, 0.5-0.6 mm long, red-brown,
acuminate, with margins fimbriate; decurrent
margins glabrous or minutely papillose; petioles
0.3-0.5 mm long, smooth; laminae slightly
concavo-convex, narrowly elliptic to elliptic or
ovate, 3-5.5 mm long, 1.3-2.1 mm wide, length/
width ratio 2-3:1, smooth, glabrous except for
minute scabrid hairs on margins; midrib obscure
adaxially, slightly raised abaxially; tip recurved,
rounded to obtuse or acute with a minute white-
coloured apiculum; margins flat or slightly
recurved, conspicuously thickened and white
coloured. Flowers solitary in axils of upper
leaves, sometimes with subtending leaf much
reduced; bracts ovate, 0.4-0.5 mm long,
pubescent on margin and on the adaxial surface.
Male flowers on pedicels 0.7-1.2 mm long; tepals
6, + flat, ovate, ovate-elliptic or obovate, 0.8-
1.5 mm long, 0.5-0.8 mm wide, pale red,
spreading; apex rounded or obtuse; margins
entire; receptacle glabrous; stamens 6, with
filaments entire, free, 0.2-0.8 mm long, and
anthers 0.3-0.4 mm long, smooth; disc 3-lobed
with each lobe notched at tip. Female flowers
sessile or pedicellate with pedicels up to 1 mm
long; tepals 6, ovate or broadly oblong, 1.2-1.6
mm long, 0.6-1 mm wide, pale red coloured,
keeled, pubescent on adaxial surface distally,
glabrous on abaxial surface; apex acute to
obtuse or rounded; margins minutely fimbriate;
receptacle glabrous. Ovaries trigonal-globose,
0.4-0.6 mm across, glabrous; locules 3,
biovulate; styles 0.5-0.9 mm long, erect and
recurved distally. Fruits sessile or shortly
pedicellate with pedicel 0.4-0.5 mm long;
persistent tepals <half the length of the capsule;
capsule ovoid, 4-4.5 mm long, 2.4-2.8 mm
across, smooth, glabrous, mottled green and
red. Seeds broadly ovoid or subglobose, 2.4-
2.8 mm long, 2.1-2.4 mm across; testa smooth
or slightly rugose, subglossy dark brown;
exostome pit well developed; caruncle squat-
conical, c. 0.6 mm long, c. 1.2 mm wide.
Selected specimens (from c. 45 examined): New
South Wales. North Obelisk, 2 km W of Urbenville,
Oct 1990, Bean 2506 (BRI); near northern end of
Narrow Neck Peninsula, Nov 1983, Benson 1325 &
Keith (NSW); Goonoo State Forest, 2 km N of Frost
Halford and Henderson, Pseudanthus and Stachystemon
Road, Sep 1988, Briggs 2386 (MEL, NSW); Wentworth
Falls, Blue Mountains, Oct 1965, Burgess s.n. (CANB
[CBG015349], NSW); Sublime Point, Leura, Dec 1962,
Constable 4123 (NSW); Mount Blackheath, c. 3 mi les
[c. 5 km] W of Blackheath, Oct 1959, Constable s.n.
(AD, NSW [NSW48924]); Kings Tableland, 3 miles [c.
4.8 km] S of Wentworth Falls, Oct 1960, Constable
s.n. (NSW [NSW55742]); near Newnes junction, 5 miles
[c. 8 km] E of Lithgow, Feb 1967, Coveny s.n.
[NSW130514 ] (NSW); 3.3 km E of Mt Coricudgy,
Oct 1976, Crisp 2237 et al. (AD, CANB); Blue
Mountains, 2.5 km NNE of Clarence sawmill, Oct 1994,
Davies 1766 & Corsini (CANB, MEL); Morton NP,
Northern Budawang Range, NW of Crooked Falls, Oct
1985, Gilmour 5271 (CANB); Newnes Junction, Sep
1914, Hamilton s.n. (NSW); Wentworth Falls, Apr
1914, Hamilton s.n. (NSW); Evans Lookout, Blue
Mountains NP, Oct 1990, Henderson & Turpin H3421
(BRI); Goonoo State Forest, c. 15 km SW of Mendooran
on road to Dubbo, Sep 1989, Henderson & Turpin
H3243 (BRI, NSW); Bald Trig, off Clarence-Glowworm
Tunnels road, Feb 1986, Hind 4477 (NSW); Kings
Tableland, S of Wentworth Falls, Aug 1952, Melville
649 & Johnson (MEL); Kydra Reefs, Mar 1974, Rodd
2653 (NSW); Katoomba area, Narrow Neck Plateau
Drive, near start of Golden Stairs track, Oct 1984,
Taylor 303 & Coveny (NSW); Kydra Peak, c. 40 km
ESE of Cooma, Oct 1945, Willis s.n. [MEL2061293]
(MEL). Tasmania. Coles Bay, Jun 1996, Cave 033
(AD, CANB, MEL).
Distribution and habitat: Pseudanthus
divaricatissimus occurs in a more or less
continuous distribution from near
Muswellbrook southwards to Bega with
disjunct populations near Urbenville and
Dubbo in New South Wales and in the Coles
Bay area in eastern Tasmania. It is recorded as
growing in heathland, shrubland or mallee
woodland communities on sandy soils often on
rocky sites mostly overlying sandstone.
Map 2.
Phenology: Flowers and fruits have been
collected throughout the year.
Notes: The disjunct northern populations of
P divaricatissimus (as represented by Briggs
2386 (MEL, NSW), Henderson & Turpin H3243
(BRI, NSW) and Bean 2506 (BRI)) are atypical
of this species in having tepals in male flowers
oblong in outline and thus having a superficial
resemblance to those in male flowers of
P. ovalifolius. However, these populations
differ from P ovalifolius in having generally
shorter staminal filaments, shorter tepals in male
flowers and biovulate rather than uniovulate
locules in female flowers. Also, some difficulty
may be experienced in separating the northern
503
populations of P. divaricatissimus from those
of P. pauciflorus subsp. pauciflorus. For
discussion of their differences, see ‘Affinities’
under P. pauciflorus. Further collections and
field studies of these northern populations to
determine their standing are warranted.
Apart from the collections from Tasmania
having numerous galls, there appears to be no
significant morphological differences between
the New South Wales and Tasmanian material
of this species.
3. Pseudanthus ligulatus Halford & R. J.F.Hend.
sp. nov. arte affinis P. pimeleoides Sieber
ex Spreng. ut videtur sed foliis lamina
lineari ad anguste oblonga vel raro
lanceolata non lanceolata ad anguste
ovata, ad apicem acuta apiculo rufo-
brunneo ad 0.2 mm longo non attenuata
apiculo albo ad 0.5 mm longo instructa, et
floribus masculinis pedicellis brevioribus
(< 2 mm non > 2 mm longis) et tepalis
apiculatis rubro-brunneis non acutis ad
obtusis ad apicem differt. Typus:
Queensland. Cook District: Davies Creek
NP, c. 16 km E of Mareeba, 15 April 1989,
R.J.F. Henderson & J.R. Clarkson H3217
(holo: BRI; iso: K, MEL, NSW,
distribuendi).
Diffuse to compact shrub 40-150 cm high; stems
freely branching; branchlets glabrous. Leaves
alternate or decussate; stipules triangular or
ovate, 0.5-1.3 mm long, red-brown, acute to
acuminate with a dark brown glandular tip, and
with margins erose or irregularly lobed;
decurrent margins glabrous; petiole 0.5-1.1 mm
long, smooth or papillose; laminae flat or slightly
concavo-convex, lanceolate, linear to narrowly
oblong, 7-12 mm long, 1.1-1.8 mm wide, length/
width ratio 5-15:1, smooth except for papillae
on margin, glabrous; midrib obscure adaxially,
slightly raised abaxially; tip straight, acute with
a minute, recurved, red-brown apiculum up to
0.2 mm long; margins thickened and white-
coloured. Flowers solitary in axils of upper
leaves though appearing to be in terminal
clusters; bracts narrowly triangular or narrowly
ovate, 0.5-1 mm long, with crisped hairs on
adaxial surface and on margins towards tip. Male
flowers on pedicels 0.5-1.8 mm long; tepals 6, ±
flat, linear, 7-15 mm long, 0.5-0.9 mm wide,
504
creamy white coloured, erect; apex acute or
obtuse with minute red apiculum; receptacle ±
glabrous; stamens 6, with filaments entire or
bifid distally, free, 0.2-1.5 mm long, and anthers
0.5-0.8 mm long, papillose; disc irregularly
lobed. Female flowers sessile; tepals 6,
lanceolate or ovate, 1.2-3.7 mm long, 0.6-1 mm
wide, pale green coloured with reddish tips,
keeled, glabrous on both surfaces; apex obtuse,
acute or acuminate; margins entire, serrate,
irregularly toothed or fimbriate distally;
receptacle + glabrous. Ovary subglobose, 0.6-
1 mm across; locules 3, biovulate; styles 1-1.3
mm long, erect and recurved distally. Fruits
sessile; persistent tepals > half the length of
the capsule; capsule ovoid, 5.8-7 mm long, 2.7-
3.2 mm across, smooth, glabrous, green
coloured. Seeds obloid, c. 3.8 mm long, c. 2.1
mm wide, c. 2.4 mm across; testa smooth, glossy
brown; caruncle somewhat conical, c. 0.8 mm
long, c. 1.2 mm wide.
Distribution and habitat : Pseudanthus
ligulatus is confined to Queensland where it
occurs from the Mareeba district south to
Charters Towers and east to Cumberland Islands
in the north, with disjunct populations on the
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 497-532 (2003)
Glasshouse Mountains, near Brisbane in the
south east.
Affinities: P. ligulatus seems most closely
related to P. pimeleoides but can be
distinguished from that by having linear to
narrowly oblong, rarely lanceolate leaf laminae
with an acute tip that is ultimately terminated
by a minute red-brown apiculum up to 0.2 mm
long (as compared with lanceolate or narrowly
ovate leaf laminae with an acute to attenuate tip
that is ultimately terminated by a white apiculum
up to 0.5 mm long), and male flowers with
shorter pedicels (< 2 mm long as compared with
mostly greater than 2 mm long) and a reddish
brown apiculate tip on the tepals.
Etymology: The specific epithet is from Latin
ligulatus, ligulate or with a ligule, which refers
to tongue-like tepals.
Variability: The southern populations differ
from those in the north in habit, length of
filaments of stamens and the shape of tepals in
female flowers, and appear worthy of formal
recognition. The southern entity is therefore
here treated as a distinct subspecies which can
be distinguished using the following key.
Shrub up to 150 cm high; leaves evenly distributed along the branchlets;
tepals of female flowers lanceolate to ovate, > 2 mm long... 3a. P. ligulatus subsp. ligulatus
Shrub up to 50 cm high; leaves + crowded towards the ends of the branchlets;
tepals of female flowers ovate, < 2 mm long. 3b. P. ligulatus subsp. volcanicus
3a. Pseudanthus ligulatus Halford &
R.J.F.Hend. subsp. ligulatus
Shrub, 50-150 cm high. Stipules narrowly
triangular to triangular. Leaves evenly
distributed along the branchlets. Staminal
filaments 0.2-0.7 mm long. Tepals of female
flowers lanceolate to ovate; 2.1-3.7 mm long,
0.6-1 mm wide. Fig. 2.
Selected specimens (from c. 50 examined):
Queensland. Cook District: Davies Creek, Lamb
Range, Jun 1967, Brass 33549 (BRI, QRS); Ravenshoe,
Jan 1932, Brass 1887 (BRI); Mt Mulligan, Apr 1985,
Clarkson 5764 (BRI, MEL); Davies Creek NP, 2 km
past carpark, Jun 1991, Forster PIF8524 (BRI, CANB,
MEL); Herberton Weir, Wild River, Feb 1990, Forster
PIF6246 (BRI, MEL); S.F.R.607, Davies Creek, May
1971, Hyland 5012 (BRI, CANB, NSW); S.F.R.607,
Mulgrave L.A., Nov 1973, Irvine 704 (BRI, MEL,
NSW); S.F.R.607, Mulgrave L.A., Nov 1973, Irvine
705 (BRI, CANB); Daives Creek, Apr 1962, McKee
9328 (BRI, CANB, NSW); Wild River gorge, 5 miles
[c. 8 km] from Herberton, Jun 1972, Wrigley & Telford
NQ756 (CANB). Burke District: “Warang” Holding,
White Mountains, c. 38 km NNW of Torrens Creek
township, Jul 1988, Fell DF1297 & Swain (BRI). North
Kennedy District: Mount Bertha, Gloucester Island, Mar
1994, Batianoff 9403314 et al. (BRI); Mt Abbot, 50km
W of Bowen, Mar 1992, Bean 4217 (BRI); Upper
Torrens Creek, White Mountains NP, Apr 1992, Bean
4281 (BRI); E of Baal Gammon Mine, c. 7 km W of
Herberton, Jun 1983, Conn 1373 & DeCampo (BRI,
MEL). Cape Upstart NP, Aug 1971, Wyatt 15 (BRI).
South Kennedy District: Shaw Island, Nov 1985,
Halford and Henderson, Pseudanthus and Stachystemon
Batianoff 3094 & Dalliston (BRI, CANB); Thomas
Island, Whitsunday Group, Dec 1984, Warrian CW81
(BRI).
Distribution and habitat: Pseudanthus
ligulatus subsp. ligulatus occurs in north¬
eastern Queensland from near Mareeba, near
Hughenden and from Cape Upstart near Ayr
south to the Cumberland Islands east of
Proserpine. It is recorded as growing in
heathland, open eucalypt woodland or forest
505
communities or rarely in rainforest communities,
on exposed mountain tops or on hillsides of
exposed rock pavement of granite or sandstone;
also along creek banks and in sheltered gorges.
The soils are noted to be generally shallow and
sandy in texture. Map 3.
Phenology: Flowers have been collected
throughout the year, fruits in April, May, July
and October.
Fig. 2. Pseudanthus ligulatus subsp. ligulatus. A. branchlet with flowers and fruit x 3. B. section of branchlet with
leaves removed showing stipules with decurrent margin x 12. C. male flower from side x 4. D. apex of tepal from
male flower x 24. E. male flower with tepals removed x 18. F. stamen x 24. G. male flower with tepals and stamens
removed showing cental disc x 18. H. fruit with persistent tepals x 6. I. seed x 8. A-I from Henderson & Clarkson
H3217 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.
506
3b. Pseudanthus ligulatus subsp. volcanicus
Halford & R J.F.Hend. subsp. nov. ab P
ligulatus Halford & R.J.F.Hend. subsp.
ligulatus plantis statura diffusa et
breviora (frutex diffusus usque ad 50 cm
non 40-150 cm altus), foliis in ramulis
distaliter confertis non aequaliter
distributis et floribus femineis tepalis
ovatis et < 2 mm longis non lanceolatis ad
ovatis et > 2 mm longis differt. Typus:
Queensland. Moreton District: Mount
Tibrogargan, Glasshouse Mountains, 8
March 1991, A.R.Bean 2871 (holo: BRI).
Diffuse shrub up to 40 cm high. Stipules
triangular to ovate. Leaves + crowded towards
the ends of the branchlets. Staminal filaments
0.5-1.5 mm long. Tepals of female flowers ovate,
1.2-1.8 mm long, 0.6-0.8 mm wide.
Selected specimens (from 14 examined):
Queensland. Moreton District: Mt Tibrogargan, Aug
1975, Coveny 6723 & Hind (BRI, NSW); Crookneck,
Glasshouse Mountains, Jul 1939, Goy & Smith 697
(BRI); Mt Crookneck, Glasshouse Mountains, May
1935, Goy s.n. [AQ205142] (BRI); Mt Coonowrin,
Glasshouse Mountains, Oct 1973, Hassall 73128 (BRI);
Mount Tibrogargan, Mar 1974, Hassall 7411 (BRI);
Mt Coonowrin, Glasshouse Mountains, Sep 1930,
Hubbard 4117 (BRI); Mt Crookneck, Glasshouse
Mountains, Dec 1967, Smith s.n. [AQ205143] (BRI,
CANB); Mt Coonowrin, Aug 1968, Smith 14005 (BRI);
Mt Tibrogargan, Glasshouse Mountains, Apr 1984,
Telford 9690 (CANB, MEL); Mt Coonowrin, Glasshouse
Mountains, Jan 1966, Whaite & Whaite 3073 (BRI,
NSW).
Distribution and habitat: Pseudanthus
ligulatus subsp. volcanicus is restricted to the
slopes of the Glasshouse Mountains in south¬
east Queensland. It is recorded as growing in
crevices and along ledges on trachyte cliff faces.
Map 4.
Phenology: Flowers have been collected
throughout the year, fruits in August.
Etymology: The epithet is derived from Latin
volcanicus, volcanic, in reference to where this
subspecies occurs, i.e. on mountains of
volcanic origin.
4. Pseudanthus micranthus Benth., FI. Austral.
6: 59/60 (1873). Type: South Australia,
[without locality, without date,] [7.]
Whittaker s.n. (holo: K (cibachrome at
BRI)).
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 497-532 (2003)
Phyllanthus tatei F.Muell., S. Sci. Rec. 2: 55
(1882); Micrantheum tatei (F.Muell.)
J.M.Black, FI. S. Austral. 1 st edn: 356 (1924).
Type: South Australia. Bundaleer Range,
[without date,] [ R . Tate s.n.] (holo: MEL
[MEL 107258]).
Illustrations: J.Z. Weber & D.J. Morley (1985:
p 212); J.Z Weber (1986: p 765, fig.409).
Compact shrub up to 30 cm high; stems
ascending to erect, intricately branched;
branchlets pubescent with minute spreading
hairs up to 0.2 mm long. Leaves alternate;
stipules triangular to filiform, 0.4-1 mm long,
red-brown, with margins entire; decurrent
margins obscure or absent; petiole 0.3-0.4 mm
long, smooth; laminae ovate or orbicular, 1.7-5
mm long, 1.2-2.7 mm wide, length/width ratio
1-3:1, smooth except for papillae on margins,
glabrous; midrib obscure adaxially, slightly
raised abaxially; tip straight or recurved, acute
to obtuse, sometimes with a minute recurved
apiculum; margins flat, not noticeably
thickened. Flowers in axils of upper leaves;
bracts triangular to filiform, c. 0.5 mm long,
pubescent on adaxial surface. Male flowers 1-
3 per axil, on pedicels 0.4-1.3 mm long; tepals 6,
± flat or concave, subequal, ovate, suborbicular
or obovate, 0.6-1.6 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide,
yellow coloured with reddish tinge, spreading;
apex obtuse; margins entire; receptacle
glabrous; stamens (2 or)3, with filaments entire,
free at base, adhering near apex by interlocking
papillae, 0.8-1 mm long, and anthers 0.4-0.5 mm
long, smooth; disc 3-lobed. Female flowers
solitary, sessile; tepals 4-6, ovate, 1.1-1.5 mm
long, 0.8-1 mm wide, yellow coloured with
reddish brown margin, slightly keeled, glabrous
on both surfaces; apex obtuse; margins erose;
receptacle glabrous. Ovary mostly 3-locular and
trigonal-globose or if 2-locular then laterally
compressed, 0.9-1.1 mm across; locules
biovulate; styles 1-2 mm long, spreading and
recurved distally. Fruits sessile; persistent
tepals <half of the length of capsule; capsule +
ovoid, 3.5-5.5 mm long, 3-4.8 mm across,
smooth or slightly rugose, glabrous, creamy
green coloured becoming pinkish red with age.
Seeds subglobose to ovoid, 2.5-3.5 mm long, c.
2.3 mm across, smooth, somewhat glossy
brown; exostome pit well developed; caruncle
subconical, c. 0.9 mm long, c. 1.2 mm wide.
Halford and Henderson, Pseudanthus and Stachystemon
Additional specimens: South Australia. Inman Valley
turnoff on Waitpinga Road, Sep 1981, Bates 1015 (AD);
top of cliffs near Waitpinga, Sep 1981, Bates 1014
(AD); c. 2 km NE of Newland Head, Nov 1981,
Bushman 42 (AD); Kangaroo Island, Flinders Chase
NP, May 1995, Davies 764 (AD); Victor Harbour, Jul
1983, Davies 553 & Bushman (AD); Waitpinga Beach,
Jul 1983, Davies 515 & Bushman (AD); Willow Creek,
Oct 1955, Fraser (AD); Victor Harbour, Jul 1970, Hunt
3215 (AD); Port Elliot, Apr 1895, Hussey (AD); Port
Elliot, Aug 1967, Kraehenbuehl 3451 (AD); Inman
Valley, Oct 1987, Murfet 612 (AD); Kangaroo Island,
Sep 1995, Overton 2570 (AD)
Distribution and habitat: Pseudanthus
micranthus occurs in South Australia where it
is restricted to the southern Lofty Ranges from
Mount Compass to Cape Jervis, and Kangaroo
Island. It is recorded as growing in shrubland,
heathland and open mallee communities on
sandy soils. Map 5.
Phenology: Flowers have been collected in
January and from April to November, fruits in
January and from July to October.
Notes: Pseudanthus micranthus is easily
distinguished from all other species of
Pseudanthus by having stems with obscure
decurrent stipule margins or decurrent stipule
margins absent from stems, stamens 3 and free
at base but joined at apex by interlocking hairs,
and branchlets with erect translucent minute
hairs.
In his protologue, Bentham (1873) stated
of this species that it was a “much-branched
glabrous shrub”. However, examination of the
type clearly shows minute hairs on the branches.
5. Pseudanthus orbicularis (Miill.Arg.) Halford
& R.J.F.Hend. comb, nov.; Caletia
divaricatissima var. orbicularis
Miill.Arg., Flora 47(31): 486 (1864); Caletia
orientalis var. orbicularis (Miill.Arg.)
Baill., Adansonia 6: 327 (1866);
Pseudanthus divaricatissimus var.
orbicularis (Miill.Arg.) Benth., FI. Austral.
6: 60 (1873), as ‘ orbiculare '. Type:
Victoria, summit of rocky mountains on
the M’Allister [Macalister] River,
Gippsland, [without date,] Dr [F] Mueller
s.n. (holo: K (ex herb. Hook.); iso: MEL
[MEL2062900, MEL2062899 &
MEL2062916]; possible iso: MEL
[MEL224491]).
507
Pseudanthus divaricatissimus var.
orbicularis Ewart, FI. Victoria 725 (1930),
as ‘orbiculare’, nom. illeg. Type: not
designated.
Illustration: J.A. Jeanes (1999: p.73, fig.l le),
as P. divaricatissimus.
Compact shrub to up to 1.5 m high and wide;
stems ascending to decumbent, freely
divaricately branching; branchlets glabrous.
Leaves decussate; stipules triangular, 0.4-0.7
mm long, red-brown, acute, and with margins
entire or fimbriate; decurrent margins glabrous
or hispidulous; petiole 0.2-0.6 mm long,
smooth; laminae + flat or slightly concavo-
convex, broadly elliptic to orbicular or rarely
broadly ovate, 1.4-3.6 mm long, 1.2-2.3 mm
wide, length/width ratio 1-1.7:1, smooth,
glabrous or with minute hairs on margin; midrib
obscure adaxially, slightly raised abaxially; tip
+ straight, rounded or emarginate, usually with
a minute red-brown apiculum; margins flat or
slightly recurved, not obviously thickened.
Flowers solitary in axils of upper leaves; bracts
narrowly triangular or ovate, 0.3-0.5 mm long,
pubescent on margin and abaxial surface. Male
flowers on pedicels 0.4-0.6 mm long; tepals 6,
convex-concave, ovate or obovate, 0.9-1.3 mm
long, 0.5-0.8 mm wide, creamy white or red
coloured, spreading; apex rounded to obtuse,
margins entire; receptacle glabrous; stamens 6,
with filaments entire, free, 0.4-1.2 mm long, and
anthers 0.3-0.4 mm long, smooth; disc irregularly
lobed. Female flowers sessile; tepals 5 or 6,
ovate or elliptic, 1.4-1.7 mm long, 0.6-0.9 mm
wide, pale red coloured, slightly keeled,
glabrous; apex acute to obtuse; margins
irregularly toothed; receptacle glabrous. Ovary
trigonal-globose, 0.6-0.7 mm across, glabrous,
tuberculate along ridges; locules 3, biovulate;
styles 0.6-0.7 mm long, erect and recurved
distally. Fruits sessile; persistent tepals <the
length of the capsule; capsule narrowly ovoid,
3.8-4.5 mm long, 1.2-2.2 mm across, smooth or
tuberculate along ridges, glabrous, mottled
green and red. Seeds + cylindrical, laterally
compressed, 3.1-3.3 mm long, 1.1-1.5 mm wide,
1.3-1.8 mm across; testa smooth or slightly
rugose, dull reddish brown; exostome pit well
developed; caruncle squat-conical, c. 0.6 mm
long, c. 0.7 mm wide.
508
Selected specimens (from 45 examined): New South
Wales. Nadgee Nature Reserve, Merrica River crossing
of main road from entrance of reserve to Newtons
Beach, Jan 1985, Albrecht 1539 (MEL, NSW); Nullica
State Forest, Jan 1986, Albrecht 2409 (MEL); rhyolite
knoll SSE of Nethercote Falls on the Yowaka River,
Oct 1985, Albrecht 2036 (CANB, MEL, NSW); 3 km
WSW of the Old Hut Creek crossing of the Nethercote
Road, Nullica State Forest, Oct 1985, Albrecht 2067
(CANB, MEL, NSW); Deua NP, c. 20 km WNW of
Moruya, Mar 1985, Beesley 383 & Binns (CANB, MEL,
NSW); mountain peak 2.5 km NE of Mount Poole,
Yambulla State Forest, Jul 1986, Briggs 1997 & Albrecht
(CANB, NSW); Bunbury State Forest, 14 miles (c. 22.5
km) E of Parkes, Oct 1973, Coveny 5253 (NSW);
Hervey Range, E of Peak Hill, May 1978, Harden s.n.
[NE038787A] (NE); c. 15 km SE of Peak Hill on road
to Molong via Baldry, Harvey Range, Sep 1989,
Henderson & Turpin H3246 (AD, BRI, NSW); Yumbulla
State Forest, c. 24 km S of Eden, Newtons crossing
Picnic area, Feb 1984 Taylor 204 & James (MEL,
NSW). Victoria, c. 5 miles [c. 8 km] NW of Mt
Margaret, Jan 1973, Beauglehole ACB41287&
Chesterfield (MEL, NSW); S side of Barrytennie Road,
12.8 km NW of Mid Western Highway turnoff (which
is 7 km W of Cowra), Sep 1997, Jobson 4820 & Mills
(BRI, NSW); c. 16 miles [c. 26 km] NE of Buchan, Jan
1953, Melville 3069 et al. (K, MEL, NSW); Brisbane
Ranges NP, c. 250 m SW of Aeroplane Road turnoff on
Reids Road, Oct 1992, Stajsic 619 et al. (MEL);
Werribee Gorge State Park, Jan 1991, Stajsic 136
(MEL); Maramingo Hill, Sep 1946, Wakefield 4227
(MEL); Mt Ray summit area, c. 19 km NE of
Briagolong, Dec 1998, Walsh 4902 & Anderson (MEL);
Mt Margaret track, c. 0.8 km NE from Tamboritha
Road, Apr 1992, Walsh 3438 & Albrecht (BRI, MEL);
3.5 km NW from Genoa township, Oct 1991, Walsh
3221 (BRI, MEL); Wellington River, 7.5 km N of
Licola, Jan 1984, Yugovic 019 (CANB, MEL).
Distribution and habitat : Pseudanthus
orbicularis occurs in a number disjunct
localities in south-eastern Australia, from Ulan,
Wellington and Cowra areas in the Central
Western Slopes Subdivision, and Mourya and
Eden districts in South Coast Subdivision, New
South Wales, extending into far eastern
Gippsland, and westwards to Werribee Gorge,
Victoria. It is recorded as growing in rocky sites
on hillsides and ridges in shrubland, low
woodland with heath understorey or open
eucalypt forest with shrubby understorey. The
soils are shallow, mostly sandy or occasionally
sandy loam or sandy clay, often overlying
rhyolite or granite, or less frequently sandstone.
Map 6.
Phenology: Flowers and fruits have been
collected throughout the year.
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 497-532 (2003)
Notes: Pseudanthus orbicularis seems most
closely related to P. divaricatissimus but differs
from that in having orbicular rather than narrowly
elliptic to elliptic or ovate leaf laminae, leaf margins
not prominently thickened, narrower capsules
(1.2-2.2 mm rather than 2.4-2.8 mm across) and
seed ± cylindrical and 3.1-3.3 mm long rather than
broadly ovoid and 2.4-2.8 mm long. Pseduanthus
obricularis is sometimes confused with
P. ovalifolius but can be distinguished from that
by the shape of the tepals in its male flowers, leaf
margins not prominently thickened and its
biovulate locules.
6. Pseudanthus orientalis F.Muell., Fragm. 2:
14 (1860); Caletia orientalis (F.Muell.)
Baill., Adansonia 6: 327 (1866); Caletia
orientalis (F.Muell.) Baill. var. orientalis ,
Baill., Adansonia6:327(1866). Type: New
South Wales. Botany Bay, Jan 1857 (or
Apr 1855), F. Mueller s.n. (lecto, here
chosen: MET [MEF2064467]).
Caletia linearis Mtill.Arg., Finnaea 32: 79
(1863). Type: [New South Wales.] Port
Jackson, in 1816, A. Cunningham (syn:
G-DC n.v., microfiche IDC 800-73.2453:
IIL 3, [top right]); Port Jackson, in 1826,
[7.5.C.] Dumont d’Urville (syn: G-DC n.v.,
microfiche IDC 800-73.2453: HI. 3 [bottom
left]).
Compact shrub to 0.5 (rarely 1) m high; stems
ascending to decumbent or rarely prostrate,
freely branching; branchlets glabrous. Feaves
alternate or decussate; stipules broadly
triangular, 0.5-0.7 mm long, pale red-brown
becoming grey-white with age, acuminate, with
margins irregularly toothed; decurrent margins
glabrous; petiole 0.4-0.6 mm long, smooth;
laminae concavo-convex, linear, narrowly
oblong to oblong or oblanceolate, 3.5-13 mm
long, 0.7-1.7 mm wide, length/width ratio 3-9:1,
smooth, glabrous or minutely papillose on
margins; midrib obscure adaxially, slightly
raised abaxially; tip straight or recurved, obtuse
to rounded, somet im es with a minute red-brown
apiculum; margins flat, thickened and white-
coloured. Flowers solitary in axils of upper
leaves, often appearing to be in terminal
clusters; bracts narrowly triangular, 0.6-1 mm
long, pubescent on adaxial surface. Male
flowers on pedicels 1-2 mm long; tepals 6,
Halford and Henderson, Pseudanthus and Stachystemon
slightly convex-concave, narrowly oblong or
sometimes narrowly obovate, 0.9-1.6 mm long,
0.4-0.8 mm wide, pale yellow to creamy-white
coloured, spreading; apex obtuse sometimes
with minute reddish brown apiculum; margins
entire or toothed; receptacle glabrous; stamens
6, with filaments entire, free, 0.2-0.6 mm long,
and anthers 0.3-0.4 mm long, smooth; disc
irregularly lobed. Female flowers sessile; tepals
6, ovate to elliptic, 1-1.4 mm long, 0.6-0.7 mm
wide, pale green coloured with reddish tips,
slightly keeled, pubescent on adaxial surface
distally, glabrous on abaxial surface; apex
obtuse; margins erose; receptacle glabrous.
Ovary trigonal-globose, 0.5-0.7 mm across,
glabrous; locules 3, biovulate; styles 0.3-0.6
mm long, erect and spreading distally. Fruits
sessile; persistent tepals <half the length of the
capsule; capsule narrowly ovoid, 3.5-4 mm
long, 1.5-1.7 mm across, smooth or slightly
rugose, glabrous, mottled green and red or
reddish brown. Seeds narrowly ovoid to
cylindrical, 2.2-3.5 mm long, 1.1-1.5 mm across;
testa smooth, somewhat glossy brown;
exostome pit not well developed; caruncle
conical, 0.5-0.9 mm long, 0.6-0.9 mm wide.
Selected specimens (from c. 80 examined):
Queensland. Port Curtis District: Littabella NP, c.
40 km NW of Bundaberg, Nov 1993, Bean 7012 (BRI);
4 km WSW of Stockyard Point, May 1996, Fell 4615
(BRI); 4 km from Byfield turnoff to Five Rocks, Sep
1977, Powell 885 & Armstrong (BRI, NSW). Wide
Bay District: Wide Bay Military Training area, c. 10
km NNW of Camp Kerr, Sep 1980, Adams 3576 (BRI,
CANB); Marcus Beach, S of Noosa, Mar 1993, Bean
5832 (BRI); Sandy Cape, Fraser Island, Apr 1966, Blake
22718 (BRI); Burrum Coast NP, Kinkuna section, Oct
1996, Forster PIF19978 & Leiper (BRI, MEL); Noosa
NP, Noosa, Dec 1984, Sharpe 3645 & Batianoff (BRI,
NSW); Upper Noosa River, 22 km N of Tewantin, Aug
1976, Telford 4356 (CANB). Moreton District: Beerwah
State Forest, Mar 1953, Melville 3545 et al. (BRI,
CANB, K); Caloundra, Aug 1933, Blake 4879 (BRI);
Moreton Island, c. 0.9 km WSW of Cape Moreton,
Dec 1974, Durrington 1414 & Batianoff (BRI); Mt
Coolum, Nov 1987, Henderson H3110 (BRI); Peel
Island, Oct 1994, Thompson & Bean MOR444 (BRI).
New South Wales. Captain Cook’s historical landing
site, Kumell, Aug 1976, Coveny 7761 & Hind (NSW);
La Perouse, May 1976, Coveny 7670 & Davies (NSW);
Crowdy Head, N of Harrington, Leb 1969, Blaxell 190
(NSW); Petrol Depot at SW Rocks, 22 miles (c. 35.2
km) by road NE of Kempsey, Sep 1967, Coveny s.n.
(NSW); Crowdy Bay National Bay, 5.3 km S of
Laurieton Bridge on Diamond Head road, Mar 1981,
Haegi 2043 (NSW); 5 miles (c. 8 km) NE of Woodbum,
Feb 1971, O’Hara & Coveny 3504 (BRI, NSW); c. 10
km NW of Iluka, Dec 1967, Williams s.n. [NE024351A]
(NE).
509
Distribution and habitat : Pseudanthus
orientalis occurs in coastal areas from
Shoalwater Bay, central Queensland,
southwards to Botany Bay, New South Wales.
It is recorded as growing on sandy soils in moist
coastal heath, shrubland or open Banksia
woodland with heath understorey, on coastal
flats, headlands and stabilised beach dunes. It
also occurs in low open forest with heath or
shrub understorey. Map 7.
Phenology: Flowers and fruits have been
collected throughout the year, particularly from
August to November.
Typification: Mueller (1860) did not cite any
particular specimen in his protologue of this
species which he said occurred “in ericetis
litoralibus Australiae orientalis extratropicae”.
The specimen selected here as lectotype
predates Mueller’s publication, has the name
P. orientalis on the label in Mueller’s hand and
matches the description of the species given in
the protologue.
7. Pseudanthus ovalifolius F.Muell., Trans.
Philos. Inst. Victoria 2: 66 (1858); Caletia
ovalifolia (F.Muell.) Miill.Arg., Linnaea
34:55 (1865). Type: [Victoria.] Grampians,
[in 1857], [C.] Wilhelmi s.n. (lecto, here
chosen: MEL [MEL694290]; possible
isolecto: MEL [MEL2062910 (ex herb.
Sonder), MEL2062903 (ex herb. Sonder)],
K (element on the right).
Illustration: J.A. Jeanes (1999: p.73, fig.lid);
M.G Corrick & B.A. Fuhrer (2000: p.82).
Straggling to compact shrub to 30 cm high;
stems ascending to erect, divaricate; branchlets
glabrous. Leaves subopposite, decussate or
rarely alternate; stipules broadly triangular to
broadly ovate, 0.5-0.9 mm long, red-brown
becoming grey with age, acute, obtuse or
acuminate with a dark brown glandular tip, and
with margins erose, fimbriate or irregularly lobed;
decurrent margins hispidulous; petiole 0.1-0.4
mm long, smooth; laminae concavo-convex,
narrowly oblong-elliptic, elliptic or sometimes
orbicular, (1.8-)2.2-5(-7.5)mmlong, 1-2.1 mm
wide, length/width ratio 1-4:1, smooth except
for minute papillae on margins and sometimes
on the midrib abaxially, glabrous except for
510
occasional minute hispid hairs on midrib
abaxially; midrib obscure adaxially, slightly
prominent abaxially; tip straight or slightly
recurved, obtuse to rounded and sometimes
terminated by a minute, dark red-brown mucro;
margins flat, thickened and white-coloured.
Flowers solitary in axils of upper leaves but
sometimes appearing to be in terminal clusters;
bracts ovate, 1-1.5 mm long, entire or 3-toothed
distally, pubescent on margins and on the
adaxial surface. Male flowers on pedicels 0.5-
1.3 mm long; tepals 6, flat, narrowly oblong to
oblong or narrowly obovate, 1.3-2.4 mm long,
0.5-0.8 mm wide, creamy white coloured,
spreading; apex rounded to obtuse; margins
entire; receptacle glabrous; stamens 6, with
filaments entire, free, 0.5-1.8 mm long, and
anthers 0.3-0.5 mm long, smooth; disc 3-lobed
with each lobe notched at tip. Female flowers
sessile; tepals 5 or 6, lanceolate to narrowly
ovate, 1.1-2.2 mm long, 0.2-0.6 mm wide, reddish
brown coloured at base and creamy-white
distally, slightly keeled, glabrous on both
surfaces; apex acute to acuminate; margins
erose or irregularly toothed; receptacle
glabrous. Ovary trigonal-globose, 0.7-1.2 mm
across, glabrous; locules 3, uniovulate; styles
1.3-2.3 mm long, erect and spreading distally.
Fruits sessile; persistent tepals <half the length
of the capsule; capsule ovoid, 3.5-4 mm long,
1.9-2.2 mm across, + smooth, glabrous, green
coloured. Seeds ovoid, 2.5-2.7 mm long, 1.5-
1.7 mm across; testa smooth, dull brown;
exostome pit well developed; caruncle +
pyramidal, c. 0.6 mm long, c. 0.6 mm wide.
Selected specimens (from 52 examined): New South
Wales. North Ben Boyd NP, 6 km N of Eden, Oct
1978, Newman s.n. [MEL204781] (MEL). Victoria.
15 miles [c. 24 km] NNE of Bendigo, near the Huntly-
Kamarooka road, Oct 1959, Aston 418 (MEL); Mt
Victory, Reids Lookout, Grampians, Oct 1950,
Beauglehole 8355 (MEL); Little Desert, east-west
access track W of Nhill-Gymbowen road, Sep 1975,
Corrick 5334 (MEL); ridge near Kappa Cave, Victoria
Range, The Grampians, Sep 1963, Filson 5291 (MEL);
Grampians, Oct 1952, Gauba s.n. (CANB
[CBG001513], NSW [NSW130415]); Campbell Road,
1.7 km W of Tennyson road, 26.2 km N of Bendigo,
Aug 1995, Jobson 3685 (BRI, MEL, NSW); along the
Goad Track at the summit of Victoria Range about 3
km S of the Fertility Shelter, Sep 1989, LeBreton s.n.
[MEL234094] (MEL); Flagstaff Hill, 5.5 miles [c. 8.8
km] N of Eaglehawk, Sep 1952, Melville 1255 et al.
(K, MEL, NSW); Grampian mountains, northern end
of Mt Stapylton, Jul 1961, Muir 2141 (MEL); Central
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 497-532 (2003)
Whipstick, Aug 1960, Perry s.n. [MEL530704] (MEL);
Whipstick Scrub, N of Bendigo, Oct 1966, Phillips s.n.
[CBG039579] (CANB); Mt Rosea, Grampians, Nov
1971, Phillips 508 (CANB); Kamarooka Forest,
Campbell Road, c. 2 km W from Kamarooka East-
Huntley road, Oct 1991, Walsh 3097 (BRI, MEL);
Grampians, 600 m from Wallaby Rocks summit, Oct
1986, Westaway 266 (MEL). Tasmania. Tanners Bay
Mines, Flinders Island, Furneaux Group, Jul 1973,
Whinray 2211 (CANB); Cape Barren Island, Furneaux
Group, May 1969, Whinray 434 (MEL); Cape Barren
Island, Furneaux Group, Oct 1973, Whinray 633
(MEL); Cape Barren Island, Sep 1985, Ziegeler s.n.
[H095818] (HO).
Distribution and habitat : Pseudanthus
ovalifolius occurs in a number of scattered
localities in south-eastern Australia from near
Eden, New South Wales, Little Desert, The
Grampians, and Bendigo and Bairnsdale
districts, Victoria; and on Cape Barren and
Flinders Islands, Tasmania. It is recorded as
growing on shallow sandy or clay soils on rocky
hillsides in heathland, shrubland including
shrubland dominated by Melaleuca uncinata.
It also occurs occasionally in mallee
communities. Map 8.
Phenology: Flowers have been collected from
February to November, fruits in December.
Typification: Mueller (1858) based his
description of P. ovalifolius on material
collected by J.F. [Carl] Wilhemi from The
Grampians, and from the Serra and Victoria
Ranges in Victoria. Seven sheets of collections
made by Wilhemi from the Grampians have been
located at MEL. A further sheet has been
located amongst material on loan to BRI from K
and it carries 2 specimens and 2 labels, both in
Mueller’s hand. In his protologue, Mueller’s
described the male flowers but not the female
flowers of the species. Sheet MEL694290 at
MEL is here chosen as lectotype because it is
the best-preserved specimen, has male flowers
attached and the label is annotated by Mueller
with the name P ovalifolius.
Notes: The uniovulate condition of
P ovalifolius appears to be stable and constant
in this species. This condition is presumed
derived by reduction from the biovulate state
seen in the other species of Pseudanthus and it
clearly distinguishes P. ovalifolius from all other
species of that genus. However, there is no
doubt that P. ovalifolius belongs to it.
Halford and Henderson, Pseudanthus and Stachystemon
8. Pseudanthus pauciflorus Halford &
RJ.F.Hend. sp. nov. arte affmis P. pimeleoidi
Sieber ex Spreng. ut videtur sed foliis lamina
anguste obovata, anguste elliptica vel
anguste oblongo-elliptica non anguste
lanceolata ad lanceolata vel ovata, floribus
masculinis minoribus et minus conspicuis
tepalis 2.7-4.8 non 5-11 mm longis in
pedicellis brevioribus (0.7-2.2 mm non 2-5
mm longis), et floribus in pseudo-fasciculis
distalibus paucioribus differt. In
additamentis haec species affinis formae
boreali P. divaricatissimi (Miill.Arg.) Benth.
aliquantum sed floribus masculinis tepalis
2.7-4.8 non 0.8-1.5 mm longis et floribus
femineis tepalis lanceolatis vel raro
oblanceolatis non ovatis ad late oblongis
differt. Typus: Queensland. Moreton
District: Mt Ernest, Mt Barney NP, 17.7
km SW of Rathdowney, 17 March 2001,
DA. Halford Q 7000 (holo: BRI; iso: MEL,
distribuendi)
Compact shrub to 60 cm high; stems ascending
to erect, freely branching; branchlets glabrous.
Leaves alternate or decussate; stipules
triangular or ovate to broadly ovate, 0.8-1.3 mm
long, red-brown, acute to acuminate with dark
brown glandular tip, and with margins erose to
fimbriate; decurrent margins glabrous; petiole
0.5-0.8 mm long, smooth; laminae concavo-
convex, narrowly elliptic, narrowly obovate or
narrowly oblong-elliptic, 3.5-14 mm long, 1-2.2
mm wide, length/width ratio 2-6:1, smooth
except for minute papillae on midrib abaxially,
glabrous except for minute scabrid hairs on
margins and sometimes on midrib abaxially;
midrib obscure adaxially, slightly prominent
abaxially; tip recurved, obtuse or subacute, with
a translucent mucro up to 0.2 mm long; margins
flat, thickened and white-coloured. Flowers
solitary in axils of upper leaves though
appearing to be in terminal clusters; bracts
narrowly triangular to ovate, 1-3 mm long,
glabrous or with pale brown crisped hairs on
adaxial surface distally. Male flowers on
pedicels 0.7-2.2 mm long; tepals 6, + flat,
narrowly oblong or narrowly obovate, 2.7-4.8
mm long, 0.6-1.2 mm wide, creamy white
coloured, erect but slightly recurved distally;
apex acute, obtuse or rounded; margins entire;
receptacle glabrous; stamens 6, with filaments
511
± entire, free, 0.1-0.6 mm long, and anthers 0.3-
0.5 mm long, papillose; disc small, not lobed,
hemispherically domed. Female flowers sessile;
tepals 4-6, lanceolate (when reddish brown) or
rarely oblanceolate (when green), 0.5-4 mm
long, 0.2-0.8 mm wide, keeled, glabrous on both
surfaces; apex acute to acuminate; margins
erose or fimbriate; receptacle glabrous. Ovary
trigonal-globose, 0.4-0.8 mm across, glabrous
or tuberculate distally; locules 3, biovulate;
styles 0.6-1.1 mm long, erect and recurved
distally. Fruits sessile; persistent tepals > half
the length of the capsule; capsule ovoid, 2.7-4
mm long, 1.5-2.5 mm across, tuberculate distally,
glabrous, green coloured though sometimes
with dark reddish blushes. Seeds obloid to
ovoid, 2.5-3 mm long, 1.5-1.9 mm wide, 1.7-2.2
mm across; testa smooth, dull or glossy brown;
caruncle pyramdial, 0.5-0.6 mm long, 0.6—1.3 mm
wide.
Distribution and habitat : Pseudanthus
pauciflorus is disjunct in its distribution with
populations occurring from Blackdown
Tableland to near Taroom in central Queensland
and from Rathdowney in south-east
Queensland southward to Port Macquarie on
the north coast of New South Wales.
Affinities: Pseudanthus pauciflorus seems
most closely related to P pimeleoides but differs
from that by having narrowly obovate, narrowly
elliptic or narrowly oblong-elliptic rather than
narrowly lanceolate to lanceolate or ovate leaf
laminae, smaller and less conspicuous male
flowers with tepals 2.7-4.8 mm long rather than
5-11 mm long, on shorter pedicels (0.7-2.2 mm
long as compared with 2-5 mm long), and the
distal pseudo-clusters of flowers being less
floriferous. Pseudanthus pauciflorus is
somewhat similar in appearance to the northern
form of P. divaricatissimus but can be
distinguished from that by its longer tepals in
male flowers (2.7^1.8 mm long as compared with
0.8-1.5 mm long), and lanceolate or rarely
oblanceolate rather than ovate or broadly
oblong tepals in female flowers.
Variability: The northern and southern
populations of P. pauciflorus differ somewhat
in habit, leaf lamina shape, the length of the
pedicel in male flowers and the length of tepals
in female flowers. Although some characters
512 Austrobaileya 6 (3): 497-532 (2003)
overlap somewhat, the populations appear are here treated as subspecies which can be
worthy of formal recognition. These entities distinguished using the following key.
Pedicels of male flowers 1.2-2.2 mm long; tepals of female flowers
0.5-2.9mmlong .8a. P. pauciflorus subsp. pauciflorus
Pedicels of male flowers 0.7-1.1 mm long; tepals of female
flowers 3-4 mm long . 8b. P. pauciflorus subsp. arenicola
8a. Pseudanthus pauciflorus Halford &
R.J.F.Hend. subsp. pauciflorus
Pseudanthus sp. (Tylerville P.I.Forster+
PIF11510); Forster & Halford (2002, p. 73).
Leaf laminae narrowly elliptic, narrowly obovate,
or rarely narrowly oblong-elliptic, 3.5-7.3(-9.3)
mm long, 1.3-2.2 mm wide. Male flowers on
pedicels 1.2-2.2mmlong. Female flowers with
4-6 tepals; tepals lanceolate, 0.5-2.9 mm long,
up to 0.2 mm wide. Fig. 3.
Selected specimens (from 11 examined):
Queensland. Moreton District: Mt Ernest, Oct 1932,
Blake 4363A (BRI); Mt Barney, Oct 1935, Everist 1374
(BRI); Campbell’s Folly, 4 km SW of Tylerville, Sep
1992, Forster PIF11510 & Leiper (BRI); Mt Gillies,
eastern part of summit, Oct 1992, Forster PIF12108
& Reilly (BRI); Mt Ernest, Sep 1989, Leiper s.n.
[AQ458072] (BRI); Mt Ernest, Oct 1932, White 8567
(BRI). New South Wales. Moses Rock Flora Reserve,
30 km (direct) N of Dorrigo, Apr 1994, Bean 7654
(BRI); Gibraltar Range NP, c. 67 km E of Glen Innes,
on the Gywdir Highway, Oct 1969, Coveny 2214 (NSW);
on North Snowy Road, Bellangry State Forest, Mar
1983, Whaite 4465 (NSW); Blatheram Creek area, 10
km NE of Torrington, Nov 1969, Wissmann s.n.
[NE022850A] (NE).
Distribution and habitat : Pseudanthus
pauciflorus subsp. pauciflorus occurs in
eastern Australia from near Rathdowney, south¬
east Queensland, south to Port Macquarie, New
South Wales and west to Torrington. It is
recorded as growing in heath, shrub-land or
open eucalypt forest communities on exposed
mountain tops, cliff-lines or hillsides of exposed
rock pavement. The soils are generally noted
as shallow sandy loams derived from granite or
rhyolite substrates. Map 9.
Phenology: Flowers have been collected in
March, April and from September to November,
fruits in April and November.
Notes: The collections Wissmann [NE22850A]
(NE), from Torrington, and Bean 7654 (BRI),
from Dorrigo, differ from other collections of P.
pauciflorus subsp. pauciflorus in the shape of
the tepals in female flowers. These two
collections have tepals that are somewhat
foliose in nature with a much-reduced lamina.
Etymology: The epithet is derived from the
Latin, pauci-, few, and -florus, -flowered, and
refers to the comparatively few flowers the
species produces.
8b. Pseudanthus pauciflorus subsp. arenicola
Halford & R.J.F.Hend. subsp. nov. ab
P. paucifloro Halford & R.J.F.Hend.
subsp. paucifloro floribus masculinis in
pedicellis brevioribus (0.7-1.1 mm non
1.2-2.2 mm longis) et floribus femineis
tepalis longioribus (3-4 mm non 0.5-2.9
mm longis) et latioribus (0.6-0.8 mm non
usque ad 0.2 mm latis) differt. Typus:
Queensland. Leichhardt District:
Blackdown Tableland, 20 Apr 1971,
R.J. Henderson 722 etal. (holo: BRI; iso:
BRI, CANB, K, MEL, NSW, distribuendi)
Pseudanthus sp. (Tylerville P.I.Forster+
PIF11510) subsp. (Blackdown Tableland
R.J.Henderson H722); Forster & Halford
(2002, p. 73).
Leaf laminae narrowly obovate or narrowly
oblong-elliptic, 4-14 mm long, 1-1.9 mm wide.
Male flowers on pedicels 0.7-1.1 mm long.
Halford and Henderson, Pseudanthus and Stachystemon 513
Fig. 3. Pseudanthus pauciflorus subsp. pauciflorus. A. branchlet with flowers x 8. B. section of branchlet with
leaves removed showing stipules with decurrent margin x 8. C. male flower from side x 12. D. female flower x 24.
E. ovary x 24. F. tepal of female flower x40. G. leaf x 12. Pseudanthus pauciflorus subsp. arenicola. H. fruit with
persistent tepals X 8. I. seed x 12. A-F from Forster & Leiper PIF11510 (BRI); G from Halford Q3800 (BRI); H,
I from Bean 6936 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.
514
Female flowers with 6 tepals; tepals lanceolate,
3^1 mm long, 0.6-0.8 mm wide. Fig. 3.
Additional specimens: Queensland. Leichhardt
District: Peregrine Lookout walking track, Blackdown
Tableland, Nov 1993, Bean 6936 (BRI); Planet Downs
pastoral holding, Apr 1998, Brushe JB1560 (BRI);
Robinson Gorge NP, upstream section of main gorge
in Get Down area, Sep 1992, Forster PIF11404 &
Sharpe (BRI); Robinson Gorge, side branch upstream
of Get Down, Expedition NP, Sep 1995, Forster
PIF17780 & Figg (BRI); Blackdown, Aug 1961, Gittins
385A (BRI); Blackdown Tableland, May 1962, Gittins
385B (BRI, NSW); Blackdown Tableland, c. 1 km N of
Horseshoe Lookout, Jan 1983, Telford 9179 & Butler
(CANB).
Distribution and habitat: Pseudanthus
pauciflorus subsp. arenicola is restricted to
central Queensland to the Blackdown Tableland
near Blackwater and the Robinson Gorge
(Expedition Range) near Taroom. It is recorded
as growing in heath or open eucalypt forest
communities on sandy soils associated with
sandstone plateaux, cliff-lines or scree slopes.
Map 10.
Phenology : Flowers and fruits have been
collected sporadically throughout the year.
Etymology: The epithet, from Latin arena,
sand, and cola, dweller, relates to the soils where
plants of this subspecies are found.
Notes: The subspecies of P. pauciflorus
are sometimes difficult to distinguish
morphologically. Apart from the characters in
the key above P. pauciflorus subsp. arenicola
differs from P. pauciflorus subsp. pauciflorus
generally in having slightly narrower and
longer leaves with the leaf lamina somewhat
twisted, at least when dried. They also occur
in different habitats with P. pauciflorus subsp.
arenicola being found on sandy soils derived
from sandstone, whereas P. pauciflorus subsp.
pauciflorus occurs on sandy loams derived
from igneous rocks.
9. Pseudanthus pimeleoides Sieber ex Spreng.,
Syst. veg. 16 th edn, 4(2) curae posteriores:
25 (1827). Type: [Australia.] in Nova
Hollandia, [in 1823,] [F.W.] Sieber s.n.
(holo: B (destroyed)); [Australia.] in Nova
Hollandia, [in 1823], [F.W.] Sieber 292,
(neo, here chosen: MEL [MEL2065874] (ex
herb. Sonder); isoneo: K (ex herb. Hook.).
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 497-532 (2003)
Illustration: G Griming (1913: p.29, fig.6C-F).
Compact shrub to 60 cm high; stems erect, freely
branching; branchlets glabrous. Leaves
alternate or sometimes opposite; stipules
narrowly triangular or broadly ovate, 1-1.3 mm
long, red-brown becoming grey-white with age,
acuminate with dark brown glandular tip, and
with margin erose and irregularly toothed;
decurrent margins glabrous or minutely
hispidulous; petiole 0.4-1 mm long, smooth;
laminae slightly to prominently concavo-
convex, lanceolate or narrowly ovate, 6-13 mm
long, 1-1.7 mm wide, length/width ratio 5-7:1,
smooth except sometimes for minute papillae
on midrib abaxially, glabrous except for minute
scabrid hairs on margins; midrib obscure
adaxially, prominent abaxially; tip straight or
recurved, acute to attenuate with a white-
coloured mucro up to 0.5 mm long; margins flat,
conspicuously thickened and white-coloured.
Flowers solitary in axils of upper leaves, though
appearing to be in terminal clusters; bracts
obovate or ovate, 1-1.3 mm long, fimbriate on
margins and with short crisped hairs near tip on
abaxial surface. Male flowers on pedicels
(1.5-)2-5 mm long; tepals 6, slightly concavo-
convex, linear or narrowly obovate, 5-12 mm
long, 0.7-1.6 mm wide, creamy white coloured,
erect; apex acute to obtuse; margins entire;
receptacle glabrous; stamens 6, with filaments
entire or slightly bifid, free, 0.3-1.4 mm long,
and anthers 0.4-0.8 mm long, papillose; disc
irregularly lobed. Female flowers sessile; tepals
6, lanceolate to ovate, 1.4-3 mm long, 0.5-0.8
mm wide, of unknown colour in fresh state,
slightly keeled, glabrous on both surfaces; apex
acuminate to obtuse sometimes with a minute
reddish brown coloured glandular tip; margins
irregularly toothed or fimbriate; receptacle
sparsely covered with reddish brown curled
hairs. Ovary trigonal-globose, c. 1 mm across,
glabrous; locules 3, biovulate; styles c. 1.3 mm
long, erect and recurved distally. Fruits sessile;
persistent tepals > or < half the length of the
capsule; capsule ovoid, c. 4 mm long, c. 2.1 mm
across, slightly tuberculate, glabrous, green
coloured. Seeds not seen.
Selected specimens (from c. 55 examined): New
South Wales. Rocky Crossing, Tahmoor, Aug 1962,
Burgess s.n. [CBG001702] (CANB); Woronora River,
2 miles [c. 3.2 km] W of Heathcote, Aug 1956,
Halford and Henderson, Pseudanthus and Stachystemon
Constable s.n. [NSW39034] (NSW); The Pheasants
Nest, Nepean River, 10 miles [c. 16 km] S of Camden,
Oct 1965, Constable 6192 (NSW); Patonga Creek,
Patonga, Mar 1960, Constable s.n. [MEL2065452]
(MEL); above Colo River gorge, Feb 1977, Coveny
9119 & Hind (CANB, NSW); Scouter’s Mt track
crossing at Heathcote Creek, Heathcote NP, Sep 1983,
Coveny 11616 & Bishop (NSW); The Woolwash,
Campbelltown, Sep 1983, Coveny 11630 & Bishop
(NSW); Nepean River at Maldon, c. 20 km SW of
Campbelltown, Nov 1984, Dunn 584 & James (NSW);
W tributary, Emu Creek, Wollemi NP, Mar 1984, Floyd
2048 (NSW); Engadine, Sep 1926, Fuller 291 (CANB);
Woronora River, Sep 1927, Fuller s.n. [CANB5754]
(CANB); Flat Top, Mt Hay Road, near The Pinnacles,
Blue Mountains NP, Oct 1987, Hind 5413 & D’Aubert
(BRI, NSW); Bargo River at end of Stratford road,
Tahmoor, Nov 1987, Hind 5425 el al. (NSW); Cataract
Dam, Sep 1908, Maiden s.n. (NSW); Picton, Sep 1891,
Maiden s.n. (NSW); Georges River, Kentlyn, Oct 1966,
McBarron 13349 (NSW); Woolwash, Campbelltown,
Sep 1962, McBarron 7182 (NSW); The Elbow, George’s
River, Kentlyn, Aug 1966, McBarron 12746 (MEL,
NSW); Colo Gorge at Boorai Creek-Dooli Creek
junction, 24 km NW of Colo Heights, Aug 1981, Telford
8657 (CANB).
Distribution and habitat : Pseudanthus
pimeleoides is restricted to the Sydney region
of New South Wales, from Colo Heights
southwards to Bargo. It is recorded as growing
on sandy soils overlying sandstone in open
eucalypt forest with open heath understorey.
Map 11.
Phenology: Flowers have been collected from
February to November, fruits in February,
September and November.
Typification : No type material of P. pimeleoides
has been located by us. Sprengel (1827) did
not cite any particular Seiber collection number
in the protologue of P. pimeleoides. According
to Stafleu and Cowan (1985), Sprengel’s
herbarium was passed on to his son then later
dismembered and sold. The Euphorbiaceae
portion was acquired by K. Mueller in Halle in
1853 then brought to Berlin in 1890. Due to
action in Berlin in World War II, it is no longer
extant. Selection of a neotype for P pimeleoides
is therefore in order. The Sieber collection 292
in MEL [MEL2065874] is here chosen as a
neotype. It agrees with the protologue
description.
Notes: The collections Johnson [NSW23443]
from near Musselbrook, and Jobson 2877 and
Webster 18825 from Lee’s Pinch (all in NSW)
approach P. pauciflorus in leaf lamina shape
but are more typical of P. pimeleoides in male
515
flower size and pedicel length, and are more
profusely flowering.
Excluded Name(s)
Pseudanthus tasmanicus Rodway, Pap. &
Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania 1901:107 (1902).
Type: ‘Among and about basalt rocks on
the shores of Lake Lucy Long on the
Ironstone Range and on the banks of the
SouthEsk, near Avoca.’ (holo: ?).
According to Radcliffe-Smith (1993) this name
is applicable to a species of Pseudanthus Wight
(= Nothosaerva Wight) in the Amaranthaceae.
Type material appears non existent rendering
correct placement of the name impossible at this
stage. Lrom the description, however, with
respect to the nature of the ovules, it is clear
that the name is not applicable to any species
of Pseudanthus Spreng. Walsh (1996) treated
it as a synonym of Muehlenbeckea axillaris
(Hook.f.) Endl., applicable to plants in family
Polygonaceae.
Taxonomy of Stachystemon
Stachystemon Planch., Hooker’s London
JoumalofBotany4:471,t.l5(1845). Type:
Stachystemon vermicularis Planch.
Pseudanthus sect. Caletiopsis Miill.Arg. in
A. DC, Prodr. 15(2): 197 (1866). Type:
Pseudanthus nitidus Miill.Arg. (=
Stachystemon virgatus (Klotzsch) Halford
& R.J.P.Hend.).
Chrysostemon Klotzsch inLehm., PL Preiss.
2: 232 (1848); Pseudanthus sect.
Chrysostemon (Klotzsch) Miill.Arg.,
Linnaea 34: 56 (1865). Type:
Chrysostemon virgatus Klotzsch (=
Stachystemon virgatus (Klotzsch) Halford
& R.J.P.Hend.).
Chorizotheca Miill.Arg., Linnaea 32:76 (1863).
Type: Chorizotheca micrantheodies
Miill.Arg. (= Stachystemon virgatus
(Klotzsch) Halford & R.J.P.Hend.).
Derivation of name: Named from the Greek
stachys (ear of corn, a spike) and stemon
(thread, stamen), in reference to the stamens
being united in a long cylindrical central column
(Baines 1981). This character is particularly well
516
developed in Stachystemon vermicularis,
whose type is the type of the generic name.
Monoecious shrubs. Stems erect, ascending
or decumbent, sparingly to much-branched;
branchlets + terete, reddish brown coloured
becoming greyish white with age, mostly
glabrous, rarely hispidulous, smooth or rarely
papillose, ridged by decurrence of stipular
margins along internodes. Leaves stipulate,
petiolate, alternate, opposite or decussate,
simple; stipules persistent, with margins entire
or toothed, glabrous or fimbriate; laminae flat,
concavo-convex or cymbiform, entire, usually
conspicuously thickened along margins.
Flowers solitary or few in upper leaf axils,
bracteate; distal branchlet internodes often
contracted to produce flower clusters at ends
of branchlets with subtending leaves often
reduced and bract-like. Male flowers pedicellate
or rarely sessile; tepals (3 or) 4-6(-10), equal or
unequal, in 2 whorls, with each whorl imbricate
in bud but spreading or erect at anthesis;
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 497-532 (2003)
receptacle a hemispherical to elongated
cylindrical column; stamens 7 to numerous;
filaments variously fused or free, stout, mostly
bifid distally; anthers of two separate (rarely
adnate) contiguous cells, each transverse on
the apex of the filament, dehiscing by
longitudinal slits; disc absent. Female flowers
sessile or rarely shortly pedicellate; tepals 4 or
6 (rarely 5), persistent, subequal, appressed to
ovary (and fruit); disc absent; ovary 2(rarely
3)-celled with 2 ovules in each locule, smooth,
glabrous; styles 2 (rarely 3), shortly connate or
± free, simple, persistent, spreading to erect with
tip recurved. Fruit capsular, ovoid, ellipsoid or
obloid and laterally compressed, 1-seeded by
abortion, splitting at maturity into 2 (rarely 3)
bivalved segments. Seeds subglobose, obloid
or rarely ovoid, smooth, with exostomal pit
obscure or well developed, carunculate;
endosperm copious; cotyledons several times
broader than the radicle.
A genus of 9 species endemic in south¬
western Western Australia.
Key to species of Stachystemon
1. Young branchlets with spreading unicellular hairs up to 0.8 mm long .9. S. virgatus
Young branchlets glabrous.2
2. Tepals of male flowers all ± similar.3
Tepals of male flowers dissimilar, either 1 or 3 inner tepals much longer than
outer 3 tepals.6
3. Leaf laminae recurved distally, densely minutely papillose on upper surface;
leaf margins slightly recurved; decurrent margin of stipules papillose;
leaf apex acute to obtuse with mucro up to 0.6 mm long; male flowers
with 4, rarely 3 tepals. 4. S. mucronatus
Leaf laminae ± plain, smooth on upper surface; leaf margins flat; decurrent
margin of stipules smooth; leaf apex rounded or obtuse without
mucro; male flowers with mostly 6, rarely 4 or up to 10 tepals.4
4. Capsules 6.5-7 mm long; stems sparingly branched; leaf laminae linear of
linear-ovate, 4-30 mm long; midrib faintly prominent above. 7. S. vermicularis
Capsules 3.5-5.2 mm long; stems freely branching; leaf laminae
obovate, narrowly elliptic to elliptic or narrowly oblong-elliptic to oblong-
eliptic, 2-7 mm long; midrib obscure above;.5
5. Tepals of male flowers red; stamens > 25; filaments 0.3-0.4 mm long; anthers
purplish red or brown. 2. S. brachyphyllus
Tepals of male flowers yellow; stamens 10-14; filaments > 1mm long; anthers
yellow. 6. S. polyandrus
517
Halford and Henderson, Pseudanthus and Stachystemon
6. Leaves crowded towards the ends of branchlets; leaf laminae < 3 mm long;
midrib obscure below.3. S. intricatus
Leaves evenly spaced along branchlets; leaf laminae > 3 mm long; midrib
prominent below.7
7. Male flowers with one inner tepals at least 3 times longer than other two
inner tepals; stamens 12-16. 5. S. nematophorus
Male flowers with all three inner tepals ± the same length; stamens >25.8
8. Inner tepals of male flowers > 6 mm long, maroon to purplish red; outer
tepals of male flowers irregularly toothed; leaf laminae acute with mucro
up to 0.4 mm long.8. S. vinosus
Inner tepals of male flowers < 6 mm long, yellow; outer tepals of male flowers
entire; leaf laminae obtuse to rounded or acute. 1. S. axillaris
The species are here arranged alphabetically.
1. Stachystemon axillaris A.S.George, J. Roy.
Soc. Western Australia 50(4): 97 (1968,
‘1967’); Pseudanthus axillaris
(A.S.George) Radcl.-Sm., Kew Bull. 48(1):
167 (1993). Type: Western Australia. 5
miles [c. 8 km] W of Mogumber Siding, 17
September 1965, A.S. George 6828 (holo:
PERTH; iso: K; MEL [MEL2064482]).
Illustration : A.S. George (1968, ‘1967’: p.98,
fig. IB, p.100, fig.2R-V).
Diffuse shrub to 1.2 m high; stems erect,
sparingly branched; branchlets smooth,
glabrous. Leaves evenly spaced along stems
and branchlets, alternate; stipules narrowly
triangular, 1-1.7 mm long, 0.4-0.6 mm wide,
glabrous, pale brown coloured, acute to
attenuate, and with margins mostly entire;
decurrent margins glabrous; petioles 0.7-1.7 mm
long, smooth; laminae ± flat or concavo-convex,
linear to linear-oblong, (5-) 10-30 mm long, 1.2-
2.6 mm wide, densely minutely papillose
adaxially, smooth or with scattered minute
papillae abaxially, glabrous adaxially and
abaxially; midrib slightly impressed or obscure
adaxially, prominent abaxially; tip obtuse to
rounded or acute; margins flat or sometimes
slightly recurved, not prominently thickened.
Flowers solitary or several in axils of upper
leaves; bracts 1-3, ovate to broadly ovate, 1-
1.4 mm long, glabrous, reddish brown coloured;
bracteoles 1-4, similar to but smaller than bracts.
Male flowers on slender pedicels 1.5-2.5 mm
long; tepals 6, dissimilar with inner whorl longer
than outer whorl, spreading, somewhat tumid,
with margins entire; outer tepals 3, ovate or
ovate-elliptic, 1-1.8 mm long, 0.8-1.3 mm wide,
greenish yellow coloured, with tip rounded to
obtuse or acute; inner tepals 3, linear-oblong or
narrowly ovate, 1.7-3 mm long, 0.5-1 mm wide,
yellow coloured, with a few simple crisped hairs
proximally, with tip rounded to obtuse;
receptacle hemispherical, c. 1 mm long, 1.5-2
mm diameter, glabrous; stamens 50-70, with
filaments dorsi-ventrally flattened, 0.3-0.5 mm
long, and anthers ellipsoid, 0.2-0.3 mm long, ±
smooth, red turning brown coloured after
anthesis. Female flowers on stout pedicels 0.2-
0.7 mm long; tepals 6, similar; ovate, 1.5-2 mm
long, 0.8-1.1 mm wide, greenish yellow coloured
sometimes with a reddish flush distally, keeled,
somewhat scarious, glabrous on both surfaces;
apex obtuse, acute or acuminate and sometimes
with a hard apiculum up to 0.5 mm long; margins
erose or irregularly toothed. Ovary 0.6-0.7 mm
diameter; locules 2 or rarely 3; styles 2.5-2.7
mm long, glabrous. Fruits on pedicel 0.5-0.8
mm long, + ovoid but laterally compressed, 5-
6.2 mm long, 3.7-4.5 mm wide, 2.7-3.2 mm
across, smooth or somewhat rugose in dried
state, glabrous. Seeds subglobose or ovoid,
4.2—4.8 mm long, 2.3-3.5 mm across; exostome
pit well developed; caruncle subconical, 1.1-
1.5 mm long, 1.2-1.5 mm wide.
Selected specimens (from 14 examined)'. Western
Australia, near Arrowsmith River, Jun 1970, Ashby
3245 (PERTH); Reserve 31030, 18 km S of Eneabba,
Mar 1981, Blackwell 3132 & Griffin (PERTH); 10 km
NW of Eneabba, Mar 1981, Blackwell 3096 & Griffin
(PERTH); 2 miles [c. 3 km] NNE of Yeal Swamp in
Wanneroo, Jan 1965, Chadwick 2564 (PERTH); Three
Springs-Coorow Road, Sep 1970, Chapman s.n.
(PERTH); S.E.C. access road, 25 km S of Eneabba on
518
Brand Highway, Jul 1981, Cranfield 1686 (PERTH); c.
4 km S of Eneabba Railway Station, Oct 1982, Demarz
9373 (PERTH); 4 miles [c. 6 km] S of Cockleshell
Gully, Sep 1966, George 7814 (PERTH); 8 km S of
Eneabbba, Sep 1977, Hnatiuk 771186 (PERTH); c. 4
km SE of Kalbarri, May 1968, Wilson s.n. (PERTH).
Distribution and habitat : Stachystemon
axillaris occurs in scattered localities in an area
of Western Australia bounded by Kalbarri
National Park, Three Springs, Moora and
Wanneroo. It is recorded as growing on
sandplains in low open heath or low open
woodland dominated by Eucalyptus todtiana
on grey or white sand, often with lateritic gravel
overlying laterite. Map 12.
Phenology: Flowers have been collected from
February to October, fruits in September and
October.
Notes : The conservation status of
Stachystemon axillaris is given as Priority 4
(Western Australian Herbarium 1998-2003)
under the Western Australian Flora
Conservation Codes.
2. Stachystemon brachyphyllus Mull.Arg.,
Linnaea 32:76 (1863), as ‘brachyphyllum’.
Pseudanthus brachyphyllus (Mull.Arg.)
F.Muell., Syst. Census Austral, pl.l: 18
(1882). Type: [Western Australia.] Swan
River, [without date,] [/.] Drummond 95
(holo: G-DC n.v., microfiche IDC 800-73.
2454: I. 7); iso: BRI [AQ403982], K,
PERTH).
Diffuse to compact shrub to 70 cm high; stems
erect, much-branched distally; branchlets
smooth, glabrous. Leaves evenly spaced along
stems and branchlets, alternate; stipules
narrowly triangular to triangular, 0.5-1.7 mm
long, 0.3-0.4 mm wide, glabrous except for a
few hairs adaxially, red-brown becoming grey-
white coloured with age, attenuate, and with
margins entire, glabrous or sparsely fimbriate;
decurrent margins glabrous; petioles 0.3-0.5 mm
long, smooth or rugulose; laminae concavo-
convex or rarely cymbiform, narrowly elliptic to
elliptic or narrowly oblong-elliptic to oblong-
elliptic, 3.2-6.7 mm long, 1.1-1.9 mm wide,
glabrous and smooth on adaxial surface, smooth
except for minute papillae on margin and along
midline of abaxial surface, glabrous or rarely with
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 497-532 (2003)
scattered minute hairs on abaxial surface; midrib
obscure adaxially, prominent abaxially; tip
obtuse; margins flat, thickened but not
obviously so. Flowers solitary in axils of upper
leaves, grouped into terminal clusters, often
with subtending leaves reduced and bract-like;
bracts triangular, 0.5-0.8 mm long, with a few
hairs on adaxial surface and along margin,
reddish brown coloured; bracteoles 2, similar
to but smaller than bracts. Male flowers on
stout, tapered pedicels 1.5-3.5 mm long; tepals
6(10), + similar, slightly concavo-convex,
narrowly oblong to narrowly ovate, 1.7-3.3 mm
long, 0.5-1 mm wide, scarious or somewhat
tumid, red coloured, spreading, with tip acute,
and margins entire or irregularly toothed;
receptacle cylindrical, 1.5-8.5 mm long, 0.5-1.5
mm diameter, glabrous; stamens 25 to numerous,
with filaments dorsi-ventrally flattened or
irregularly shaped, tumid and 0.3-0.4 mm long,
and anthers obloid, 0.4-0.5 mm long, smooth or
papillose, purplish red or brown coloured.
Female flowers subsessile; tepals 6, ± similar or
those of the inner whorl slightly smaller, ovate
or broadly obovate to suborbicular, 2-4.1 mm
long, 1.5-1.9 mm wide, yellow with reddish tips,
keeled, scarious, glabrous on both surfaces
except for a few hairs on midline of adaxial
surface; apex acuminate or obtuse to rounded
with a hard apiculum up to 0.5 mm; margins
irregularly toothed, erose or minutely fimbriate.
Ovary 0.5-1.2 mm diameter; locules 2; styles
3.5- 5.5 mm long, glabrous. Fruits + sessile, ±
ovoid but laterally compressed, 4.7-5 mm long,
3.5- 3.8 mm diameter, 3-3.5 mm across, smooth
or somewhat rugose in dried state, glabrous.
Seeds subglobose, 3-3.7 mm long, 2.3-3 mm
across; exostome pit poorly or well developed;
caruncle subconical, 0.8-1.1 mm long, 0.8-1 mm
wide.
Additional specimens: Western Australia, near
Narembeen, 72 km S of Merredin, Sep 1929, Blackall
s.n. (PERTH); 33 km E of Forrestonia crossroads or
118 km E of Hyden on northern side of road to
Norseman, Oct 1984, Brown 211 (PERTH);
Wyalkatchem, Jun 1922, Gardner s.n. (PERTH);
Wyalkatchem, Jun 1922, Gardner 1705 (PERTH); on
small reserve W of Manmanning, Dec 1974, George
12928 (BRI, PERTH); without locality, Aug 1980,
George 15906 (PERTH); Moora, Jan 1978, Haberley
s.n. (PERTH); 23 km NE of Mt Heywood, Nov 1980,
Newbey 7966 (PERTH); 84.4 miles [c. 136 km] N of
Perth, between Bolgart and Calengiri, Sep 1971, Paust
1007 (PERTH); 5 miles [c. 8 km] W of Manmanning,
Sep 1984, Smith 444 (MEL, PERTH); 3 km NW of
Halford and Henderson, Pseudanthus and Stachystemon
Wongan Hills between road to Piawaning and railway
line, Sep 1983, Taylor 2163 & Ollerenshaw (CANB).
Distribution and habitat : Stachystemon
brachyphyllus occurs from near Wongan Hills
south-eastward to Mt Hey wood and Mt Ragged
near Esperance in Western Australia. It is
recorded as growing in heath, open shrub mallee
or low woodland communities with dense shrub
understorey, on deep sandy soils sometimes
overlying lateritic rocks. Map 13.
Phenology: Flowers have been collected from
June to January, fruits from August to January.
Notes: A number of intermediates between S.
brachyphyllus and S. polyandrus have been
observed, e.g. as represented by Beard 5266
(PERTH), Wittwer W1874 (PERTH), Hnatuik
761262 (PERTH), Brown 103 (PERTH) and
Pignatti 1165 (PERTH). In these specimens,
the leaves are shorter and more elliptic than is
typical for S. brachyphyllus. As well, the leaf
axils are generally more hairy and the stipules
broader than is typical in S. brachyphyllus.
They differ from typical S. polyandrus in having
shorter staminal filaments, and calyx lobes and
staminal filaments that are dark reddish maroon
coloured as compared with yellow to white
colouration typical of S. polyandrus.
3. Stachystemon intricatus Halford &
R.J.F.Hend., sp. nov. ab speciebus
Stachystemonis Planch, ceteris omnibus
caulibus dense et intricate ramosis, et foliis
parvis (laminis 1.4-2.5 mm longis) ad
extremum ramulorum confertis facile
distinguibilis. Typus: Western Australia.
5 km S of Paynes Find, 7 August 1969,
P.G. Wilson 8627 (holo: PERTH; iso:
PERTH).
Pseudanthus intricatus C.A.Gardner ms,
Paczkowska & Chapman (2000).
Compact shrub to 30 cm high; stems ascending
to erect, densely and intricately branched;
branchlets smooth, glabrous. Leaves crowded
towards the ends of branchlets, decussate or
subopposite on elongating shoots; stipules
narrowly triangular, 0.6-0.8 mm long, 0.1-0.2 mm
wide, glabrous abaxially, sparsely to densely
pubescent adaxially, red-brown becoming grey
coloured with age, attenuate and with margins
erose or fimbriate; decurrent margins glabrous;
519
petioles 0.3-0.5 mm long, smooth; laminae
concavo-convex or somewhat cymbiform,
obovate or elliptic, 1.4-2.5 mm long, 0.6-1.5 mm
wide, smooth or with scattered papillae on
margins adaxially, smooth abaxially, glabrous
adaxially and abaxially; midrib obscure adaxially
and abaxially; tip rounded, sometimes with a
minute white-coloured apiculum; margins flat,
conspicuously thickened. Flowers solitary in
axils of upper leaves, grouped into terminal
clusters, sometimes with subtending leaves
reduced and bract-like; bracts ovate, 0.6-0.8 mm
long, with crisped hairs on adaxial surface and
on margins, reddish brown coloured; bracteoles
1 or 2, similar to but smaller than bracts. Male
flowers sessile or shortly pedicellate with
pedicels 0.5-0.6 mm long, stout and tapered;
tepals 6, dissimilar with inner whorl longer than
outer whorl, spreading, somewhat tumid, with
margins entire; outer tepals 3, broadly obovate
to suborbicular, 1.3-1.4 mm long, 1.1-1.4 mm
wide, cupular, white coloured, with tip rounded
to obtuse; inner tepals 3, narrowly obovate to
obovate, 2.1-4 mm long, 0.9-1.5 mm wide, ± flat,
white coloured though sometimes with pinkish
blush, with tip rounded; receptacle cylindrical,
0.5-0.6 mm long, 0.4-0.5 mm diameter, glabrous;
stamens 23-27, with filaments dorsi-ventrally
flattened, 0.2-0.6 mm long, and anthers ellipsoid,
0.2-0.4 mm long, smooth, of unknown colour.
Female flowers sessile; tepals (5 or) 6, +
dissimilar, scarious, concave, not keeled,
glabrous on both surfaces, white coloured;
outer tepals 3, narrowly ovate to ovate, 1.3-1.7
mm long, 0.8-1 mm wide, with acute to obtuse
tip and erose or irregularly toothed margins;
inner tepals (2 or) 3, broadly ovate to
suborbicular, 0.9-1.3 mm long, 0.6-0.9 mm wide,
with obtuse to rounded tip and + entire margins;
receptacle glabrous. Ovary 0.6-0.7 mm diameter;
locules 2; styles 1.6-2.3 mm long, glabrous.
Fruits sessile, obloid, 6-7 mm long, 2.5-2.7 mm
diameter, 3.2-3.7 mm across, smooth or rugose
in dried state, glabrous. Seeds not seen. Fig. 4
Additional specimens: Western Australia. Lake
Monger, Jul 1959, Aplin 550 (PERTH); Kirkalocka
Station, 7 miles [c. 11 km] E of homestead, Sep 1973,
Beard 6660 (NSW, PERTH); Butcher’s Track, E of
Meadow Station, Oct 1973, Beard 6827 (NSW,
PERTH); 3 miles [c. 5 km] N of Paynes Find, Jul 1931,
Blackall 35 (PERTH); proposed Toolonga Nature
Reserve, Sep 1978, Burbidge 38 (PERTH); 2.3 km
WNW of Wealbarguntha Hill, Koonmarra Station, Aug
1986, Cranfield 6013 (PERTH); 2.3 km WNW of
520
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 497-532 (2003)
Fig. 4. Stachystemon intricatus. A. branchlet with flowers x2. B. male flower from side xlO. C. female flower
xl4. D. fruit x6. E. leaf x20. A-E from Beard 6827 (PERTH). Del. W. Smith.
Wealbarguntha Hill, Koonmarra Station, Aug 1986,
Cranfield 6002 (PERTH); 287 mile peg on Paynes
Find - Mt Magnet road, Jul 1966, Fairall 1803
(PERTH); Paynes Find, Jul 1931, Gardner 2225
(PERTH); between Meeberrie and Hamlin Pool, Aug
[1931], Gardner 2538 (PERTH); 5 km S of Paynes
Find, Aug 1969, Wilson 8627 (PERTH).
Distribution and habitat : Stachystemon
intricatus occurs in an area of Western Australia
more or less bounded by Hamelin Pool,
Meekatharra and Paynes Find. It is recorded
as growing on breakaways in shrubland on
white-red sandy clay over laterite, and on sand
plains in mulga on red sandy soils. Map 14.
Phenology: Flowers have been collected from
July to October, fruits in October.
Affinities: S. intricatus is easily distinguished
from other species of Stachystemon by its dense
and intricately branched stems, and its small
leaves crowded at the ends of the branchlets.
Etymology: The specific epithet is from Latin
intricatus, entangled, a reference to the
branching pattern of plants of this species.
4. Stachystemon mucronatus Halford &
R.J.F.Hend., sp. nov. arte affinis S. virgato
(Klotzsch) Halford & R.J.F.Hend. sed
caulis ramulis glabris et papillosis, stipulis
longioribus (1.2-3 mm non 0.9-1.6 mm
longis), pagina adaxiali laminae foliorum
minute papillosa non laevi et mucrone
laminae foliorum longiore (ad 0.6 mm
longo non minuto, si praesenti) et plus
prominenti differt. Typus: Western
Halford and Henderson, Pseudanthus and Stachystemon
Australia, c. 48 km ESE of Ravensthorpe,
on road to Esperance, 20 Sep 1988,
R.J.F. Henderson H3186 (holo: BRI; iso:
MEL, PERTH, distribuendi).
Compact shrub to 80 cm high; stems ascending
to erect, much-branched; branchlets papillose,
glabrous. Leaves evenly spaced along stems
and branchlets, alternate or sometimes
decussate; stipules narrowly triangular, 1.2-3
521
mm long, 0.3-0.7 mm wide, red-brown becoming
grey coloured with age, glabrous, attenuate with
a dark brown gland at tip, and with margins entire
or irregularly toothed; decurrent margins
papillose; petioles 0.6-0.8 mm long, smooth;
laminae concavo-convex, narrowly oblong to
narrowly oblong-elliptic or narrowly elliptic, 2.7-
10.2 mm long, 1.2-2.5 mm wide, densely minutely
papillose adaxially, sparsely minutely papillose
abaxially, glabrous adaxially and abaxially; midrib
Fig. 5. Stachystemon mucronatus. A. branchlet with flowers x 4. B. male flower from side x 12. C. longitudinal
section of male flower x 12. D. fruit x6. E. female flower x 12. F. leaf x 6. G. seed x 8. A-F from Henderson 3186
(BRI); G from Jobson 2635 (BRI). Del. W. Smith.
522
obscure adaxially, prominent abaxially; tip
recurved, acute to obtuse with a white-coloured
mucro up to 0.6 mm long; margins slightly
recurved, prominently thickened. Flowers
solitary in axils of upper leaves, grouped into
terminal clusters with subtending leaves
sometimes reduced and bract-like; bracts ovate,
1.3-1.6 mm long, glabrous, reddish brown
coloured, toothed distally; bracteoles absent
or up to 2, similar to but smaller than bracts.
Male flowers on slender pedicels 0.5-0.8 mm
long; tepals (3)4(or 5), similar, convex, broadly
ovate, 1-1.7 mm long, 0.8-1.5 mm wide,
somewhat tumid, greenish yellow coloured,
spreading, with apex acute to obtuse, and
margins entire or slightly erose; receptacle
hemispherical, c. 0.4 mm long and c. 1 mm
diameter, with a few minute hairs; stamens 7-
15, with filaments dorsi-ventrally flattened, 0.5-
0.9 mm long, and anthers ellipsoid, 0.2-0.4 mm
long, smooth, yellow coloured. Female flowers
sessile or shortly pedicellate with pedicels stout,
up to 0.5 mm long; tepals 4(5 or 6), + similar,
narrowly ovate to ovate, 1.9-3 mm long; 0.7-1
mm wide, yellowish coloured, prominently
keeled, scarious, glabrous on both surfaces;
apex acuminate or acute; margins irregularly
toothed or lobed. Ovary 0.5-0.6 mm diameter;
locules 2; styles 1.8-2.5 mm long, glabrous or
sparsely papillose proximally. Fruits sessile, ±
ovoid but laterally compressed, 5-7 mm long,
2.2-3 mm wide, 2.2-2.7 mm across, + smooth,
glabrous. Seeds subglobose, 2.4-2.5 mm long,
2.1-2.5 mm wide; exostome pit absent or if
present then not well developed; caruncle
subconical, 1-1.5 mm long, 0.6-1.1 mm wide.
Fig. 5.
Selected specimens (from 16 examined): Western
Australia. Thumb Peak range, SW of Ravensthorpe,
Oct 1965, George 7148 (PERTH); Mt Maxwell, 40
km (by road) N of Bremer Bay, Oct 1993, Jobson
2635 (BRI); on southern face of East Mt Barren, Oct
1970, Maslin 948 (PERTH); upper southern slopes of
East Mt Barren, Oct 1966, Muir 4167 (MEL); East Mt
Barren, Oct 1985, Pignattii 1433 (PERTH); slopes of
Mt Maxwell, Nov 1985, Powell 3328 (NSW, PERTH);
Mt Maxwell, west end of Fitzgerald River NP, Sep 1992,
Robinson 936 (BRI); Fitzgerald River Reserve, Jul
1970, Royce 8915 (PERTH); Thumb Peak, Fitzgerald
River NP, Oct 1970, Royce 9272 (PERTH); near Middle
Mt Barren, Fitzgerald River NP, May 1970, Wilson
10155 (PERTH); East Mt Barren, c. 8 km W of
Hopetoun, Oct 1966, Wilson 5456 (PERTH); East Mt
Barren, Apr 1974, Wittwer W1193 (PERTH); East Mt
Barren, Aug 1965, Wittwer 363 (PERTH).
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 497-532 (2003)
Distribution and habitat : Stachystemon
mucronatus has been recorded from a number
of peaks in the Fitzgerald River National Park
and from one locality near the Oldfield River
between Ravensthorpe and Esperance in
Western Australia. It is recorded as growing
on mountain and hill tops in Banksia heathland
on white sandy soils with quartz stones, and
on plains in shrubland communities on grey
sandy loam soils. Map 15.
Phenology: Flowers have been collected in
April and from August to November, fruits in
September and October.
Affinities : Stachystemon mucronatus is most
closely related to S. virgatus but can be
distinguished from that by its glabrous papillose
branchlets, generally longer stipules (1.2-3 mm
long as compared with 0.9-1.6 mm long),
minutely papillose adaxial surface of the leaf
lamina, and longer and more prominent mucro
on the leaf lamina apex.
Etymology: The specific epithet is from Latin
mucronatus, possessing a hard sharp point, a
reference to conspicuous mucro at the apex of
leaves of this species.
5. Stachystemon nematophorus (F.Muell.)
Halford & R.J.F.Hend., comb. nov.
Pseudanthus nematophorus F.Muell., Fragm.
2:4(1860). Type: [Western Australia.]
Murchison River, [without date,] [A.F.]
Oldfield s.n. (holo: MEL [MEL98606]; iso:
MEL [MEL2062906] (ex herb. Sonder)).
Illustration : S.D. Hopper etal. (1990: p. 88).
Compact shrub to 10 cm high; stems ascending
to erect, much-branched; branchlets, smooth,
glabrous. Leaves evenly spaced along stems
and branchlets, decussate; stipules narrowly
triangular, 0.7-1.2 mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm wide,
glabrous, pale brown coloured, acute with a red
gland at tip, and with margins entire or minutely
toothed; decurrent margins glabrous; petioles
0.6-0.8 mm long, smooth; laminae concavo-
convex, linear to linear-oblong, 4-15 mm long,
0.9-1.5 mm wide, minutely papillose adaxially,
smooth except for minute papillae on midrib
abaxially, glabrous adaxially and abaxially; midrib
obscure adaxially, prominent abaxially; tip acute
with white-coloured mucro c. 0.2 mm long;
Halford and Henderson, Pseudanthus and Stachystemon
margins flat, conspicuously thickened. Flowers
solitary in axils of upper leaves, grouped into
terminal clusters with subtending leaves
sometimes reduced and bract-like; bracts
triangular, up to 0.2 mm long, glabrous, reddish
brown coloured; bracteoles 2, s imil ar to but
smaller than bracts. Male flowers + sessile;
tepals 6, dissimilar, spreading, tumid, ± flat or
slightly convex, with margins entire; outer
tepals 3, broadly ovate or oblong to oblong-
ovate, 0.5-0.9 mm long, 0.6-0.8 mm wide, of
unknown colour when fresh; with rounded to
obtuse tip; inner tepals 3 with two slightly
shorter and one much longer than outer tepals,
of unknown colour when fresh; shorter tepals
broadly ovate, 0.6-0.7 mm long, 0.5-0.6 mm
wide, with rounded to obtuse tip; longer tepal
filif orm, 2.5-2.1 mm long, 0.1-0.2 mm wide, with
glandular tip; receptacle slightly convex, c. 0.2
mm long, 0.5-0.6 mm diameter, glabrous;
stamens 12-16, with filaments dorsi-ventrally
flattened, 0.4-0.6 mm long, and anthers obloid,
0.2-0.3 mm long, + smooth, of unknown colour.
Female flowers sessile; tepals 6, + similar, ovate;
0.6-1.2 mm long, 0.2-0.5 mm wide, of unknown
colour, keeled, somewhat tumid, glabrous on
both surfaces; apex acute to obtuse sometimes
with a brown glandular tip; margins irregularly
toothed. Ovary 0.4-0.5 mm diameter; locules 2;
styles 0.5-0.9 mm long, glabrous. Fruits sessile,
ovoid, 5-7 mm long, 2-3 mm across, smooth or
somewhat rugose in dried state, glabrous. Seeds
obloid, 3-3.5 mm long, 1.8-1.9 mm wide, 1.7-2.2
mm across; exostome pit well develop; caruncle
subconical, c. 0.8 mm long, c. 1 mm wide.
Additional specimens : Western Australia,
[without specific locality], in 1854, Drummond
89 (PERTH); Red Bluff, c. 5 km S of Kalbarri
township, Sep 1988, Henderson H3147 (BRI);
Kalbarri NP, c. 0.5 km S of Z bend, May 1968,
Wilson 6751 (PERTH).
Distribution and habitat : Stachystemon
nematophorus is known only from the Kalbarri
National Park north of Geraldton in Western
Australia. It is recorded as growing on rocky
pavement in low shrubland on sandy soils in
rock crevices. Map 16.
Phenology : Flowers have been collected in
May, fruits in September.
Notes: When in flower, Stachystemon
nematophorus is not easily confused with any
523
other species of Stachystemon because of the
single elongated inner tepal in the male flowers.
The conservation status of Stachystemon
nematophorus is given as Declared Rare Flora
(Western Australian Herbarium 1998-2003)
under the Western Australian Flora
Conservation Codes.
6. Stachystemon polyandrus (F.Muell.) Benth.,
FI. Austral. 6: 62 (1873); Pseudanthus
polyandrus F.Muell., Fragm. 2:153 (1861).
Type: Western Australia. Oldfield River,
[without date,] [G] Maxwell s.n. (lecto:
MEL [MEL2065950]; iso: K).
Pseudanthus chryseus Mull. Arg., Flora 47(31):
486 (1864). Type: [Western Australia.]
Swan River, [without date,] [J.] Drummond
221 (holo: K; iso: BRI [AQ403983], MEL
[MEL2062938], PERTH).
Illustration: M.G Conick& B.A. Fuhrer (1996:
P-55).
Diffuse to straggling shrub to 50 cm high; stems
ascending to erect, much-branched; branchlets
smooth, glabrous. Leaves + crowded towards
the ends of branchlets, alternate or sometimes
decussate; stipules narrowly triangular, 0.5-0.9
mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm wide, glabrous abaxially,
pubescent adaxially, red-brown becoming grey
coloured with age, attenuate, and with margins
fimbriate; decurrent margins glabrous; petioles
0.4-0.7 mm long, papillose or wrinkled; laminae
concave or somewhat cymbiform, obovate,
oblong-elliptic or elliptic, 2-4 mm long, 1.1-1.4
mm wide, smooth except for minute papillae on
margins and glabrous except for scattered
minute hairs on margins adaxially, minutely
papillose and glabrous or sparsely hispidulous
abaxially; midrib obscure adaxially, prominent
abaxially; tip rounded; margins flat, thickened
but not obviously so. Flowers solitary in axils
of upper leaves, grouped into terminal clusters
often with subtending leaves reduced and bract¬
like; bracts triangular, 1-1.9 mm long, with curled
hairs on adaxial surface and fimbriate margins,
reddish brown coloured; bracteoles 1 or 2,
similar to but smaller than bracts. Male flowers
on stout, tapered pedicels 1-2 mm long; tepals
4-6, similar, concavo-convex, narrowly ovate,
1.5-2.5 mm long, 0.5-0.8 mm wide, somewhat
tumid, erect, yellow coloured, with apex acute
and margins entire; receptacle cylindrical, 0.5-
524
2 mm long, 0.6-0.7 mm diameter, glabrous or
with simple hairs up to 0.3 mm long; stamens
10-14, with filaments of uneven length,
subterete or dorsi-ventrally flattened sometimes
tumid distally, 1.3-3 mm long, and anthers
ellipsoid, 0.4-0.7 mm long, smooth, yellow
coloured. Female flowers sessile; tepals 6, ±
similar or inner whorl slightly smaller, narrowly
ovate to ovate, 2-3.2 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide,
yellow to white coloured, prominently keeled,
scarious, glabrous on abaxial surface, villose or
pubescent on adaxial surface; apex acute or
acuminate with a hard apiculum up to 0.3 mm
long; margins fimbriate. Ovary 0.6-0.7 mm
diameter; locules 2; styles 2.7-3.1 mm long,
glabrous. Fruits sessile, + ovoid, laterally
compressed, 3.5-5.2 mm long, mm 3.3-3.5 wide,
3.1-3.9 mm across, smooth or slightly rugose in
dried state, glabrous. Seeds subglobose, 3.2-
3.7 mm long, 3-3.4 mm across; exostome pit well
developed but not prominent; caruncle
irregularly shaped, c. 0.8 mm long, c. 1 mm wide.
Selected specimens (from 42 examined): Western
Australia, along track S of Jerramungup -
Ravensthorpe road, along No.2 Rabbit-proof Fence, c.
13 km in toward Twertup Quarry, Nov 1968, Canning
WA/68 7502 (CANB, PERTH); c. 48 km ESE of
Ravensthorpe, on road to Esperance, Sep 1988,
Henderson H3187 (BRI); Phillips River, Sep 1962,
Cough 32 (PERTH); Hopkins Nature Reserve
No.35134, 15 km SE [of] Kulin, Oct 1984, Brown 113
(PERTH); No Tree Hill area, near Fitzgerald River
Reserve, Oct 1970, Maslin 976 (PERTH); 16 miles [c.
26 km] E of Lake Grace, Oct 1963, Newbey 1023
(PERTH); c. 35 km NNW of Young River crossing on
Ravensthorpe-Esperance main road, Oct 1968, Jackson
1418 (AD, PERTH); c. 14 km E of the mouth of the
Oldfield River, Oct 1969, Orchard 1497 (AD, PERTH);
near Pallarup Rocks, Lake King - Ravensthorpe road,
Oct 1960, George 1651 (PERTH); 22.7 km SE of
Muckinwobert Rock, Oct 1983, Burgman 2716 &
McNee (PERTH); West Mt Barren, Oct 1963, Aplin
2766 (MEL, PERTH); No.2 Rabbit-proof Fence, 1
mile [c. 2 km] SE of Albany-Esperance road, Oct 1966,
Muir 4104 (MEL); Fitzgerald River NP, 7 km SW of
Annie Peak, Jan 1979, Crisp 5023 (CANB); 22 miles
[c. 35 km] W of West River, Jan 1974, Demarz 5040
(PERTH); 34 km from Hopetoun along Ravensthorpe
road, Sep 1983, Purdie 5390 (CANB); c. 62 km W of
Ravensthorpe on Ongerup Road, Oct 1966, Wilson
5412B (PERTH); 25 miles [c. 40 km] W of Bremer
Bay, Oct 1965, George 6936 (PERTH); Thumb Peak
Range, Oct 1965, George 7136 (PERTH); 25 km N of
Esperance - Ravensthorpe Road, Sep 1968, Wilson 7922
(PERTH); 17 km from Newdegate along road to Lake
King, Oct 1982, St rid 21090 (K, PERTH).
Distribution and habitat: Stachystemon
polyandrus occurs from near Kulin southwards
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 497-532 (2003)
to Fitzgerald River National Park and east to
Israelite Bay in south-western Western
Australia. It is recorded as growing on plains
and gentle hillslopes, in shrubland with
scattered mallee on grey sandy loam or white
sand over gravel, and in heathland sometimes
with scattered mallees on white to yellow sand
or brown sandy gravel over laterite; it is also
found growing on rocky ridges in heathland on
skeletal sand soils over quartzite rocks and on
coastal sand dunes in heathland on well-drained
deep sandy soils. Map 17.
Phenology: Flowers have been collected in
June and from September to January, fruits from
September to November.
Typification: In the protologue of Pseudanthus
polyandrus, Mueller (1861) cited “In Nova
Hollandia austro-occidentali promontorium
Cape le Grand versus, Maxw. [G Maxwell]”. In
MEL there are two Maxwell specimens from
south-western Australia (MEL2065950 and
MEL2065951). Both are without a collection
date, but both are labelled Pseudanthus
polyandrus in Mueller’s hand. The material on
these sheets agrees with the description in the
protologue and it is, therefore, considered to
be type material. Sheet MEL2065950 is chosen
as the lectotype for Pseudanthus polyandrus
because it is the more ample specimen.
7. Stachystemon vermicularis Planch.,
London J. Bot. 4: 471, t.15 (1845) as
‘vermiculare’; Pseudanthus vermicularis
(Planch.) F.Muell., Syst. Census Austral,
pi. 1:18(1882). T^pe: [Western Australia.]
Swan River, [without date,] [7.] Drummond
s.n. (lecto, here chosen: K (specimen on
far right of sheet (ex herb. Hook.)).
Illustrations : J.E. Planchon (1845:1.15); G.
Griming (1913: p. 34,fig.7).
Diffuse, glabrous shrub to 1 m high; stems erect,
sparingly branched; branchlets smooth,
glabrous. Leaves evenly spaced along stems
and branchlets, alternate; stipules narrowly
triangular, 1.1-1.5 mm long, 0.2-0.4 mm wide,
glabrous except for a few simple hairs adaxially,
pale brown becoming grey coloured with age,
attenuate with red-brown gland at tip, and with
margins entire; decurrent margins glabrous;
petioles 0.6-1.2 mm long, smooth; laminae flat
Halford and Henderson, Pseudanthus and Stachystemon
or slightly concavo-convex, linear or linear-
ovate, 4.5-30 mm long, 1-1.3 mm wide, smooth
except for minute papillae on margins, glabrous
adaxially and abaxially; midrib slightly prominent
adaxially, prominent abaxially; tip acute or
obtuse; margins flat, not prominently thickened.
Flowers solitary in axils of upper leaves,
grouped into terminal clusters with subtending
leaves sometimes reduced and bract-like; bracts
triangular to subulate, 1.7-2.2 mm long, with a
few cilia on margin, reddish brown coloured;
bracteoles 1 or 2, similar to but smaller than
bracts. Male flowers on stout, tapered pedicels
1.5-1.6 mm long; tepals 6, ± similar, ± flat, linear-
ovate to ovate, 1.5-2 mm long, 0.3-0.7 mm wide,
scarious, red coloured, erect, with apex acute
and margins entire or sparsely minutely toothed;
receptacle cylindrical, 6-20 mm long, 0.9 mm
diameter, glabrous; stamens numerous, with
filaments irregularly-shaped, tumid, 0.2-0.5 mm
long, and anthers ellipsoid, 0.3-0.6 mm long,
papillose, purplish red coloured. Female flowers
sessile or shortly pedicellate on slender pedicels
up to 0.5 mm long; tepals 5 or 6, + si mil ar or
inner whorl slightly smaller, narrowly ovate to
ovate, 2-4.8 mm long, 0.6-2.1 mm wide,
yellowish coloured, keeled, scarious, glabrous;
apex acuminate with hard apiculum up to 0.2
mm long; margins erose or irregularly toothed.
Ovary 0.6-0.9 mm diameter; locules 2; styles
3.2-5.1 mm long, glabrous. Fruits + sessile, ±
ovoid but a little laterally compressed, 6.5-7 mm
long, 3.5-4.5 mm across, smooth or slightly
rugose in dried state, glabrous. Seeds
subglobose, 3.3-4.7 mm long, 2.7-3.6 mm
across; exostome pit well developed; caruncle
subconical, 1.1-1.3 mm long, 1-1.2 mm wide.
Selected specimens (from 23 examined): Western
Australia. 5 km from Collie along road to Mumballup,
Jan 1979, Barnsley 825 (CANB); Jarrah Road, South
Perth, Feb 1981, Cranfield R403 (PERTH); Gosnells,
Nov 1975, Demarz 5842 (PERTH); Jarrahdale, Jan
1900, Fitzgerald s.n. (PERTH); Mundijong, Jan 1924,
Gardner 2082 (PERTH); Mundijong, Jan 1924,
Gardner 1582 (PERTH); Armadale, Nov 1920,
Gardner s.n. (PERTH); 1 mile [c. 1.6 km] S of Yarloop,
Apr 1966, George 7727 (PERTH); Dwellingup, Sep
1982, Keighery 5212 (PERTH); Yarloop, Oct 1983,
Keighery 6357 (PERTH); 8 km E of Waroona, Jul
1983, Keighery 6164 (PERTH); Collie basin, Dec 1980,
Koch CJK175 (PERTH); Armadale, Nov 1922, Koch
2681 (K, PERTH); Smith’s Mill, Jan 1903, Morrison
s.n. (PERTH); Yarloop, Feb 1947, Royce 1471
(PERTH); Bushmead, Jan 1956, Royce 5207 (PERTH);
Belmont, Nov 1925, Steedman 1166 (PERTH); Collie,
Jun 1916, Wakefield 344 (PERTH).
525
Distribution and habitat : Stachystemon
vermicularis occurs from near Eneabba south
to Collie in south-western Western Australia.
It is recorded as growing on gentle undulating
country in open forest or woodland dominated
by Eucalyptus marginata and Corymbia
calophylla usually on grey to yellow grey sandy
soils sometimes with lateritic gravel in profile.
Map 18.
Phenology: Flowers have been collected
throughout the year, fruits in September and
from November to January.
Notes: In the protologue of Stachystemon
vermicularis , Planchon (1845) cited ‘Prope
Flumen Cygnorum, legit Drummond’ for the
material he studied. At the time Planchon was
an assistant to W.J. Hooker at Kew. From the
material on loan to us from K we have located a
sheet which is stamped as originating from
Hooker’s herbarium. This sheet appears to have
two separate Drummond collections mounted
on it. The five stems on the left belong to one
collection and is associated with the information
“Swan River, N. Holland, Drummond” while the
single stem on the right of the sheet is the other
collection with the information “Swan River
Drummond” associated with it. Both collections
agree with the protologue description for the
species. The specimen on the right closely
matches the illustration in the protologue and
is, therefore, selected here as lectotype for
Stachystemon vermicularis.
8. Stachystemon vinosus Halford & R.J.F.Hend.,
sp. nov. distincta sed affinitatibus incertis.
Ab speciebus Stachystemonis Planch,
ceteris omnibus lamina foliorum anguste
ovata vel anguste oblongo-elliptica et
mucrone albido usque ad 0.4 mm longis
ad apicem, et floribus masculinis tepalis
extemis majoribus et marroninis ad vinosis
differt. Typus: Western Australia, c. 40
km N of mouth of Oldfield River, 21 Oct
1968, Hj. Eichler 20361 (holo: PERTH; iso:
AD).
Stachystemon sp. Mt Baring (K.R.Newbey
9773); Robinson & Coates (1995),
Paczkowska & Chapman (2000).
Compact shrub to 10 cm high; stems decumbent
to erect, much-branched; branchlets, smooth,
glabrous. Leaves evenly spaced along stems
526
and branchlets, alternate or decussate; stipules
narrowly triangular, 0.8-1.5 mm long, 0.4 mm
wide, glabrous, red-brown becoming grey-white
coloured with age, attenuate, and with margins
entire; decurrent margins papillose; petioles 0.5-
0.9 mm long, smooth; laminae concavo-convex,
narrowly ovate or narrowly oblong-elliptic, 6-
10 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, minutely papillose
and glabrous adaxially and abaxially; midrib
obscure adaxially, prominent abaxially; tip
straight or slightly recurved, acute with white-
coloured mucro 0.1-0.4 mm long; margins flat,
prominently thickened. Flowers solitary in axils
of upper leaves, grouped into terminal clusters
with some subtending leaves reduced and bract¬
like; bracts triangular, c. 1 mm long, with a few
crisped hairs on adaxial surface, reddish brown
coloured; bracteoles 1 or 2, si mil ar to but smaller
than bracts. Male flowers on stout pedicels c.
0.5 mm long, tepals 6, dissimilar, with inner whorl
longer than outer whorl, erect, tumid; outer tepals
3, ovate, (1.2-)2.5-3 mm long, (0.8-)1.5-2 mm
wide, with two of them maroon to purplish red
coloured and one white, with tip obtuse or
shortly acuminate and with margins irregularly
toothed; inner tepals 3, linear to narrowly
obovate, 6.5-7 mm long, 1-1.5 mm wide,
purplish red coloured, with tip acute, and
margins entire; receptacle hemispherical, c. 0.5
mm long, c. 1 mm diameter, glabrous; stamens
26-40, with filaments of uneven length, dorsi-
ventrally flattened, 0.5-1 mm long, and anthers
obloid, 0.4-0.6 mm long, papillose, dark purplish
red coloured. Female flowers sessile; tepals (4
to) 6, ± similar, narrowly ovate, 1.5-2.5 mm long,
0.4-0.7 mm wide, white, slightly keeled, scarious,
glabrous on both surfaces; apex acuminate;
margins minutely irregularly toothed. Ovary
0.4-0.5 mm diameter; locules 2; styles c. 1.2 mm
long, papillose proximally. Fmits sessile, + ovoid
though laterally compressed, c. 6.5 mm long, c.
3.2 mm wide, c. 2.7 mm across, smooth, glabrous.
Seeds subglobose, c. 3.2 mm long, c. 2.7 mm
across; exostome pit poorly developed;
caruncle irregularly shaped, c. 1 mm long, c. 1
mm wide. Fig. 6.
Additional specimens'. Western Australia. 10 km
NW of Mt Baring, Newbey 9773 (BRI); Bandalup Hill,
3.2 km S of Highway, Sep 1993, Robinson 1139
(PERTH); Mt Ragged, Nov 1976, Wittwer W1909
(PERTH).
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 497-532 (2003)
Distribution and habitat : Stachystemon
vinosus is recorded from along the south coast
of Western Australia from near the Oldfield River,
Bandalup Hill, Mt Baring and Mt Ragged. It is
recorded as growing on stony slopes, in rock
crevices on breakaways and on well-drained
fine loamy sand on sandplains in associated
with Eucalyptus tetraptera. Map 19.
Phenology: Flowers and fruits have been
collected from September to November.
Affinities: Stachystemon vinosus is a
distinctive species though its exact affinities
are uncertain. It is distinguished from other
species of Stachystemon by its narrowly ovate
or narrowly oblong-elliptic leaf laminae with a
whitish coloured mucro up to 0.4 mm long at
the apex, and the larger, ovate, maroon to
purplish red coloured outer tepals in its male
flowers.
Etymology: The specific epithet is from the
Latin vinosus , meaning ‘wine-coloured’ or
‘purplish red’, a reference to the colour of the
perianth of male flowers in this species.
Notes: The conservation status of
Stachystemon vinosus (as Stachystemon sp. Mt
Baring (K.R.Newbey 9773) is given as Priority 1
(Westerrn Australian Herbarium 1998-2003)
under the Western Australian Flora
Conservation Codes.
9. Stachystemon virgatus (Klotzsch) Halford &
R.J.F.Hend., comb. nov.
Chrysostemon virgatus Klotzsch in Lehm., PI.
Preiss. 2: 232 (1848); Pseudanthus
virgatus (Klotzsch) Mull.Arg., Linnaea 34:
56(1865). Type: [WesternAustralia.] In
limoso-lapidosis planitiei montis,
Bakewell (York), 12 September 1830, L.
Preiss 1230 (holo: LD [LD99/018-0880];
iso: B (ex Herb. L.C. Treviranus), G-DC
n.v., microfiche IDC 800-73. 2454: I. 3
(bottom right element), MEL
[MEL2062935]).
Pseudanthus occidentalis F.Muell., Fragm. 1:
107/108(1859). Type: [WesternAustralia.]
Fitzgerald and Gardner [Rivers], [without
date and collector; G. Maxwelll ] (holo:
MEL [MEL2066092]).
Halford and Henderson, Pseudanthus and Stachystemon
527
Fig. 6. Stachystemon vinosus. A. branchlet with flowers x 4. B. male flower from side x 8. C. longitudinal section
of male flower x 8. D. female flower x 12. E. seed x 8. F. leaf x 6. A, B from Robinson 1139 (PERTH); C, E, F
from Wittwer 1909 (PERTH); D from Eichler 20361 (PERTH). Del. W. Smith.
Chorizotheca micrantheoides Miill.Arg.,
Linnaea 32: 76 (1863). Type: [Western
Australia.] Swan River, [without date,] [7.]
Drummond s.n. (holo: G-DC n.v., microfiche
IDC 800-73.2454:1.3 (top left element)).
Pseudanthus nitidus Mlill.Arg. in A. DC.,
Prodr. 15(2): 197/8(1866). Type: [Western
Australia.] King George’s Sound, [without
date,] Cuming s.n. (holo: G-DC n.v.,
microfiche IDC 800-73.2454:1.5).
528
Compact shrub to 40 cm high; stems ascending
or erect, much-branched; branchlets smooth,
with scattered spreading unicellular hairs up to
0.8 mm long. Leaves evenly spaced along stems
and branchlets, decussate or sometimes
alternate; stipules subulate, somewhat
setaceous, 0.9-1.6 mm long, 0.2-0.3 mm wide,
glabrous or with a few hispid hairs on margins
and abaxial surface, pubescent adaxially, pale
red becoming grey coloured with age, attenuate
with a dark brown gland at tip, and with margins
entire; decurrent margins hispidulous; petioles
0.4-0.8 mm long, smooth or papillose; laminae
slightly concavo-convex, elliptic, narrowly
oblong-elliptic or rarely orbicular, 1.9-9.7 mm
long, 1.3-3.1 mm wide, smooth adaxially and
abaxially, glabrous or with scattered hispidulous
hairs adaxially and abaxially; midrib obscure
adaxially, slightly prominent abaxially; tip
straight or slightly recurved, rounded to obtuse
sometimes with a minute brown-coloured
apiculum; margins flat, thickened but not
obviously so. Flowers solitary in axils of upper
leaves with subtending leaves rarely reduced
and bract-like; bracts narrowly triangular, 0.2-
0.4 mm long, glabrous, reddish brown coloured;
bracteoles absent or up to 2, when present
similar to but smaller than bracts. Male flowers
on slender pedicels 1.5-3 mm long; tepals (3 or)
4, morphologically + similar, convex, ovate, 1.1-
1.8 mm long, 0.8-1.1 mm wide, somewhat tumid,
yellow coloured sometimes with a reddish blush
distally, with apex acute, and margins irregularly
toothed; receptacle slightly convex, c. 0.2 mm
long, c. 0.5 mm diameter, glabrous; stamens (7-
) 10-14, with filaments of uneven length, terete,
0.2-1 mm long, and anthers ellipsoid, 0.3-0.4
mm long, + smooth, yellow coloured. Female
flowers sessile or pedicellate on slender pedicels
up to 0.8 mm long; tepals 4 (or 5),
morphologically similar, narrowly ovate to ovate,
1-1.8 mm long, 0.3-0.6 mm wide, greenish yellow
coloured with a reddish flush distally, keeled,
scarious, with scattered spreading hairs up to
0.1 mm long on abaxial surface, glabrous on
adaxial surface; apex acute; margins irregularly
toothed. Ovary 0.4-0.5 mm diameter; locules 2;
styles 1.4-1.5 mm long, glabrous. Fruits sessile
or on pedicel up to 0.5 mm long, ellipsoidal or
ovoid but laterally compressed, 5.4-6 mm long,
3.2-4.5 mm wide, 2.6-3 mm across, ± smooth,
with scattered minute spreading hairs up to 0.3
mm long. Seeds obloid, 3.5-3.8 mm long, 1.9-
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 497-532 (2003)
2.5 mm wide, 1.9-2 mm across; exostome pit well
developed; caruncle subconical, c. 0.7 mm long,
0.8-0.9mmwide.
Selected specimens (from c. 55 examined): Western
Australia, between Ravensthorpe and Esperance,
between 395 and 396 mile pegs from Perth, Nov 1968,
Canning WA/68 7150 (CANB); Gibson’s Soak, between
Norseman and Esperance, Sep 1934, Gardner s.n.
(PERTH); between Toodyay and Bindoon, Oct 1947,
Gardner 8718 (PERTH); Oldfield River, Oct 1960,
Gardner s.n. (PERTH); Cape Riche, Oct 1942, Gardner
6536 (PERTH); West Mt Barren, Oct 1965, George
6964 (PERTH); SW side of Mt Desmond, c. 10 km
ESE of Ravensthorpe, Sep 1988, Henderson H3190
(BRI); between Esperance and Munglinup, c. 7 km W
of Lort River crossing, Sep 1988, Henderson H3183
(BRI); c. 40 km from Jerramungup on road to
Ravensthorpe, Sep 1988, Henderson H3193 (BRI); W
of Munglinup, Sep 1976, Hnatiuk 761265 (PERTH);
between Lort River and Munglinup, Sep 1976, Hnatiuk
761268 (PERTH); Kojaneerup Springs, eastern Stirling
Range, Oct 1982, Keighery 5722 (PERTH); northern
foot of Bluff Knoll, Stirling Ranges, Sep 1966, Muir
3867 (MEL); Capel, Sep 1951, Royce 3787 (PERTH);
Abba River, Sep 1951, Royce 3803 (PERTH); Cut Hill,
York, Sep 1923, Sargent s.n. (PERTH); 80 miles [c.
129 km] ENE of Esperance, Sep 1965, Turner 5549F
(PERTH); c. 67 km E of Esperance, near Mungliginup
Creek, Sep 1968, Wilson 8077 (PERTH); Stirling Range,
1 km N of base of Bluff Knoll, Sep 1966, Wilson 4188
(PERTH); 10 miles [c. 16 km] from Red Gum Pass -
Kendenup road, along Stirling Range Drive, Stirling
Range NP, Oct 1968, Wrigley WA/68 4378 (CANB).
Distribution and habitat : Stachystemon
virgatus occurs in coastal and subcoastal
districts of south-western Western Australia,
from the Stirling Ranges eastward to Esperance,
with disjunct populations between Bunbury and
Busselton, and near York. It is recorded as
growing on gentle slopes in mallee heath on
lateritic gravelly brown loam or stony sandy
clay, or in eucalypt woodland on brown sandy
loam, on sandplain in heathland on sand or
sandy loam with considerable gravel intermixed,
in open forest dominated by Eucalyptus
marginata and Corymbia calophylla on rocky
lateritic soils; also recorded on a rocky knoll in
crevices of quartzite rock and in swampy areas.
Map 20.
Phenology : Flowers and fruits have been
collected from September to November.
Notes: Stachystemon virgatus is the only
species of Stachystemon that has a hispidulous
indumentum of unicellular hairs up to 0.8 mm
long on its branchlets. All other species of
Stachystemon have glabrous branchlets.
Halford and Henderson, Pseudanthus and Stachystemon
Acknowledgements
We would like to thank Dr Gordon Guymer for
making space and facilities available at BRI for
the first author; the directors and curators of
AD, B, CANB, K, LD, MEL, NE, NSW, PERTH
for loan of their holdings for study at BRI, Alex
Chapman for searching for types on our behalf
at E while acting as Australian Botanical Liaison
Officer at K and Peter Bostock (BRI) for
preparing the maps. Associated fieldwork from
1988 to 1992 by the second author and salary
support for the first author in 1999 and 2000
were funded by grants from the Australian
Biological Resources Study (ABRS),
Department of Environment and Heritage, which
are gratefully acknowledged.
References
Baines, J.A. (1981). Australian Plant Genera. Chipping
Norton, New South Wales: Surrey Beatty &
Sons for Society for Growing Australian Plants.
Bentham, G. (1873). Euphorbiaceae. Flora Australiensis
6: 41-153. London: L.Reeve.
Bentham, G. (1880). Euphorbiaceae. In G. Bentham &
J.D. Hooker, Genera Plantarum 3: 239-340.
Corrick, M.G. & Fuhrer, B.A. (1996). Wildflowers of
southern Western Australia. Noble Park,
Victoria: The Five Mile Press Pty Ltd in
association with Monash University.
Corrick, M.G. & Fuhrer, B.A. (2000). Wildflowers of
Victoria and adjoining areas. Hawthorn,
Victoria: Blooming Books.
Dallwitz, M.J., Paine, T.A. & Zurcher, E.J. (1993).
DELTA user’s guide, a general system for
processing taxonomic descriptions, 4 th edn.
East Melbourne: CSIRO.
Forster, PI. & Halford, D.A. (2002). Euphorbiaceae.
In R.J.F. Henderson (ed.), Names and
Distribution of Queensland Plants, Algae and
Lichens, 68-74. Brisbane: Environmental
Protection Agency.
George, A.S. (1968, ‘1967’). 12,-Additions to the flora
of Western Australia: ten miscellaneous new
species. Journal of the Royal Society of Western
Australia 50(4): 97-100.
Gruning, G. (1913). IV. 147 Euphorbiaceae -
Porantheroideae et Ricinocarpoideae. In A.
Engler (ed.), Das Pflanzenreich, Regni
vegetabilis conspectus H.58: 1-97. (1968
facsimile-H.R. Engelmann (J. Cramer):
Weinheim/Bergstrasse.).
529
Hayden, W.J. (1994). Systematic anatomy of
Euphorbiaceae subfamily Oldfieldioideae. I.
Overview. Annals of the Missouri Botanical
Garden 81: 180-202.
Holmgren, P.K., Holmgren, N.H. & Barnett, L.C. (1990).
Index Herbariorum. Parti. The Herbaria of
the World, 8 th edn. New York: New York
Botanic Gardens.
Hopper, S.D., van Leeuwen, S. Brown, A.P. & Patrick, S.J.
(1990). Western Australia’s endangered flora
and other plants under consideration for
declaration. Wanneroo: Department of
Conservation and Land Management.
Jeanes, J.A. (1999). Euphorbiaceae. In N.G. Walsh &
T.J. Entwisle (eds), Flora of Victoria 4: 55-
82. Melbourne: Inkata Press.
Levin, G.A. & Simpson, M.G. (1994). Phylogenetic
implications of pollen ultrastructure in the
Oldfieldioideae (Euphorbiaceae). Annals of
the Missouri Botanical Garden 81: 203-238.
Mueller, F. (1858). Account of some new Australian
plants. Transactions and Proceedings of the
Philosophical Institute of Victoria 2: 62-77.
Mueller, F. (1860). Fragmenta Phytographiae
Australiae 2: 14. Melbourne: Victorian
Government.
Mueller, F. (1861). Fragmenta Phytographiae
Australiae 2: 153. Melbourne: Victorian
Government.
Muller, J. (1866). Euphorbiaceae. In A.L.P.P. de
Candolle (ed.), Prodromus Systematis
Naturalis Regni Vegetabilis. 15(2): 189-214.
Paczkowska, G. & Chapman, A.R. (2000). The Western
Australia flora: a descriptive catalogue.
Perth: Wildflower Society of Western Australia
(Inc.), the Western Australia Herbarium,
CALM and the Botanic Garden and Parks
Authority.
Pax, F. & Hoffmann, K. (1931). Euphorbiaceae. In A.
Engler & K. Prantl (eds). Die NatUrlichen
Pflanzenfamilien, 2 nd edn, 19c: 11-233.
Planchon, J.E. (1845). Description de deux genres
nouveaux de la famille Euphorbiacees. London
Journal of Botany. 4: 471.
Radcliffe-Smith, A. (1993). Notes on Australian
Euphorbiaceae II: Pseudanthus and
Stachystemon. Kew Bulletin 48(1): 165-168.
Robinson, C.J. & Coates, D.J. (1995). Declared rare
and poorly known flora in the Albany district.
Wildlife Management Program No. 20.
Como: Department of Conservation and Land
Management, Western Australia.
530
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 497-532 (2003)
Maps 1-11. Distribution of Pseudanthus taxa. 1. Pseudanthus ballingalliae 2. Pseudanthus divaricatissimus
3. Pseudanthus ligulatus subsp. ligulatus 4. Pseudanthus ligulatus subsp. volcanicus 5. Pseudanthus micranthus
6. Pseudanthus orbicularis 7. Pseudanthus orientalis 8. Pseudanthus ovalifolius 9. Pseudanthus pauciflorus
subsp. pauciflorus 10. Pseudanthus pauciflorus subsp. arenicola 11. Pseudanthus pimeleoides
Halford and Henderson, Pseudanthus and Stachystemon
531
Mapsl2-20. Distribution of Stachystemon species. 12. Stachystemon axillaris 13. Stachystemon brachyphyllus
14. Stachystemon intricatus 15. Stachystemon mucronatus 16. Stachystemon nematophorus 17. Stachystemon
polyandrus 18. Stachystemon vermicularis 19. Stachystemon vinosus 20. Stachystemon virgatus
Sprengel, K.P.J. (1827). Systema vegetabilium, 16 lh
edn, 4(2) c urae posteriores: 22, 25. Gottingae:
Dietrich.
Stafleu, F.A. & Cowan, R.S. (1985). Taxonomic
Literature, 2 nd edn, Yol. 5. Utrecht, Bohn:
Schetema & Bolkema.
Walsh, N.G. (1996). Polygonaceae. In N.G. Walsh &
T.J. Entwisle (eds), Flora of Victoria 3: 282.
Melbourne: Inkata Press.
Weber, J.Z. & Morley, D.J. (1985). Plant Portraits.
Journal of the Adelaide Botanic Gardens 7:
212-215.
Weber, J.Z. (1986). Euphorbiaceae. In J.P. Jessop &
H.R. Toelken (eds), Flora of South Australia,
4 th edn, 2: 735-768. Adelaide: South Australian
Government Printing Division.
Webster, G.L. (1994). Synopsis of the genera and
suprageneric taxa of Euphorbiaceae. Annals
of the Missouri Botanical Garden 81: 33-144.
Western Australian Herbarium (1998-2003). Flora
Base - The Western Australian Flora. Version
2.0, 4 July 2003. Department of Conservation
and Land Management. http://
florabase.calm.wa.gov.au
532
Index to Scientific Names
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 497-532 (2003)
Names in bold type are accepted names and those in light are synonyms, etc. The numbers refer to
pages in the text.
Caletia sect. Microcaletia Miill.Arg.499
Caletia divaricatissima Miill.Arg. 502
Caletia divaricatissima Miill.Arg. var.
divaricatissima . 502
Caletia divaricatissima var. genuina
Miill.Arg. 502
Caletia divaricatissima var. orbicularis
Miill.Arg. 507
Caletia linearis Miill.Arg. 508
Caletia orientalis (F.Muell.) Baill. 508
Caletia orientalis var. orbicularis
(Miill.Arg.) Baill. 507
Caletia orientalis (F.Muell.) Baill. var.
orientalis . 508
Caletia ovalifolia (F.Muell.) Miill.Arg.509
Chorizotheca Miill.Arg. 515
Chorizotheca micrantheoides Miill.Arg.526
Chrysostemon Klotzsch. 515
Chrysostemon virgatus Klotzsch. 526
Micrantheum tatei (F.Muell.) J.M.Black. 506
Phyllanthus tatei F.Muell. 506
Pseudanthus Sieber ex Spreng.499
Pseudanthus sect. Caletiopsis Miill.Arg. 515
Pseudanthus sect. Chrysostemon (Klotzsch)
Miill.Arg. 515
Pseudanthus sect Eupseudanthus Miill.Arg.
. 499
Pseudanthus sect. Microcaletia (Miill.Arg.)
Kuntze. 499
Pseudanthus Sieber ex Spreng. sect.
Pseudanthus . 499
Pseudanthus axillaris (A.S.George)
Radcl.-Sm. 517
Pseudanthus ballingalliae Halford &
R.J.F.Hend. 500
Pseudanthus brachyphyllus (Miill.Arg.)
F.Muell. 518
Pseudanthus chryseus Miill.Arg.523
Pseudanthus divaricatissimus (Miill.Arg.)
Benth. 502
Pseudanthus divaricatissimus (Miill.Arg.)
Benth. var. divaricatissimus . 502
Pseudanthus divaricatissimus var. genuinus
Griining. 502
Pseudanthus divaricatissimus var.
orbicularis (Miill.Arg.) Benth. 507
Pseudanthus divaricatissimus var.
orbicularis Ewart. 507
Pseudanthus intricatus C.A.Gardner ms. 519
Pseudanthus ligulatus Halford &
R.J.F.Hend. 503
Pseudanthus ligulatus Halford &
R.J.F.Hend. subsp. ligulatus. 504
Pseudanthus ligulatus subsp. volcanicus
Halford & R.J.F.Hend. 506
Pseudanthus micranthus Benth.506
Pseudanthus nematophorus F.Muell. 522
Pseudanthus nitidus Miill.Arg. 526
Pseudanthus occidentalis F.Muell. 526
Pseudanthus orbicularis (Miill.Arg.)
Halford & R.J.F.Hend. 507
Pseudanthus orientalis F.Muell. 508
Pseudanthus ovalifolius F.Muell.509
Pseudanthus pauciflorus Halford &
R.J.F.Hend. 511
Pseudanthus pauciflorus subsp.
arenicola Halford & R.J.F.Hend. 512
Pseudanthus pauciflorus Halford &
R.J.F.Hend. subsp. pauciflorus. 512
Pseudanthus pimeleoides Sieber ex
Spreng. 514
Pseudanthus polyandrus F.Muell. 523
Pseudanthus sp. (Salvator Rosa NP
M.E.Ballingall MEB450). 500
Pseudanthus sp. (Tylerville P.I.Forster+
PIF11510). 512
Pseudanthus sp. (Tylerville P.I.Forster+
PIF11510) subsp. (Blackdown Tableland
R.J.Henderson H722). 512
Pseudanthus tasmanicus Rodway. 515
Pseudanthus vermicularis (Planch.) F.Muell. . . . 524
Pseudanthus virgatus (Klotzsch) Miill.Arg.526
Stachystemon Planch. 515
Stachystemon axillaris A.S.George. 517
Stachystemon brachyphyllus Miill.Arg.518
Stachystemon intricatus Halford &
R.J.F.Hend. 519
Stachystemon mucronatus Halford &
R.J.F.Hend. 520
Stachystemon nematophorus (F.Muell.)
Halford & R.J.F.Hend. 522
Stachystemon polyandrus (F.Muell.) Benth.
. 523
Stachystemon sp. Mt Baring (K.R.Newbey
9773). 525
Stachystemon vermicularis Planch. 524
Stachystemon vinosus Halford &
R.J.F.Hend. 525
Stachystemon virgatus (Klotzsch)
Halford & R.J.F.Hend. 526
533
Backhousia oligantha (Myrtaceae), a new species from Queensland
A.R. Bean
Summary
Bean, A.R. (2003). Backhousia oligantha (Myrtaceae), a new species from Queensland.
Austrobaileya 6(3): 533-536. A distinctive new species of Backhousia is described and illustrated.
It is diagnosed against related species and notes on habitat and conservation status are provided.
Keywords: Backhousia, Myrtaceae, taxonomy, Queensland, Australian flora.
A.R.Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane Botanic Gardens Mt Coot-tha, Mt Coot-tha Road,
Toowong, Queensland, 4066.
Introduction
Backhousia is a small genus of trees and shrubs
endemic to Australia. Most of the accepted
species were described before 1910.
J.W. Vickery added B. anisata in 1941, a rare
species from New South Wales with a very
strong aniseed smell to the leaves. Wilson et
al. (2000) found that B. anisata differs
significantly from all other Backhousia species,
and placed it in a new monotypic genus viz.
Anetholea Peter G. Wilson.
Guymer (1988) described B. kingii, a species
reasonably widespread in south-eastern
Queensland. The species described here as
B. oligantha has been known for about two
decades, but lack of adequate fertile material
has, until now, prevented its formal naming. In
a survey of essential oils of Backhousia
(Brophy et al. 1995), the oils of B. oligantha
were found to be most similar to those of B.
bancroftii F.M.Bailey & F.Muell., but on
morphological grounds, B. oligantha is most
closely related to B. kingii Guymer.
Taxonomy
Backhousia oligantha A.R.Bean sp. nov. affinis
B. kingii autem cortice laevigata nitida,
foliis angustioribus, inflorescentiis 3-
floribus, pedunculis brevioribus differt.
Typus: Queensland. Wide Bay District:
0.7 km SW of Mt Biggenden, WSW of
Biggenden, 17 November 2001, A.R. Bean
18024 & J. Randall (holo: BRI; iso: CANB,
K, MEL, MO, NSW).
Accepted for publication 7 October 2002
Backhousia sp. (Stony Creek P.I.Forster 37B)
in Henderson (2002).
Backhousia sp. (Didcot P.I.Forster PIF12617)
in Brophy et al. (1995).
Tree to 12 metres high, or sometimes shrubby,
rarely procumbent; all forms producing
prostrate vegetative self-layering shoots. Bark
deciduous throughout, smooth, quite shiny,
pink, white or grey in colour. Branchlets terete,
puberulent. Juvenile leaves opposite, elliptical
to lanceolate, very shortly petiolate, laminae
4-8 mm long, 2-3.5 mm wide. Adult leaves
opposite, discolorous; petioles 2-3 mm long;
laminae elliptical, 12-22 mm long, 4.5-7 mm wide,
apex obtuse, base cuneate; midvein depressed
above, raised below, leaf venation obscure on
upper surface, visible on lower surface, with
4-6 pairs of lateral veins, proximal pairs at low
angle to midrib, tertiary venation not visible;
intramarginal vein complete or present on distal
half of lamina only; margin flat or recurved; oil
glands dense and conspicuous on both
surfaces. Indumentum uniform throughout
(branchlets, petioles, laminae, pedicels and
calyces), comprising erect to somewhat
adpressed uniseriate white trichomes up to 0.15
mm long, dense on branchlets, young leaves,
pedicels and calyces, but sparse to absent on
fully expanded leaves. Inflorescences axillary
or supra-axillary, comprising single 3-flowered
(rarely 1-flowered) cymes. Peduncle 1-3 mm
long; bracteoles brown, caducous, acute, c. 0.5
mm long; pedicels filif orm (0.25-0.3 mm diameter
when dried), 4-8 mm long. Flowers white.
Hypanthium campanulate, 1.6-2.0 mm long;
534
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 533-536 (2003)
calyx lobes 4, with a smaller and a larger pair
(opposite each other), the smaller ones 1.0-1.3
mm long, 1.2-1.5 mm wide; the larger 1.5-2.3
mm long, 1.5-1.6 mm wide; all obtuse, persistent.
Petals 4,1.2-2.3 x 0.8-1.7 mm, deciduous, shortly
clawed, recurved, margin erose. Stamens 32-
40, in two whorls; filaments of variable length
within a single flower, between 1.5-4.0 mm long;
anthers basifixed, dehiscing by longitudinal
slits. Style glabrous, 3.9-4.3 mm long, stigma
tapered; ovary glandular-punctate, puberulent,
2-locular, with 3 or 4 ovules per loculus, arranged
around an axile placenta. Fruits indehiscent, c.
1.8 mm long, c. 2.5 mm diameter excluding
persistent calyx lobes. Seeds 2-4 per loculus,
1.3-1.5 mm long, yellow-brown, with rounded
outer surface and flat sides. Fig. 1.
Specimens examined : Queensland. Port Curtis
District: Berserker Wilderness, Mount Archer,
Rockhampton, Jun 2000, Brushe JB2301 et al. (BRI);
same locality, Mar 2002, Brushe s.n. (BRI). Wide Bay
District: 0.7 km SW of Mt Biggenden, WSW of
Biggenden, Nov 2001, Bean 18027 & Randall (BRI,
NSW); Stony Creek, 4 km E of Didcot, Biggenden
shire, Oct 1982, Forster PIF37B (BRI); Stony Creek,
4 km E of Didcot, Jan 1993, Forster PIF12617 (BRI,
NSW); headwaters of Stony Creek, Didcot, Aug 1979,
Young 343 & Randall (BRI); The Bluff, Mount Walsh,
5 of Biggenden, Aug 1979, Young 299 & Randall (BRI);
c. 1 km SW of Mt Biggenden, Feb 1991, Young 651 &
Randall (BRI).
Distribution and habitat : B. oligantha is
largely confined to the Biggenden area of
south-eastern Queensland, with an outlier on
Mt Archer outside Rockhampton on the central
Queensland coast (Map 1). It inhabits
Araucarian microphyll vine-forest, and
associated tree and shrub species include
Archidendropsis thozetiana, Alectryon
diversifolius, Canthium odoratum and Gossia
bidwillii.
Phenology: Flowers are recorded for
November; fruits are recorded for February.
Notes: B. oligantha is most closely related to
B. kingii (both have inflorescences in umbel¬
like cymes, flowers 4-merous, calyx lobes of two
sizes, pedicels filiform and similar venation). It
differs from B. kingii by the smooth shiny bark,
narrower leaves, 3-flowered inflorescences, and
the shorter peduncles.
B. oligantha and B. angustifolia F.Muell.
sometimes occur in the same general locality,
but B. oligantha inhabits rockier, more exposed
sites with shallower soil.
The recent collection from Mt Archer by Joy
Brushe (cited above) was made from a number
of plants, including prostrate wind-shorn shrubs
through to well-developed trees. These
specimens showed a clear transition from small
juvenile leaves to larger adult leaves. Sterile
specimens from Mt Walsh match the juvenile
Mt Archer specimens. The Didcot specimens
(also sterile) have leaves that are larger and
lanceolate in shape, but they are tentatively
included within this species as they share the
distinctive bark character.
Conservation status: B. oligantha has a peculiar
growth habit, where prostrate vegetative shoots
are abundantly produced. These shoots layer
themselves opportunistically, eventually giving
rise to a new stem. In this way, a large colony may
be produced, all derived from a single genotype.
At the type locality there are 100-200 stems, but
only about 6 clumps, and hence possibly as few
as 6 individuals. The Mt Archer population is
Fig 1. Backhousia oligantha. A. flowering branchlet x 2. B. unit inflorescence x 4. C. underside of flower, showing
unequal sepals and recurved petals x 8. D. half-flower x 12. E. young fruit x 4. A, Bean 18027 & Randall; B-D,
Bean 18024 & Randall; E, Young 651 & Randall (all BRI). Del. W. Smith.
536
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 533-536 (2003)
of si mil ar size (J. Brushe, pers. comm.). There
are two small populations on Mt Walsh, each
with 5 or 6 stems (P. Young, pers. comm.) and a
single shrubby population at Didcot with
several hundred stems covering less than a
hectare (P. Forster, pers. comm.). Applying the
guidelines of the IUCN (Anon. 2001), a status
of “Vulnerable” is recommended, (VU D1+D2).
Etymology: From the Greek oligos meaning few,
and anthos meaning flower. This is in reference
to the (1-) 3-flowered inflorescences. No other
Backhousia species has so few flowers per
inflorescence.
Acknowledgements
I am grateful to Jim Randall of Childers for taking
me to see this species in the field and for
providing photographs of the tree, and Peter
Young for distributional and habitat data.
Thanks to Joy Brushe for sending a range of
specimens from the Mt Archer population, to
Will Smith (BRI) for providing the illustrations,
and Les Pedley for the Latin diagnosis.
References
Anonymous (2001). Iucn Red List Categories and
Criteria. Switzerland: International Union for
Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources.
Brophy, J.J., Goldsack, R.J., Fookes, C.J.R. & Forster,
P.I. (1995). Leaf Oils of the Genus Backhousia
(Myrtaceae). Journal of Essential Oil Research
7: 237-54.
Guymer, G.R (1988). A new species of Backhousia Hook.
& Harvey (Myrtaceae) from Queensland and
a reappraisal of Backhousia floribunda
A.J.Scott. Austrobaileya 2: 567-9.
Henderson, R.J.F. (ed.) (2002). Names and Distribution
of Queensland Plants, Algae and Lichens.
Brisbane: Environmental Protection Agency.
Wilson, P.G., O’Brien, M.M. & Quinn, C.J. (2000).
Anetholea (Myrtaceae), a new Genus for
Backhousia anisata: a cryptic member of the
Acmena Alliance. Australian Systematic
Botany 13: 429-35.
Six new species of Hydrocotyle L. (Apiaceae) from Queensland
A.R. Bean & M J. Henwood
Summary
Bean, A.R. & Henwood, M J. (2003). Six new species of Hydrocotyle L. (Apiaceae) from Queensland.
Austrobaileya 6(3): 537-548. Descriptions, illustrations and a distribution map are provided for
six new Queensland species of Hydrocotyle, viz. H. digitata, H. dipleura, H. miranda, H. oraria,
H. paludosa and H. tumida. A key to all Queensland species is provided.
Keywords: Hydrocotyle, taxonomy, new species, Queensland flora, Apiaceae, Umbelliferae.
A.R. Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong,
Queensland, 4066, Australia
M J. Henwood, John Ray Herbarium, School of Biological Sciences, University of Sydney, New
South Wales, 2006, Australia
Introduction
Hydrocotyle is found throughout the world, but
especially in the southern hemisphere. Estimates
of the total number of species vary from 75
(Mathias & Constance 1976) to “over 130”
(Eichler 1986). Recent molecular studies
(Plunkett et al., 1996,1997) have indicated that
Hydrocotyle is nested within a redefined
Araliaceae. However, with the exception of a
somatic chromosome number of 12, non-
molecular evidence for this placement has
proven to be somewhat elusive (Henwood &
Hart, 2001).
Few taxonomic studies into Australian
Hydrocotyle have been undertaken since the
time of Mueller and Bentham. Wakefield (1951)
provided a new combination, and then a new
species (Wakefield 1955). Eichler (1965) named
H. foveolata, and subsequently published a
series of excellent nomenclatural papers for the
genus as a whole.
In co mm on with most species of the genus,
Queensland Hydrocotyle species are found in
rather mesic sites, either in areas of high rainfall,
or in damp areas (creek banks, springs, seepage
areas or swamp margins).
The new species described here show
morphological affinity with H. pedicellosa
F.Muell. (H. miranda)', H. tripartita R.Br. ex
Rich. ( H . digitata, H. oraria, H. paludosa );
H. peduncularis R.Br. ex Rich. (H. dipleura) and
H. grammatocarpa F.Muell. (H. tumida). Each
species is, however, clearly separable by a
number of vegetative and floral characters
outlined in the following treatment.
Hydrocotyle pedicellosa occurs in
rainforest and extends from northern New South
Wales to New Guinea, while H. tripartita
extends from Victoria (Duretto 1999) to the
central coast of Queensland (at Eungella). Its
Queensland occurrences are on rainforest
margins, often at high altitudes. H. peduncularis
is widespread in south-eastern Australia,
whereas H. grammatocarpa is distributed
across northern Australia.
Descriptive terminology for the ‘ribs’ of
mericarps follows Tseng (1967). The ribs (and
their underlying veins) closest to the
commissure are referred to as marginal ribs,
lateral ribs sit between the marginal and dorsal
ribs on the lateral faces of the mericarps.
Accepted for publication 28 March 2003
538
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 537-548 (2003)
Taxonomy
Key to the Queensland species of Hydrocotyle (Apiaceae)
1. Leaves peltate.2
Leaves not peltate.3
2. Inflorescence a many-branched umbel, each branch racemose;
leaf lamina broadly elliptic, crenate. *H. bonariensis
Inflorescence spike-like in appearance, not or sparsely branched;
leaf lamina orbicular, crenulate. H. verticillata
3. Lamina palmate, comprising 3-5 leaflets.4
Lamina simple, variously lobed or divided.7
4. Mericarps conspicuously winged; leaflets (3-)5, terminal leaflet longest,
1.5-4 cm long.H. geraniifolia
Mericarps not winged; leaflets 3, all about the same length, 0.5-1.5 mm long.5
5. Leaflets narrowly cuneate; 0-10 hairs on abaxial surface of each leaflet.H.paludosa
Leaflets broadly cuneate; 20-100 hairs on abaxial surface of each leaflet.6
6. Mericarps 0.9-1.2 mm long; peduncles 4-9 mm long; lateral leaflets incised
for 70-90% of length. H. digitata
Mericarps 0.6-0.8 mm long; peduncles 13-35 mm long; lateral leaflets
incised for 30-60% of length.H. tripartita
7. Leaves palmatifid, 3-lobed, with the incisions extending 70-90% of lamina radius . H. oraria
Leaves entire or 3-9-lobed, incised to <50% of lamina radius.8
8. Lamina glabrous.9
Lamina sparsely to densely hairy.12
9. Fruits not markedly laterally flattened; mericarps indistinct.10
Fruits markedly laterally flattened; mericarps readily distinguished.11
10. Stems glabrous; fruits pyriform to obconical, 0.8-1.0 mm long; pedicels
0.1-0.3 mm long.ELtumida
Stems sparsely hairy; fruits ellipsoidal, 0.5-0.6 mm long; pedicels
0.4—0.6 mm long. H. grammatocarpa
11. Lamina unlobed or with 3-5 broad obtuse lobes; stipules deeply laciniate;
mericarps with 2 pairs of lateral ribs; petiole glabrous.H. dipleura
Lamina consistently lobed, and the lobes further divided; stipules entire
or shortly toothed; mericarps with 1 pair of lateral ribs; distal end of petiole
usually with a few hairs. H. peduncularis
12. Inflorescence typically branched with numerous pedunculate umbels of
flowers at various positions on the rachis. 13
Inflorescences consisting of a single umbel. 14
13. Pedicels 1-1.7 mm long; peduncles 1-8 mm long; mature mericarps
1.4-1.7 mm long.H.miranda
Pedicels 3-8 mm long; peduncles up to 30 mm long; mature mericarps
1.1-1.3 mm long.H. pedicellosa
Bean and Henwood, New species of Hydrocotyle 539
14. Flowers with pedicels 1.5-5 mm long . H. laxiflora
Flowers and/or fruits sessile or pedicels up to 0.5 mm long.15
15. Fruiting styles 0.2-0.35 mm long, not readily visible to naked eye; lateral
rib on mericarp conspicuous; leaves with 5 indistinct to prominent lobes ... H. acutiloba
Fruiting styles 0.6-1 mm long, readily visible, giving clusters a “hairy”
appearance; lateral rib on mericarp obscure or lacking; leaves usually
with 7 lobes.H. laxiflora
Hydrocotyle dipleura A.R.Bean sp. nov. affrnis
H. pedunculari foliis non lobatis vel lobis
3-5 latis obtusis praeditis, stipulis
profunde laciniatis (integris vel breve
dentatis in H. peduncularis ),
inflorescentiis 6-9-floris (3-6-floris in H.
pedunculari ), mericarpis paribus duobus
costarum intermediis praeditis (pare uno
in H. pedunculari ) differt. Typus:
Queensland. South Kennedy District:
Carmichael River, “Doongmabulla”, north¬
west of Clermont, 3 February 1998, R.J.
Fensham 3338 (holo: BRI).
Perennial glabrous prostrate herb with creeping
stems, mostly rooting at the nodes. Leaves
occurring singly at the nodes. Stipules white,
laciniate, 0.4-2.5 mm long, margin deeply
dissected. Petioles erect, 6-50 mm long. Lamina
orbicular-cordate or reniform (subtending 270-
350 degrees of arc), pale yellowish-green, 2-8
mm in radius, palmately 5-7-veined, glabrous;
margin entire or with 3-5 broad shallow obtuse
lobes. Inflorescences simple, umbellate, 6-9
flowered, peduncles 3-17 mm long (shorter than
adjacent petiole), pedicels lacking at anthesis,
bracts 0.4-0.6 mm long. Calyx absent. Petals
greenish-white, deltate, c. 0.4 mm long. Fruits
comprising two laterally flattened mericarps,
each 0.55-0.65 mm long, 0.45-0.6 mm wide.
Lateral ribs in 2 pairs, prominent; dorsal ribs
prominent and forming a narrow wing; surface
smooth, carpophore absent. Fruiting pedicels
absent or up to 0.4 mm long. Styles divergent to
reflexed, 0.25-0.3 mm long. Fig. 1.
Specimens examined: Queensland. Mitchell District:
Smoky Spring, Lake Huffer, N of Aramac, Apr 1999,
Fensham 3807 (BRI); c. 80 km NNE of Aramac, Nov
1997, Thompson MUT64 & Baumgartner (BRI). South
Kennedy District: Moses Spring, “Doongmabulla”, NW
of Clermont, Apr 1999, Fensham 3808 (BRI). Warrego
District: “Bundoona”, c. 50 km NW of Eulo, Feb 1999,
Fensham 3655 (BRI).
Distribution and habitat : H. dipleura is
endemic to Queensland, and is known from the
Aramac, Clermont and Eulo areas (Map 1). It
has a very specialised habitat, growing only on
the dried-out margins of artesian springs, in
highly saline soils.
Phenology : Flowers and fruits are recorded
from February, April and November.
Affinities : H. dipleura is morphologically
si mil ar to H. peduncularis , but differs by the
thicker yellowish-green leaves, unlobed or with
3-5 broad obtuse lobes (consistently lobed,
and the lobes further divided in
H. peduncularis ); the deeply laciniate stipules
(entire or shortly toothed for H. peduncularis),
the 6-9 flowered inflorescences (3-6 flowered
for H. peduncularis) and the mericarps with 2
pairs of lateral ribs (1 pair in H. peduncularis).
While H. dipleura is glabrous, H. peduncularis
often has a few hairs at the distal end of the
petiole where it joins the lamina.
Conservation status'. Under the IUCN
guidelines (IUCN. 2001), a category of Vulnerable
is proposed (VU B2 ab (iii)). Six locations are
known, following a comprehensive floristic
study of Great Artesian Basin spring systems
(R. Fensham pers. comm.).
Etymology : From the Greek di- meaning twice
and pleura meaning rib, and referring to the
two lateral ribs on each mericarp.
Hydrocotyle miranda A.R.Bean & Henwood sp.
nov. affinis H. pedicellosae autem pilis
albidis longioribus in petiolis, pedunculis
pedicellisque multo brevioribus,
mericarpis longioribus differt. Typus:
Queensland. Cook District: Longlands
540
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 537-548 (2003)
Fig. 1. H. dipleura. A. flowering stem. B. leaf underside. C. fruit. A,B from Fensham 3338 (BRI); C from
Thompson MUT64 (BRI).
Gap State Forest, S of Atherton, 21 April
2002, A.R. Bean 18786 (holo: BRI; iso:
CANB, K, L, MEL, NSW).
Perennial herb with creeping stems, mostly
rooting at the nodes. Leaves occurring singly
at the nodes. Stipules very broad, scarious, to
2.5 mm long, margin entire. Petioles erect, 8-15
cm long, densely hispid apically, with simple
eglandular white trichomes 0.5-2.0 mm long.
Lamina orbicular-cordate or reniform
(subtending 270-350 degrees of arc), 45-90 mm
across, with 6-9 radiating veins; margin crenate
with occasional deeper incisions to 5 mm deep;
lower surface moderately densely pubescent,
particularly along veins, with hairs to 1.0 mm
long; upper surface sparsely pubescent to
almost glabrous, with hairs to 0.5 mm long.
Inflorescences 2-15 cm long (shorter than
adjacent petiole), proliferous, with clusters of
umbels at various positions on the rachis.
Individual umbels 15-30-flowered, pedicels
almost lacking at anthesis. Calyx absent. Petals
greenish-white, deltate, 0.5-0.7 mm long. Fruits
schizocarpous, mericarps laterally flattened, 1.4-
1.7 mm long, 0.7-0.8 mm wide, surface smooth;
marginal and lateral ribs absent or obscure,
dorsal ribs prominent and forming a narrow
wing; carpophore absent. Fruiting peduncles
1-8 mm long, fruiting pedicels 1-1.7 mm long.
Styles divergent, 1-1.5 mm long. Fig. 2.
Specimens examined : Queensland. Cook District:
Bellenden Ker Range, S. Peak, E. slope 1450 m, Aug
1971, Balgooy 1497 (NSW); SFR 185, Edith L.A., Feb
1972, Dockrill & Stevens 391 (BRI); Forestry Reserve
194, Atherton district, Jun 1963, Hyland AFO/2656
(BRI). North Kennedy District: SFR251, Tableland F.A.,
400 m down Ebony road off Tully Falls Road, May
2001, Ford AF2807 (BRI, NSW).
Distribution and habitat : Found on parts of
the Atherton Tableland and adjacent areas in
north Queensland (Map 1). It inhabits rainforest
clearings or rainforest margins, on clay-loam
soils.
Phenology: Flowers recorded for April and
June; fruits from February to June.
Affinities: H. miranda is morphologically similar
to H. pedicellosa. Both species have large
deeply cordate leaves, orbicular in outline, and
both have a proliferous inflorescence, with
clusters of umbels at various positions on the
rachis. However, H. miranda differs by the
pedicels 1-1.7 mm long (3-8 mm long for
H. pedicellosa ), the peduncles 1-8 mm long (up
to 8-40 mm long for H. pedicellosa ), mericarps
I. 4-1.7 mm long (1.1-1.3 mm long for
H. pedicellosa ) the very obscure lobing of the
lamina (distinctly 7-9 lobed for H. pedicellosa )
and the upper petiole with white hairs 0.5-2 mm
long (fawn to brown hairs 0.1-0.7 mm long for
H. pedicellosa ).
Notes: We have been unable to match this
species with any named species from New
Guinea or Indonesia. Some of the specimens of
H. miranda cited above were determined as
H. javanica Thunb. by R Buwalda, but the latter
species (as to type) has leaves where the lamina
subtends less than 250 degrees of arc, and has
non-proliferous (simple) inflorescences.
Bean and Henwood, New species of Hydrocotyle
541
Fig. 2. H. miranda. A. portion of fertile plant. B. leaf underside and distal part of petiole. C. fruit. A-C from Bean
18786 (BRI).
Conservation status : Data deficient (IUCN
2001). Only a few collections are known, but as
Hydrocotyle is a poorly collected genus, it may
be more common than collections indicate.
Etymology : From the Latin mirandus, meaning
wonderful or strange.
Hydrocotyle tumida A.R.Bean & Henwood sp.
nov. affinis H. grammatocarpae autem
caulibus glabris, floribus fructibusque
costa conspicua transversa, et fructibus
obconicis usque pyriformibus
grandioribus, pedicellis brevioribus
differt. Typus: Queensland. Cook District:
c. 8.5 km north-west of Kennedy River
bridge, between Laura and Coen, 6 July
1998, A.R. Bean 13496 (holo: BRI; iso:
MEL).
Hydrocotyle sp. (Strathmay J.R. Clarkson
3498A) in Henderson (2002).
Annual glabrous prostrate herb with creeping
stems, mostly rooting at the nodes. Leaves
occurring singly at the nodes. Stipules white,
laciniate, 0.6-1.3 mm long, margin deeply
dissected. Petioles erect, 4-40 mm long. Lamina
orbicular-cordate (subtending 270-350 degrees
of arc), green, 4-10 mm in radius, palmately
5-9-veined; margin with 5-7 shallow obtuse
lobes, each lobe divided into 2-4 lobules.
Inflorescences simple, umbellate, 17-25
flowered, peduncles 4-21 mm long (about same
length as adjacent petiole), pedicels lacking at
anthesis, bracts linear to narrowly-spathulate,
c. 0.5 mm long. Calyx absent. Petals purplish-
white, deltate, c. 0.3 mm long. Fruits obconical
542
to pyriform, elliptical in cross-section, 0.8-1.0
mm long, 1.2-1.5 mm wide on longest axis, with
ribs obscured by 8 longitudinal rounded
swellings on the intercostal areas and a rather
prominent transverse swelling near the distal
end of the fruit. Mericarps 2, indistinct, coherent.
Carpophore absent. Fruiting heads forming a
tight globular cluster up to 3.5 mm diameter.
Fruiting pedicels 0.1-0.3 mm long; bracts 0.8-
1.2 mm long. Styles divergent to erect, 0.1-0.2
mm long. Fig. 3.
Specimens examined : Queensland. Cook District
Coleman River, 17 km by road W of Musgrave on road
to Edward River, Oct 1980, Clarkson 3462 (BRI,
CANB); 60 km W of Strathmay on Musgrave-Edward
River road, Oct 1980, Clarkson 3498A (BRI); 20 km
south of Wakooka on the track to Starke Station, Jul
1987, Clarkson 7303 (BRI); 0.8 km S of the Alice
River on the road from ‘Oroners’ to ‘Koolatah’, Aug
1992, Clarkson 9739 & Neldner (BRI); Bamboo Range,
N of Musgrave on Peninsula Development road, Jul
1993, Forster PIF13455 (BRI); 28 km ENE of Violet
Vale HS„ Aug 1978, Paijmans 2890 (CANB); North
Kennedy R., 8 km NW of Breeza HS., Aug 1978,
Paijmans 3232 (CANB); Hopevale, near Isabella Falls,
Aug 1976, Scarth-Johnson 308A (BRI); Bloodwood
Lagoon, 16 miles [26 km] S of ‘Dunbar’, Jun 1943,
Whitehouse (BRI, AQ 486653).
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 537-548 (2003)
Distribution and habitat : Endemic to
Queensland, and confined to lower Cape York
Peninsula (Map 1). It grows in Eucalyptus or
Melaleuca dominated woodland, in damp
microhabitats.
Phenology : Flowers and fruits are recorded
from June to October.
Affinities : H. tumida differs from
H. grammatocarpa by its glabrous stems
(sparsely hairy for H. grammatocarpa ); flowers
and fruits with a conspicuous transverse
swelling (lacking in H. grammatocarpa)', fruits
obconical to pyriform (ellipsoidal for
H. grammatocarpa ); fruits 0.8-1.0 x 1.2—1.5 mm
(0.5-0.6 x 0.5-0.7 mm for H. grammatocarpa );
fruiting pedicels 0.1-0.3 mm long (0.4-0.6 mm
long fori/, grammatocarpa ).
Conservation status : This is a common species
with a relatively wide distribution, and the
habitat is largely intact. No conservation coding
is recommended.
Etymology : From the Latin tumidus meaning
‘swollen’. This is a reference to the swollen or
inflated intercostal regions of the fruits.
Fig. 3. H. tumida. A. fruiting plant. B. leaf underside. C. fruit. A-C from Bean 13496 (BRI).
Bean and Henwood, New species of Hydrocotyle
Hydrocotyle digitata A.R.Bean & Henwood sp.
nov. affinis H. tripartitae, sed foliis
segmentis laminae profunde divisis,
pedunculis 4-9 mm longis (13-35 mm in
H. tripartita ), mericarpis 0.9-1.2 mm longis
(0.6-0.7 mm in//, tripartita) differt. Typus:
Queensland. Darling Downs District:
Turner Creek, 11.9 km N of Dalveen, 26
January 1995, A.R. Bean 8214 (holo: BRI;
iso: CANB, HO, MEL, NSW).
Perennial herb with creeping stems, mostly
rooting at the nodes. Leaves occurring singly
at the nodes. Stipules broader than long, 1.2-2
x 1.5-2.5 mm, brown-streaked, margin entire or
fimbriate. Petioles 50-130 mm long, with 10-30
white and brown retrorse hairs near the apex or
sometimes extending along the petiole, up to 2
mm long, rarely glabrous. Leaves trifoliolate, 13-
30 mm across. Lamina narrowly cuneate (60-90
degrees of arc), 6.5-15 mm long, 7-15 mm wide;
upper lamina surface bright green, glabrous or
with 1-5 erect white trichomes, each 1.7-2.4 mm
543
long; lower surface pale green, moderately hairy,
with 20-50 white trichomes, each 0.7-2 mm long.
Central leaflet with two shallow to deep sinuses,
apex 3-lobed, each lobe divided into 3 lobules,
and often with a small acute tooth laterally;
lateral leaflets with 19-28 teeth, with one deep
sinus (0.7-0.9 times segment length) and the
two lobes divided into 3-4 lobules, each of
which is 2-4 toothed. Inf lorescences simple,
umbellate, 10-13-flowered, peduncles 4-9 mm
long (much shorter than adjacent petiole),
pedicels almost lacking at anthesis, bracts
c. 0.6 mm long. Calyx absent. Petals white or
purple, deltate, 0.5-0.7 mm long. Styles 2, each
0.6-0.8 mm long in fruit. Lruits comprising two
laterally compressed mericarps, each 0.9-1.2 mm
long, 0.6-0.9 mm wide. Dorsal and lateral ribs
acute, marginal ribs obscure; surface smooth.
Lruiting pedicels 0.3-1.5 mm long. Fig. 4.
Specimens examined : Queensland. North Kennedy:
S.F.R. 755 Johnstone L.A., North Johnstone River,
Nov 1974, Hyland 7873 (CANB). Darling Downs
District: Condamine River, at Warwick, Dec 1990, Bean
Fig. 4. H. digitata. A. flowering stem x 0.5. B. leaf underside x 1. C. fruit x 12. A,B from Bean 8214 (BRI); C from
Bean 8218 (BRI).
544
2721, 2722 (BRI, CANB); Connolly Dam, S of
Warwick, Oct 1996, Bean 10887 (BRI). New South
Wales. North Coast: below Callawajune Mtn (the
Beehive or South Obelisk), c. 5.5 km SSW of
Urbenville, Nov 1987, Coveny 12794 et al. (BRI,
CANB, K, MO, NSW). Northern Tablelands: Little
Llangothlin Lake Nature Reserve, NNE of Guyra, Jan
1995, Bean 8284 (BRI).
Distribution and habitat : Known from near the
Atherton Tableland in north Queensland, the
Warwick district in far south-east Queensland
(Map 1), and extending to Guyra in New South
Wales. It occurs at altitudes above 500 metres,
in moist to swampy areas in eucalypt woodland.
Phenology : Flowers and fruits have been
recorded between October and January.
Affinities: H. digitata is morphologically similar
to H. tripartita, but differs by the deeply
divided lateral lamina segments (divisions 0.7-
0.9 times length of segment vs. 0.3-0.6 for H.
tripartita ), the peduncles only 4-9 mm long (13-
35 mm for H. tripartita), and the mericarps 0.9-
1.2 mm long (0.6-0.7 mm long for H. tripartita )
(Table 1).
Conservation status: Data deficient (IUCN
2001 ).
Etymology: From the Latin digitatus, meaning
digitate or finger-like. This is in reference to the
many finger-like lobes on the leaves.
Hydrocotyle oraria A.R.Bean sp. nov. affinis H.
tripartitae autem foliis segmentis laminae
incomplete dissectis tantum 3-8 dentibus
praeditis, pilis infra et in petiolo
paucioribus, umbellis floribus paucioribus
constructis differt. Typus: Queensland.
Cook District: Eubenangee Swamp
National Park, Alice River end, 29 October
2001, P.I. Forster 27656, R. Booth & R.
Jensen (holo: BRI).
Annual? herb with creeping stems, mostly
rooting at the nodes. Leaves occurring singly
at the nodes. Stipules broader than long, 0.7-
0.9 x 1-1.2 mm, white, translucent, margin
laciniate or fimbriate. Petioles 6-30 mm long,
with 5-10 white retrorse hairs near the apex,
0.4-0.7 mm long, otherwise glabrous. Lamina
simple, palmatifid, 7-14 mm across, divided into
3 segments, with the incisions extending 70-
90% of lamina radius; upper surface bright
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 537-548 (2003)
green, glabrous; lower surface pale green,
glabrous or with 1-5 white trichomes. Lamina
segments narrowly to broadly cuneate (45-120
degrees of arc), 3.5-7 mm long, 2.5-6 mm wide,
central segment with two shallow sinuses, apex
3-lobed and sometimes with a small acute tooth
on each side; lateral segments with 3-8 teeth,
with one moderately deep sinus (0.2-0.4 times
segment length) and apex with 2-4 lobes.
Inflorescences simple, umbellate, 4-8 flowered,
peduncles 5-15 mm long (shorter than adjacent
petiole), pedicels almost lacking at anthesis,
bracts c. 0.7 mm long. Calyx absent. Petals white
or purple, deltate, 0.7-0.8 mm long. Styles 2,
each 0.3-0.4 mm long in fruit. Fruits comprising
two laterally compressed mericarps, each 0.6-
0.8 mm long, 0.45-0.6 mm wide. Dorsal and lateral
ribs acute, marginal ribs obscure; surface
smooth or with a few irregular papillae. Fruiting
pedicels 0.2-0.6 mm long. Fig. 5.
Specimens examined : Queensland. Cook District:
Eubenangee Swamp, N of Garradunga, Dec 1941, Blake
14498 (BRI). North Kennedy District: Cardwell, Sep
1935, Blake 9686 (BRI); Murray River, Bruce Highway,
Jul 1960, Trapnell 47 (BRI).
Distribution and habitat: Confined to coastal
areas of north Queensland between Innisfail
and Cardwell (Map 1). It grows in moist areas in
fragmented rainforest or as a component of
Melaleuca dominated forests. Altitudes are
between 0-30 metres.
Phenology: Flowers and fruits have been
recorded between July and December.
Affinities: H. oraria differs from//, tripartita
by its simple leaves. The leaf segments of H.
oraria bear only 3-8 teeth (12-30 teeth on the
leaflets of H. tripartita ), the fewer hairs on the
lower leaf surface and petiole, and the 4-8
flowers per umbel (8-14 flowers for
H. tripartita). H. oraria is also related to
H. paludosa, but differs by the simple leaves,
the lateral segments less deeply divided, the 3-
8 terminal teeth per segment (10-16 teeth on
the leaflets of H. paludosa), and the mostly
shorter petioles and peduncles (Table 1).
Conservation status: Data deficient (IUCN
2001). The few known collections probably are
not indicative of its abundance. A survey is
needed to determine the degree of threat to the
species.
Bean and Henwood, New species of Hydrocotyle
545
Fig. 5. H. oraria. A. fruiting stem. B. leaf underside. C. fruit. A,B from Bean 8214 (BRI); C from Bean 8218 (BRI).
Etymology : From the Latin orarius meaning ‘of
the coast’. This species is apparently confined
to coastal lowlands.
Hydrocotyle paludosa A.R.Bean sp. nov. affinis
H. tripartitae, autem foliis segmentis
laminae angustioribus sparsim dentatis,
glabris vel sparsim pubescentibus infra,
petiolis pilis albis ad apicem limitatis,
fructibus saepe papillosis superficiaribus,
mericarpis longioribus differt. Typus:
Queensland. Moreton District: Nairn
Road, Morayfield, c. 35 km N of Brisbane,
11 March 2000, A.R. Bean 16124 (holo:
BRI; iso: MEL, NSW).
Perennial herb with creeping stems, mostly
rooting at the nodes. Leaves occurring singly
at the nodes. Stipules broader than long, 0.7-
0.9 x 1-1.2 mm, brown-streaked, margin entire
or fimbriate. Petioles 20-160 mm long, with 5-
20 white retrorse hairs near the apex, c. 1.5 mm
long, otherwise glabrous. Lamina trifoliolate, 8-
25 mm across; upper lamina surface bright green,
glabrous or with 1-10 erect white trichomes,
each 0.7-1.5 mm long; lower surface pale green,
glabrous or with 1-10 white trichomes. Leaflets
narrowly cuneate (30-60 degrees of arc), 4.5-
14 mm long, 3-8 mm wide, central leaflet with
two shallow sinuses, apex 3-lobed with a small
acute tooth on each side; lateral leaflets with
10-16 teeth, with one deep sinus (0.6-0.8 times
leaflet length) and apex with 3-5 (rarely more)
small teeth. Inflorescences simple, umbellate,
6-11 flowered, peduncles 10-40 mm long
(shorter than adjacent petiole), pedicels almost
lacking at anthesis, bracts c. 0.5 mm long. Calyx
absent. Petals white or purple, deltate, 0.5-0.8
mm long. Styles 2, each 0.3-0.4 mm long in fruit.
Fruits comprising two laterally compressed
mericarps, each 0.7-0.8 mm long, 0.5-0.6 mm
wide, surface smooth or often with a few
irregular papillae. Dorsal and lateral ribs
prominent, acute, marginal ribs obscure. Fruiting
pedicels 0.5-0.8(-1.5) mm long. Fig. 6.
Specimens examined : Queensland. Port Curtis
District: Compartment 28, S.F. 898, N of Watalgan,
Oct 1996, Bean 11052 (BRI). Burnett District: Mt
Perry, undated, Keys s.n. (BRI); Maidenwell-Nanango
road, at Kingaroy turnoff, Sep 1996, Bean 10642 (BRI,
MEL); N end of Tarong S.F., c. 13 km SW of Nanango,
Apr 1998, Bean 13185 (BRI); Ettiewyn, Jan 1999,
Fensham RJF3623 (BRI). Wide Bay District: Verrierdale
road, 8 km W of Peregian Beach, May 1990, Bean
1590 (BRI); Hortons Camp Creek headwaters, 4 km
from Didcot on Gooroolba road, Feb 1999, Forster
PIF24077A (BRI). Moreton District: Kedron Brook,
undated, Bailey s.n. (BRI); Doonan Creek swamp, 5
km W of Peregian, Dec 1993, Bean 7193 (BRI);
Yandina-Dunethin Rock road, Dec 2000, Bean 17099
(BRI); German Church Road, Mt Cotton, SE of
Brisbane, Nov 2001, Bean 18155 (BRI); Albert River,
S of Brisbane, Aug 1930, Hubbard 3854 (BRI, K);
Jacobs Well, c. 0.4 km from shore, Sep 1995, Leiper
(BRI); 0.5 km N of Warwick Street, Coolum Beach,
Dec 1982, Sharpe 3281 & Windolf (BRI). New South
Wales. North Coast: adjacent to Bungawalbin N.P., SE
of Casino, Sep 1999, Bean 15464 (BRI).
546
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 537-548 (2003)
Fig. 6. H. paludosa. A. flowering stem. B. leaf underside. C. fruit. A-C from Bean 16124 (BRI).
Distribution and habitat : Distributed from
north of Bundaberg to south-east of Brisbane
in Queensland (Map 1), and also known from
near Casino in New South Wales. It is found in
coastal or near-coastal areas, very often in
Melaleuca quinquenervia dominated forest, in
association with species in the family
Cyperaceae. Sites are invariably poorly drained.
Phenology : Flowers and fruits have been
recorded throughout the year.
Affinities: H. paludosa is morphologically
similar to H. tripartita , but differs by the
narrower sparsely-toothed leaflets (30-60
degrees of arc, 6-14 teeth vs. 60-90 degrees,
12-33 teeth for H. tripartita)-, the deeply divided
lateral leaflets (0.6-0.8 times length of leaflet
vs. 0.3-0.6 times for H. tripartita ); the leaflets
longer than broad (length less than breadth for
H. tripartita ); the 0-10 hairs on the lower leaf
surface (hairs 20-100 on lower surface for H.
tripartita ); the petiole hairs white and confined
to apex (brown-white and extending some
distance along petiole for H. tripartita ); and
the fruit surface often papillose (smooth for H.
tripartita ) (Table 1).
Conservation status : This species is widely
distributed and not uncommon. No conservation
coding is recommended.
Etymology: From the Latin paludosus meaning
marshy or swampy, referring to the habitat.
547
Bean and Henwood, New species of Hydrocotyle
Table 1 - Comparison of Hydrocotyle tripartita and its allies
Character
H. tripartita
H. paludosa
H. digitata
II. oraria
leaf form
trifoliolate
trifoliolate
trifoliolate
palmatifid
leaf segment/leaflet angle (degrees)
60-90°
30-60°
60-90°
45-120°
division of lateral leaflets/leaf
segments
0.3-0.6
0.6-0.8
0.7-0.9
0.2-0.4
number of lobes or teeth per leaf
segment or leaflet
12-33
10-16
19-28
3-8
number of hairs on lower surface of
lamina
20-100
0-10
20-50
0-5
petiole hairs; number, colour and
position
10-30
white and
brown at
junction with
lamina and
along
distal part
5-20
white at
junction with
lamina only
10-30
white and
brown at
junction with
lamina and
sometimes
along distal
parts
5-10
white at
junction with
lamina only
peduncle length (mm)
13-35
10-40
4-9
5-15
mericarp surface
smooth
often papillose
smooth
smooth or
papillose
mericarp length (mm)
0.6-0.8
0.7-0.8
0.9-1.2
0.6-0.8
Acknowledgements
Thanks are due to Rod Fensham for supplying
information about H. dipleura, Will Smith for
the illustrations and distribution map, Peter
Bostock (Australian Botanical Liaison Officer)
for supplying photographs of relevant types,
Les Pedley for the Latin diagnoses, and Andrew
Ford for field collections.
References
Duretto, M. (1999). Hydrocotyle. in Flora of Victoria,
Volume 4. (eds N.G.Walsh & T.J. Entwisle).
Melbourne: Inkata Press.
Eichler, Hj. (1965). Supplement to J.M. Black’s Flora
of South Australia, edition 2. Adelaide:
Government Printer.
Eichler, Hj. (1986). Hydrocotyle, in Flora of South
Australia, Volume 2. (eds J.P. Jessop &
H.R. Toelken). Adelaide: South Australian
Government Printing Division.
Henderson, R.J.F. (ed.) (2002). Names and Distribution
of Queensland Plants, Algae and Lichens.
Brisbane: Environmental Protection Agency.
Henwood, M.J & Hart, J.M. (2001). Towards an
understanding of the phylogenetic
relationships of Australian Hydrocotyloideae
(Apiaceae). Edinburgh Journal of Botany 58:
269-89.
Iucn. (2001). IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria:
Version 3.1. IUCN Species Survival
Commission. IUCN, Gland, Switzerland and
Cambridge, UK. ii + 30 pp.
Mathias, M.E. & Constance, R.L. (1975). 145.
Umbelliferae. in Flora of Ecuador (eds G.
Harling & B. Sparre). Opera Botanica Ser. B,
No. 5.
548
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 537-548 (2003)
Map 1 . Distribution of Hydrocotyle spp. (square) H. dipleura; (star) H. tumida; (open circle) H. miranda;
(triangle) H. digitata; (reverse triangle) H. oraria; (closed circle) H. paludosa.
Plunkett, G.M., Soltis, D.E. & Soltis, P.S. (1996). Higher
level relationships of Apiales (Apiaceae and
Araliaceae) based on phylogenetic analysis of
rbcL sequences. American Journal of Botany
83: 499-515.
Plunkett, G.M., Soltis, D.E. & Soltis, P.S. (1997).
Clarification of the relationship between
Apiaceae and Araliaceae based on matK and
rbcL sequence data. American Journal of
Botany 84: 565-80.
Tseng, C.C. (1967). Anatomical studies of flowers and
fruit in the Hydrocotyloideae (Umbelliferae).
University of California Publications in Botany
42: 1-79.
Wakefield, N.A. (1951). Notes on some Australian
species of Hydrocotyle. Victorian Naturalist 68:
7-9.
Wakefield, N.A. (1955). Genus Hydrocotyle : A new
species from the Australian Alps. Victorian
Naturalist 72: 55.
A new species of Mimulus L. (Scrophulariaceae) from Queensland, Australia
A.R. Bean
Summary
Bean, A.R. (2003). A new species of Mimulus L. (Scrophulariaceae) from Queensland, Australia.
Austrobaileya 6(3): 549-552. A new species, Mimulus aquatilis, is described, illustrated and a
distribution map provided. It is found in a restricted area of north Queensland, where it is
associated with permanent springs. An identification key to the Queensland Mimulus species is
provided.
Keywords: Mimulus, Scrophulariaceae, Queensland, taxonomy, new species, key.
A.R. Bean, Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane Botanic Gardens Mt Coot-tha, Mt Coot-tha Road,
Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia.
Introduction
Recent fieldwork devoted to the study of spring
wetlands throughout Queensland (Fensham
and Fairfax, in press) has revealed several new
taxa belonging to various plant families. While
the species described here was collected before
this survey, it had not been recognised as
distinct.
Mimulus is a large genus with members in
each continent, and occurring in both tropical
and temperate areas (Grant 1925), although
Australia has only a few representatives.
Bentham (1868) listed four native Australian
species, and only the poorly known Mimulus
clementii Domin from Western Australia has
been added since that time.
Five Mimulus species are indigenous to
Queensland. There are no naturalised taxa in
Queensland, but two naturalised species
(M. guttatus DC. and M. moschatus Lindl.)
occur in south-eastern Australia.
Taxonomy
Key to Queensland species of Mimulus
1. Leaves 1-3 mm long. M. repens R.Br.
Leaves 4-45 mm long.2
2. Leaves and/or branchlets hairy.M. prostratus Benth.
Leaves and branchlets glabrous.3
3. Leaves with 3-5 longitudinal veins, serrulate, 1.5-3 times longer than wide;
habitat aquatic. M. aquatilis
Leaves with only midvein visible, entire, 5-14 times longer than wide; habitat terrestrial ... 4
4. Marginal ciliae on calyx teeth 0.2-0.3 mm long; corolla 6-9 mm long; growing
on sandy soils. M. uvedaliae Benth.
Marginal ciliae on calyx teeth absent or up to 0.1 mm long; corolla 10-12 mm
long; growing on heavy clay soils.M. gracilis R.Br.
Accepted for publication 29 September 2002
550
Mimulus aquatilis A.R.Bean sp. nov. affinis
M. gracili autem foliis late ovate serrulatis
venis 3-5 longitudinalibus instructis,
calyce longiore, habitu aquatico differt.
Typus: Queensland. North Kennedy
District: GW Spring, ‘Minnamoolka’, S of
Mt Garnet, 24 May 2001, R.J. Fens ham
4416 (holo: BRI (1 sheet + spirit); iso: AD).
Erect or sprawling herb to 50 cm high, rooting
freely at the nodes on lower parts. Stems
quadrangular to grooved, glabrous. Leaves
ovate to broadly-ovate, prominently 3-veined
throughout and 5-veined in lower half, 14-45 x
5-26 mm, 1.5-3 t im es longer than broad; apex
obtuse, base obtuse to auriculate; margins
serrulate, with 4-11 pairs of teeth each up to 1.5
mm long. Leaf lower surface glandular-punctate.
Inflorescences solitary, axillary. Llowers with
pedicels 3-9 cm long, 2-4 t im es longer than
subtending leaf, not elongating after anthesis,
bracteoles absent. Calyx fused throughout most
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 549-552 (2003)
of its length, 6.0-8.2 mm long (including teeth),
cylindrical, 5-ribbed, not elongating after
anthesis; calyx teeth deltate, 1.2-1.8 mm long,
apex acute, marginal ciliae absent or up to 0.05
mm long. Corolla gamopetalous, 5-lobed, but
distinctly 2-lipped with the lower lip longer and
somewhat recurved, blue with a yellow centre,
13-16 mm long; tube bisulcate, outer surface
glabrous or very sparsely furnished with short
glandular hairs; inner surface with very
numerous patent ensate eglandular hairs.
Stamens 4, epipetalous, all perfect, in two pairs,
the lower pair slightly longer, not or slightly
exserted from corolla. Anther cells 2, confluent.
Style glabrous, exserted; stigma comprising 2
thin spathulate flaps. Ovary smooth, surface
sparsely glandular. Capsule smooth, 2-locular,
at maturity c. 7 mm long, not extending beyond
calyx. Seeds ellipsoidal, yellow-brown, 0.35-0.45
mm long, with minute papillae in longitudinal
rows. Fig. 1.
Map 1 . Distribution of Mimulus aquatilis
Bean, A new species of Mimulus
551
Fig. 1 . Mimulus aquatilis. A. flowering stem x 0.6. B. lateral view of an open flower x 4. C. flower slit longitudinally
to show ovary, style and stamens x 4. A, Fensham 4537; B-C, Fensham 4416.
552
Specimens examined : Queensland. Cook District:
Twelve Mile Spring, Undara NP, Jun 2001, Fensham
4518 (BRI); Big Oasis Spring, ‘Rocky Springs’, E of
Mt Surprise, Jun 2001, Fensham 4537 (BRI); Elizabeth
Spring, ‘Mt Surprise’, Jul 2001, Fensham 4576 (BRI);
Swamp Ck, on road to Spring Creek HS, Sep 1976,
Williams 76091 (BRI). North Kennedy District:
‘Conjuboy’, Jan 1993, Fensham 392 (BRI); spring
near ‘Conjuboy’ homestead, Mar 2001, Fensham 4665
(BRI).
Distribution and habitat : Endemic to
Queensland and confined to the Mt Garnet-Mt
Surprise-Greenvale area (Map 1). It grows only
in springs associated with basalt, where there
is permanently flowing water. The lower parts
of the plant are usually submerged.
Phenology: Flowers and fruits have been
recorded at various times of the year.
Affinities : M. aquatilis is closely related to
M. gracilis, but differs by the leaves 1.5-3 times
longer than broad (6-14 times for M. gracilis ),
with 3-5 longitudinal veins (midvein only for
M. gracilis ), and with serrulate margins (entire
margins for M. gracilis ), and by the calyx 6.0-
8.2 mm long (4-6 mm forM. gracilis ).
Conservation status : Applying the guidelines
of the IUCN (Anon. 2001), a status of
“Vulnerable” is recommended, (VU Cl; Dl+2).
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 549-552 (2003)
The main threat to Mimulus aquatilis is the
introduction into the springs of the aggressive
Brachiaria mutica (Forssk.) Stapf (para grass).
Etymology: From the Fatin aquatilis, meaning
“growing in water”.
Acknowledgements
Thanks to Rod Fensham for advice on habitat
and conservation status. Will Smith (BRI)
provided the illustrations of this species. Fes
Pedley provided the Fatin translation of the
diagnosis.
References
Anonymous (2001). IUCN Red List Categories and
Criteria. International Union for Conservation
of Nature and Natural Resources: Switzerland.
Betham, G. (1868). Mimulus. in Flora Australiensis 4:
481-3. L.Reeve & Co.: London.
Fensham, R.J & Fairfax, R.J. (in press). Spring wetlands
of the Great Artesian Basin, Queensland,
Australia. Wetland Ecology and Management.
Grant, A.L. (1925). A monograph of the genus Mimulus.
Annals of the Missouri Botanic Gardens 11:
99-388.
Polycarpelly in Idiospermum australiense (Calycanthaceae)
Stuart J. Worboys
Summary
Worboys, S.J. (2003). Polycarpelly in Idiospermum australiense (Calycanthaceae). Austrobaileya
6(3): 553-556. Idiospermum australiense (Diels) S.T. Blake (Calycanthaceae) is restricted to
two relatively small regions in the lowland tropical rainforests of north-east Queensland, Australia.
Previous morphological studies have focussed on specimens from the northernmost of these two
regions. Examination of flowers from all known populations of the species revealed significant
differences between the northern and southern regions with respect to numbers of floral parts,
especially carpels. Polycarpelly was found to be widespread in the southern populations, a feature
previously unreported in the literature.
Keywords: Idiospermum, polycarpelly, Queensland flora, Calycanthaceae, Idiospermoideae.
Stuart Worboys, School of Tropical Biology, James Cook University Cairns Campus,
PO Box 6811, Cairns, Queensland, Australia; email: worboysl968@yahoo.com.au
Introduction
Idiospermum australiense (Diels) S.T. Blake is
a geographically and taxonomically isolated tree
species, restricted to very wet lowland
mesophyll vine forests in north-east
Queensland. It was first described by Ludwig
Diels (1912) as Calycanthus australiensis and
placed in the family Calycanthaceae, a group
previously known only from eastern Asia and
the southern United States (Nicely 1965). Diels,
however, based his description on incomplete
material. When complete fertile material became
available, notably the enormous poly-
cotyledonous embryos, its distinctiveness
became apparent. In consequence, Blake (1972)
erected a new family and genus: Idiospermaceae,
Idiospermum australiense. The family
Idiospermaceae, although recognised by some
authors (Wilson 1976, Cronquist 1981), is now
generally regarded as a subfamily,
Idiospermoideae, of Calycanthaceae, as proposed
by Thome (1974), and later supported by Endress
(1983) and Kubitzki (1993).
The type specimen of Calycanthus
australiensis described by Diels (1912) was
collected near the mouth of Harvey Creek, south
of Cairns. Although insect damaged, Diels was
able to make out two intact carpels. However,
the specimens examined by Blake (1972) and
Wilson (1976) were collected from the Daintree
region, to the north of Cairns. Flowers from
these populations were described as having 0
or 1 carpel, rarely two. Because of this, Blake
(1972) considered Idiospermum to be
taxonomically isolated, in particular noting that
"... two combinations of characters appear to
be unique to Idiospermum - numerous spiral
tepals, hollowed receptacle and a single carpel,
laminar stamens and absence of endosperm.”
This note presents the results of
investigations into floral morphology, which for
the first time involves the examination of
specimens from across the known range of the
species. Consideration is given to the
taxonomic implications of these studies. These
data were collected as part of a broader study
into the reproductive biology of the species.
Methods
Idiospermum occurs in two regions in the
lowland wet tropical rainforests of north eastern
Queensland. Two populations are known from
the foothills of the Bellenden Ker Range to the
south of Cairns (Russell River valley and Harvey
Creek) while two larger populations occur in
the coastal lowlands and foothills of the Daintree
region (Cooper Creek catchment and Noah Creek
catchment), to the north of Caims. In total, the
known extent of these populations is 22.5 km 2 .
Flowers were collected from across all
populations.
Accepted for publication 13 June 2003
554
Flowering occurs annually, reaching a
maximum intensity in June and July (Worboys
1998). Flowers were collected and examined
while fresh or preserved in 70% ethanol. Counts
were made of the following floral organs: outer
hemispherical bracts, tepals, fertile stamens,
staminodes and carpels (terminology follows
that of Wilson 1976). For various reasons,
including floral age and insect damage, not all
features could be examined on all flowers. A
small proportion of flowers contained small,
narrow vestigial carpels, lacking ovules but
occasionally bearing a stigma. Such carpels
were considered to be sterile.
For the purposes of analysis, flowers were
grouped into northern (north of Cairns) and
southern (south of Cairns) populations. A total
of 441 flowers from 20 northern trees and 144
flowers from 10 southern trees were examined.
The location of the sampled trees is listed below.
One way analysis of variance was used to
compare the mean number of each floral organ,
testing the null hypothesis that no difference
existed between samples from northern and
southern populations.
Selected specimens: (All Worboys collections):
Queensland. Cook District: Near Jiyer Cave, Russell
River Valley 17°27’S, 145°47’E, Jun 1995, SJW 395
(BRI); Bruce Highway bridge over Harvey Creek, near
Deeral, 17°15’S, 145°55’E, Jul 1995, SJW 396 (BRI);
Harvey Creek, near Deeral, 17°15’S, 145°54’E, Jun
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 553-556 (2003)
1994, SJW 397 (BRI); ditto, Jul 1995, SJW 398 (BRI);
ditto, Jul 1995, SJW 399, (BRI, CANB); Near end of
Carbeen Road, Cow Bay, 16°12’S, 145°25’E, Aug 1995,
SJW 400 (BRI); ditto, Aug 1995, SJW 401 (BRI); On
Little Cooper Creek at the top end of Turpentine Road,
Cow Bay, 16°10’S, 145°25’E, Jul 1996, SJW 402
(CANB); ditto, Jun 1995, SJW 403 (BRI); ditto, Jul
1995, SJW 404 (BRI); Candlenut Road, Cow Bay,
16°10’S, 145°25’E, Aug 1996, SJW 405 (BRI); ditto,
Jun 1995, S7W411 (CANB); Lower reaches of Cooper
Creek, Cow Bay, 16°10’S, 145°25’E, Aug 1995, SJW
407 (BRI, CANB); ditto, Jul 1995, SJW 410 (BRI);
Oliver Creek, approx 100m N of Maardja Boardwalk
car park, 16°9’S, 145°24’E, Aug 1995, SJW 408 (BRI);
ditto, Aug 1995, SJW 412 (BRI); Lower reaches of
Noah Creek, near Cape Tribulation, 16°9’S, 145°25’E,
Aug 1995, SJW 409 (BRI); ditto, Aug 1995, SJW 413
(BRI).
Results and Discussion
Flowers from northern populations of
Idiospermum australiense are markedly different
from those of southern populations (Table 1).
They have, on average, fewer tepals, more
stamens, and most significantly, fewer carpels
(Fig 1).
It has previously been reported that, in
collections from trees in the northern
populations, both male and hermaphrodite
flowers occur on the same tree (Blake 1972,
Endress 1983), i.e. these populations are
andromonoecious. This study confirms these
observations, with 55.7% of flowers collected
Character
Northern
Populations
Southern
Populations
ANOVA
df
F
Tepals (not including
42.45(92)
38.71 (62)
1,152
50.778*
basal pairs)
34-52
32-48
Functional stamens
14.45(282)
13.61 (144)
1,424
32.238*
10-20
10-17
Staminodes
17.07(230)
16.71 (63)
1,291
0.492
8-28
8-23
Carpels
0.51 (404)
2.33(144)
1,461
610.3*
0-2
1-5
Table 1 . Comparisons of the number of floral organs found in flowers of Idiospermum. Values are mean (sample
size), with the range of observed values immediately below. * indicates P < 0.001.
Worboys, Polycarpelly in Idiospermum australiense
555
2
I
o
□ Northern
□ Southern
Number of carpels
Figure 1 . Number of carpels per flower, and proportion of flowers bearing that number in Idiospermum flowers
from northern and southern populations.
from northern trees lacking functional carpels.
In contrast, all flowers from southern
populations were carpellate. A significant
proportion of these had three carpels (Figure
1), a character state previously noted as unusual
or rare (Cronquist 1981). One of the southern
trees (SJW 397) bore flowers with up to five
carpels.
The discovery of polycarpelly as a
common feature in Idiospermum informs the
debate regarding the family status of
Idiospermaceae. The significance of the
characters used to separate the family has been
subject to varying interpretations by different
authors. Thus, in comparative studies of
Idiospermum and its temperate-zone northern
hemisphere relatives (Calycanthaceae sensu
stricto ), differences have been noted in aspects
of vegetative habit (Wilson 1979, Kubitzki 1993),
floral anatomy and morphology (Blake 1972,
Wilson 1976, Friis et al. 1994, Endress and
Igersheim 1997), seed characteristics (Blake
1972, Wilson 1979), phytochemicals (Sterner
and Young 1980), and gene sequence data
(Ablett et al. 1997, Renner 1999). However,
many morphological differences have been
attributed to adaptations to contrasting moist
tropical, and cool temperate, drought-prone
environments, and that “[to] recognize the
Idiospermaceae as a separate family
overstresses the multiple expressions of a single
basic difference, the tropical rainforest ecology
of Idiospermum and the adaptations to that
habitat.” (Carlquist 1983). Similarly, the
significance of the chemical dichotomies noted
by Sterner and Young (1980) has also been
discounted, on the basis that similar differences
can be found within a single genus, or in
different populations of the same species
(Kubitzki 1993). Renner’s (1999) analyses,
based on sequence data and morphological
character states, group Idiospermum with the
Calycanthaceae. The degree of divergence
between Idiospermum and Calycanthaceae
sensu stricto, is less than that present within,
for example, the Lauraceae and the
Monimiaceae. Renner (1999) notes that
“whether or not... Idiospermum is recognized
as a family (Idiospermaceae) depends on
taste...”.
Two unambiguous character
combinations were cited by Blake (1972) as
unique to the Idiospermaceae - laminar stamens
and absence of endosperm, and numerous
spiral tepals, hollowed receptacle with a single
carpel. However, evidence gathered recently
has called into question the significance of these
character combinations. Friis et al. (1994)
556
reported laminar stamens in combination with
Calycanthaceae-like floral features in a fossilised
calycanthaceous flower (although the poor
state of gynoecial preservation did not permit
the confirmation of the presence or absence of
endosperm). The authors of this paper
concluded that, given the character
combination seen in the fossil, the separation
of Idiospermum from Calycanthaceae sensu
stricto was poorly supported. The presence of
polycarpelly in southern populations of
Idiospermum indicates a higher degree of
diversity in this character than has previously
been reported. Evidence presented here shows
that the character combination of numerous
spiral tepals, hollowed receptacle and a single
carpel is not a unique and definitive feature of
the species, and cannot therefore be utilised in
support of the family Idiospermaceae.
Acknowledgments:
This work was funded by the Wet Tropics
Management Authority, CRC Rainforest and
James Cook University grants. Thanks to Betsy
Jackes and Paul Gadek for reviewing the
manuscript. Thanks to Rigel Jensen and Bob
Jago for guiding me to the southern
populations, and Andrew Small for introducing
me to the Daintree populations. Resi
Schwarzbauer and Barbara Paulus translated
Diels’ original German description.
References:
Ablett, E.M., Playford, J. and Mills, S. (1997) The use
of rubisco DNA sequences to examine the
systematic position of Hernandia albiflora
(C.T. White) Kubitzki (Hernandiaceae), and
relationships among the Laurales.
Austrobaileya 4:601-607.
Blake, S.T. (1972) Idiospermum (Idiospermaceae), a
new genus and family for Calycanthus
australiensis. Contributions from the
Queensland Herbarium No. 12:1-37.
Carlquist, S. (1983) Wood anatomy of Calycanthaceae:
Ecological and systematic implications. Aliso
10:427-441.
Cronquist, A. (1981) An Integrated System of
Calssification of Flowering Plants. New York:
Columbia University Press.
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 553-556 (2003)
Diels, L. (1912) Uber primitive Ranales der australischen
Flora: E Die Auffindung von Calycanthus im
australischen Regenwald. Botanische
JahrbUcher fiir Systematik, Pflanzengeschichte
und Pflanzengeographie: Beiblatt zu den
Botanischen Jahrbiichern Nr. 107:7-13.
Endress, P.K. (1983) Dispersal and distribution in some
small archaic relic angiosperm families
(Austrobaileyaceae, Eupomatiaceae,
Himantandraceae, Idiospermoideae-
Calycanthaceae). S onderb aende
naturwissenschaftlicher Verein, Hamburg
7:201-217.
Endress, P.K. and Igersheim, A. (1997) Gynoecium
diversity and systematics of the Laurales.
Botanical Journal of the Linnean Society
125:93-168.
Friis, E.M., Eklund, H., Pedersen, K.R. and Crane, PR.
(1994) Virginianthus calycanthoides gen. et
sp. nov. - A calycanthaceous flower form the
Potomac Group (early Cretaceous) of eastern
North America. International Journal of Plant
Sciences 155:772-785.
Kubitzki, K. (1993) Calycanthaceae. In, K. Kubitzki,
J.G. Rohwer and V. Bittrich (Editors): The
Families and Genera of Vascular Plants.
Volume II. Flowering Plants - Dicotyledons:
Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid
Families. Berlin: Springer-Verlag.
Nicely, K.A. (1965) A monographic study of the
Calycanthaceae. Castanea 30: 38-81.
Renner, S.S. (1999) Circumscription and phylogeny of
the Laurales: evidence from molecular and
morphological data. American Journal of
Botany 86:1301-1315.
Sterner, R.W. and Young, D.A. (1980) Flavonoid
chemistry and the phylogenetic relationships
of the Idiospermaceae. Systematic Botany
5:432-437.
Thorne, R.F. (1974) A phylogenetic classification of
the Annoniflorae. Aliso 8: 147-209.
Wilson, C.L. (1976) Floral anatomy of Idiospermum
australiense (Idiospermaceae). American
Journal of Botany 63:987-996.
Wilson, C.L. (1979) Idiospermum australiense
(Idiospermaceae) - aspects of vegetative
anatomy. American Journal of Botany
66:280-289.
Worboys, S.J. (1998) Pollination processes and
population structure of Idiospermum
australiense (Diels) S.T. Blake, a primitive tree
of the Queensland Wet Tropics. Unpublished
M.Sc. Thesis. James Cook University of North
Queensland, Cairns Campus.
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 557-558 (2003)
Note
Jasminum longipetalum King & Gamble (Oleaceae), and its occurrence in Queensland,
Australia
Jasminum longipetalum King & Gamble has
not been recognised from Queensland in recent
times (Forster 1994; Harris 1997,2002), although
Green (1984) included it in his revision of the
Australian taxa in the genus, citing a single
collection at MEL from 1886 collected by Sinclair
on Thursday Island in Torres Strait. For some
time, the existence of an unidentified Jasminum
on Cape York Peninsula has been recognised at
BRI as Jasminum sp. (Jardine River L.J.Brass
18869) (Forster unpubl. notes Nov. 1995).
Although several fruiting collections existed at
BRI, no flowering material was known, hence
its true identity remained unresolved.
Examination of recent herbarium collections at
QRS revealed a single flowering collection of
this taxon. This enabled confirmation that the
various populations of the taxon on Cape York
Peninsula are in fact J. longipetalum in the
broad sense.
A comprehensive description of
Jasminum longipetalum, together with a key
that distinguishes it from the other Australian
species, can be found in Green (1984). The
Australian material does differ from that found
in New Guinea in having considerably longer
calyx lobes (3-7 mm long, versus < 2 mm long),
but otherwise appears essentially the same.
Further flowering material of the Australian
populations are now required to determine if
they are worthy of subspecific status under
J. longipetalum.
Jasminum longipetalum King & Gamble,
J. Asiat. Soc. Bengal 74:262 (1906). Type:
Malaysia: Perak, King’s Collector 2765 &
6005 (isosyn: K, n.v.); Singapore, Ridley
10937 (isosyn: K, n.v.).
Jasminum dolichopetalum Merr. & Rolfe,
Philipp. J. Sci. 3: 120 (1908). Type:
Philippines. Luzon, Ramos Bur. Sci. 995
(iso: K, n.v.).
Jasminum tumeri C.T. White, Proc. Linn. Soc.
New South Wales, 51:297, tab. 17 (1926).
Type: Papua New Guinea. Rigo Valley,
1924, R. Lister Turner a (holo: BRI
[AQ279445]; iso: Kn.v.).
Jasminum pseudoanastomosans Lingelsh.,
Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 61:20 (1927). Type: Papua
New Guinea, bei der Djamu - Klamm, 30
September 1907, R.Schlechter 16601 a
(isosyn: BRI; K n.v.). West Papua.
Mamberamo, 7 September 1914,
A.C.Thomsen 857 (isosyn: n.v.).
Jasminum sp. (Jardine River, L.J.Brass 18869)
(Forster 1994; Harris 1997,2002)
Specimens examined (all BRI, unless cited
otherwise; ^fruiting, “flowering). Papua New
Guinea. Milne Bay Province: Fife Bay, Nov 1930, Lister
Turner 115 a . Western Province: Lower Fly River, east
bank opp. Sturt Is., Oct 1936, Brass 8000 a . Central
Province: Port Moresby, Dec 1925, Brass 880 a ; Kwikila,
Rigo subdist., 9°50’S, 147°45’E, Aug 1967, Streimann
& Kairo NGF30795 3 ; Brown River road, 16 miles [26.6
km] from Port Moresby, 9°23’S, 147°15’E, Feb 1964,
Womersley NGF19113. Morobe Province: Nadzab
airstrip, N of Lae, 6°35’S, 146°45’E, Sep 1963, van
Royen NGF16489. West Sepik Province: along Pieni
River near Walwali village, Aitape subdistrict, Jul 1961,
Darbyshire & Hoogland 8063 a . East Sepik Province:
lower slopes of Suba, around Gahom, 4°39’S, 142°44’E,
Sep 1990, Takeuchi 6678. Australia. Cook District:
Jardine River, May 1948, Brass 18869; 3.3 km W of
the beach on the track from Starke Station to the
mouth of the Mclvor River, 15°06’S, 145°13’E, Feb
1984, Clarkson 5178*; 3.5 km E of the Hopevale to
Starke road on the track to the mouth of the Mclvor
River, 15°04’S, 145°09’E, Jul 1985, Clarkson 5984;
8.8 km S of the new road turnoff to the Jardine Ferry
on the Telegraph Line road, c. 2 km N of Sailor Creek,
11°31’S, 142°26’E, Mar 1992, Clarkson 9288 &
Neldner*; 6 km SSE of Jardine River mouth, Starke
Pastoral Holding, 14°42’S, 144°57’E, Oct 1992, Fell
DGF2646 & Stanton', Silver Plains, E of Scrubby Creek
crossing, E fall of Mcllwraith Range, 13°43’S,
143°29’E, Jun 1995, Forster PIF17007*; Bolt Head,
12°15’S, 143°05’E, Jun 1996, Gray 6848 (QRS); cult.
QRS Arboretum, Atherton, Jan 1999, Gray 7417*
(QRS); cult. QRS Arboretum, Atherton, Jan 2000, Gray
7741 a (QRS); off Nesbit River road, Silver Plains,
13°46’S, 143°29’E, Sep 1999, Holmes 108 (QRS); 8.8
km S of New Road turnoff, on Peninsula Development
road, near microwave tower, 11°32’S, 142°26’E, Mar
1992, Johnson 5076*; Turtle Head Island, 10°56’S,
142°41’E, May 1995, Le Cussan 428; Mouth of Jardine
558
River, 10°56’S, 142°14’E, Feb 1983, Morton AM1786
& Hiddins ; Heathlands, 11°42’S, 142°39’E, Sep 1989,
Sankowsky 956; Hoop Pine area near Mclvor, Sep
1960, Smith 11143; 10 km S of Christmas Creek, S of
Holroyd River, 14°24’S, 141°34’E, Sep 1974, Tracey
14244; Quintil Beach, N of road from Lockhart River
settlement, 12°50’S, 143°22’E, Nov 1977, Tracey
14361; N of Olive River near mouth, 12°07’S,
143°05’E, Sep 1974, Tracey 14478; 5 miles N of
crossing on Massey Creek on road between Silver Plains
Station and Rocky River, 13°50’S, 143°29’E, Oct 1969,
Webb & Tracey 9724.
Distribution and habitat: According to Green
(1984), Jasminum longipetalum is widespread
in Malesia from Malaysia, the Philippines and
New Guinea. It has usually been recorded from
rainforest or open woodland (savannah)
communities in Queensland where it is
widespread from Torres Strait, south to the
Mclvor River.
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 557-558 (2003)
Acknowledgement
Wendy Cooper for drawing my attention to an
anomalous “Ripogonum” specimen at BRI. The
Australian National Herbarium for loan of
material from QRS.
References
Forster, PI. (1994). Oleaceae. In R.J.F.Henderson (ed.),
Queensland Native and Naturalised Vascular
Plants, pp. 221-222. Brisbane: Queensland
Department of Environment and Heritage.
Green, P.S. (1984). A revision of Jasminum in Australia.
Allertonia 3: 403-438.
Harris, W.K. (1997). Oleaceae. In R.J.F.Henderson
(ed.), Queensland Plants: names and
distribution, pp. 138-139. Brisbane:
Department of Environment.
Harris, W.K. (2002). Oleaceae. In R.J.F.Henderson
(ed.). Names and Distribution of Queensland
Plants, Algae and Lichens, p. 133. Brisbane:
Environmental Protection Agency.
Paul I. Forster
Queensland Herbarium, Environmental Protection Agency, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt
Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Qld 4066, Australia
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 559-560 (2003)
Note
Lepisanthes senegalensis (Juss. ex Poir.) Leenh. (Sapindaceae), a new generic and specific
record for Queensland
The genus Lepisanthes Blume has a wide
distribution in the Old World tropics in Africa,
Madagascar, Asia, Malesia and northwestern
Australia (Reynolds 1985;Leenhouts 1994). A
single non-endemic species, Lepisanthes
rubiginosa (Roxb.) Leenh. has been recorded
from the Kimberley region (Reynolds 1985), but
is otherwise known from mainland Asia and
Malesia (Leenhouts 1994).
In 1994, B.Hyland, formerly botanist at the
Australian National Herbarium (QRS) collected
an unknown Sapindaceae near Portland Roads
on Cape York Peninsula, Queensland. These
initial fruiting collections were filed at QRS as
Mischocodon sp. ? (Claudie River BH 15243)
and have also been referred to as Glenniea sp.
(Claudie River BH 15243). A recent collection
of flowering material (. Holmes 200) enabled a
tentative generic identification of Lepisanthes
to be made. This was then corroborated by
comparison with collections of Lepisanthes
species at BRI, with the conclusion that the
Australian collections were conspecific with
L. senegalensis (Poir) Leenh. s.l.
Lepisanthes senegalensis is a variable
‘superspecies’ and encompasses an extensive
list of synonymous taxa (Leenhouts 1969,1994).
The ‘superspecies’ has an extensive
distribution in the Old World tropics, being
found in tropical Africa, Madagascar, Sri Lanka,
the Indian subcontinent, Indo-China and
Malesia. It is widespread in New Guinea, with
herbarium collections from the southern part of
Papua New Guinea in Central, Milne Bay and
Western Provinces, in close geographic
proximity to north-eastern Australia. Leenhouts
(1969) admitted that his polyglot concept for
Lepisanthes senegalensis may not please
everyone “especially for botanists working on
the flora of a restricted region.... [with]... .two or
more locally clearly distinguishable forms”. In
the advent that a narrower specific concept is
taken for the populations in Australia and New
Guinea, then the name Sapindus cuspidata
Blume based on a Zippelius type from New
Guinea would have to be considered.
A comprehensive generic description for
Lepisanthes and a species description for
L. senegalensis s.l. is given by Leenhouts
(1994). Illustrations of fruiting material from the
Australian population are appearing in the
forthcoming book on Australian rainforest fruits
by W. & W.T. Cooper.
Lepisanthes senegalensis (Juss. ex Poir.) Leenh.,
Blumea 17: 85 (1969). Sapindus
senegalensis Juss. ex Poir., Encycl. 6: 666
(1805); Aphania senegalensis (Juss. ex
Poir.) Radik, Sitzungsber. Math.-Phys. Cl.
Konigl. Bayer. Akad. Wiss. Munchen 8:
238 (1878). Type: Senegal, 30 Sept. 1788,
M. Geoffroy s.n. (holo: P-JUSSIEU 11386
[3 sheets]; fiche at BRI!).
A comprehensive list of synonyms is
given by Leenhouts (1994).
Specimens examined (all BRI): Philippines. Samar,
Apr 1914, Ramos BS1634. Indonesia. SW of Tg.
Parat, Pulau Panaitan (Prinseneiland), Sep 1951, v.
Borssum Waalkes 676; SW Java, Udjung Kolon Reserve,
Tjibunar, Nov 1960, Kostermans UNESCO 96; Gn.
Klatakan, W. Bali, Oct 1985, van Balgooy 5246; Pulau
Kobroor, 6°15’S, 134°17’E, Nov 1994, van Balgooy
6856. Papua New Guinea. Central Province: near
Matapaili Village, Kairuku subdistrict, Jul 1962,
Darbyshire 690; Fife Bay, Oct 1930, Turner 24. Madang
Province: Gogol River, 5°10’S, 145°25’E, Sep 1969,
Katik NGF46582; Josephstaal, 4°45’S, 145°00’E, Sep
1958, White NGF10247. Morobe Province: McAdam
Park, East of Wau, 7°20’S, 146°45’E, Dec 1965, Frodin
& Hill NGF26378; Garagos Creek, 6°40’S, 146°50’E,
Oct 1971, Womersley NGF43866. West New Britain
Province: 32 km SW of Linga Linga Plantation, 5°45’S,
149°35’E, May 1973, Isles & Katik NGF32271. Milne
Bay Province: Sabari Is, 11°05’S, 153°05’E, Nov 1965,
Henty NGF27124; along Dahi River, c. 4 km W of
Tapio, Cape Vogel Peninsula, Jul 1954, Hoogland 4356;
Miadaba, Normanby Island, Esa’ala subdistrict, 9°50’S,
150°50’E, Oct 1971, Streimann & Lelean LAE 52599;
Biniguni - Maneau track, 9°38’S, 149°18’E, Jul 1972,
Streimann NGF28806. Western Province: Fly River, c.
4 miles above Kiunga, 6°05’S, 141°15’E, Henty &
560
Barlow NGF42977; Middle Fly River, 7°06’S, Sep 1967,
Pullen 7408. Australia. Cook District: Chili Creek,
Portland Roads road, Aug 2002, Holmes 200; Chili
Creek, 12° 39’S, 143° 23’E, Dec 1994, Hyland 15243,
15244.
Typification: Leenhouts (1969) has listed the
type for Sapindus senegalensis as “ Adanson
& Geoffroi fils in herb. Jussieu n. 11386,
Senegal (P, not seen)” and in (1994) as
“Adanson & Geoffroi f. s.n. (P, Herb. Jussieu
11386), Senegal”. Perusal of the fiche of the three
sheets under this number in the Jussieu
herbarium, do not indicate any mention of
Adanson as a collector. The date 30 Sept. 1788
is also given on the sheets, and is taken here as
the date of actual collection in Senegal.
Notes : The presence of this species at Chili
Creek, is a further indication of the unusual
nature of this locality, both for the presence of
this species, and for Croton caudatus Geisel,
otherwise known from other parts of Malesia
and Asia (Forster 2003). The presence of both
these species at this site, indicate either an
anthropogenic mediated introduction at some
time, or long range dispersal. It is unlikely that
the populations represent relics from a formerly
more widespread occurrence in Australia, as
otherwise both should be found in other similar
habitats on Cape York Peninsula. Lepisanthes
senegalensis is used widely as a source of timber
and medicine, it also has edible fruit (Leenhouts
1994). Hence it may well have been introduced
to this locality either deliberately or
inadvertently.
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 559-560 (2003)
Distribution and habitat: In Australia this
species has been collected only at Chili Creek
near Portland Roads from ‘gallery rain forest’ at
an estimated altitude of 10 m. This habitat is
below the level of annual wet season floods
and is inundated on an irregular basis.
Conservation status: The Australian
occurrence of this species is apparently a single
population, where the species is locally
common. Whilst it cannot be considered as an
endangered species on a world-wide scale, the
restricted Australian occurrence has to be
assessed for listing as endangered for the same
reasons as the single populations of Croton
choristadenius K.Schum. and C. caudatus
(Forster 2003).
References
Forster, P.I. (2003). A taxonomic revision of Croton
L. (Euphorbiaceae) in Australia. Austrobaileya
6: 349-436.
Leenhouts, RW. (1969). A revision of Lepisanthes
(Sapindaceae). Blumea 17: 3-91.
Leenhouts, P.W. (1994). Lepisanthes (Sapindaceae).
Flora Malesiana ser. 1. 11(3): 627-653.
Reynolds, S.T. (1985). Sapindaceae. In A.S.George (ed.):
Flora of Australia 4-114, 164. Canberra:
Australian Government Publishing Service.
Paul I. Forster
Queensland Herbarium, Environmental Protection Agency, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt
Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066
Jenny Holmes
P.O. Box 1246, Atherton, Queensland 4883
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 561-562 (2003)
Note
Steinchisma laxa (Sw.) Zuloaga, the correct name for Cliffordiochloaparvispiculata
B.K.Simon
In a recent paper describing the new South
American panicoid genus Canastra (Morrone
et al. 2001) the authors suggested that the
genus Cliffordiochloa (Simon 1992) is likely to
be conspecific with Panicum laxum, a C 3
species from South America. I have followed
up this suggestion at the Queensland
Herbarium, by comparing material of the 12
sheets of Panicum laxum in the BRI exotic
collection with type material of Cliffordiochloa
parvispicula and was able to confirm the
authors to be correct.
The genus Panicum, as currently
circumscribed is still highly polyphyletic
(Aliscioni et al. 2003, Zuloaga et al. 2000),
despite the considerable reduction in species
numbers over the last two centuries with the
segregation of groups of species into separate
genera (Chase 1911, Palisot de Beauvois 1812,
Stapf 1919-1920, Hughes 1923, Stapf &
Hubbard 1930-1934). Further nomenclatural
changes have been made for some of the clades
discovered within the genus in more recent
times. Zuloaga (1987) listed six sub genera of
Panicum from the New World and of these
Phanopyrum, Dichanthelium and Steinchisma
have been elevated to generic rank by various
authors (Aliscioni etal. 2003). Megathyrsus is
elevated to generic rank in the current issue of
this journal (Simon & Jacobs 2003).
In a recent update on the current status
of Panicum worldwide (Aliscioni etal. 2003) it
is recommended that the name Panicum be
restricted to the subgenus Panicum, which is
monophyletic and consists of five sections. Of
the former members of the subgenus
Phanopyrum in the sense of Zuloaga (1987),
only one is retained in the genus Phanopyrum,
with the remainder of the species needing to be
segregated from Panicum s.l. “as new genera
or within existing genera of the Paniceae”
(Aliscioni et al. 2003). In the latter treatment
the genus Dichanthelium is represented by 55
New World species and Steinchisma by seven
New World species. The latter includes
Panicum laxum, the type species of sect. Laxa
of the subgenus Phanopyrum of Zuolaga
(1987). On the basis of morphology
(enlargement of the lower palea and the upper
floret with compound papillae) and molecular
evidence this species falls within the
Steinchisma clade both on cladistic (Zuluoaga
1992) and phenetic (Zuluoaga et al. 1993)
analyses.
S. laxa is the second member of the New
World genus Steinchisma to be recorded in
Australia and its presence is similar to a previous
report of another American panicoid grass,
Steinchisma hians (Elliot)Nash, originally
nominated as the Australian endemic genus
Fasciculochloa (Simon & Weiller 1995) and
later synonymised (Simon 1999). Thus far only
two naturalised specimens of Steinchisma laxa
have been collected in Australia from one
locality, Mena Creek Valley, North Queensland,
where it is confined to water channels, although
forming a “thick mat and spreading quickly”.
Given its potential to become a weed this
species in North Queensland should be
monitored for distribution and spread since first
recorded in 1983.
A prostrate form of this species was
introduced from Colonia Benitez, Argentina in
1971 by CSIRO under CPI53932 and selected
by J.R.Wilson as having potential as a turf
grass for shaded conditions, as cv. ‘Shadegro’
(Anon. 1994). It is presently established in a
small area of the Brisbane Botanic Gardens,
Mt Coot-tha.
References
Aliscioni, S.S., Giussani, L.M., Zuloaga, F.O., Kellogg,
E.A. (2003). A molecular phylogeny of
Panicum (Poaceae: Paniceae): Tests of
monophylly and phylogenetic placement
within the Painicoideae. American Journal of
Botany 90: 796-821.
562
Anonymous (1994). Panic Grass, Panicum laxum
‘Shadegro’ breeder’s reference ‘CPI53932’.
Plant Varieties Journal 7:43-44.
Chase, A. (1911). Notes on Genera of the Paniceae IV.
Proceedings of the Biological Society of
Washington 24: 103-160.
Hughes, D.K. (1923). The genus Panicum of the Flora
Australiensis. Bulletin of Miscellaneous
Information Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew,
305-332
Morrone, O., Zuloaga, F.O., Davidse, G Filgueras, T.S.
(2001). Canastra, a New Genus of Paniceae
(Poaceae, Panicoideae) Segregated from
Arthropogon. Novon 11: 429-436
Palisot de Beauvois, A. M. F. J.(1812). Essai d’une
nouvelle Agrostographie ou nouveaux genres
des Graminees. Imprimerie de Fain, Paris
Simon, B.K. (1992). Studies in Australian grasses. 6.
Alexfloydia, Cliffordiochla and Dallwatsonia,
three new panicoid genera from eastern
Australia. Austrobaileya 3: 669-681.
Simon, B.K. (1999). Steinchisma hians (Elliot)Nash,
the correct name for Fasciculochloa
sparshottiorum B.K.Simon & C.M.Weiller.
Austrobaileya 5: 583-584.
Simon, B.K. & Jacobs, S.W.L. (2003). Megathyrsus, a
new generic name for Panicum subgenus
Megathyrsus. Austrobaileya 6: 571-574.
Austrobaileya 6(3): 561-562 (2003)
Simon, B.K. & Weiller, C.M. (1995). Fasciculochloa,
a new grass genus (Poaceae:Paniceae) from
south-eastern Queensland. Austrobaileya 4:
369-379.
Stapf, O (1919-1920). Gramineae in Flora of Tropical
Africa, 1-768, ed D.Prain. London, L.Reeve.
Stapf, O & Hubbard, C.E. (1930-1934). Gramineae in
Flora of Tropical Africa, 769-1132, ed
D.Prain. London, L.Reeve.
Zuloaga, L.O. (1987). Systematics of New World species
of Panicum (Poaceae:Paniceae), pp 287-306
in Soderstrom, T.R., Hilu, K.W., Campbell,
C.S., Barkworth, M.E (eds), Grass Systematics
and Evolution. Washington DC., Smithsonian
Institution Press.
Zuloaga, L.O., Ellis, R.P., Morrone, O. (1992). A
revision of Panicum subgenus Phanopyrum
section Laxa (Poaceae: Panicoideae:
Paniceae). Annals of the Missouri Botanical
Garden 79: 770-818.
Zuloaga, F.O., Dubcovsky, J. & Morrone, 0.(1993).
Infrageneric phenetic relations in New World
Panicum (Poaceae: Panicoideae: Paniceae): a
numerical analysis. Canadian Journal of
Botany 71: 1312-1327.
Zuloaga, F.O., Morrone, O., Giussani, L.M. (2000). A
cladistic analysis of the Paniceae: a preliminary
approach pp.123-135 in Jacobs, Surrey W.
L., Everett, Joy (eds) Grasses, Systematics and
Evolution. Collingwood, CSIRO Publishing
Bryan K.Simon,
Queensland Herbarium, EPA, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt. Coot-tha, Mt. Coot-tha Road,
Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia
Bryan.Simon@ epa.qld.gov.au
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 563-565 (2003)
Note
The puzzle of Eucalyptus hemilampra F.Muell. (Myrtaceae)
Introduction
Ferdinand Mueller made many hundreds of
collections of plant species from all families while
he was botanist for the Gregory expedition to
northern Australia in 1855-56. Not surprisingly,
most of Mueller’s collections were of
undescribed species, which were described in
his Fragmentae Phytographiae Australiae, but
the eucalypts he treated separately in a
monograph. His important paper on tropical and
subtropical eucalypts, describing many new
species, was published in 1858. Among them
was Eucalyptus hemilampra , collected in
December 1856, during the very last stages of
the expedition as it approached Brisbane.
The expedition’s route through south¬
eastern Queensland included Boondooma,
Taabinga, Nanango, Colinton, Kilcoy and
Caboolture (Gregory & Gregory 1884), and then
to Brisbane. E. hemilampra was supposedly
collected ‘at woodland rivulets and torrents
along parts of the upper Brisbane River’ (Mueller
1858). Mueller (l.c.) stated that E. hemilampra
has smooth bark, and that the tree is similar to
E. tereticornis.
Bentham (1867) allied E. hemilampra with
the rough-barked E. resinifera Sm., making it a
synonym of his new variety E. resinifera var.
grandiflora Benth., which he based on
Mueller’s collection and two others from the
Sydney area.
The affinity suggested by Bentham
obviously did not sit well with Mueller, for in
his ‘Eucalyptographia’ (Mueller 1879), he
considered E. hemilampra to be a variety of
E. saligna Sm., again emphasising that
E. hemilampra is a smooth-barked taxon.
All other subsequent botanists followed
Bentham’s opinion by submerging
E. hemilampra under E. resinifera. Maiden
(1917) synonymised E. resinifera var.
grandiflora (and hence E. hemilampra ) with
E. resinifera. Domin (1928) reinstated the taxon
as E. resinifera var. hemilampra , Chippendale
(1988) again made it a synonym, while Johnson
& Hill (1990) accorded the taxon subspecies
rank, as E. resinifera subsp. hemilampra.
The puzzle
Because Mueller’s protologue for
E. hemilampra described the tree as smooth-
barked ( E. resinifera is rough-barked), and
because there is no known occurrence of
E. resinifera anywhere in the upper reaches of
the Brisbane River, I decided that the matter
needed further investigation.
If the bark character is ignored, the
description in the protologue matches
Eucalyptus resinifera well. However, it
also matches E. longirostrata (Blakely)
L.A.S.Johnson & K.D.Hill, a smooth-barked
“Grey Gum” tree common in the Blackbutt-
Benarkin-Yarraman district at the upper reaches
of the Brisbane River, except that the fruits of
E. longirostrata are somewhat larger than the
measurement given by Mueller.
I have received on loan, a type specimen
of E. hemilampra from MEL (labelled as
holotype). However, it is imperfect. It comprises
a flowering branchlet with senescing stamens
but without any fruits or opercula. High quality
images recently received of a type at Kew
revealed a much more complete specimen with
intact buds, open flowers and some fruits in a
packet. There is no doubt that the flowering
specimen at Kew, and the one at Melbourne, do
represent Eucalyptus resinifera. Some of the
diagnostic features visible on one or both types
are the very glossy adaxial leaf surface (not very
glossy in E. longirostrata ), the conical
operculum (rostrate in E. longirostrata), the
often 9-flowered umbels (never more than 7-
flowered in E. longirostrata) and the stamens
erect in bud (completely inflexed in E.
longirostrata). Brooker & Kleinig (1999) have
564
incorrectly coded this last character for
E. resinifera.
A further complication is that the fruits in
the packet on the Kew sheet belong to
E. grandis W.Hill, judging by their size, shape,
the hint of glaucousness, the incurved exserted
valves and the short pedicels.
The puzzle is this. Mueller stated that
Eucalyptus hemilampra is a smooth-barked tree
that comes from the upper Brisbane River. This
indicates that the Grey Gum, now known as
E. longirostrata, was the species Mueller
originally intended as his new species. But the
type specimens represent E. resinifera, a
completely rough-barked tree, and E. grandis.
Neither of these species occurs in the upper
Brisbane River area.
The hypothesis
I believe that Mueller confused the species now
known as E. longirostrata and E. grandis, and
I contend that Mueller’s extant collections must
have been made between Caboolture and
Brisbane (where both E. resinifera and
E. grandis are common).
According to my hypothesis, the chain
of events is as follows:
Mueller reaches the upper Brisbane River
[around Yarraman and Benarkin] and sees
E. longirostrata. He decides it is a new species
and coins the name E. hemilampra. But due to
lack of time or excessive tree height, he is unable
to collect a specimen.
A few days later, he observes E. grandis
[between Caboolture and Brisbane] and
considers it to be the same species as he earlier
observed [Mueller’s broad species concept is
amply evident in Eucalyptographia]. He collects
fruits from the ground under the tree as it is too
tall [loose E. grandis fruits in packet of the Kew
type], and collects a windfall flowering specimen,
which he believes to be from the same species
[actually E. resinifera, which does flower in
December around Brisbane, and which often
grows in association with E. grandis', violent
summer storms could easily fling small
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 563-565 (2003)
branchlets many metres from the parent tree].
This hypothesis explains the make-up of the
types at MEL and K, and explains Mueller’s
life-long belief that E. hemilampra was smooth-
barked. It does not explain the lack of mention
of a second collection site for E. hemilampra,
but locality precision was not a big issue in the
1850’s and Mueller probably didn’t think it
worthy of mention.
The protologue for E. hemilampra
includes characters relating to the operculum
and the fruits, which are present only on the
sheet now at K. Hence that sheet is nominated
as lectotype, and the MEL sheet as isolectotype.
There does not seem to be any firm basis
for recognising E. hemilampra as a subspecies,
as was proposed by Johnson & Hill (1990). They
provided a key to the subspecies based on
operculum length and peduncle length. Material
from southern Queensland does seem to have
longer operculae than central New South Wales
material (as Johnson & Hill said), but northern
N.S.W. material appears intermediate. The
peduncle length character does not hold, as
specimens from near Sydney have been
observed to have peduncles up to 24 mm long.
Eucalyptus resinifera Sm. in J. White, John
Whites Voyage 231 (1790). Type: New
South Wales. Port Jackson, undated,
J. White s.n. (iso: BM).
Eucalyptus hemilampra F.Muell., J. Linn. Soc.,
Bot. 3: 85-6 (1858); E. resinifera var.
hemilampra (F.Muell.) Domin, Biblioth.
Bot. 89: 468 (1928); E. resinifera subsp.
hemilampra (F.Muell.) L.A.S.Johnson &
K. D.Hill, Telopea 4(1): 46 (1990). Type:
[Queensland.] ‘upper Brisbane River’,
[December 1856], F. Mueller (lecto: (here
chosen) K, excluding fruits in packet;
isolecto: MEL).
Acknowledgements
I thank the director of MEL for the loan of type
material of E. hemilampra, Peter Bostock
(ABLO) for photographing the type material of
same at Kew, and Laurie Jessup for assistance
and discussions.
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 563-565 (2003)
References
Bentham, G. (1867). Flora Australiensis Volume 3, p.
245-6. London: L. Reeve & Co.
Brooker, M.I.H. & Kleinig, D.A. (1999). Field Guide to
Eucalypts Volume 1, South-eastern Australia,
2 nd edition. Hawthorn: Bloomings Books.
Chippendale, G.M. (1988). Eucalyptus, Angophora
(Myrtaceae). In A.S.George (ed.): Flora of
Australia Vol. 19.
Domin, K. (1928). Eucalyptus. Beitrage zur Flora und
Pflanzengeographie Australiens. Bibliotheca
Botanica 89: 460-470.
Gregory, A.C. & Gregory, F.T. (1884). Journals of
Australian Explorations by A.C. and
F.T. Gregory. J.C. Beal, Brisbane: Government
Printer.
565
Johnson, L.A.S. & Hill, K.D. (1990). New taxa and
combinations in Eucalyptus and Angophora
(Myrtaceae). Telopea 4(1): 37-108.
Maiden, J.H. (1917). A Critical Revision of the genus
Eucalyptus 3: 209. Sydney: Government
Printer.
Mueller, F. (1858). Monograph of the Eucalypti of
Tropical Australia; with an arrangement for
the use of Colonists according to the Structure
of the Bark. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 3: 81-101.
Mueller, F. (1879). Eucalyptographia, a descriptive
atlas of the Eucalypts of Australia and the
adjoining islands, Decade II. Melbourne:
Government Printer.
A.R. Bean
Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane Botanic Gardens, Mt Coot-tha road, Toowong, Queensland,
4066.
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 567-569 (2003)
Note
New combinations in Lycianthes (Dunal) Hassl. (Solanaceae) for New Guinea and Australia
Lycianthes (Dunal) Hassl. was erected as a
genus by Hassler (1917), and greatly expanded
in circumscription by Bitter (1920), but for many
years subsequently, Lycianthes was treated as
a subgenus or section of the huge genus
Solanum L.
Symon & Clarkson (1985) discussed the
status of Lycianthes and concluded that while
some authors were using Lycianthes at generic
rank, they preferred to accept it at a lower rank,
because of a lack of distinguishing features.
Symon (1985) followed the same course.
However, since the early 1970’s, increasing
numbers of publications have advocated
generic status for Lycianthes (e.g. D’Arcy 1973;
Deb 1980; D’Arcy 1986; Benitez de Rojas &
D’Arcy 1997). The anatomical study by D’Arcy
(1986) showed that the calyx of Lycianthes is
quite unlike Solanum sens. str. but very similar
to Capsicum L.
The molecular studies of Olmstead &
Palmer (1992) and Olmstead et al. (1999) have
produced cladograms where Lycianthes clusters
with Capsicum , and where Solanum sens. str.
comprises a separate clade. Lycianthes is now
widely accepted as a genus by botanists in the
New World, where the great majority of species
occur.
This note provides new combinations for
species occurring in Irian Jaya, Papua New
Guinea and Australia. For several New Guinea
species, combinations under Lycianthes already
exist.
Lycianthes belensis (Merr. & L.M.Perry)
A.R.Bean, comb. nov.
Solanum belense Merr. & L.M.Perry, J. Arnold
Arbor. 30: 50-1 (1949). Type: Irian Jaya.
Bele River, 18 km NE of Lake Habbema,
November 1938, L. Brass 11223 (holo: A;
iso: BM, L).
Distribution: Endemic to the island of New
Guinea; known from Irian Jaya and Papua New
Guinea.
Lycianthes bitteriana (Symon) A.R.Bean, comb,
nov.
Solanum bitterianum Symon, J. Adelaide Bot.
Gard. 8: 34-6 (1985). Type: Papua New
Guinea. C.N.G.T. Logging area, Stoney
Creek, foot of Mt Missim (near Bulolo), 1
May 1977, D.E. Symon 10651 & A. Kairo
(holo: ADW; iso: CANB, F, K, L, LAE,
MO, US).
Distribution : Endemic to the island of New
Guinea; known from Papua New Guinea.
Lycianthes dendropilosa (Symon) A.R.Bean,
comb. nov.
Solanum dendropilosum Symon, J. Adelaide
Bot. Gard. 8:44 (1985). Type: Papua New
Guinea, near Kepilam village, Lagaip
Valley, Laiagam, Western Highlands,
2 August 1960, R.D. Hoogland &
R.Schodde 7291 (holo: CANB; iso: BM,
BRI, L, LAE, US).
Distribution: Endemic to the island of New
Guinea; known from Papua New Guinea.
Lycianthes multifolia (Merr. & L.M.Perry)
A.R.Bean, comb. nov.
Solanum multifolium Merr. & L.M.Perry,
J. Arnold Arbor. 30:50 (1949). Type: Irian
Jaya. 6 km SW of Bernhard Camp,
Idenburg River, February 1939, L. Brass
12907 (holo: A; iso: BM, BRI, L, LAE).
Distribution: Endemic to the island of New
Guinea; known from Irian Jaya.
Lycianthes peranomala (Wemham) A.R.Bean,
comb. nov.
Solanum peranomalum Wernham, Trans.
Linn. Soc. London, Bot. 9:119 (1916). Type:
New Guinea. Mt Carstensz, undated,
C.B.Kloss (holo: BM).
Distribution: Endemic to the island of New
Guinea; known from Irian Jaya.
568
Lycianthes pustulata (Symon) A.R.Bean, comb,
nov.
Solariumpustulatum Symon, J. Adelaide Bot.
Gard. 8: 58,60 (1985). Type: Papua New
Guinea, confluence of Warapuri and
Warrangga Rivers, Wahgi-Jimi Divide,
north of Nondugl, Minj sub-dist., Eastern
Highlands, 5 September 1963, P. van Royen
NGF18229 (holo: BRI; iso: K, L, LAE).
Distribution: Endemic to the island of New
Guinea; known from Papua New Guinea.
Lycianthes rostellata (Merr. & L.M.Perry)
A.R.Bean, comb. nov.
Solanum rostellatum Merr. & L.M.Perry, J.
Arnold Arbor. 30:51-2 (1949). Type: Papua
New Guinea. East Mt Tafa, Central
Division, May 1933, L. Brass 4135 (holo:
A; iso: BRI, L, NY).
Distribution : Endemic to the island of New
Guinea; known from Papua New Guinea.
Lycianthes shanesii (F.Muell) A.R.Bean, comb,
nov.
Solanum shanesii F.Muell., Fragm. 6: 144
(1868). Type: Queensland. Rockhampton,
25 February 1868, P. O’Shanesy (lecto:
MEL [MEL 1 2404]), fide Symon, J. Adelaide
Bot. Gard. 3:136(1981).
Distribution: Endemic to Queensland. The
distribution map of Symon & Clarkson (1985)
shows a large disjunction between occurrences
at Rockhampton and Cape York Peninsula, but
the species is now known to occur more or less
continuously from the Torres Strait to around
Gladstone. L. shanesii is the only known species
of Lycianthes in Australia.
Lycianthes umbonata (Symon) A.R.Bean, comb,
nov.
Solanum umbonatum Symon, J. Adelaide Bot.
Gard. 8: 63,65 (1985). Type: Papua New
Guinea. Edie Creek, c. 4 miles [6 km] SW
of Wau, Morobe district, 26 April 1963,
T. Hartley 11756 (holo: CANB; iso: BRI,
L, LAE).
Distribution: Endemic to the island of New
Guinea; known from Papua New Guinea.
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 567-569 (2003)
Lycianthes vitiensis (Seem.) A.R.Bean, comb,
nov.
Solanum vitiense Seem., J. Bot. 1: 206 (1863),
El. Vit. 176, t. 36 (1866). Type: Ovalau, Fiji
Islands, July & October 1860, B. Seemann
340 (holo: K (2 sheets); iso: BM, GH, MEL,
NSW, OXF).
Distribution: Found in Papua New Guinea
(Bougainville only), Solomon Islands, Fiji,
Samoa and Tonga.
Lycianthes wollastonii (Wernham) A.R.Bean,
comb. nov.
Solanum wollastonii Wernham, Trans. Linn.
Soc. London, Bot. 9:120 (1916). Type: New
Guinea. Camp VIII-IX, [Mt Carstensz],
undated, C.B. Kloss (holo: BM).
Distribution: Endemic to the island of New
Guinea; known from Irian Jay a.
References
Benitez De Rojas, C. & D’Arcy, W.G. (1997). The genus
Lycianthes (Solanaceae) in Venezuela. Ann.
Missouri Bot. Gard. 84: 167-200.
Bitter, G. (1920). Die Gattung Lycianthes. Abh.
Naturwiss. Vereine Bremen 24: 292-520.
D’Arcy, W.G (1973). Flora of Panama. Family 170,
Solanaceae. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 60: 573-
780.
D’Arcy, W.G. (1986). The calyx in Lycianthes and
some other genera. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard.
73: 117-27.
Deb, D.B. (1980). Enumeration, synonymy and
distribution of the Solanaceae in India. J. Econ.
Taxon. Bot. 1: 33-54.
Hassler, E. (1917). Solanaceae. Austro-Americanae.
Annuaire Conserv. Jard. Bot. Geneve 20: 173—
83.
Olmstead, R.G. & Palmer, J.D. (1992). A chloroplast
DNA phylogeny of the Solanaceae: subfamilial
relationships and character evolution. Ann.
Missouri Bot. Gard. 79: 346-60.
Olmstead, R.G, Sweere, J.A., Spangler, R.E., Bohs, L. &
Palmer, J.D. (1999). Phylogeny and provisional
classification of the Solanaceae based on
chloroplast DNA. In: M. Nee, D.E. Symon,
R.N. Lester & J.P. Jessop (eds). Solanaceae
IV, pp. 111-137. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.
569
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 567-569 (2003)
Symon, D.E. & Clarkson, J.R. (1985). The
Reinstatement of Solarium shanesii F.Muell.
Section Lycianthes (Solanaceae) with discussion
of its significance. J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 7:
201 - 6 .
Symon, D.E. (1985). The Solanaceae of New Guinea.
J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 8: 1-171.
A.R. Bean
Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane Botanic gardens Mt Coot-tha, Mt Coot-tha Road, Toowong,
Queensland 4066
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 571-574 (2003)
Note
Megathyrsus , a new generic name for Patticum subgenus Megathyrsus
The pasture grass Panicum maximum Jacq. and
its many cultivars are widely known in the
tropics and subtropics as pasture grasses, that
have also become environmental weeds in many
places. This species, together with a lesser
known African species P. infestum, is unique
among all other Panicum species in having a
transversely rugose upper lemma and palea
together with the fact that it is a C 4 grass with a
PCK physiological subtype of the Kranz
syndrome (Brown 1977, Ellis 1988). For the first
of these reasons the species was placed in a
separate unranked group Maxima (Hitchcock
and Chase 1910), assigned sectional rank by
Stapf (1920) and Pilger (1931) and a separate
subgenus Megathyrsus (Pilger 1931). Its
distinctness was corroborated by discovery of
its C, status.
The genus Panicum is currently the
largest genus of the Poaceae, with about 600
species of worldwide distribution (Zuloaga
1987). Historically the genus has had an even
larger number of species, mostly because of a
considerable number of genera of the tribe
Paniceae had their nomenclatural origins in the
genus Panicum. Nevertheless, even though
many large genera were separated from Panicum
when the floras and accounts of the tropical
and subtropical regions were written in the 19 th
century (Palisot de Beauvois 1812) and first half
of the 20* century (Chase 1911, Stapf 1920, Stapf
& Hubbard 1930-1934, Hughes 1923), the
residual taxa remaining in the genus, after these
major splits, still results in a polyphyletic
Panicum (Zuloaga et al. 2000). Since the major
splits from Panicum referred to above, there
have been some nomenclatural changes,
particularly in the New World (Zuloaga 1987,
Zuloaga et al. 2000, Aliscioni et al. 2003), to
accommodate the non-monophyletic situation
in Panicum , although this position has not been
universally accepted (Webster 1988). Of the six
subgenera of Panicum from the New World
recognised by Zuloaga (1987) ( Panicum,
Agrostoides, Megathyrsus, Phanopyrum,
Dichanthelium and Steinchisma ) the last three
have been recognised as valid genera by
various authors, and currently followed for the
New World (Barkworth 2003, Soreng et al.
(ongoing), Aliscioni etal. 2003).
Webster (1987), in his treatment of
Australian Paniceae transferred Panicum
maximum and all species of Brachiaria, except
Brachiaria eruciformis, to the genus Urochloa
on the basis of common features of “numerous
spikelet, vegetative and anatomical characters”.
Zuloaga et al. (2000) and Wipff & Thompson
(2003) support Webster’s decision. The spikelet
characters were not specifically mentioned by
Webster but they presumably refer to the
transverse rugose surface of the upper lemma
and palea. On the basis of chloroplast molecular
data Giussani et al. (2000) and Aliscioni et al.
(2003), using the ndhF gene and Gomez-Martinez
and Culham (2000) using the trnL-F gene,
suggest that Panicum subgenus Megathrysus
is a sister clade to Urochloa or Brachiaria s.l..
A closer examination of the cladogram, based
on morphological data, presented by Zuloaga
et al. (2000) suggests that they likewise have
support for Panicum maximum as a sister to
Urochloa. The data they present do not
support inclusion of P. maximum in Urochloa
though, and perhaps they were really more
interested in demonstrating its misplacement in
Panicum and its affinities than in its correct
position. In fact if P. maximum was included in
Urochloa using their data, the genus would
have to be expanded to include Eriochloa, an
option that no one has suggested seriously to
date. The recent phylogenetic studies of the
panicoid grasses based on molecular data using
the chloroplast gene ndhF by Giussani et al. (
2001) and Aliscioni et al. (2003), results in a
phylogeny in which the polyphyletic nature of
Panicum is well illustrated in their cladograms,
with Panicum placed throughout the x=9 and
x=10clades. Panicum maximum (as Urochloa
maxima) is placed with species of Urochloa
(sensu Webster), and Melinis, Chaetium and
Eriochloa are also embedded in the same clade.
This even broader interpretation of Urochloa
seems even less likely to be acceptable.
572
The open paniculate inflorescence of
Panicum maximum is found in most other
species of Panicum , and is a very strong
morphological indication that the species
should not be transferred to either Bracharia
(Brown 1977, Guttierrez etal. 1976) or Urochloa
(Webster 1987), which both have a strict
paniculate inflorescence (raceme of racemes).
Webster’s transfer of most species of
Brachiaria to Urochloa has been widely
accepted worldwide (Ashalatha 1997, Davidse
1994, Jacobs & Wall 1993, Macfarlane 1992,
Morrone etal. 1992, Veldkamp 1996b, Wheeler
et al. 2002, Wipff & Thompson 2003) with the
exception of the African floras (Clayton &
Renvoize 1982, Clayton 1989, Gibbs-Russell et
al. 1990), some tropical and South American
books (Davidse 1994, Renvoize 1998) and the
recent interactive key to Australian grasses
(Sharp & Simon 2002). The transfer of Panicum
maximum to Urochloa has not been accepted
as readily (Jacobs & Wall 1993, Macfarlane 1992,
Morrone etal. 1992, Veldkamp 1996a, Wheeler
et al. 2002). The possession of the PCK C 4
Kranz subtype of leaf anatomy and
photosynthetic subtype by P. maximum
indicates that the retention of the species in the
genus Panicum does not reflect its relationships
well there either.
A solution is to raise the subgeneric name
Megathyrsus to generic rank, following the trend
set by other authors with the genera
Phanopyrum (Raf.) Nash, Dichanthelium
(Hitchc. & Chase) Gould and Steinchisma Raf.
It is considered appropriate to do this at this
time so that the new names can be included in
the Flora of Australia account of the panicoid
grasses.
The genus Megathyrsus as currently
circumscribed, is limited to the two species, M.
maximus and M. infestus. Previous authors have
included within this subgenus other species,
both with transversely rugose upper lemmas
and paleas ( P ! bulbosum H.B.K .fide Hsu 1965)
and without the rugose lemmas and paleas (P.
trichocladum K. Schum, P. monticola Hook.f.
as P. transvenulosum Stapf and P. funaense
Vanderyst as P. spongiosum Stapf fide Stapf
1920), but none of these possess the PCK C 4
Kranz subtype of leaf anatomy and
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 571-574 (2003)
photosynthetic subtype, and they are
accommodated elsewhere in the genus
Panicum. There is even molecular evidence that
P. bulbosum is really a species of Setaria
(Giussani et al. 2001), although, at this stage
there is no supporting morphological evidence
to back this discovery.
Megathyrsus (Pilger) B.K.Simon & S.W.L. Jacobs,
statnov.
Panicum subgenus Megathyrsus Pilg.,
Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin-Dahlem 104:242
(1931).
Panicum sect. Maxima Hitchc. & Chase ex
Pilg. Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin-Dahlem 104:
242(1931).
Panicum sect. Maximae Stapf, FI. Trop. Afr.
9(4): 639,642 (1920), in part
Panicum (unranked group) Maxima Hitchc.
N. Amer. FI. 3(2): 200,203 (1915).
Megathyrsus maximus (Jacq.) B.K.Simon &
S.W.L. Jacobs, comb. nov.
Panicum maximum Jacq., Ic. PI. Rar. 1:2,1.13
(1781); Urochloa maxima (Jacq.)
R.D. Webster, Austral. Paniceae 241 (1987).
Type: Guadeloupe, Lesser Antilles,
N.J.Jacquin (holo:W; iso: BM), fide
F.O.Zuloaga, Darwiniana22:24 (1979).
For a complete synonymy of the species see
Clayton & Renvoize (1982) and Tropicos fhttp:/
/mobot.mobot.orgAV3T/Search/vast.html)
Megathyrsus maximus var. pubiglumis
(K.Schum) B.K.Simon & S.W.L. Jacobs,
comb. nov.
Panicum maximum var. pubiglume K.Schum.,
in Engl., Pflanzenwelt Ost-Afrikas 85
(1895) as “ pubiglumis ”. Type: West
Usambara, Mashewa, Tanzania, Holst
8716 (lecto: B, isolecto: K), fide
J.F.Veldkamp, Blumea41:197 (1996).
Panicum maximum Jacq. var. trichoglume
Robyns, Mem. Inst. Roy. Colon. Beige,
Sect. Sci. Nat. 1: 31 (1932). Urochloa
573
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 571-574 (2003)
maxima var. trichoglume (Robyns)
R. D. Webster, Austral. Paniceae 242 (1987)
Type: Moanda, Cotier District, Zaire,
Vanderyst 27725 (lecto: BR), fide
J.F.Veldkamp, Blumea41:197 (1996).
The genus Megathyrsus as currently
circumscribed, is limited to the two species,
M. maximus and M. infestus. Previous authors
have included within this subgenus other
species, both with transversely rugose upper
lemmas and paleas (P. bulbosum H.B.K./L/u Hsu
1965) and without the rugose lemmas and paleas
(P. trichocladum K. Schum, P. monticola Hook.f.
as P. transvenulosum Stapf and P. funaense
Vanderyst as P. spongiosum Stapf fide Stapf
1920), but none of these possess the PCK C 4
Kranz subtype of leaf anatomy and
photosynthetic subtype, and they are
accommodated elsewhere in the genus
Panicum. There is even molecular evidence that
P. bulbosum is really a species of Setaria
(Giussani et al. 2001), although, at this stage
there is no supporting morphological evidence
to back this discovery. Indeed a close
examination of the cladograms and taxonomic
results of recent work in the Paniceae indicate
that further nomenclatural changes in the genus
Panicum sens. lat. are likely in the future, as
the more species are sampled.
Megathyrsus maximus var. coloratus
(C.T. White) B.K.Simon & S.W.L. Jacobs,
comb.nov.
Panicum maximum var coloratum C.T.White,
Queensland Agricultural Journal 49: 112
(1938). Type: Lawnton, near Brisbane
(cultivated), F.B. Coleman T.167 (holo:
BRI).
Megathyrus infestus (Peters) B.K.Simon &
S. W.L. Jacobs, comb. nov.
Panicum infestum Peters, Reise Mossamb.,
Bot. 2: 546. (1865). Type: Mozambique,
Querimba, Peters s.n. (iso: K, n.v.), fide
Clayton & Renvoize in Polhill, R.M. (ed).
Flora of Tropical East Africa. Gramineae
3:472(1982).
References
Aliscioni, S.S., Giussani, L.M., Zuloaga, F.O., Kellogg,
E.A. (2003). A molecular phylogeny of
Panicum (Poaceae: Paniceae): Tests of
monophylly and phylogenetic placement
within the Painicoideae. American Journal of
Botany 90: 796-821.
Ashalatha, Y.N. & Nair, Y.J. (1997). Brachiaria Griseb.
and Urochloa P. Beauv. (Poaceae) in India - a
conspectus. Bulletin of the Botanical Survey
of India 35: 27-31.
Barkworth, M.E. (ed.). (2003). Manual of Grasses for
North America North of Mexico. University of
Utah, Logan, (http://www.herbarium.usu.edu/
grassmanual/)
Brown, W.V. (1977). The Kranz syndrome and its
subtypes in grass systematics. Memoirs of the
Torrey Botanical Club 23: 1-97.
Chase, A. (1911). Notes on Genera of the Paniceae IV.
Proceedings of the Biological Society of
Washington 24: 103-160.
Clayton, W.D, (1989). XXIV. Paniceae R.Br. in
Launert, E. & Pope, G.V. (eds) Flora
Zambaesiaca 10(3). Flora Zambesiaca
Management Committee.
Clayton, W.D. & Renvoize, S.A (1982). Gramineae (Part
3) in Polhill, R.M. (ed). Flora of Tropical East
Africa. Rotterdam: A.A.Balkema.
Davidse, G. (1994). Panicum in Davidse,G., Sousa, M.S.
& Chater, A.O. (eds), Flora Mesoamericana
6. UNAM, Missouri Botanical Gardden, The
Natural History Museum (London).
Ellis, R.P. (1988). Leaf anatomy and systematics of
Panicum (Poaceae:Panicoideae)in Southern
Africa. Monographs of Systematic Botany of
the Missouri Botanical Garden 25:129-156
Gibbs Russell, G. E., Watson, L., Koekemoer, M., Smook,
L., Barker, N., Anderson, H. M. & Dallwitz, M.
(1990). Grasses of Southern Africa. Memoirs
of the Botanical Survey of South Africa 58.
Giussani, L.M., Cota-Sanchez, H., Zuloaga, F.O. &
Kellogg, E.A. (2001). A molecular phylogeny
of the subfamily Panicoideae (Poaceae) shows
multiple origins of C 4 photosynthesis.
American Journal of Botany 88: 1993-2012.
Gomez.-Marttnez, R. & Culham, A. (2000) pp. 136-140
in Jacobs, Surrey W. L., Everett, Joy (eds)
Grasses, Sytematics and Evolution.
Collingwood: CSIRO Publishing.
574
Gutierrez, Maria, Edwards, G. E. & Brown, W. V. (1976).
PEP Carboxykinase containing species in the
Brachiaria Group of the Subfamily
Panicoideae. Biochemical Systematics and
Ecology 76:47-49.
Hitchcock, A.S. & Chase, A.. (1910). The North American
species of Panicum. Contributions from the
U.S. National Herbarium 15: 396 pp.
Hsu, C-C. (1965). The classification of Panicum
(Gramineae) and its allies, with special
reference to the characters of lodicule, style-
base and lemma. Journal of the Faculty of
Science, University of Tokyo 9:43-143.
Hughes, D.K. (1923). The genus Panicum of the Flora
Australiensis. Bulletin of Miscellaneous
Information Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew,
305-332.
Jacobs, S.W.L. & Wall, C.A.(1993). Urochloa in
Harden, G.J. (ed.) Flora of New South Wales,
Vol 4. New South Wales University Press.
Macfarlane, T.D. (1992). Urochloa in Wheeler, J.R.
(ed.). Flora of the Kimberley Region. Western
Australian Herbarium, Dept, of Conservation
and Land Management.
Morrone, O. & Zuloaga, F. O. (1992). Revision de las
especies sudamericanas nativas e introducidas
de los generos Brachiaria y Urochloa (Poaceae:
Panicoideae: Paniceae) Darwiniana 32: 43-
109.
Palisot de Beauvois, A. M. F. J.(1812). Essai d’une
nouvelle Agrostographie ou nouveaux genres
des Graminees. Paris: Imprimerie de Fain.
Pilger, R. (1931). Bemerkungen zu Panicum und
verwandten Gattungen. Notizblatt der
Botanischen Gartens und Museums zu Berlin-
Dahlem 104:237-247.
Renvoize, S.A. (1998). Gramineas de Bolivia. Royal
Botanic Gardens, Kew.
Soreng, R.J., Davidse, G, Peterson, P.M., Zuloaga, F.O.,
Filgueras, Judziewicz, E.J. & Morrone,
O.(onging). Catalogue of New World Grasses
(Poaceae). ( http://mobot.mobot.org/W3T/
Search/nwgc.html)
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 571-574 (2003)
Sharp, D. & Simon, B.K. (2002). AusGrass : Grasses of
Australia. CD Rom & Manual.ABRS and
Environment Protection Agency, Queensland.
CSIRO Publishing.
Stapf, O (1919-1920). Gramineae in Flora of Tropical
Africa, ed D.Prain. London: L.Reeve.
Stapf, O & Hubbard, C.E. (1930-1934). Gramineae in
Flora of Tropical Africa, 769-1132, ed
D.Prain. London: L.Reeve.
Veldkamp, J.F. (1996a). Revision of Panicum and
Whiteochloa in Malesia (Gramineae-Paniceae).
Blumea 41: 181-216.
Veldkamp, J.F. (1996b). Brachiaria, Urochloa
(Gramineae-Paniceae) in Malesia. Blumea
41:413-437.
Webster, R. D. (1987). The Australian Paniceae
(Poaceae). Stuttgart: J.Cramer.
Webster, R.D. (1988). Genera of the North American
Paniceae Poaceae: Panicoideae). Systematic
Botany 134: 576-609.
Wheeler, D.J.B., Jacobs, S.W.L. & Wha lle y, R.D.B.
(2002). Grasses of New South Wales, Third
Edition. Armidale, University of New England.
Wipff, J.K. & Thompson, R.A. (2003). Urochloa
P.Beauv. in Barkworth, M.E., Capels, K.M.,
Long, S. & Piep, M.B. (eds). Flora of North
America, Vol. 25. Oxford University Press.
Zuloaga, F.O. (1987). Systematics of New World species
of Panicum (Poaceae:Paniceae), pp 287-306
in Soderstrom, T.R., Hilu, K.W., Campbell,
C.S., Barkworth, M.E (eds), Grass Systematics
and Evolution. Washington DC: Smithsonian
Institution Press
Zuloaga, F.O., Morrone, O., Giussani, L.M. (2000). A
cladistic analysis of the Paniceae: a preliminary
approach pp. 123-135 in Jacobs, Surrey W.L.,
Everett, J. (eds) Grasses, Sytematics and
Evolution. Collingwood: CSIRO Publishing.
Bryan K.Simon, Queensland Herbarium, EPA, Brisbane Botanic Gardens Mt Coot-tha, Mt.
Coot-tha Road, Toowong, Queensland 4066, Australia
Bryan.Simon@epa.qld.gov.au
Surrey W.L. Jacobs, National Herbarium of New South Wales, Royal Botanic Gardens, Sydney,
N.S.W. 2000, Australia
surrey.jacobs @ rbgsyd.nsw.gov.au
Obituary
JOHN W. PARHAM, 1929-2002
John Willoughby Parham, the eldest child of
Bayard Eugene Vincent and Dorothy Alice
Parham was bom in Christchurch, New Zealand,
on 30 th March 1929. In 1933, the family, now
including a sister, Elizabeth, moved to Fiji,
largely because of the depression but also
because John’s grandparents had moved there
in 1919 to try to establish a coconut plantation.
John’s father was appointed Plant Pathologist,
Mycologist and Agricultural Officer in the Fiji
Department of Agriculture, and stationed at
Nadumrloulou, a Government ‘station’ about
17 miles from Suva. Because of poor roads and
the necessity to cross a major river on a ferry,
John and Elizabeth were taught by
correspondence by their mother until the end
of Form 1. It was, in his own words, a wonderful
childhood, even though it was often a struggle
for his parents who had to cope with low
depression salaries, poor roads, tank water, no
electricity and wood stoves. John then attended
the Suva Boys Grammar School as a boarder
until the end of his first year, 1941, when the
war with Japan meant all the schools were
closed. It was decided to send John and sister
Elizabeth to boarding school in New Zealand,
whilst youngest brother, Peter, remained in Fiji.
John was enrolled at the Christchurch Boys High
School in 1943. Neither he nor his sister were to
see their parents for several years, but they were
wonderfully supported by grandparents and the
many relatives and friends of their parents then
living in New Zealand. These close ties were
nurtured throughout John’s life.
In 1948, having completed his schooling,
John returned to Fiji and joined the Department
of Agriculture as a laboratory assistant at the
princely salary of £10 per month. He was
awarded a Colonial Development and Welfare
576
Scheme Scholarship and was able to enrol at
Auckland University College, University of New
Zealand. He later moved to Canterbury
University College in Christchurch where he
completed his BSc degree before returning to
Fiji. In 1953, he was appointed Assistant
Botanist in charge of the Fiji Herbarium, but
with no one to assist. Eventually he became
Senior Botanist, but with no one to be senior
over. They were busy, often challenging, but
always interesting years, with many varied jobs
involving botany, plant introductions, plant
quarantine and, sometimes, supervision of
cocoa and other research stations. These
experiences stood him in good stead for later
life where he proved to be very understanding
of the problems and challenges of working
almost alone with very few resources. Fiji was
the country he loved, and the anecdotes from
these years that he related in later life to younger
colleagues sounded like the stuff of a Somerset
Maugham tale. Fiji represents the most enjoyed
part of his career.
John Parham at work in the Suva Herbarium in 1967
(with Albert Smith, left, and Dominiko Koroiveibau).
In 1964, John married Margaret Elizabeth
Bull, of Dreketi, Vanua Levu, the second biggest
island in the Fiji Group. Margaret’s parents
owned and operated a coconut plantation and
timber mill. With her brothers, she had also been
taught by their mother and led an idyllic life on
the plantation. John and Margaret built a house
in the forest at Colo-i-Suva, about eight miles
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 575-579 (2003)
from Suva, a place they greatly loved. Their son
and only child, David, was born in 1966.
Botany was very much a part of John’s
life and heritage. His grandmother, Helena
Beatrice Richenda Parham had developed a keen
interest in the indigenous flora of Fiji and was
the author of numerous publications including
Fiji Native Plants, with their Medicinal and
other Uses (published in 1943). His father was
also the author of numerous botanical papers
including Fijian Plant Names (published in
1942); during his tenure as Director of
Agriculture, Forestry and Fisheries in Samoa
from 1956 to 1964, he had also written the key
volume Plants of Samoa (published in 1972).
John’s uncle, Wilfred Faurier Parham likewise
collected and studied the Fiji flora and published
numerous papers.
Under John’s tenure as Government
Botanist in Suva, the Fiji Herbarium was greatly
expanded to become a major repository of plants
of Fiji and other islands in Polynesia and
Melanesia. Fiji was the cross-roads of the
Pacific, and John developed many contacts and
friendships with the botanists that came to visit.
A special friend and collaborator was Albert C.
Smith, author of Flora Vitiensis Nova , who
specifically acknowledges John’s
encouragement and advice, and for the
preparations of the chapter on the Poaceae in
the first volume of this major work. John’s own
publications were many and varied. His interests
ranged across many topics, with special
emphasis on grasses, weeds and cultivated
plants. His greatest published work is his Plants
of the Fiji Islands (published in 1964 and revised
in 1972), an annotated checklist enhanced by
several colour plates painted by Margaret,
herself an accomplished botanical artist. This
monumental work involved consulting widely
with authorities on the Pacific flora throughout
the world, as well as personal visits to the
Smithsonian Institution in Washington DC,
University of California and the New York
Botanic Garden, U.S.A., the Royal Botanic
Gardens at Kew, Fondon, the Bishop Museum,
Hawaii, and the Singapore Botanic Gardens. His
work took him on other long trips as well,
including a six month commission as Plant
577
Kantvilas, J.W. Parham obituary
Introduction and Exploration Officer to carry
out surveys on coconuts and bread fruit in New
Guinea, New Hebrides, Tonga, Samoa and other
islands.
Independence for Fiji was granted in
October 1970. In 1971, John was awarded the
Fiji Independence Medal for those who have
‘rendered outstanding public service to the
country’ and to ‘mark the great constitutional
change which will result in the Independence
of Fiji’. However, it had been clear for some time
that life would not be easy or straightforward
for the old Colonial Service, and after much
agonising, John and Margaret determined to
leave. After a ‘reconnaissance’ trip to New
Zealand and Australia, they chose to move to
Brisbane in December 1970. It took a long time
to be rid of the feeling that they were ‘displaced
persons’ but time and their great appreciation
of being so warmly accepted soon removed the
feeling of isolation from ‘home’. In the end John
would remark that he was more ‘Australian’ than
many Australians.
John commenced work at the Queensland
Herbarium in early 1971 where he undertook a
range of curatorial and administrative
reponsibilties in the herbarium and library. He
also supervised the HERBRECS Project, the
initial attempt to computerise the herbarium
specimen labels. He remained in this position
until 1975 when he accepted an offer to spend a
year in Tasmania, preparing a report on the plant
collections and making recommendations for the
establishment of a State Herbarium. The project
was sponsored by the Trustees of the Royal
Tasmanian Botanical Gardens and funded by
the Australian Biological Resources Study. John
thus became effectively the first Curator of what,
at his recommendation, became the Tasmanian
Herbarium; no doubt his experiences of working
alone in Fiji stood him in good stead for this
challenge. With Margaret’s help, John curated
the thousands of long-neglected specimens
and instigated the protocols and procedures
largely still in place today. He also familiarised
himself with the local ‘tribal politics’, and it was
at his recommendation that custodianship of
the collection passed to the Trustees of the
Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery. Though
many of his other recommendations were never
adopted, at least some of the success and
security enjoyed today by the Tasmanian
Herbarium is due to John’s pioneering
painstaking efforts.
At the end of 1976, the Parhams returned
to Queensland where they lived at Mount
Tamborine in the Gold Coast hinterland and
spent the next few years growing avocadoes,
roses and other cut flowers. These were very
happy years in a beautiful part of Australia but,
in 1986, the family moved back to Brisbane.
Margaret and John worked as Honorary
Research Associates at the Queensland
Museum and, in due course, John returned to
the Queensland Herbarium as an Honorary
Research Associate. He worked on the exotic
collection which included old plant ‘friends’
from Fiji. He greatly enjoyed the detective work
necessary to try and bring the old plant names
up-to-date.
After David settled in Tasmania, John and
Margaret became regular visitors every summer,
never failing to renew their close friendship with
Winifred Curtis and Dennis Morris, who were
stalwart Honorary Botanists at the Tasmanian
Herbarium, writing the Students Flora of
Tasmania. In 1993, they moved permanently to
Tasmania, settling in Sandy Bay in a
comfortable house which afforded grand views
of the Derwent Estuary and the passage of
shipping to and from the Port of Hobart.
Margaret was able to continue painting water
colours with much encouragement from local
artist friends, whereas John resumed work at
the Tasmanian Herbarium as an Honorary staff
member. Few institutions can boast having had
someone so skilled offering their unpaid
services. He greatly enjoyed this work, referring
to his Monday session as ‘it is really therapy
but don’t say so or the manager might get the
idea to levy a charge’. They made many good
friends in Hobart despite the fact that they were
really ‘foreigners’.
John loved a project, something to get
his teeth into, and at length it was the algae
collections that caught his fancy. Here were
thousands of seaweeds- some beautiful, some
valuable and none had been looked at for
decades. They were loose in folders, sometimes
578
with barely legible handwritten labels or
numbers. Most of his predecessors had avoided
dealing with them for fear of destroying some
long-forgotten order they may have been in.
Surrounded by books, armed with labels,
coloured pens to code the groups and the odd
helper, he meticulously sorted the specimens
into scientific groups and labelled and numbered
them all. This was a task suited to his penchant
for accuracy, detective work and order. Just as
he thought it was finished, the Herbarium
received a major donation of Southern Ocean
seaweeds from phycologist Fiona Scott. The
task began again, and John greatly appreciated
having Fiona’s assistance and company as they
sorted through the extra several thousand
specimens together. In between curation, John
maintained his intense interest in the people he
worked with, and his working day involved a
pilgrimage around most desks and offices to
catch up on the latest news. His experience of
professional herbarium botany, people and life
in general made him an excellent sounding board
for ideas, mentor and confidante.
John Parham at work with the algae at the Tasmanian
Herbarium in 2000 (assisted by Fiona Scott).
When confronted with failing health,
John’s love of order saw him prepare a
meticulous account of his achievements with
his algae project. His report catalogued all the
specimens, the methods used to curate them
and the references consulted. His recognition
that his colleagues might not be quite as ordered
Austrobaileya 6 (3): 575-579 (2003)
as he was meant that he left several copies of
his report in different places so that no one
absent-minded person would mislay it.
John died on September 27 th , 2002, leaving
his family and many friends and associates with
the fondest of memories of a warm and friendly,
gifted man with a great sense of humour and an
intense love of life. As a botanist he also left
behind a great legacy of his work and interest
in the herbaria of Suva, Brisbane and Hobart,
and of the colleagues with whom he worked.
Generations of botanists in the future will
consult the specimens he collected or curated
and benefit greatly from the thousands of
annotation slips, signed with John’s humble
hand, and the notes he left behind. Those who
worked with him and knew him miss him greatly.
Publications of John W. Parham
Parham, J.W. (1948) The Botanical Gardens, Suva.
Agric. Jour., Fiji 19 (3&4): 88-105. (Reprinted
in 1949 in Dept. Agric. Bull. 24:1-18.
Parham, J.W. & Mune, T.L. (1954) Tobacco Weed-
Tavako ni Yeikau ( Elephantopus mollis
H.B.K.). Agric. Jour., Fiji 25 (1): 21-22.
Parham, J.W. & Mune, T.L. (1954) Mint Weed- Tamoli
ni Yavalagi ( Hyptus pectinata (Linn.) Poit.).
Agric. Jour., Fiji 25 (3&4): 80-81.
Parham, J.W. & Mune, T.L. (1954) Water hyacinth -
Bekabekairaga ( Eichhornia crassipes Solms.).
Agric. Jour., Fiji 25 (3&4): 82-83.
Parham, J.W. & Mune, T.L. (1955) Johnson Grass-
Sorghum halepense (Linn.) Pers. A declared
noxious weed. Agric. Jour., Fiji 26 (1): 30-31.
Parham, J.W. & Mune, T.L. (1955) Prickly solanum-
Kausoni - Solarium torvum Swartz. A declared
noxious weed. Agric. Jour., Fiji 26 (3): 86-87.
Parham, J.W. (1955) The collection of plant specimens.
Agric. Jour., Fiji 26 (1): 9-13.
Parham, J.W. (1956) The Grasses of Fiji. Agric. Bull.
Fiji 30 (i-x): 1-166, pi. I-XIII, figs. 1-61.
Parham, J.W. (1956) Seed germination testing: a
preliminary report on the germination rate of
Batiki Blue Grass seed. Agric. Jour., Fiji 27
(1&2): 24-25.
Parham, J.W. (1956) Navua Sedge. Agric. Jour., Fiji 27
(3&4): 94-95.
Parham, J.W., Mune, T.L. & O’Connor, B.A. (1956)
Lantana and its control in Fiji. Agric. Jour.,
Fiji 27 (1&2): 28-32.
Kantvilas, J.W. Parham obituary
Parham, J.W. & Mune, T.L. (1956) Guava and its control
in Fiji. Agric. Jour., Fiji 27 (3&4): 103-108.
Parham, J.W. & Mune, T.L. (1957) Ellington Curse and
its control in Fiji. Agric. Jour., Fiji 28 (1&2):
24-25.
Parham, J.W. & Mune, T.L. (1957) Muraina Grass and
its control in Fiji. Agric. Jour., Fiji 28 (3-4):
54-55.
Parham, J.W. & Mune, T.L. (1957) The declared noxious
weeds of Fiji and their control. Agric. Bull.,
Fiji 31: 1-73, pi. I-XVIII, figs. 1-16. (revised
edition issued in 1958)
Parham, J.W. (1957) Botany demonstrations. Agric.
Jour., Fiji 28 (3&4): 83-85.
Parham, J.W. (1959) Plant introduction list no. 6, 1956-
1958. Dept. Agric., Fiji 1-17.
Parham, J.W. (1959) The Suva Botanical Gardens. Agric.
Jour., Fiji 29 (1): 31-34.
Parham, J.W. (1959) A new weed recorded. Agric. Jour.,
Fiji 29 (1): 35.
Parham, J.W. (1959) The weeds of Fiji. Agric. Bull.,
Fiji 35 (i-xviii): 1-196, figs. 1-98.
Parham, J.W. (1959) Botany notes: Navua Sedge; Batiki
Blue Grass. Agric., Jour. Fiji 29 (4): 153.
Parham, J.W., Whitehead, C.E. & Twyford, I.T. (1959)
Watershed and rangeland management trials
on the Ba Closed Area. Agric., Jour. Fiji 29
(1): 43-47.
Parham, J.W. (1960) Plant introduction list no. 7, 1959.
Dept. Agric., Fiji 7-8.
Parham, J.W. (1960) The germination of Batiki Blue
Grass seed. Agric. Jour., Fiji 30 (2): 71.
Parham, J.W. (1961) Plant introduction list no. 8, 1960.
Dept. Agric., Fiji 1-8.
Parham, J.W. (1962) Plant introduction list no. 9, 1961.
Dept. Agric., Fiji 1-10.
Parham, J.W. (1963) Plant introduction list no. 10,
1962. Dept. Agric., Fiji 1-9.
Parham, J.W. (1964) Plant introduction list no. 11,
1963. Dept. Agric., Fiji 1-8.
Parham, J.W. (1964) Plants of the Fiji Islands. Suva:
Govt. Printer, i-lv: 1-353, pi. 1, figs 1-104.
Parham, J.W. (1965) Plant introduction list no. 12,
1964. Dept. Agric., Fiji 1-15.
Parham, J.W. (1965) The germination of Nadi Blue
Grass seed. Agric. Science I. Agric. Bull., Fiji
44: 11.
579
Parham, J.W. (1966) Plant introduction list no. 13,
1965. Dept. Agric., Fiji 1-8.
Parham, J.W. (1966) Report on coconut and breadfruit
surveys, 1960. South Pacific Commission
Technical Paper 1:1-70, figs. 1-54.
Parham, J.W. (1967) Plant introduction list no. 14,
1966. Dept. Agric., Fiji 1-8.
Parham, J.W. & Mune, T.L. (1967) The declared noxious
weeds of Fiji and their control. Agric. Bull.,
Fiji 48 (i-v): 1-87, figs. 1-20. (Rewritten third
edition).
Parham, J.W. (1968) Plant introduction list no. 15,
1967. Dept. Agric., Fiji 1-8.
Parham, J.W. (1968) Berthold Seemann. Tr. Proc. Fiji
Society 9: 80-92 (Presidential Address, 1963).
Parham, J.W. (1969) Plant introduction list no. 16.
Dept. Agric., Fiji 1-13.
Parham, J.W. (1970) Plant introduction list no. 17.
Dept. Agric., Fiji 1-15.
Parham, J.W. (1972) Plants of the Fiji Islands. Second,
revised edition. Suva: Govt. Printer. 1-462, i-
xxix, pi. I-IV, figs 1-104.
Parham, J.W. (1979) Poaceae. In A.C. Smith, Flora
Vitiensis Nova I. pp 290-391, figs 71-80. Kaui,
Hawaii: Pacific Tropical Botanical Garden.
Unpublished works
Parham, J.W. (unpublished) The Fiji Herbarium: a brief
history of its establishment and some
suggestions for its future. (Paper read to Fiji
Society on 12.8.69).
Parham, J.W. & Koroiveibau, D. Botany Experiments
for Fiji Schools. (An Illustrated Manual).
Parham, J.W. (1976) ABRS Tasmanian Herbarium
Project. Final Report for the Trustees of the
Royal Tasmanian Botanical Gardens. 1-166.
Parham, J.W. & Parham, M.E. (1990) The Museum of
Economic Botany. 1-56.
Parham, J.W. (2001) Draft List of Algae in the
Tasmanian Herbarium Collection. 1-68.
Acknowledgements
I thank John’s family, Margaret and David
Parham, for providing many notes and
comments on which this account is based. I
also thank Jean Jarman who prepared the plates.
Gintaras Kantvilas
Tasmanian Herbarium, Private Bag 4, Hobart, Tasmania 7001, Australia.
Austrobaileya 6 (3) 349-???
Contents
A taxonomic revision of Croton F. (Euphorbiaceae) in Australia
Paul I. Forster.349
Phebalium distans P.I.Forst. (Rutaceae), a new and endangered species from
south-eastern Queensland, and reinstatement of P. longifolium S.T.Blake
Paul I. Forster.437
A synopsis of Racosperma C. Mart. (Feguminosae: Mimosoideae)
Fes Pedley.445
Studies in Euphorbiaceae A.F.Juss. sens. lat. 5
A revision of Pseudanthus Sieber ex Spreng. and Stachystemon Planch.
(Oldfieldioideae Kohler & Webster, Caletieae Miill.Arg.)
David A. Halford and Rodney J.F. Henderson.503
Backhousia oligantha (Myrtaceae), a new species from Queensland
A.R. Bean.535
Six new species of Hydrocotyle F. (Apiaceae) from Queensland
A.R. Bean & M.J. Henwood.539
A new species of Mimulus F. (Scrophulariaceae) from Queensland, Australia
A.R. Bean.551
Polycarpelly in Idiospermum australiense (Calycanthaceae)
Stuart J. Worboys .555
Note
Jasminum longipetalum King & Gamble (Oleaceae), and its occurrence in
Queensland, Australia.559
Lepisanthes senegalensis (Juss. ex Poir.) Feenh. (Sapindaceae), a new
generic and specific record for Queensland.561
Steinchisma laxa (Sw.) Zuloaga, the correct name for Cliffordiochloa
parvispiculata B.K.Simon.563
The puzzle of Eucalyptus hemilampra F.Muell. (Myrtaceae).565
New combinations in Lycianthes (Dunal) Hassl. (Solanaceae) for
New Guinea and Australia.569